JP2016168125A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of deriving a performance on time information, while simplifying a composition.SOLUTION: A Pachinko machine 10 has input means which can input linkage game information to be output from a server, and can execute processing in accordance with the input linkage game information, by making the linkage game information input. The Pachinko machine 10 also has: time information storage means which can store time information included in the linkage game information; and specific performance execution means which can execute a specific performance corresponding to the time information, on the basis of the time information stored in the time information storage means.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 1

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine, for example. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, in order to derive a specific effect at a predetermined time, some have a clock function that can grasp the date and time.

JP 2003-154110 A

  However, it is equipped with a clock function that keeps measuring continuously even when the power of the gaming machine is turned off, so that it can continue to supply power even when the power is turned off, or to cope with a time lag caused by long-term use, etc. There is a concern that this processing may be performed and the installation of the clock function itself may be costly.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of deriving an effect related to time information while simplifying the configuration. .

The gaming machine according to claim 1,
It has an input means that can input linked game information output from the server,
When the linked game information is input, the process according to the input linked game information can be executed,
Time information storage means capable of storing time information included in the linked game information;
And a specific effect executing means capable of executing a specific effect corresponding to the time information based on the time information stored in the time information storage means.

  According to the first aspect, it is possible to derive an effect related to time information while simplifying the configuration.

It is a front view which shows the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a perspective view which shows a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the inner frame and the front frame set. It is a front view which shows structures, such as an inner frame and a game board. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the inner frame, the back pack unit, etc. FIG. It is a block diagram which shows the main electrical structures of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows a menu display process. It is a flowchart which shows a password input process. It is a flowchart which shows a code issue process. It is a flowchart of a mission confirmation process. (A) is explanatory drawing which shows a menu screen, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows a password input screen, (c) is explanatory drawing which shows a mission list screen. It is a flowchart which shows the access corresponding | compatible process by a server. It is a flowchart which shows the password issuing process by a server. It is explanatory drawing which shows the outline of a game system. It is explanatory drawing which shows a local production. It is a flowchart which shows the normal process of the sub control apparatus in 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart of reach production setting processing in the second embodiment. It is a flowchart of the notice effect setting process in 2nd Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the production | presentation setting item in 2nd Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the setting storage area in 2nd Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the reach production table in 2nd Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the production | presentation setting counter in 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the remaining time setting process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific production start process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific production | presentation end process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the trial production execution process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mission 1st execution process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mission 2nd execution process in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the specific production start process in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the trial production execution process in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the trial production execution process in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the mission 1st execution process in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the announcement start timing discrimination | determination process in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the announcement execution process in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the postscript process in 4th Embodiment. It is a front view showing composition of an inner frame, a game board, etc. in a 5th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the firing ball count process in 5th Embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a 6th embodiment. It is a front view, such as an inner frame and a game board in 6th Embodiment. It is a perspective schematic diagram which shows the installation part etc. in 6th Embodiment. It is a front schematic diagram for demonstrating the mode etc. of the position change of the code | symbol information in the sub display apparatus of 6th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the installation part, lift apparatus, etc. of 6th Embodiment, Comprising: (a) is a front schematic diagram, (b) is a fractured perspective view including a partial cross section. It is sectional drawing for demonstrating the positional relationship of the sub display apparatus in 6th Embodiment, a mobile camera, the display part of a portable communication terminal, a portable camera, etc., (a) was displayed on the sub display apparatus with the portable camera. A state where the code information is read is shown, and (b) shows a state where the code information on the display unit of the portable communication terminal is read by the mobile camera. It is a front schematic diagram which shows the modification corresponding to 6th Embodiment. It is a front view which shows the slot machine of 7th Embodiment. It is an expanded view of the reel in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process of 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the game information forgetting prevention process of 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the card removal forgetting prevention process of 8th Embodiment. It is a front view of the decoration symbol display apparatus which shows the forgetting-to-get guidance display of 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main process by the main controller of 9th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the time setting process of 9th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the time setting display process of 9th Embodiment. It is a front schematic diagram of the decoration symbol display apparatus for demonstrating the time setting screen in 9th Embodiment. It is a front schematic diagram of the decoration symbol display apparatus for demonstrating the time display in the modification of 9th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the password input process of 10th Embodiment. It is a front schematic diagram of the decoration symbol display apparatus for demonstrating the password input screen of 10th Embodiment.

(First embodiment)
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a “pachinko machine”) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 3 and the like, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that constitutes an outline of the pachinko machine 10, and an inner frame 12 is supported at one side of the outer frame 11 so as to be opened and closed. . For the sake of convenience, FIG. 3 omits illustrations of nails and accessories placed on the surface of the game board 30, the glass unit 137 attached to the front frame set 14, and the like.

  As shown in FIG. 6 and the like, the outer frame 11 has an upper side frame constituting portion 11a and a lower side frame constituting portion 11b made of a wooden plate material, and the left side frame constituting portion 11c and the right side frame constituting portion 11d are made of aluminum alloy. Each of the frame components 11a to 11d is assembled in a rectangular frame shape as a whole by a detachable fastener such as a screw.

  An upper hinge 81 and a lower hinge 82 are attached to the upper and lower ends of the left side frame constituting portion 11c (see FIG. 1). The upper and lower hinges 81 and 82 support the upper and lower portions of the inner frame 12 so that the inner frame 12 can be rotated. As a result, the inner frame 12 can be opened and closed. And the inner frame 12 etc. are accommodated in the space part formed inside the outer frame 11.

  The right side frame constituting portion 11d is formed with an extending wall portion 83 that protrudes from the vicinity of the rear end portion in the width direction toward the inside of the outer frame 11. The extending wall 83 covers the entire upper and lower sections corresponding to the locking device 600 (see FIG. 6) provided on the back side of the right side of the inner frame 12 from the back side of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 5). In addition, as shown in FIG. 3, a pair of upper and lower receiving portions 84 and 85 to which the locking member of the locking device 600 is locked are provided on the front surface side of the extending wall portion 83. Further, a pressing portion 86 that abuts on an inner frame opening detection switch 92 described later is provided on the lower receiving portion 85 so as to protrude toward the inner side of the outer frame 11.

  Furthermore, a resin curtain decoration 87 is attached to the lower frame constituting portion 11b. A rib 88 projecting upward is integrally formed at the back of the upper surface of the curtain decoration 87. This makes it difficult to form a gap with the inner frame 12.

  As shown in FIG. 3, the opening / closing axis of the inner frame 12 is set up and down on the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10, so that the inner frame 12 can be opened forward with the opening / closing axis serving as an axis. It has become. The inner frame 12 is mainly composed of a resin base 38 whose outer shape is rectangular, and a substantially elliptical window hole 39 is formed at the center of the resin base 38.

  A front frame set 14 is attached to the front side of the inner frame 12 so that it can be opened and closed. As with the inner frame 12, the front frame set 14 can be opened forward with an opening / closing axis set along the top and bottom on the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, you may comprise the front frame set 14 so that it may be supported by the outer frame 11 so that opening is possible directly rather than via the inner frame 12.

  The front frame set 14 has a rectangular outer shape like the inner frame 12, and covers almost the entire front side of the inner frame 12 in the closed state. A substantially elliptical window 101 is formed at the center of the front frame set 14. Thereby, the game board 30 (game area) attached to the rear surface of the inner frame 12 can be visually recognized from the outside through the window portion 101 of the front frame set 14 and the window hole 39 of the inner frame 12. The detailed configuration of the game board 30 will be described later.

  As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, a front plate of the front frame set 14 is provided with a lower plate 15 as a ball receiving tray at the center of the lower portion, and the game balls discharged from the discharge port 16 are placed in the lower plate 15. It can be stored inside. In addition, on the front side of the lower plate 15, a ball removal lever 25 for discharging the game ball from the lower plate 15 is provided.

  On the right side of the lower plate 15, a game ball launching handle (hereinafter simply referred to as a handle) 18 protruding toward the front side is provided. The handle 18 is provided with a touch sensor (not shown) and an operation amount detection means (variable resistor) (not shown) for detecting the operation amount of the operation unit of the handle 18. When the handle 18 is rotated clockwise, a game ball is launched by a launching device 60 serving as launching means described later with a strength corresponding to the amount of pivoting operation. Further, the handle 18 is provided with a firing prohibiting button 18 a that can be pressed with the thumb of the right hand that holds the handle 18. In the state where the firing prohibition button 18a is pressed, even if the handle 18 is held, the launching device 60 is prohibited from launching the game ball. Therefore, the rotation of the handle 18 can be performed while prohibiting the launch of the game ball, or the launch of the game ball can be temporarily stopped while the handle 18 is held.

  An upper plate 19 is provided above the lower plate 15. The upper plate 19 is a ball tray that temporarily stores the game balls and guides them toward a launching device 60 described later while aligning them in a row. When the upper plate 19 is full of game balls, the game balls to be paid out are guided to the lower plate 15 via the lower plate communication passage 71 and the discharge port 16 described later.

  The upper plate 19 is provided with a ball lending button 121 and a return button 122. Thereby, in the game hall or the like, when the ball lending button 121 is operated with a bill or a card inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, depending on the operation Rental balls are supplied to the upper plate 19. On the other hand, the return button 122 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. However, the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122 are not necessary for a pachinko machine in which game balls are directly lending to the upper plate 19 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, so-called cash machine.

  The upper plate 19 is provided with a ball removal button 123. When the ball removal button 123 is pressed, a communication hole (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the ball guide path of the upper plate 19 and communicating with the lower plate 15 is opened and stored in the upper plate 19. The game ball is guided (dropped) to the lower plate 15. That is, the player can move the game ball on the upper plate 19 to the lower plate 15 at any time by operating the ball removal button 123.

  Further, the upper plate 19 is provided with an effect button 125 (decision button) and a cross button 126 (cursor key) as operation means and input means. The effect button 125 has a built-in LED, and by pressing the effect button 125, a corresponding effect is performed on the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like described later, or the effect content is changed.

  In addition, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the front surface of the front frame set 14. These light emitting means play a role of enhancing the effect of the game while the light emission mode is changed and controlled according to a change in the gaming state. For example, at the periphery of the window portion 101, an annular illumination portion 102 incorporating a light emitting means such as an LED is provided. In addition, error display lamps 104 that are turned on when a predetermined error occurs are provided on both sides of the annular illumination portion 102. In addition, a large number of small through holes are formed in the annular illumination portion 102 above the error display lamps 104 corresponding to the speakers SP (see FIG. 3) provided on the back surface of the front frame set 14. .

  A glass unit 137 is attached to the back side of the front frame set 14. The glass unit 137 is not attached to a pair of conventional front and rear rectangular glass plates separately in front and rear pairs, but is formed into a round shape as a whole and attached after being assembled.

  Next, the inner frame 12 will be described with reference to FIG. As described above, the game board 30 is mounted on the inner frame 12 in a state where the game board 30 is in contact with the back side of the resin base 38 on the rear side of the window hole 39. Accordingly, the substantially central portion of the front surface of the game board 30 is exposed to the front surface side of the inner frame 12 through the window hole 39.

  Further, a launching device 60 and a launching rail 61 for guiding a game ball immediately after being launched by the launching device 60 are attached to the lower part of the front surface of the inner frame 12 (resin base 38), that is, a position below the window hole 39. Yes. In the present embodiment, a solenoid-type firing device is employed as the firing device 60. Further, above the launching device 60, a ball feeding device that guides the game balls guided from the upper plate 19 one by one to the firing position of the launching device 60 by driving a built-in driving means (for example, a solenoid). 63 is provided.

  Next, the configuration of the game board 30 will be described with reference to FIG. The game board 30 includes a general winning port 31, a variable winning device 32, a starting winning unit (starting port) 33, a through gate 34, a variable display device unit 35, a first special display device 43L and a second special display device 43R. A specific lamp 40 or the like is provided. As is well known, when a game ball enters (wins) various winning holes such as a general winning hole 31, a variable winning device 32 as a variable winning means, a starting winning unit 33, etc., it is detected by various detection switches, and the upper plate 19 or A predetermined number of prize balls are paid out to the lower plate 15. For example, when there is a ball entering the start winning unit 33, there are three balls when there is a ball entering the general winning slot 31, and when there is a ball entering the variable winning device 32. Fifteen game balls are paid out. In addition, the game board 30 is provided with an out port 36, and the game balls that have not won the various winning ports such as the general winning port 31 are discharged out of the game area through the out port 36. . In addition, the game board 30 is provided with a large number of nails for appropriately dispersing and adjusting the falling direction of the game balls, and various members such as windmills (servants).

  The variable prize-winning device 32 is normally in a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won, and is in an open state in which a game ball can be won in a big hit state. Although not shown in the drawings, the variable prize winning device 32 includes a big prize opening leading to the rear of the game board 30, a shutter for opening and closing the big prize opening, a big prize opening solenoid for operating the shutter, and a big prize. And a count switch 223 for detecting a game ball that has entered the mouth, driving and controlling the big prize opening solenoid, and opening and closing the shutter, so that the variable prize winning device 32 (large prize winning opening) is in a closed state and an open state. Switching.

  The start winning unit 33 includes a first start winning device 33a and a second start winning device 33b, and a pair of open / close members 33c provided on both sides of the second start winning device 33b. When the opening / closing member 33c opens and closes in response to the establishment of a predetermined condition, the game ball flowing down the side of the second start winning device 33b is guided to the second start winning device 33b and closed without being guided. The state can be changed between states. As will be described in detail later, the start winning unit 33 includes a first start winning switch 224a and a second start winning switch for detecting game balls that have entered the first start winning device 33a and the second start winning device 33b, respectively. When a game ball is detected by the start winning switches 224a and 224b, a winning / non-winning lottery for determining whether or not to generate a big hit state is performed, and special display devices 43L and 43R (and later described) In the decorative symbol display device 42) as the variable display means, the variable display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed. Then, when a big win is won in the winning / losing lottery, a big win state is given as a special gaming state in which the variable winning device 32 is opened.

  Further, in the present embodiment, there are a low probability state in which a jackpot is won with a predetermined probability in the success / failure lottery and a high probability state in which the jackpot is won with a higher probability than the low probability state in the success / failure lottery. Further, the opening / closing member 33c is opened relatively frequently, and a high ball entering state where the game ball can easily enter the second starting prize-winning device 33b, and the opening / closing member 33c are hardly opened, and the game ball is opened to the second state. There is a low entry state that makes it difficult to enter the start winning device 33b. Hereinafter, the low probability state and the low entry state are referred to as “normal mode”, and the low probability state and the high entry state are referred to as “time reduction mode”. A certain state is referred to as a “probability change mode”.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the normal mode and the probability variation mode are continued until the jackpot state occurs, whereas the time reduction mode is the special display devices 43L and 43R and the decorative symbol display device 42 even if the jackpot state does not occur. When the fluctuation display in is performed 100 times, the display is terminated and the mode is shifted to the normal mode.

  The jackpot types of the present embodiment are 16 rounds probable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as “16RS”), 7 rounds probable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as “7RS”), and 7 round regular jackpot (hereinafter referred to as “7RN”). There are three types. Regarding “16RS”, it is assumed that the variable winning device 32 is opened for 30 seconds or that eight game balls enter the variable winning device 32 after the variable winning device 32 is opened. It is repeated 16 times, while for “7RS” it is repeated 7 times before the jackpot state ends. In addition, “probability change mode” is given after the big hit state of “16RS” and “7RS”, and “time reduction mode” is given after the big hit state of “7RN”.

  Each of the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R is configured by a 7-segment display device of a type capable of displaying two characters (and dots), and can be visually recognized by the player (in this example, the variable winning device 32). It is installed on the right). Then, when the game ball enters the first start prize device 33a of the start prize unit 33, the first special display device 43L performs switching display (variation display), and the game to the second start prize device 33b. The switch display (variation display) is performed on the second special display device 43R when the ball enters. Note that the display contents of the special display devices 43L and 43R are directly controlled by a main control device 261 as main control means described later.

  In addition, after the variable display is performed on the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R, the result of the lottery determination, that is, “big hit” or “off”, depending on the display mode when the variable display stops. It is definitely displayed that there is. For example, when a game ball wins the first start winning device 33a, the lighting mode (combination of segments to be lit) is switched at a high speed (for example, every 4 msec) on the corresponding first special display device 43L (change display). When a predetermined time has elapsed, one of the lighting modes is stopped and displayed (for example, stopped for a few seconds). Then, when “big hit” is won in the winning / losing lottery, the corresponding lighting mode is displayed when the fluctuation is stopped, and a big hit state occurs.

  Further, in the special display devices 43L and 43R, not only is it taught that the “big hit” is won, but the type of the big hit state, ie, “16RS”, “7RS”, or “7RN”. Is also taught. For example, when “7.7.” Is finally displayed (stopped) on the first special display device 43L (or the second special display device 43R), “16RS” is assigned, and “n. “0.” is displayed, it is associated with “7RN”. Further, there are a plurality of stop modes of the special display devices 43L and 43R that teach one jackpot type instead of one, and any one of them is selected and stopped and displayed. In addition, when either the first special display device 43L or the second special display device 43R is performing variable display or determination display, the other is turned off ("-" is displayed). However, if neither the change display nor the determination display is performed in either case, “-” is displayed in both cases.

  In addition, when a game ball newly wins the start winning unit 33 during the variation display of the first or second special display device 43L, 43R, the corresponding variation display is performed at that time. It is the structure performed after the end of. That is, the variable display is on standby (held). The maximum number of the variable display to be held is determined for each model of the pachinko machine, but in this embodiment, the game ball won in the first start winning device 33a and the second start winning device 33b won. Corresponding to the game balls, up to 4 variation displays (total of 8 variation displays) are put on hold.

  Furthermore, the number of holdings of the variation display (hereinafter referred to as “first variation display”) based on the game ball entering the first start winning device 33a is lit by the first holding lamp 46a that can emit blue light. In addition, the number of holdings of the variation display (hereinafter referred to as “second variation display”) based on the game ball entering the second start winning device 33b is lit by the second holding lamp 46b that can emit red light. It has come to be. Four hold lamps 46a and 46b are provided in the same number as the maximum number of hold of each of the first change display and the second change display, and the same number as the number of the first change display or the second change display held. Light. The display contents of the hold lamps 46a and 46b are controlled by a sub-control device 262 as sub-control means described later. If a new game ball wins the start winning unit 33 during the big hit state, the corresponding change display is also suspended.

  Note that the suspended variation display is basically digested in the suspended sequence, but both the first variation display and the second variation display are suspended (hold lamp 46a, When one or more of 46b is lit, the second variation display is preferentially digested. That is, if the second variation display triggered by winning in the second start winning device 33b is not fully digested, the first variation display triggered by entering the first starting winning device 33a is performed. It has no configuration. For example, in the state where one first hold lamp 46a is lit, when a game ball enters the second start winning device 33b and one second hold lamp 46b is lit, the first variation display is delayed. Thus, the second variation display is performed first.

  In the variation specifying lamp 40, which of the first start winning device 33a and the second starting winning device 33b corresponds to the variation displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 (first variation). (In this example, below the special display devices 43L and 43R) that is visible to the player. The variation specifying lamp 40 includes an LED whose emission color is blue and an LED whose emission color is red. When the first variation display is performed on the decorative symbol display device 42, the variation specifying lamp 40 emits blue light, and the second variation. It emits red light when it is being displayed.

  The through gate 34 is configured such that game balls flowing down the game area can pass one by one. As will be described in detail later, the through gate 34 includes a through gate switch 225 that can detect a game ball passing through the through gate 34. When the game ball is detected by the through gate switch 225, the through gate 34 is started. A winning support lottery for determining whether or not the winning unit 33 is in an open state is performed, and a variable display for teaching the result of the winning support lottery is performed on the normal symbol display device 41. If the winning support lottery is won, the second start winning device 33b (opening / closing member 33c) of the start winning unit 33 is opened for a specified time after the end of the variation display.

  The variable display device unit 35 includes a normal symbol display device 41 that variably displays triggered by the passage of the through gate 34, and a decorative symbol display device that variably displays in accordance with the variable display by the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R. 42 is provided. Further, the variable display device unit 35 is provided with the first holding lamp 46a, the second holding lamp 46b, and the holding lamp 44.

  The normal symbol display device 41 is configured so that “○” or “×” can be lit as a normal symbol. For example, each time a game ball passes through the through gate 34, the normal symbol is displayed as “O” → “×” → “○” →... Is displayed at high speed (change display). Then, when the change display is stopped for several seconds with the “◯” symbol (winning symbol), the start winning unit 33 (opening / closing member 33c) is opened for a predetermined time. The display contents of the normal symbol display device 41 are directly controlled by a main control device 261 described later.

  In addition, when a game ball newly passes through the through gate 34 during the fluctuation display of the normal symbol display device 41, the corresponding fluctuation display is performed after the end of the fluctuation display at that time. It has become. That is, the variable display is on standby (held). The maximum number of the variable display to be held is determined for each model of the pachinko machine, but in this embodiment, it is held up to 4 times, and the hold number is lit and displayed by the hold lamp 44. Yes.

  The decorative symbol display device 42 of the present embodiment is configured by a liquid crystal display device, and is configured to be capable of variably displaying decorative symbols as identification information. The display contents of the decorative symbol display device 42 are controlled by a sub-control device 262 and a display control device 45 which will be described later. That is, in the decorative symbol display device 42, the sub-control device 262 supports the auxiliary design based on the command from the main control device 261 so as to correspond to the results displayed on the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R. Display content is determined, and display control is performed by the display control device 45 based on the determination.

  The decorative symbol display device 42 includes, for example, three symbol display areas, upper, middle, and lower, and a plurality of types of decorative symbols (for example, numeric symbols with numbers 1 to 9) are provided in each symbol display area. Displayed sequentially (variably displayed), and then the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in order for each symbol display area (for example, in the order of the upper symbol display area → the lower symbol display area → the middle symbol display area). . For example, when the occurrence of the big hit state is determined by the main control device 261, a display corresponding to the big hit is made on the first or second special display device 43L, 43R, and the decorative symbol is hit on the decorative symbol display device 42. (For example, the decorative symbols that are stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display area, the middle symbol display area, and the lower symbol display area are the same), and the jackpot state is started.

  Further, when the decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in a combination corresponding to the jackpot, as the previous stage, for example, the same decorative symbols are stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display area and the lower symbol display area. In this way, the state where the same symbol is stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display area and the lower symbol display area and the variable display is still being performed in the middle symbol display area is the reach state. Of course, the occurrence of a reach condition does not necessarily result in a big hit, but may be missed.

  In the present embodiment, after the reach state occurs, in the middle symbol display area, the same decorative symbol as the decorative symbol (reach symbol) stopped and displayed in the upper symbol display region and the lower symbol display region is stopped (Zoro). If the eye is stopped and displayed), the jackpot state is given. Further, in the case of an odd number of eyes, “16RS” or “7RS” to which the probability variation mode is given after the jackpot state ends, and in the case of an even number of eyes, “16RS”, “7RS”, Alternatively, either “7RN” is given. In addition, the combination of decorative symbols other than the doublet basically teaches “displacement”.

  The variable display device unit 35 is provided with a center frame 47 so as to surround the decorative symbol display device 42. A ball entrance 151 is provided in the upper portion of the center frame 47, and a game ball that has entered the ball entrance 151 is formed inside the center frame 47 along the side of the decorative symbol display device 42. It is guided on a stage 153 formed below the decorative symbol display device 42 via a warp channel 152 extending vertically. The game ball guided on the stage 153 falls from the stage 153 to the front game area, or rolls on the stage 153 and then enters the pocket 154 formed at the center back side of the stage 153. . The pocket 154 communicates with a guide passage 155 that leads to a game area directly above the start winning unit 33 (first start winning device 33a), and the game balls that enter the pocket 154 are relatively high. The start winning unit 33 (first start winning device 33a) is entered with probability.

  The game board 30 includes an inner rail component 51 and an outer rail component 52, and a rail 50 that guides a game ball launched from the launch device 60 to the upper part of the game board 30 is attached. As a result, the game balls fired in accordance with the turning operation of the handle 18 are guided through the launch rail 61 and the rail 50 into a game area formed between the game board 30 and the glass unit 137.

  A return ball preventing member 53 is attached to the tip portion of the inner rail constituting portion 51 (the upper left portion in FIG. 4). This prevents a situation in which the game ball once guided from the rail 50 to the game area returns to the rail 50 again. Further, a return rubber 54 is attached to a substantially distal end portion (upper right portion in FIG. 4) of the outer rail constituting portion 52. The game ball fired at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 54 and is returned to, for example, the substantially central portion of the game board 30.

  In the present embodiment, the outer rail component 52 is interrupted at the upper right portion of the game board 30, and the inner rail component 51 is interrupted at the lower right portion of the game board 30. For this reason, the game area is defined by the inner peripheral surface of the rail 50 and the window hole 39 of the resin base 38. However, since the game ball launched by the launching device 60 may flow backward through the rail 50 until it passes through the return ball prevention member 53, the parallel portions of the inner and outer rail constituting portions 51 and 52 are excluded from the game area. It is burned.

  As shown in FIG. 3, a ball passage unit 70 is provided on the back side of the front frame set 14 below the window portion 101. The ball passage unit 70 includes a lower plate communication passage 71 connected from a payout mechanism portion 352 described later to the discharge port 16 of the lower plate 15, and an upper plate communication passage 73 connected from the payout mechanism portion 352 to the upper plate 19. In addition, there is a predetermined gap between the firing rail 61 provided on the front side of the inner frame 12 and the rail 50 (outer rail constituting portion 52), and the ball path unit 70 of the front frame set 14 includes the above-described gap. A foul ball passage 72 is formed to guide the game ball dropped from the gap to the lower plate 15. Thereby, if the game ball launched from the launching device 60 does not reach the return ball prevention member 53 and returns to the rail 50 as a foul ball, the foul ball is returned to the lower plate 15 via the foul ball passage 72. Discharged.

  3 and 4 is a payout passage for guiding a game ball paid out by a payout mechanism portion 352, which will be described later, to the front of the inner frame 12, and an upper plate communication passage 73 (upper plate 19). And a passage leading to the lower plate communication passage 71 (lower plate 15). A shutter 68 is provided below the payout passage 67. When the front frame set 14 is opened, the shutter 68 protrudes forward by an urging force of a spring or the like so that the outlet of the payout passage 67 is almost closed. ing. When the front frame set 14 is closed, the shutter 68 is pushed open by the inlet side rear end of the lower plate communication path 71. In addition, the inlets (sphere inflow portions) of the lower plate communication passage 71 and the upper plate communication passage 73 are adjacent to each other, and in the closed state of the front frame set 14, each of the inlets and the discharge passage 67 are separated by a predetermined distance. A game ball can pass through the gap between the two. For this reason, when the upper plate 19 and the upper plate communication passage 73 are filled with game balls, the game balls to be dispensed flow to the lower plate communication passage 71 side (overflow to the inlet side of the lower plate communication passage 71), and the lower plate connection It will be paid out to the lower plate 15 through the passage 71.

  In addition, the ball path unit 70 is provided with a full detection switch (not shown) that detects a game ball located in the lower dish communication path 71. Due to the presence of the full detection switch, it is grasped that the lower plate 15 is full of game balls (the lower plate 15 is full of game balls, and the game ball stays in the lower plate communication path 71). be able to. In the present embodiment, based on the fact that a game ball is continuously detected for a predetermined time by the full detection switch, an error notification that teaches that the lower plate 15 is full using a display or sound on the decorative symbol display device 42 is used. Is controlled. When the game ball stays in the lower tray communication path 71 and the game ball is not detected by the full detection switch (when it is not detected continuously for a predetermined time), the error notification state is canceled.

  Next, the back configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. Various control boards are arranged on the back of the pachinko machine 10 so as to be lined up, down, left and right, and partially overlapped in the front and back, and further, a game ball supply device (payout mechanism) for supplying game balls And a protective cover made of resin. The dispensing mechanism and the protective cover are integrated as one unit, and the resin portion is generally sometimes referred to as a back pack. Therefore, this unit is referred to as a “back pack unit 203”.

  First, the back configuration of the game board 30 will be described. As shown in FIG. 6, on the back side of the variable display device unit 35 (see FIG. 4) arranged corresponding to the through hole in the center of the game board 30, a resin frame cover that covers the center frame 47 from the back side. 213 is provided to protrude rearward. Further, on the back side of the frame cover 213, a decorative symbol display device 42, a display control device 45, and a sub control device 262, which are liquid crystal display devices facing forward from the opening of the frame cover 213, can be attached and detached in a state where they are stacked in front and back. Is attached.

  The decorative symbol display device 42 is housed in a housing box 42 a in which an opening for exposing the display unit (liquid crystal screen) of the decorative symbol display device 42 to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is formed, and the rear surface of the frame cover 213. It is fixed on the side. The display control device 45 is accommodated in the substrate box 45a and fixed to the back side of the decorative symbol display device 42 (accommodation box 42a). The sub-control device 262 is accommodated in the substrate box 262a and fixed to the back side of the display control device 45 (substrate box 45a). In the frame cover 213, an LED control board for driving LEDs and the like built in the center frame 47 is disposed. The storage box 42a and the substrate boxes 45a and 262a are made of a transparent resin material or the like so that the inside can be visually recognized.

  Under the frame cover 213, a back frame set 215 is attached to the game board 30 so as to cover the general winning opening 31, the variable winning device 32, the start winning unit 33 and the like from behind. The back frame set 215 includes a ball collection mechanism (not shown) for collecting game balls that have won prizes in various winning ports. The game balls collected by the ball collection mechanism are guided to a discharge passage portion 217 described later, and discharged from the discharge chute of the discharge passage portion 217 to the outside of the pachinko machine 10.

  In the present embodiment, the back frame set 215 functions as a mounting base for the main controller 261. More specifically, the board box 263 on which the main controller 261 is mounted is pivotally supported with respect to the back frame set 215 and can be opened rearward.

  The main controller 261 is accommodated in a substrate box 263 made of a transparent resin material or the like. The substrate box 263 includes a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing member. The board | substrate box 263 connected with the sealing member becomes a structure which cannot be opened unless a predetermined trace is left. As a result, it is possible to easily find out that the board box 263 has been illegally opened.

  In addition, the game board 30 is provided with a ball entry detection switch for detecting game balls that have entered the various winning ports corresponding to various winning ports such as the general winning port 31. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, a winning opening switch 221 is provided at a position corresponding to the general winning opening 31, and a count switch 223 is provided in the variable winning device 32. The start winning unit 33 is provided with a first start winning switch 224a and a second start winning switch 224b corresponding to the first start winning device 33a and the second start winning device 33b, respectively. Further, a through gate switch 225 is provided at a position corresponding to the through gate 34.

  Although not shown, the back frame set 215 is provided with a first board relay board that is electrically connected to the prize opening switch 221, the count switch 223, and the through gate switch 225 via a cable connector. . The first board surface relay board relays the prize opening switch 221 and the like and the main control device 261, and is electrically connected to the main control device 261 through a cable connector. On the other hand, the start winning switches 224a and 224b are directly connected to the main controller 261 via a connector cable without passing through a relay board.

The detection results detected by the various entrance detection switches are taken into the main controller 261. Then, a payout command (the number of game balls to be paid out) corresponding to the winning situation at each time is transmitted from the main control device 261 to the payout control device 311, and a predetermined number of game balls are based on the output signal from the payout control device 311. Is dispensed (except when detected by the through gate switch 225).
In addition, although not shown in the drawings, the back of the game board 30 is provided with a large winning opening solenoid that opens the large winning opening by the variable winning apparatus 32, and the start winning unit 33 has a pair of opening / closing members 33c. A winning opening solenoid that opens and closes is provided. The back frame set 215 is also provided with a second board surface relay board (not shown) that relays between the solenoid and the main controller 261.

  Next, the configuration of the back pack unit 203 will be described. As shown in FIG. 5, the back pack unit 203 is a unit in which a back pack 351 formed of resin and a payout mechanism portion 352 for a game ball are integrated. Further, the back pack unit 203 is supported so as to be openable and closable with respect to the left side portion (right side in FIG. 5) of the inner frame 12, and can be opened rearward with an open / close axis extending along the vertical direction as an axis. ing. In addition, an external terminal board 240 is provided on the upper left part of the back pack unit 203 (upper right part in FIG. 5).

  The external terminal board 240 is for relaying various information transmissions to a hall computer or the like in a game hall, and is provided with a plurality of external connection terminals. For convenience, no reference numerals are given, but for example, a terminal for outputting information relating to the current gaming state (such as jackpot state or probability variation mode), front frame set 14 or inner frame detected by opening detection switches 91 and 92 described later. Terminals for outputting information related to the opening of 12, terminals for outputting information on various error states such as a ball entry error, a lower tray full tank error, a tank ball no error, a payout error, and a prize paid out from the payout control device 311 Terminals for outputting information on the number of balls are provided.

  The back pack 351 is integrally formed of, for example, ABS resin, and includes a protective cover portion 354 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover 354 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to cover at least the frame cover 213. However, in the present embodiment, the protective cover portion 354 covers the upper portion and the right portion of the substrate box 263 (the left portion in FIG. 5). Thereby, in the closed state of the back pack unit 203, the sealing member provided at the right part of the board box 263 and the terminal part (board side connector) provided along the upper edge part of the main controller 261 are covered. It will be.

  The payout mechanism 352 is arranged so as to bypass the protective cover 354. That is, a tank 355 opened upward is provided above the protective cover portion 354, and game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially supplied to the tank 355. Below the tank 355, for example, a tank rail 356 that has two rows of ball passages in the horizontal direction and that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected. Further, a case rail 357 is formed vertically on the downstream side of the tank rail 356. It is connected. The payout device 358 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 357, and a required number of game balls are paid out appropriately according to a predetermined electrical configuration such as a payout motor. Then, the game balls paid out from the payout device 358 are supplied to the upper plate 19 and the like.

  The payout mechanism 352 is provided with a payout relay board 381 for relaying a payout command signal from the payout control device 311 to the payout device 358, and a power switch board 382 for taking in the main power from the outside. Yes. The power switch board 382 is supplied with, for example, an AC 24V main power supply via a voltage converter, and the power switch 382a is switched on or off by a switching operation of the power switch 382a.

  Below the back pack unit 203 (substrate box 263), there is provided a lower frame set 251 that is pivotally supported at the left side of the inner frame 12 (right side in FIG. 5) and can be opened rearward. As shown in FIG. 6, the lower frame set 251 is formed with a discharge passage portion 217 into which the game balls collected by the ball collection mechanism described above flow, and a game ball is placed in the most downstream portion of the discharge passage portion 217. A discharge chute (not shown) for discharging to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is formed. In other words, the game balls that have won the respective winning openings such as the general winning opening 31 are gathered through the ball collecting mechanism of the back frame set 215 and further discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge chute of the discharge passage portion 217. In addition, the out port 36 leads to the discharge passage portion 217 in the same manner, and the game balls that have not won any winning port are discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge chute. In this embodiment, the back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 are configured separately and can be opened and closed independently. However, the back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 are integrally formed. It is also good to do.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the payout control device 311, the firing control device 312, the power supply device 313, and the card unit connection board 314 are detachably attached to the back side of the lower frame set 251 in a state where they are stacked in front and back. It has been.

  The launch control device 312 and the power supply device 313 are accommodated in the substrate box 313a and fixed to the back side of the lower frame set 251. Although the launch control device 312 and the power supply device 313 are described as independent control devices for convenience, they are actually configured by a single board (printed board).

  The payout control device 311 is housed in the substrate box 311a and is fixed to the back side of the substrate box 313a (the launch control device 312 and the power supply device 313). The substrate box 311a in which the dispensing control device 311 is accommodated is provided with a sealing member in the same manner as the substrate box 263 in which the main control device 261 is accommodated, so that an unsealed trace of the substrate box 311a remains. It has become.

  In addition, the card unit connection board 314 is accommodated in the board box 314a and fixed to the back side of the board box 313a (the firing control device 312 and the power supply device 313). Each of the board boxes 311a, 313a, and 314a is made of a transparent resin material or the like so that the inside can be visually recognized.

  Further, the dispensing control device 311 is provided with a state return switch 321 that protrudes outward from the substrate box 311a. For example, when the state return switch 321 is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball clogged in the payout motor unit, the payout motor is rotated forward and reverse to eliminate the ball clogging (return to a normal state).

  Further, the power supply device 313 is provided with a RAM erase switch 323 that protrudes outward from the substrate box 313a. This pachinko machine 10 has a backup function, so that even if a power failure occurs, the pachinko machine 10 retains the state at the time of the power failure and can be restored to the state at the time of the power failure when returning from the power failure (power recovery). it can. Therefore, if the power is turned off in the normal procedure (for example, at the end of the game hall), the state before the power is turned off is stored. .

  As shown in FIG. 6, a locking device 600 is provided on the back side of the right side of the inner frame 12. The locking device 600 includes a cylinder lock 700 (see FIG. 1 and the like) exposed on the front surface side of the front frame set 14, and a key is inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 700, and the inside is operated by rotating to one side. The frame 12 can be unlocked, and the front frame set 14 can be unlocked by rotating to the other side. In the present embodiment, the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11, and the front frame set 14 is locked to the inner frame 12.

  In addition, as described above, the extending wall portion 83 that covers the entire upper and lower sections corresponding to the locking device 600 from the back side of the inner frame 12 is formed in the right side frame constituting portion 11d of the outer frame 11 (FIG. 5). reference). Thereby, it becomes difficult to make a wire etc. approach from the back side of outer frame 11, and to operate locking device 600 with the wire etc. As a result, the defense performance can be improved. Further, the extending wall portion 83 is configured to cover the right end portion (the left end portion in FIG. 5) of the back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 from the back side, and in the closed state of the inner frame 12, The back pack unit 203 and the lower frame set 251 cannot be opened.

  As shown in FIG. 4, a front frame open detection switch 91 for detecting the opening of the front frame set 14 is provided on the lower right side of the front side of the inner frame 12 (on the right side of the launching device 60). As shown in FIG. 5, an inner frame opening detection switch 92 for detecting the opening of the inner frame 12 is provided on the lower right side on the back side of the inner frame 12 (lower left in FIG. 5). Each of the front frame opening detection switch 91 and the inner frame opening detection switch 92 includes a detection unit that can move in and out of the switch main body, and the front frame opening detection switch 91 is provided so that the detection unit faces forward. The inner frame opening detection switch 92 is provided so that the detection unit faces rearward. When the detection unit is in a state of protruding from the switch main body, an ON signal is output to the main controller 261, and when the detection unit is pressed toward the switch main body and is immersed in the switch main body, an OFF signal is output. It is configured to output to the main controller 261. That is, when the front frame set 14 is closed, the front frame opening detection switch 91 is turned off when the detection unit is pressed on the back surface of the front frame set 14, and when the front frame set 14 is opened, the detection unit returns to the protruding state. Turns on. Similarly, when the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame opening detection switch 92 is turned off by the pressing portion 86 integrally formed with the receiving portion 85 of the outer frame 11 and is detected when the inner frame 12 is opened. The part returns to the protruding state and is turned on.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. A main controller 261 (main board) as main control means is equipped with a CPU 501 as a one-chip microcomputer as an arithmetic unit. The CPU 501 includes a ROM 502 that stores various control programs executed by the CPU 501 and fixed value data, and a RAM 503 that is a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 502 is executed. Various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. However, the CPU, the ROM, and the RAM may not be integrated into one chip but may be configured as a chip for each function.

  The RAM 503 is a stack area that stores the contents of the internal registers of the CPU 501, the return address of a control program executed by the CPU 501, and a work area (work area) that stores various flags, counters, I / O values, and the like. ) And a backup area 503a.

  The RAM 503 is configured to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 313 even after the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, and is stored in the stack area, work area, and backup area 503a. All data is backed up.

  In the backup area 503a, when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is turned off when the power is turned on again. (Similarly) is an area for storing stack pointers, values of registers, I / O, and the like. Writing to the backup area 503a is executed when the power is turned off by the main process. Conversely, the return of each value written to the backup area 503a is the main process at the time of power-on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, and so on). Executed in Note that a power failure signal SK1 output from a power failure monitoring circuit 542, which will be described later, is input to the NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the CPU 501 when a power failure occurs due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. Due to the occurrence, the power failure process (NMI interrupt process) is immediately executed.

  Note that if data stored in at least the stack area and the backup area 503a is backed up, it is not always necessary to back up data stored in all areas. For example, the data stored in the stack area and the backup area 503a may be backed up, and the data stored in the work area may not be backed up.

  An input / output port 505 is connected to the CPU 501 incorporating the ROM 502 and RAM 503 via a bus line 504 including an address bus and a data bus. A RAM erase switch circuit 543, a payout control device 311, a sub-control device 262, first and second special display devices 43L and 43R, a normal symbol display device 41, and the like are connected to the input / output port 505. With this configuration, the special display devices 43L and 43R and the normal symbol display device 41 described above are directly controlled by the main control device 261. On the other hand, the decorative symbol display device 42 is controlled via the sub-control device 262.

  For the sake of convenience, illustration of various relay boards and the like is omitted, but the input / output port 505 includes a winning port switch 221, a count switch 223, start winning unit switches 224a and 224b, a through gate switch 225, various switches of the handle 18, and the like. Are connected to various electrical components such as a solenoid for opening and closing the variable winning device 32. That is, the main controller 261 is provided with a plurality of terminal portions (board side connectors) for connecting connectors of various cable connectors, and the input / output port 505 is configured by these terminal portions.

  A sub-control device 262 (sub-control board) as a sub-control means includes a CPU 551 that is an arithmetic device, various control programs executed by the CPU 551, a ROM 552 that stores fixed value data, and a control program that is stored in the ROM 552. RAM 553, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data during execution, input / output port 554, bus line 555, and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit (not shown) It has. The RAM 553 is a memory that temporarily stores work data and flags used when the CPU 551 executes various programs.

  A CPU 551, ROM 552, and RAM 553 are connected to the input / output port 554 via a bus line 555 and a display control device 45 is connected. Further, the speaker SP, the holding lamps 46 a and 46 b, the effect button 125, various lighting units and the lamps 102 to 104 are connected to the input / output port 554.

  The CPU 551 of the sub-control device 262 causes the display control device 45 to execute display control based on, for example, a command signal (for example, a variation pattern command) transmitted from the main control device 261 and causes the decorative symbol display device 42 to display the display control device. As described above, in the present embodiment, it is displayed that the jackpot is won by the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R controlled by the main control device 261, and the sub control device 262 is displayed. In the decorative symbol display device 42 controlled by, display corresponding to the display of the special display devices 43L and 43R (incident effect display) is performed. In addition, the gaming machine ID is stored in the ROM 552 of the present embodiment.

  The payout control device 311 controls payout of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 358. The CPU 511 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 512 that stores a control program executed by the CPU 511, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 513 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 513 of the payout control device 311, like the RAM 503 of the main control device 261, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the CPU 511 and the return address of the control program executed by the CPU 511, various flags and counters, A work area (work area) in which values such as I / O are stored, and a backup area 513a are provided.

  The RAM 513 is configured to hold (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 313 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, and all stored in the stack area, work area, and backup area 513a. Data is backed up. Note that if data stored in at least the stack area and the backup area 513a is backed up, it is not always necessary to back up data stored in all areas. For example, the data stored in the stack area and the backup area 513a may be backed up, and the data stored in the work area may not be backed up.

  The backup area 513a has a stack pointer, each register at the time of power off, each register, so that the power of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is turned off when the power is turned off. This is an area for storing values such as I / O. The writing to the backup area 513a is executed when the power is turned off by the main process, and the restoration of each value written to the backup area 513a is executed in the main process when the power is turned on. As with the CPU 501 of the main controller 261, the power failure signal SK1 is input to the NMI terminal of the CPU 511 from the power failure monitoring circuit 542 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the CPU 511, NMI interrupt processing as power failure processing is immediately executed.

  In the work area, a payout permission flag for which the payout control device 311 is set to allow the payout of prize balls, a command reception flag set when a command transmitted from the main control device 261 is received, and the main control device 261 And a command buffer for storing a command transmitted from.

  The payout permission flag is a flag for setting a prize ball payout permission, and is turned on when a specific command for permitting the payout of the prize ball is transmitted from the main control device 261 and received, and is initially set. It is turned off when it is restored before the process or power shutdown. In the present embodiment, the specific commands are a payout initialization command for instructing the initial processing of the RAM 513 of the payout control device 311, a prize ball command for instructing payout of a prize ball, and the main controller 261 having been restored to power. There are three payout return commands to be transmitted in this case.

  The command reception flag is a flag for confirming whether or not the payout control device 311 has received a command, and is turned on when any command is received. Similar to the payout permission flag, an initial setting process or power-off is performed. It is turned off when returning to the front, and turned off when the command received by the command determination process is determined.

  The command buffer is configured by a ring buffer that temporarily stores commands transmitted from the main control device 261. The ring buffer has a predetermined storage area, and commands are stored with regularity from the beginning to the end of the storage area. When commands are stored in all storage areas, the ring buffer is at the start of the storage area. The return command is configured to be updated. Therefore, when the command is stored and when the command is read, the storage pointer and the read pointer in the command buffer are updated, and the command is stored and read based on each pointer.

  An input / output port 515 is connected to the CPU 511 incorporating the ROM 512 and the RAM 513 through a bus line 514 including an address bus and a data bus. A RAM erase switch circuit 543, a main controller 261, a launch controller 312 and a payout device 358 are connected to the input / output port 515, respectively.

  The card unit connection board 314 includes a ball rental operation unit (a ball rental button 121 and a return button 122) on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, and a card unit (a ball rental unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10 in a game hall or the like. Are electrically connected to each other, and receive a ball lending operation command from the player and output it to the card unit. In a cash machine in which game balls are lent directly to the upper plate 19 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, the card unit connection board 314 can be omitted.

  The launch control device 312 permits or prohibits the launch of the game ball by the launch device 60, and the launch device 60 is permitted to drive when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, a firing permission signal is output from the payout control device 311, a sensor signal has detected that the player is touching the handle 18, and a firing prohibition button 18 a ( 1 is not operated, the launching device 60 is driven, and a game ball is launched with an intensity corresponding to the amount of operation of the handle 18.

  The display control device 45 executes the variable display of the decorative symbols on the decorative symbol display device 42 in accordance with an instruction from the sub-control device 262. The display control device 45 includes a CPU 521, a program ROM 522, a work RAM 523, a video RAM 524, a character ROM 525, a video display processor (VDP) 526, an input port 527, an output port 529, and bus lines 530 and 531. And. An input / output port 554 of the sub control device 262 is connected to the input port 527. Further, a CPU 521, a program ROM 522, a work RAM 523, and a VDP 526 are connected to the input port 527 through a bus line 530. An output port 529 is connected to the VDP 526 via a bus line 531, and a decorative symbol display device 42 as a liquid crystal display device is connected to the output port 529.

  The CPU 521 of the display control device 45 receives the display command transmitted from the sub-control device 262 via the input port 527, analyzes the received command, or performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on the received command to control the VDP 526. (Specifically, generation of an internal command for the VDP 526) is performed. Thereby, display control in the decorative symbol display device 42 is performed.

  The program ROM 522 is a memory that stores various control programs executed by the CPU 521 and fixed value data. The work RAM 523 is a memory that temporarily stores work data and flags used when the CPU 521 executes various programs. It is.

  The video RAM 524 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, and the display content of the decorative symbol display device 42 is changed by rewriting the contents of the video RAM 524. The character ROM 525 is a memory that stores character data such as symbols displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42.

  The VDP 526 is a kind of drawing circuit that directly operates an LCD driver (liquid crystal driving circuit) incorporated in the decorative symbol display device 42. Since the VDP 526 is an IC chip, it is also referred to as a “drawing chip”, and the substance of the VDP 526 can be said to be a microcomputer chip with a dedicated firmware for drawing processing. The VDP 526 adjusts the respective timings of the CPU 521, the video RAM 524, etc. to intervene in reading and writing data, and reads the display data stored in the video RAM 524 at a predetermined timing and causes the decorative symbol display device 42 to display it.

  The power supply device 313 includes a power supply unit 541 that supplies power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 542 that monitors power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM erase switch circuit 543 connected to the RAM erase switch 323. And.

  The power supply unit 541 supplies necessary operation power to the main control device 261, the payout control device 311 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 541 takes in AC 24 volt power supplied from the outside, generates + 12V power for driving various switches and motors, + 5V power for logic, backup power for RAM backup, etc. These + 12V power supply, + 5V power supply and backup power supply are supplied to the main control device 261, the payout control device 311 and the like. Note that operation power (+12 V power, +5 V power, etc.) is supplied to the launch control device 312 via the payout control device 311. Similarly, operating power is supplied to various switches, motors and the like via a control device to which these are connected.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 542 is a circuit that outputs a power failure signal SK1 to each NMI terminal of the CPU 501 of the main control device 261 and the CPU 511 of the payout control device 311 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 542 monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 541, and determines that a power failure (power failure) has occurred when this voltage is less than 22 volts. The power failure signal SK1 is output to the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311. Based on the output of the power failure signal SK1, the main control device 261 and the payout control device 311 recognize the occurrence of a power failure and execute a power failure process (NMI interrupt processing).

  The power supply unit 541 normally outputs an output of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the process at the time of a power failure even after the DC stable voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Configured to maintain the value. Therefore, the main control device 261 and the payout control device 311 can normally execute and complete the power failure process.

  The RAM erase switch circuit 543 is a circuit that takes in the switch signal of the RAM erase switch 323 and clears backup data in the RAM 503 of the main controller 261 and the RAM 513 of the payout controller 311 in accordance with the state of the switch 323. When the RAM erase switch 323 is pressed, the RAM erase switch circuit 543 outputs a RAM erase signal SK2 to the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on with the RAM erase switch 323 pressed (including power-on due to power failure cancellation), the data in the respective RAMs 503 and 513 are cleared in the main controller 261 and the payout controller 311. The

  Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 configured as described above will be described. In this embodiment, the CPU 501 provided in the main control device 261 as the main control means performs lottery using various counter information in the game. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, a jackpot random number counter C1 used for determining whether or not to generate a jackpot state, a jackpot random number counter C1 used for determining a jackpot type (type lottery), and a decoration The variable selection counter C3 used for determining whether or not the reach state is generated in the symbol display device 42, the initial value random number counter CINI used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the first and second special display devices 43L, 43R (decorative symbol display device 42) used for determining the variation display time, etc. The first variation type counter CS1, the second variation type counter CS2, and the normal symbol display device 41 used for lottery (entrance support lottery) The normal symbol random number counter C4 is used. Note that the variation selection counter C3 is also used for reach type lottery when the decorative symbol display device 42 is deviated and varied. The variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are also used for variation pattern selection (effect pattern selection) of the decorative symbol display device 42. Specifically, the variation time of the special display devices 43L and 43R is determined according to the determined variation pattern, and the variation mode and variation time in the decorative symbol display device 42, that is, the effect pattern, are determined.

  Each of the counters C1, C2, C3, CINI, CS1, CS2, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value every time it is updated and returns to the lower limit value of 0 after reaching the upper limit value. Each counter is periodically updated, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a counter buffer set in a predetermined area of the RAM 503 (except for the random number initial value counter CINI).

  The RAM 503 stores a special variable hold area as a hold storage area for storing the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, and the change selection counter C3, and the normal symbol random number counter C4. A variable holding area is provided. The normal variation holding area includes one execution area and four holding areas (holding first to holding fourth areas). In each holding area of the normal variation holding area, the value of the normal symbol random number counter C4 is stored in time series in accordance with the passing history of the game ball to the through gate 34. By adopting this configuration, the variable display on the normal symbol display device 41 can be suspended up to four times.

  The special variable reserved area includes a first special variable reserved area and a second special variable storage area each having four reserved areas (first to fourth reserved areas), and one execution area. In each holding area of the first special variation holding area, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, and the variation selection counter C3 are set according to the winning history of the game balls to the first start winning device 33a. Stored serially. In each holding area of the second special fluctuation holding area, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, and the fluctuation selection counter C3 are set according to the winning history of the game balls to the second start winning device 33b. Stored serially. By adopting this configuration, the variable display on the special display devices 43L and 43R can be suspended up to four times.

  In detail, each jackpot random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 599, for example, and after reaching an upper limit value (ie, 599) as a closing price, 0 is a lower limit value as a starting price. It is the composition which returns to. Normally, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the initial value random number counter CINI at that time is read as the next initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The initial value random number counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the big hit random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599), and is updated once for each timer interruption and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of normal processing. On the other hand, the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot random number counter buffer. Then, at the timing when the game ball wins the first start winning device 33a or the second start winning device 33b of the start winning unit 33, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter buffer is changed to the special fluctuation holding area. Stored in

  In the present embodiment, the number of values of the jackpot random number counter C1 that is a jackpot in the low probability state (normal mode, time reduction mode) is two, and the value is “7, 307”. In the state (probability change mode, latent probability mode), the number of values of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is a jackpot is 20, and the values are “7 to 16, 307 to 316”. In the present embodiment, two determination tables for determining whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 corresponds to the jackpot are provided in the ROM 502, and “7, 307” is jackpoted. There are a first winning / failing determination table stored as a value and a second winning / failing determination table storing “8 to 16, 308 to 316” as a jackpot value.

  In the normal mode, the probability of winning the jackpot in the winning lottery (the jackpot probability) is 1/300, and the variation time in the normal symbol display device 41 for teaching the result of the entrance support lottery is 6 seconds. In addition, when the winning support lottery is won, the second start winning device 33b (opening / closing member 33c) is opened for 0.6 seconds.

  In the probability variation mode, the jackpot probability is 1/30, which is easier to hit than in the normal mode. In the probability variation mode, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol display device 41 based on the pitching support lottery is 2 seconds, which is shorter than that in the normal mode. The device 33b is opened three times and each opening time is 2 seconds. That is, in the probability variation mode, the variation time in the normal symbol display device 41 is shorter than in the normal mode, and the opening time of the second start winning device 33b per winning of the winning support lottery is increased and the number of times of opening is increased. Will increase. As a result, the time period during which the second start winning device 33b is in the open state becomes longer, so that the game balls frequently enter the second start winning device 33b (becomes a high winning state). The lottery is continuously performed and the ball is in good condition. In the high pitching state, the probability that the “O” symbol is stopped and displayed on the normal symbol display device 41 (the winning probability of the pitching support lottery) may be higher than that in the normal mode.

  In the time reduction mode, the jackpot probability is 1/300. In the time shortening mode, the variation time of the normal symbol display device 41 based on the winning support lottery is 2 seconds, and when the winning support lottery is won, the second start winning device 33b is released three times. At the same time, each opening time is 2 seconds. In other words, the time reduction mode has the same low probability as the jackpot probability in the normal mode, but is the same as the probability variation mode when only the operation of the start winning unit 33 is viewed. In the present embodiment, after the big hit state of “7RN” ends, the time reduction mode is set over a total of 100 variable displays performed on the first and second special display devices 43L and 43R. Further, the time reduction mode ends when a total of 100 variations are displayed on the special display devices 43L and 43R even if no big hit state occurs, and then shifts to the normal mode.

  For example, the type determination counter C2 is incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 19, for example, and after reaching the upper limit value (that is, 19), the type determination counter C2 returns to 0 that is the lower limit value. The ROM 502 is provided with a type determination table that is referred to when determining which jackpot type the value of the type determination counter C2 corresponds to. Then, when winning in the winning / losing lottery, the type of the jackpot state type given based on the value of the type determination counter C2 is determined (type lottery is performed), and the jackpot state of the determined type is given The Rukoto.

  The type determination counter C2 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and the value of the type determination counter C2 is stored in the type determination counter buffer. Then, the value of the type determination counter C2 stored in the type determination counter buffer is reserved for special fluctuation in the RAM 503 at the timing when the game ball wins the first start winning unit 33a or the second start winning unit 33b of the start winning unit 33. Stored in the area.

  In the present embodiment, “0” of the type determination counter C2 corresponds to “16RS”, “1-14” corresponds to “7RS”, and “15-19” corresponds to “7RN”. Yes. That is, when the winning / losing lottery is won, the ratio of “16RS” is 5%, the ratio of “7RS” is 70%, and the ratio of “7RN” is 25%. In addition, when winning the winning odds, the ratio of the odd-numbered slotted eyes being stopped and displayed in the variable display of the decorative symbol display device 42 is 30%. By the way, in the case of “16RS”, even if the jackpot type is not taught at the start of the jackpot state, it can be grasped that the jackpot state is always “16RS” by shifting to the eighth round. it can.

  In addition, in the case where “7RS” is won and the even-numbered blue eyes are stopped and displayed in the variation display on the decorative symbol display device 42, the proportion taught to be a promising big jackpot during the big jackpot state. It is 80%, and it is not possible to determine whether the mode given after the jackpot has ended is the probability variation mode or the time reduction mode at the remaining 20%. Even when the odd-numbered slotted eyes are stopped and displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, it is not possible to determine whether “16RS” or “7RS” is won at that time. By the way, after confirming the correspondence between the stop display pattern of the special display devices 43L and 43R and the jackpot type, by confirming the stop display pattern of the special display devices 43L and 43R, the jackpot type is surely grasped. It is possible to do this, however, the stop display patterns of the special display devices 43L and 43R are diverse, so it is practically difficult to grasp the above correspondence, and the jackpot type is not known at this point. This can improve the interest.

  The variation selection counter C3 is configured so that, for example, one by one is added in order within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and after reaching the upper limit value (that is, 238), it returns to the lower limit value of 0. In this embodiment, the reach selection state is generated by the variation selection counter C3, and after the reach state is generated with respect to the decorative symbol, the final stop symbol is shifted by one before and after the reach symbol and stopped. The final stop symbol after the stop is to draw lots of “reach other than front / rear off” that stops before and after the reach symbol and “complete out” that does not cause reach. In the present embodiment, the ROM 502 is provided with a reach determination table that stores the correspondence between the value of the variation selection counter C3 and the reach type. The reach determination table stores a value of “0 to 238”, C3 = 0, 1 corresponds to the back and forth reach, C3 = 2 to 21 corresponds to the reach other than back and forth, and C3 = 22 to 238 is complete. It has a configuration corresponding to the detachment.

  The fluctuation selection counter C3 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and the value of the fluctuation selection counter C3 is stored in the fluctuation selection counter buffer. The value of the variation selection counter C3 stored in the variation selection counter buffer is stored in the special variation reserve in the RAM 503 at the timing when the game ball has won the first start winning device 33a or the second start winning device 33b of the start winning unit 33. Stored in the area.

  In addition, one of the two variation type counters CS1 and CS2 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 59, for example, and reaches the upper limit value (that is, 59), and then reaches the lower limit value. The other variation type counter CS2 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 37, for example, and reaches the upper limit value (that is, 37), and then returns to the lower limit value of 0. It has become. For example, the first variation type counter CS1 determines the reach pattern of decorative symbols such as so-called normal reach, super reach, premium reach, and other rough symbol variation modes, and the second variation type counter CS2 determines the final stop symbol after the occurrence of reach. A more detailed symbol variation mode is determined, such as an elapsed time until the middle symbol (in this example) stops. Accordingly, a variety of variation patterns can be easily realized by combining these variation type counters CS1 and CS2. It is also possible to determine the symbol variation mode only by the first variation type counter CS1, or to determine the symbol variation mode in combination by combining the first variation type counter CS1 and the stop symbol.

  Further, the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are updated once every time a normal process described later is executed once, and are repeatedly updated even within the remaining time of the normal process. Then, the buffer values of CS1 and CS2 are acquired when determining the variation pattern at the start of variation of the decorative symbol by the decorative symbol display device 42.

  In addition, the magnitude | size and range of each counter are only examples, and can be changed arbitrarily. However, it is desirable that the big hit random number counter C1, the type determination counter C2, the variation selection counter C3, and the variation type counters CS1 and CS2 are all different prime numbers and are not synchronized in any case.

  Further, the normal symbol random number counter C4 is configured as a loop counter that is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 9, for example, and returns to the upper limit value (that is, after reaching 9 and to the lower limit value of 0). The random number counter C4 is updated periodically (once every timer interruption in this embodiment), and the value of the normal symbol random number counter C4 is acquired when the game ball passes through the left or right through gate 34. There are six random number values, and the range is “3 to 8.” When the value of the winning normal symbol random number counter C4 is acquired, the normal symbol display device 41 displays a predetermined variation display. After the time has elapsed, the symbol corresponding to the winning (“◯” in this example) is stopped and displayed, and the second start winning device 33b (opening / closing member 33c) is released in a pattern according to the game mode at that time.

  Now, in this embodiment, the player simply exchanges data related to the player's game between the pachinko machine 10 and the server operated by the gaming machine manufacturer through the portable communication terminal carried by the player. It is configured to receive services that cannot be obtained simply by playing games. Hereinafter, such a gaming system will be described. In the present embodiment, a game system is configured by the pachinko machine 10, the mobile communication terminal operated by the player, and the server.

  First, an overall schematic configuration of the gaming system will be described with reference to FIG. As a method of sending information from the pachinko machine 10 to the mobile communication terminal, a QR code (registered trademark) as code information which is a two-dimensional code is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 and read by the mobile communication terminal. Done. In the mobile communication terminal, by reading the QR code, URL conversion character string information can be obtained by a conversion application (barcode reader) preinstalled in the mobile communication terminal, and is included in the character string information. Access the server based on the server address information.

  The server issues a password based on various information included in the character string information in response to a request from the mobile communication terminal. Then, when the player manually inputs the password into the pachinko machine 10, a game reflecting various information included in the character string information can be performed.

  Next, the configuration on the pachinko machine 10 side will be described. In the present embodiment, when the effect button 125 is operated in a state in which no variable display or the like is performed, the menu screen is opened on the decorative symbol display device 42. Here, the process (menu display process) related to the menu operation performed by the sub-control device 262 will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S1101, it is determined whether or not the special display devices 43L and 43R (decorated symbol display device 42) are performing variable display. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1101, this processing is terminated as it is.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1101, it is determined in step S1102 whether or not a big hit state is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1102, this processing is terminated as it is. If a negative determination is made in step S1102, it is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated in step S1103. If a negative determination is made in step S1103, the present process is terminated as it is.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1103, it is determined in step S1104 whether a menu screen is being displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S1104, the menu screen (top menu) is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 in step S1105, and then this process is terminated.

  As shown in FIG. 12A, the menu screen (top menu) includes “password input (game start)”, “code issuance (initial registration / game end)”, “stage select”, “customization”, “end” "Is displayed. When the cursor is moved by operating the cross button 126 and the effect button 125 is operated, the corresponding subpage is opened (or the menu screen is closed).

  If the determination in step S1104 is affirmative, in step S1106, a password selection operation (operating the effect button 125 in a state where the cursor is positioned on the operation item of “password input (game start)”) is performed. It is determined whether or not. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1106, the password input screen is displayed in step S1107, and the process is terminated.

  As shown in FIG. 12B, on the password input screen, selection of alphanumeric characters “A to Z” and “1 to 9”, “Erase one character”, “Decision”, and “Return” used for the password An item is displayed, and a word display unit composed of eight frames (cells) that are present side by side is displayed in order to display the eight character words input as a password separately for each character. . In addition, the password input screen displays an alphanumeric character used for the password, an input cursor indicating whether “erasing”, “decision”, or “return” is selected, and a word display composed of 8 frames. When an alphanumeric character is selected with an input cursor and an input operation is performed, a main cursor is displayed that indicates which alphanumeric character is input to which frame.

  In the present embodiment, the upper three digits (the three characters on the left) of the password indicate information set according to the game information that is information relating to the player's game, and the lower five digits (the five characters on the right) Characters) indicate information set according to selection information (and residual information when residual information described later is set), which is information related to the player's hobby preference. Thus, by separating the information, it becomes easier to read the content of the password when executing the process according to the password on the pachinko machine 10 side, and the process can be simplified.

  In the present embodiment, by inputting the password issued from the server, the balance of effects changes compared to the case where the game is played without entering the password, or it is derived in the case of the mobile-linked game. An effect that can be derived can be derived. Hereinafter, a game performed by inputting a password is referred to as a “mobile linked game”, and a game performed without inputting a password is referred to as a “no mobile linked game”.

  If the determination in step S1106 is negative, in step S1108, a code operation (operating the effect button 125 in a state where the cursor is placed on the operation item of “code issuance (initial registration / game end))” is performed. Determine whether it was done. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1108, the code issuance screen is displayed in step S1109, and the process is terminated.

  Although illustration is omitted, on the code issue screen, operation items of “initial registration”, “code issue (game end)”, and “return to top menu” are displayed. In addition, a QR code is displayed on each subpage corresponding to “code issuance (initial registration / game end)”.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1108, it is determined in step S1110 whether or not a stage selection operation (operating the effect button 125 with the cursor placed on the operation item “stage selection”) has been performed. Determine. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1110, the stage selection screen is displayed in step S1111, and the process ends.

  In the present embodiment, in a normal game state in which a variable display is performed, there are provided three stages: a diving stage, a cruising stage, and a deep sea search stage in which the background, appearance characters, and the like change and the production method also changes. Correspondingly, selection items corresponding to each of these three stages are displayed on the stage selection screen, and the stage is moved to the corresponding stage by operating the effect button 125 with the cursor positioned. . When the selection operation is performed, the menu screen is automatically terminated. Further, when the effect button 125 is operated during the variable display (in a state where the button effect using the effect button 125 is not performed), the stage is switched one by one each time the operation button 125 is operated.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1110, it is determined in step S1112 whether or not a customization operation (operating the effect button 125 in a state where the cursor is placed on the operation item “customize”) has been performed. . If an affirmative determination is made in step S1112, the customization screen is displayed in step S1113, and then this process ends.

  In the present embodiment, as a customization function, the design of the appearance character displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 of the pachinko machine 10 is slightly changed, the player selects a character or sound that appears in a predetermined production, etc. Can do that. Furthermore, although the customization function cannot be used in the no-mobile linked game, the customized function is gradually enhanced by clearing a predetermined condition regarding the game in the mobile linked game.

  If the determination in step S1112 is negative, it is determined in step S1114 whether or not an end operation (operating the effect button 125 in a state where the cursor is placed on the “end” operation item) has been performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1114, the menu screen is closed in step S1115, and the process is terminated. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1114, this processing is terminated as it is.

  Next, processing related to password input (password input processing) will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the password input screen is opened in the decorative symbol display device 42. If a negative determination is made in step S1201, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1201, it is determined in step S1202 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1202, the present process is terminated as it is.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1202, whether or not the input operation returns to the top menu is determined in step S1203. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1203, the process proceeds to step S1204, the top menu is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, and the process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1203, it is determined in step S1205 whether or not a mobile-linked game is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1205, the process is terminated as it is (the process of displaying “already input” may be performed). On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1205, it is determined in step S1206 whether or not it is an input operation for each word constituting the password. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1206, in step S1207, a process of displaying the word specified by the input cursor on the frame of the word display unit specified by the main cursor is performed, and then this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1206, it is determined in step S1208 whether or not the operation is to erase one character from the word input on the word display unit. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1208, in step S1209, if the word of the frame designated by the main cursor in the word display section or the word designated by the main cursor has not yet been input. The process is terminated after the process of erasing the previous (one left) frame word.

  In addition, when a negative determination is made in step S1208, that is, when the player has finished inputting the password in the word display portion, and operates the effect button 125 in a state where the input cursor is set to the “decide” operation item. In step S1210, password authentication processing is performed. In a succeeding step S1211, it is determined whether or not the input word combination is registered as a password combination. That is, not all the combinations of alphanumeric characters described above are used as passwords, and there are combinations that are not used.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1211, an input error display process is performed in step S1212 and the process ends. In other words, in the input error display process, a message such as “password is different” is displayed, and an operation item for obtaining the player's consent is displayed with the cursor selected from the beginning, and the player operates the effect button 125. Then, settings are made to return to the password input screen.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1211, password reflection processing is performed in step S1213 to reflect the information included in the input password in the game of the pachinko machine 10. As will be described in detail later, the password is given a change rank that is given to the password in accordance with the number of times of change display (change number of times) performed on the special display devices 43L and 43R (decorative symbol display device 42) when the player plays. And whether or not the jackpot rank given according to the number of times the jackpot state has occurred (number of jackpots) and the first to third premium reach as specific predetermined effects have been derived. Information on the history rank given accordingly is included, as well as information on the player's favorite game and the like.

  After step S1213, the remaining number setting process is performed in step S1214, and then this process is terminated. Details of the remaining number setting process and the password reflection process will be described later for convenience of explanation.

  Next, processing relating to the issuance of QR codes (code issuance processing) will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S1301, it is determined whether or not the code issuance screen is opened in the decorative symbol display device. If a negative determination is made in step S1301, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1301, it is determined in step S1302 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1302, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1302, it is determined in step S1303 whether the input operation returns to the top menu. If a negative determination is made in step S1303, it is determined in step S1304 whether or not a mobile linked game is in progress. If a negative determination is made in step S1304, the present process is terminated as it is.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1304, it is determined in step S1305 whether or not it is initial registration. If a negative determination is made in step S1305, in step S1306, a QR code is set based on the game data of the player and displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42.

  In the present embodiment, the QR code displayed on the “code issuance (game end)” subpage includes a gaming machine ID for identifying the pachinko machine 10, an address of a server operated by the gaming machine manufacturer, and a lottery performed at the time of gaming. Game information, which is information related to the selection, and selection information, which is information related to selection by operating the cross button 126 or the effect button 125, and is expressed by a character string in a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) format when read by a mobile communication terminal. Converted to information. That is, on the display of the mobile communication terminal, the character string indicating the address of the server or the character string indicating the game information is displayed, and the game information is transmitted to the server by accessing the server. Become.

  The sub-control device 262 of this embodiment includes a game information storage area as game information storage means capable of storing and storing game information, and a selection information storage area as selection information storage means capable of storing and storing selection information. Yes.

  The game information of this embodiment includes the number of changes, the number of jackpots, and information on whether or not the first to third premium reach has been derived. Correspondingly, in the game information storage area, a fluctuation number counter that counts the number of fluctuations in the mobile linked gaming state, a jackpot counter that counts the number of jackpots in the mobile linked gaming state, and a first in the mobile linked gaming state. Three experienced flags that are turned on when the third various premium reach are derived are provided. In the present embodiment, the variation counter and the big hit counter constitute game information counting means.

  Note that only the first premium reach out of the first to third premium reach can be derived in the initial state even in the non-mobile linked game state or the mobile linked game state. On the other hand, if the first premium reach is derived even once in the mobile linked gaming state, the second premium reach can be derived in the subsequent mobile linked gaming state and has already been derived. The derivation probability of the first premium reach is increased. Further, when the second premium reach is derived in a state where the second premium reach can be derived, the third premium reach can be derived and the first and second premiums that have already been derived. The reach derivation probability is increased. Further, when the third premium reach is derived in a state where the third premium reach can be derived, the derivation probabilities of the first to third premium reach are increased.

  In addition, in the mobile linked gaming state, when the first premium reach is derived, the first experienced flag is turned on, and when the second premium reach is derived, the second experienced flag is turned on and the third premium When reach is derived, the third experienced flag is turned on. Incidentally, the premium reach corresponds to “16RS”, and when the premium reach is derived, it is possible to grasp that the jackpot state of “16RS” occurs at that time. In the present embodiment, when the probability of occurrence of premium reach is increased, the probability that odd-numbered double-eyed eyes will stop when the variable display is stopped when winning a promising big hit is reduced accordingly. .

  The selection information of this embodiment includes the number of fluctuations in each stage in the normal gaming state, that is, the “diving stage”, “cruising stage”, and “deep sea search stage”.

  Furthermore, in this embodiment, three stages are prepared even in the big hit state. More specifically, in the present embodiment, when even-numbered double-eyed eyes are stopped and displayed during variation display, it is actually a probable big hit, and when odd-numbered double-eyes are stopped and displayed, it is actually “16RS”. A player suddenly announces at the start of the jackpot round, a “final notification stage” that announces at the end of the seventh round, and a player selects a production button 125 or the like in any of the first to seventh rounds. There is a “chance production stage” from which a promotion production to participate in is derived. Then, a selection screen for selecting a stage is displayed at the start of the jackpot state, and when the effect button 125 is operated with the cursor corresponding to an option corresponding to the desired stage with the cross button, the jackpot round is started at the corresponding stage. It becomes. In the present embodiment, the number of selections of “sudden notification stage”, “final notification stage”, and “chance production stage” is also selection information.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, a display prompting the operation of the effect button 125 is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, whether or not the effect button 125 is operated (pressed) within the set period, and the number of operations of the effect button 125 (number of repeated hits ) May produce a button effect such that the effect that is derived in response to change occurs. In the present embodiment, whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated at the time of the button effect and how many times the effect button 125 has been operated are also the selection information.

  Correspondingly, in the selection information storage area, a stay stage counter that counts the number of fluctuations in the “diving stage”, “cruising stage”, “deep sea search stage”, “sudden notification stage”, “final notification” A jackpot stage selection counter that counts the number of selections of “stage” and “chance production stage”, a button counter that is counted when the operation button 125 is not operated at the time of button production, and a production button 125 at the time of button production. There is provided a continuous hitting counter for counting the total number of operations. In particular, in this embodiment, two sets of stay stage counters, jackpot stage selection counters, button counters, and repeated hit counters are provided for individuals and for statistics.

  Furthermore, in this embodiment, a questionnaire may be performed during the big hit state. For example, at the start of the jackpot state, a decorative symbol that can take a value of “0 to 16” is acquired and the value is “1”. A questionnaire display is derived on the display device 42.

  As the questionnaire display, first, a screen as to whether or not to cooperate with the questionnaire is displayed, and only when there is an input to cooperate with the questionnaire by operating the production button 125 and the cross button 126, the next page of the questionnaire display is displayed. If there is an input operation indicating that there is no cooperation, or if the corresponding input operation is not performed even after the predetermined period has passed (even after the round in which the questionnaire display is started), The display ends.

  Correspondingly, the sub-control device 262 includes a questionnaire result storage area in which information on questionnaire answers (questions and answers) is stored.

  In step S1306, the stored contents of the variation counter, jackpot number counter, and experienced flag that are game information, and the stay stage counter, jackpot stage selection counter, button counter, and consecutive hit counters that are selection information. Both the stored contents for use and statistics and the stored contents of the questionnaire result storage area are encoded and included in the QR code.

  In addition, on the display of the mobile communication terminal that has read the QR code, as shown in the upper center of FIG. 15, the character string indicating the server address is followed by the variable display count, the jackpot count, and the first to third premium reach. Information on whether or not it was derived, the number of changes in the “diving stage”, the number of changes in the “cruising stage”, the number of changes in the “deep sea search stage”, the number of selections of the “sudden notification stage”, and the “final notification stage” The number of times selected, the number of times selected for the “chance production stage”, the type of questionnaire executed, and information indicating the answer are displayed. In FIG. 15, for convenience, a character string indicating game information or selection information is indicated by “·”.

  Furthermore, in this embodiment, “-” is used as a character string delimiter indicating each game information and each selection information. In addition, the number of characters constituting each character string indicating each game information and each selection information is not constant, for example, one character when the number of changes is 1, and four characters when 5000 It changes depending on the contents to be shown. That is, by determining the order in which character strings indicating game information and selection information are arranged and the delimiter characters, the number of character strings indicating each information can be changed. Thereby, when the amount of information is small, the number of characters can be reduced as much as possible, and communication time can be reduced (communication charge can be suppressed).

  By the way, as a character string indicating game information and selection information, for example, if it indicates that the number of fluctuations is 1000 and the number of jackpots is 2, the mobile communication terminal simply indicates “1000-02” or the like. Although it may be displayed on the display, if such a correspondence is an easy-to-understand display, such numbers may be tampered with in the mobile communication terminal, and false information may be sent to the server There is. For this reason, in the present embodiment, such game information and selection information are encrypted, and for example, if the number of fluctuations is 1000 and the number of jackpots is 2 is indicated as “E7L1-MQT” or the like The display of the mobile communication terminal is displayed so that the user does not know the correspondence between the character string and its specific contents (such as the number of changes). In addition, since the rules regarding encryption (encryption / decryption) are unified on the pachinko machine 10 side and the server side, information can be exchanged reliably.

  If many types of questionnaires are conducted between the previous game information and selection information transmission and the present time, the amount of data in the next game information and selection information transmission may become enormous. Even when the questionnaire is not implemented as in the present embodiment, the next game information or selection information is also stored when more types of information are stored and stored as game information or selection information and sent to the server. There is a risk that the amount of data in the transmission of will be enormous. In this case, it is conceivable to set an upper limit on the amount of information transmitted at one time in order to reduce the communication time and communication charge. In such a configuration, by reducing the number of characters as much as possible when the amount of information is small, the number of types of information that can be sent at one time is increased, or it can not be sent in the previous transmission, and accumulated on the pachinko machine 10 side It can be transmitted including information. In addition, the character used to delimit the character string is not particularly limited and can be set as appropriate.In addition, a plurality of types of characters are used as delimiters, and the types of delimiters and predetermined meanings are used. May be associated. In addition, the delimiter character is set between character strings, but a predetermined character can be added to the beginning of each character string to replace the character as a delimiter character. In addition, when indicating that the predetermined condition is not satisfied zero times, it may be indicated by a character string other than the first character, but it is configured to indicate that by arranging the delimiters continuously. May be. In this case, the number of characters can be further reduced.

  In the present embodiment, a stage or button effect that can be selected by the player operating the effect button 125 or the cross button 126 constitutes a selection effect. Furthermore, the function that enables deriving the stage and the button effect changed by the button operation constitutes the selection effect deriving means.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1305, in step S1307, a QR code corresponding to the initial registration is set and displayed, and then the present process is terminated. The QR code displayed on the “first registration” subpage includes a gaming machine ID, a URL of the server, and information indicating the first game. Although the game information and the selection information are not included in the QR code registered for the first time, the game code and the selection information are always included in the QR code after the next time.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1303, it is determined in step S1308 whether a QR code is being displayed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1308, in step S1309, a process for deleting the player's personal game data stored in the pachinko machine 10 is performed, and then the present process ends. More specifically, in step S1309, the variation counter, the jackpot counter, and the experienced flag are reset (the counter value is set to 0 and the flag is turned off), and the stay stage counter, the jackpot stage selection counter, The personal counter among the button counter and the continuous hit counter is reset.

  Of the stay stage counter, jackpot stage selection counter, button counter, and continuous hit counter, those for statistics are not reset at this time. The questionnaire result storage area is only for statistics. The statistical storage area and the questionnaire result storage area are configured so that the selection information for one week can be distinguished and stored for each day. It is configured to be erased.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the variation counter, the jackpot counter, the personal stay stage counter, the jackpot stage selection counter, the button counter, the count to the consecutive hit counter, and the storage in the experienced flag are mobile linked games. Only done. On the other hand, counting to the stay stage counter for statistics, the jackpot stage selection counter, the button counter, the continuous hit counter, and the storage in the questionnaire result storage area are performed not only in the mobile linked game but also in the non-mobile linked game. Is called. Corresponding to these configurations, the QR code includes individual player game information and selection information, and one week selection information and questionnaire information including not only the player but also other players. Set to be included.

  If a negative determination is made in step S 1308, the process proceeds to step S 1310, the top menu is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, and the process ends. In this embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 42 corresponds to a display unit, and the function of displaying the QR code in the decorative symbol display device 42 constitutes an information output unit.

  Next, server-side processing (access handling processing) when there is an access from a predetermined mobile communication terminal (for example, a mobile phone or a smartphone) will be described with reference to FIG. The mobile communication terminal includes reading means (camera, decoder, etc.) that can read the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, communication means that can communicate with the server, and data (web page) supplied from the server. Etc.) and portable display means (display) capable of displaying. In addition, the server receives, from the mobile communication terminal, a variation counter, a jackpot counter, an experienced flag, a stay stage counter for personal and statistical use, a jackpot stage selection counter, a button counter, a continuous hit counter, and a questionnaire result A host-side game information storage area (including a host-side variation counter, a host-side jackpot counter, and a host-side experienced flag so that these information can be stored when information about the storage area is transmitted. Host-side game information storage means), host-side selection information storage area (host-side game) comprising a host-side stay stage counter for personal and statistical use, a host-side jackpot stage selection counter, a host-side button counter, and a host-side repeated counter Information storage means) and a questionnaire result storage area on the host side. It is. In the present embodiment, the host-side variation counter and the host-side jackpot counter constitute host-side game information counting means.

  First, in step S1401, it is determined whether or not there is an access from a mobile communication terminal. If a negative determination is made in step S1401, this processing is terminated as it is. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1401, it is determined in step S1402 whether or not the information transmitted for the first time is included in the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal.

  If the determination in step S1402 is affirmative, in step S1403, the game that has accessed the storage area on the host side (host-side game information storage area, host-side selection information storage area) via the mobile communication terminal. A process for setting a storage area (individual game information storage area, personal selection information storage area) for storing and storing game information and selection information of the individual person is performed.

  In step S1404, the process of displaying the initial web page corresponding to the access using the initial QR code is performed on the display of the mobile communication terminal, and then the process ends. More specifically, after a formal user registration, a password for the first time is displayed (the password is issued even if there is no entry in the user registration). The first-time password includes information indicating that it is the first game. In step S1404, cookie information is stored in the accessed mobile communication terminal. As a result, when the mobile communication terminal accesses the server from the next time, the cookie information is also transmitted to the server. The player can grasp which stored data the mobile communication terminal of the player has accessed, and perform a corresponding display. In addition, you may comprise so that it may log in by inputting an ID password every time it accesses a server.

  In addition, when a negative determination is made in step S1402, that is, when access based on a QR code issued after the first time is received, in step S1405, change frequency information (variation) Information indicating the value of the number counter) is added, the current number of fluctuations is added to the number of fluctuations already stored in the host side fluctuation number counter, and the calculated value is newly stored in the host side fluctuation number counter.

  In subsequent step S1406, the jackpot number information (information indicating the value of the jackpot counter) is read from the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal, and the current jackpot number is stored in the host side jackpot counter. And the value after the calculation is newly stored in the host side jackpot counter.

  In step S1407, premium reach occurrence information (information indicating an experienced flag that has been turned on) is read from the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal. Turn on the flag.

  Thereafter, a change rank determination process is performed in step S1408. In this embodiment, ranking is performed according to how much the player has played the mobile linked game, and the higher the rank, the more the functions of the production, or the balance of the production changes more greatly than in the initial state. Or The determination of the rank is basically performed in the server. In step S1408, by determining whether or not the number of changes stored in the host-side change number counter is equal to or greater than a predetermined number of times, The rank (variation rank) related to the number of changes is determined. In the present embodiment, the change rank can be updated to the second rank by performing change display 1000 times in the first rank (initial rank). Moreover, although it is 3000 rotations from 2nd rank to 3rd rank, after that, 5000 rotations are required in order to update one rank. In addition, if the pachinko machine 10 is played in the game hall from the start of business to the end of business, depending on the business hours and the contents of the game, the total number of display of the fluctuation will be approximately 3000 rotations, and the ranks will be ranked in one day from the second rank. It is difficult to raise the rank, but if it is the first rank, it can be expected to rise if there is half a day.

  In a succeeding step S1409, a big hit rank determination process is performed. In this embodiment, the jackpot rank can be updated to the second rank by executing the jackpot state 10 times in the first rank (initial rank). Moreover, although it is 30 times from the 2nd rank to the 3rd rank and 50 times from the 3rd rank to the 4th rank, 80 times are required to update one rank thereafter. If the pachinko machine 10 is played in the game hall from the start of business to the end of business, depending on the business hours and luck, the total number of jackpots will be about 25. Although it is difficult, if it is the first rank, it can be expected to improve in one day.

  In subsequent step S1410, a history rank determination process is performed. In the present embodiment, the career rank is derived from the first rank in which the premium reach has not been derived during the mobile linked game and only the first premium reach can be derived, and the first premium reach in the first rank. In this way, the second premium reach can be derived, and the second premium reach has been derived in the second rank in which the first premium reach derivation probability is increased, and the second rank, As a result, the third premium reach can be derived, and the third premium reach has been derived in the third rank and the third rank where the derivation probability of the first and second premium reach is increased. The fourth rank increases the derivation probability of the first to third premium reach.

  In subsequent step S1411, various selection information (information indicating the values of both personal and statistical stay stage counters, jackpot stage selection counters, button counters, and repeated hit counters) is obtained from the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal. A process of reading and adding to the corresponding counter is performed, or a process of setting a corresponding flag is performed. In this embodiment, not only the individual player selection information but also the selection information of other players who played the pachinko machine 10 played by the player is transmitted via the mobile communication terminal. The individual selection information is stored in the personal selection information storage area that can store the individual player selection information in the host-side game information storage area, and the selection information including other players is the player who plays the same model. The entire selection information is stored in the entire game information storage area. In step S1411, the process of storing the questionnaire information included in the information transmitted from the mobile communication terminal in the host-side questionnaire result storage area is also executed.

  Thereafter, in step S1412, a process of displaying a web page reflecting the rank determined in steps S1408 to S1410, the accumulated data of the selection information added in step S1411, and the like on the display of the mobile communication terminal is performed. Then, this process is terminated. The web page is based on a “spec” that teaches specifications such as the jackpot probability of the pachinko machine 10, “individual data management” that can confirm a player's individual game record, accumulated game information, and selection information There is an operation item such as “issue password” that can issue a new password. In the present embodiment, the functions of steps S1408 to S1410 constitute rank determining means.

  Next, processing for issuing a password (password issuing processing) will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S1501, it is determined whether or not an operation for issuing a password has been performed. If a negative determination is made in step S1501, this processing is terminated as it is. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1501, remaining information determination processing is performed in step S1502.

  In the remaining information determination process, the current fluctuation rank is confirmed to grasp the next fluctuation rank, and the value that is determined in advance as the total number of fluctuations necessary for the update to the next fluctuation rank is grasped. , The value obtained by subtracting the number of fluctuations stored in the host side fluctuation number counter, that is, how many remaining fluctuation display are required to update to the next fluctuation rank, and the host side remaining fluctuation number storage area Temporarily store. Further, it is determined whether or not the calculated number is less than 1000 times. If the calculated number is 1000 times or more, the number of times stored in the host-side remaining big hit number storage area is deleted.

  Further, in the remaining information determination process, the current jackpot rank is confirmed to grasp the next jackpot rank, the predetermined number as the total number of jackpots necessary for updating to the next jackpot rank is grasped, and the Calculates the value obtained by subtracting the number of jackpots stored in the host jackpot counter from the value, that is, how many jackpots are needed to update to the next jackpot rank, and stores the host jackpot count Temporarily store in the area. Further, it is determined whether or not the calculated number is less than 30. If the calculated number is 30 or more, the number stored in the host-side remaining big hit count storage area is erased. In the present embodiment, the function of the remaining information determination process constitutes a calculation unit and an allowable value determination unit.

  After step S1502, in step S1503, the change rank, jackpot rank, career rank, individual player selection information, the value of the host side remaining change count storage area, and the value of the host side remaining change count storage area are referred to. Perform password setting process to set password. If a value other than “0” is stored in the host-side remaining variation count storage area and the host-side remaining variation count storage area, the remaining information indicating the value is included in the password. In other words, in the case where there are 1000 or more remaining before reaching the next fluctuation rank, or 30 or more remaining until reaching the next jackpot rank, the remaining information is not included in the password.

  The sub-control device 262 of the pachinko machine 10 includes a rank storage area for storing the change rank, the jackpot rank, and the history rank. In the password reflection process (see step S1213 in FIG. 9), the remaining information from the password is stored. Is read, the corresponding information is stored in the rank storage area. Thereby, it becomes possible to enjoy the production according to the rank. In the present embodiment, it is possible to select a design of a character appearing at a predetermined performance and a sound pattern output at a predetermined timing according to the change rank and the big hit rank. For example, when super reach is performed, the value stored in the rank storage area may be confirmed, and a corresponding effect table may be selected from a plurality of effect tables. The stored contents of the rank storage area are simultaneously deleted when the QR code issued in the code issuing process is deleted (see step S1309 in FIG. 10).

  Further, the sub-control device 262 includes a preference information storage area that can store information (preference information) based on the selection information accumulated by the individual player, and responds when the preference information is read from the password. Information is stored in the preference information storage area. As preference information of the present embodiment, information indicating the most selected stage in the normal gaming state, information indicating the most selected stage in the jackpot state, or whether there is a tendency to operate the effect button 125 during the button effect There is information to show.

  In the password reflection process (see FIG. 9) in step S1213 described above, when the menu screen display is closed, the process of automatically shifting to the most selected stage in the normal gaming state and the start of the jackpot state Sometimes the selection cursor on the stage selection screen is set so that the operation item for selecting the most selected stage is aimed from the beginning, and the derivation ratio of the button effect is increased or decreased (the selected effect table is changed) ) Processing. Note that the stored contents of the preference information storage area are simultaneously deleted when the QR code issued in the code issuing process is deleted.

  In addition, as described above, in this embodiment, there is a possibility that a questionnaire will be conducted during the jackpot (second round), but the contents stored in the preference information storage area also reflect the question contents of the questionnaire. Is done. For example, in the non-mobile-linked game state, “How many times does this model play? 1; First time; 2; Second to fourth times, 3; More than 5 times”, “How many times a month in the game hall 1; 1 time or less, 2; 2 to 4 times, 3; 5 times or more, "Which stage do you hate? 1; Diving stage, 2; Cruising stage, 3; Deep sea search stage" etc. Is selected. On the other hand, in the mobile-linked gaming state, in addition to the question content in the non-mobile-linked gaming state (some may be omitted), the stage in the normal gaming state most selected by the player is What do you like? 1; Production, 2; Character, 3; Others ”,“ What do you like about production? 1; Step-up notice, 2; Super reach, 3; Button production ” Selected. The number of questions is limited to three during a single jackpot state, and the questionnaire display ends with the end of the third round without answering three questions.

  Further, the sub-control device 262 includes a remaining variation count storage area (counter) and a remaining large hit count storage area (counter) as remaining number storage means, and a remaining variation flag and a remaining winning flag corresponding to these, respectively. When the remaining information is read from the password, in the remaining number setting process (step S1214), the remaining number is set for the remaining variation number storage area and the remaining big hit number storage area, and the corresponding remaining variation flag and remaining number are set. Turn on the winning flag. Thereafter, whenever the remaining variation flag is turned on, the value of the remaining variation number storage area is decremented by 1 every time the variation display is performed, and each time a jackpot state occurs when the remaining winning flag is turned on. 1 is subtracted from the value of the remaining number of hits storage area. When the value of the corresponding remaining variation count storage area or remaining jackpot count storage area becomes “0” in a state where the corresponding remaining variation flag or remaining winning flag is turned on, the variation rank or jackpot rank is updated by one rank. As a result, the value of the corresponding rank storage area is changed (added by 1) so that the processing corresponding to the new rank is executed.

  In the present embodiment, the remaining variation display until reaching the next variation rank is 100 times, 50 times, 40 times, 30 times, 20 times, 10 times, 5 times, 3 times, 2 times, 1 time, and so on. In such a case, the change display (decorative symbol display device 42) is configured to make an announcement (guidance) that the change rank will be increased after XX times. Furthermore, when the number of jackpots to reach the next jackpot rank is 10, 7, 5, 3, 2, or 1, the first fluctuation display after the jackpot finish (decorative symbol display) The apparatus 42) is configured to provide guidance that the jackpot rank will be increased after XX times.

  Further, in the present embodiment, as a factor for changing the production state so that a change occurs in the selected production (state transition condition for shifting to the specific production state), the variation rank, the jackpot rank, the career rank, and the game Besides the personal personal preference information, a mission for changing the production state according to the achieved item is set. More specifically, the jackpot state is generated 10 times, 20 times, 30 times, or 40 times in one game (mobile linked game), and the normal jackpot is continuously performed in one game (probability jackpot). 3 times, 5 times, and 10 times (without pinching) After the big hit state is finished in one game, the variable display is 500 times to 599 times, 600 times to 699 times, 700 times to 799 times, 800 times to 899 times. To generate a big hit state when executed 900 times or more, to generate a variable display in which reach state is generated within 20 revolutions 3, 5, 7 or 9 times, a specific sub character (such as seahorse or Manta, etc.) is generated continuously 2 times, 3 times, 4 times, 5 times, mounted on the pachinko machine 10 and real time adjusted to Japan standard time at the beginning of production. In a configuration where the opening time and closing time of the game hall are set using a mclock, etc., a big hit within 1 hour of the opening of the gaming hall, a big hit within 1 hour of the closing of the gaming hall, etc. It is done.

  The success or failure of each mission, the count, etc. are managed by a flag or count counter as a game information storage means corresponding to each, and when the mobile linked game is terminated, a flag indicating success or failure corresponding to each mission is confirmed. If there is a mission completed, the information is included in the QR code. However, the counter value used to determine the success or failure of the mission is not included in the QR code, regardless of the value of the count (the count number will be zero, but it will be one more step before the mission is completed). ), The same processing (corresponding mission not achieved).

  It should be noted that counts for updating the variation rank, jackpot rank, and career rank are also included in one type of mission. In addition, the mission that is achieved (rank update) by counting the specified number is a count-type mission, and various information to be counted (for example, that a big hit state that is the target of the big hit number has occurred, Counters that count the game information, such as the occurrence of a normal big hit, which is the target of consecutive normal big hits, or the occurrence of a reach state, which is the target of the number of reach occurrences within 20 revolutions). Constitutes game information counting means. Further, the variable counter information and jackpot information transmitted to the server when the corresponding counter value is terminated at the end of the mobile linked game is the first count information, and the other counter-related missions for which the corresponding counter value is not transmitted This information is the second count information.

  In addition, the mission that is achieved by the occurrence of the target production and game state in a limited situation is a limited mission, various information that the target production and game state has occurred corresponds to the limited game information, The flag for storing success / failure constitutes the limited system achievement information storage means. By the way, although detailed explanation is omitted, each mission teaches that the achievement of the mission is near when the target event occurs, and determines whether the mission will be generated or not. To be done. That is, for example, in the case of a mission related to variation display, when performing variation display, the number of variations until the mission is achieved is confirmed, and the remaining number is the number of teachings that the mission is nearly achieved. In this case, the teaching process is performed. In addition, for example, if the mission is to generate three consecutive big hits, a counter that counts the number of consecutive big hits and the number of consecutive big hits between the decision to generate a big hit state and the hit state. If it is the second time in the current count, if the ending of the big hit state, the fluctuation display immediately after that, etc., if it is the normal big hit next time, the normal big hit three consecutive missions will be achieved Teach that.

  In the present embodiment, if the determination of whether or not the code issuing operation of the menu display process (see FIG. 8) has been performed (step S1108) is affirmative, the code issuing process (see FIG. 10) is performed. A mission confirmation process is performed before it is performed. Hereinafter, the mission confirmation process will be described with reference to FIG. Incidentally, in this embodiment, in the code issuance screen display of step S1109 in FIG. 8, the “code issuance screen” is not suddenly displayed, but a “mission confirmation necessity screen” that asks whether or not to confirm the mission. Is displayed.

  First, in step S1601, it is determined whether or not a mission confirmation necessity screen is displayed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1601, it is determined in step S1602 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1602, the present process is terminated as it is. By the way, in the “mission confirmation necessity screen”, the gist of the screen display and the selection items “Yes” and “No” are displayed, and the items can be selected and determined by the effect button 125 and the cross button 126. .

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1602, it is determined in step S1603 whether or not “yes” has been selected. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1603, a mission list screen (see FIG. 12C) on which a list of missions that are close to achievement is displayed in step S1604, and then this process is terminated. . For example, if the change display until reaching the next change rank is less than 200 times (it is sweeter than the execution standard of guidance performed during the change display), The item “Rank” is displayed, and when the cursor is moved to “Variation Rank”, “Remaining 150 times or less” is displayed. Also, for example, if it is 1 hour after the game hall has rotated, the item “Within 1 hour of opening” will be displayed. Etc. are displayed. In addition, for example, when the reach state occurs 4 times between 15 fluctuation displays, the item “reach 5 times within 20 rotations” is displayed. The mission is cleared when a reach is generated between the fluctuation displays of "." Note that “achievement is near” here means that the number of missions is equal to or less than a predetermined allowable number of times corresponding to the achievement of the count mission, and the limited mission. If a predetermined performance or gaming state that is the target of the game can appear at the current stage, it means that the corresponding limited mission is achieved.

  Also, if a negative determination is made in step S1603, that is, if “No” that does not require display of the mission list screen is selected, the code issuance screen (QR code) is displayed in step S1605, and then The process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1601, it is determined in step S1606 whether a mission list screen is displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S1606, the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1606, it is determined in step S1607 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S1607, the present process is terminated as it is. Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 12C, in the “mission list screen”, an item “return to game” and an item “finish game (issue QR code)” are displayed at the bottom. The item can be selected and determined by the effect button 125 and the cross button 126.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1607, it is determined in step S1608 whether or not the item “return to game” has been selected. If a negative determination is made in step S1608, that is, if a selection is made to end the game, the code issuance screen is displayed in step S1605, and the process is terminated. As a result, it is determined that the mobile linked game is finished (normally, it is impossible to continuously count the counter or the like that counts the big hit per round).

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1608, that is, if the item “return to game” is selected (or if another cancel operation is performed), a main menu screen is displayed in step S1609. After that (the process of closing all menu screens may be performed), this process is terminated. That is, after confirming a mission that is close to achievement, it is possible to return to the mobile linked game without displaying the QR code. By the way, even if you are not willing to end mobile-linked games, you can perform the operation to end mobile-linked games up to displaying the mission list display. You can check the list.

  In addition, depending on the mission that has been cleared, or a combination thereof, a new performance state (the type of effect to be derived and the balance to be derived changes) will be given, Alternatively, it may be configured so that the player can select from among the presentation states that have been experienced so far (so that it can be performed on either the pachinko machine 10 side or the server side). Further, in the present embodiment, at the end of the mobile linked game, it is configured to be able to select whether or not to display the mission list screen, but may be configured to be displayed without fail. In the present embodiment, the decoration symbol display device 42, the function of displaying the number of times of display of fluctuation and the number of jackpots until the change of the change rank and jackpot rank during the display of the change, and the mission list when the mobile linked game is terminated. The function of displaying the screen constitutes an approaching teaching means.

  The QR code issued in the code issuance process is deleted from the remaining variation count storage area, the remaining big hit count storage area, the two remaining setting flags, and the flags and counters used to determine the success or failure of various missions. At the same time. Further, for example, in response to rank increase or mission achievement, the decorative symbol display device 42 may generate an event display over a plurality of variable displays. That is, for example, by checking the value of the remaining variation count storage area and the remaining big hit count storage area, it is possible to grasp the remaining number of times until ranking up, so when the variation display to rank up is suspended (for example, remaining variation count The countdown of the value in the storage area and the remaining number of hits storage area is performed when the start winning unit 33 is won (start winning process), and all of the values held when the value becomes “0” are held. Or, in a part of the variable display (including a variable display in which the value of the remaining variable count storage area or the remaining big hit count storage area is “0”), a series of displays (for example, the remaining change count storage area and the remaining big hit Display to prepare for the party for the fluctuation display where the value in the number storage area becomes “0”, and the remaining fluctuation number storage area and the number of remaining hits The party is displayed in the variable display where the value of the area is “0”, and a predetermined change occurs in the appearance character (for example, the clothes change). You may comprise so that it may be maintained continuously.

  After step S1503, in step S1504, the password is displayed, and the process is terminated. Note that the functions of steps S1503 and S1504 constitute password issuing means.

  As described above in detail, according to the first embodiment, game information (variation counter, variable number counter, When including the jackpot number counter and the value of the experienced flag), the selection information stored in the selection information storage area (both personal and statistical stay stage counters, jackpot stage selection counter, button The counter and the value of the counter of repeated hitting are also included. In other words, for the purpose of grasping the information and customer needs that the player wants to know or collect in order to use it as a reference material for the player's own game, or to receive services according to the game history. A set of information that a machine manufacturer wants to know. For this reason, the player can send information useful for both the player side and the gaming machine manufacturer side to the server by reading the QR code with the portable communication terminal after the game and communicating with the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and broad (so you can get a response from a larger number of players) to avoid situations where the information is out of date, off-target, or too biased. Can do. Furthermore, in this embodiment, a person who selects a predetermined stage can also obtain fine data such as few button operations. As a result, since fresh and accurate information can be obtained sequentially, such good information can be utilized to develop a new model that meets the player's expectations. In other words, while retaining the elements that are popular with the player, inheriting the previous goodness, the elements that are not popular are scraped for simplification, or replaced with another element to suppress the complexity. While making new attempts.

  Further, in the present embodiment, only the game information in the mobile linked game state from when the password input operation is performed until the QR code including the game information and selection information is displayed is stored in the game information storage area. Remembered. For this reason, the game information of the individual player can be reliably stored, and the data storage capacity of the game information in the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed as much as possible.

  Furthermore, in the selection information storage area, a storage area for individual players that stores selection information of individual players (in the game), and a statistical information that stores selection information of all the players who have played the pachinko machine 10 The statistics storage area stores not only the selection information in the mobile-linked gaming state but also the selection information in the non-mobile-linked gaming state. Therefore, selection information other than the player who sent the data is also sent. Thereby, more selection information can be obtained in the server.

  In addition, the stored contents of the game information storage area and the stored contents of the personal storage area of the selected information storage area are displayed when a QR code is displayed and the mobile linked game is terminated. On the other hand, regarding the storage contents of the storage area for statistics in the selection information storage area, the QR code is displayed and the mobile linked game is left without disappearing. For this reason, it is possible to send more selection information to the server (send selection information for other players together) while suppressing the data storage capacity in the pachinko machine 10 as much as possible. Furthermore, for example, when the QR code is displayed, the stored contents of the storage area for statistics in the selected information storage area are erased. For example, the player can display the QR code at the end of the game. However, when the act of reading the QR code and transmitting it to the server is not performed, the selection information of the player (and the game in the mobile linked game is not performed immediately before the player plays the mobile linked game). If it has been performed, the selection information accumulated and stored at that time) is not sent to the server and does not remain on the pachinko machine 10 side. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the stored contents of the storage area for statistics in the selection information storage area remain even after the QR code is displayed, so there is a possibility that other players may send it to the server. Left behind. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information is more reliably achieved.

  In the server, the game information stored in the host-side game information storage area, and the selection information stored in the personal storage area of the player in this example among the selection information stored in the host-side selection information storage area, A password corresponding to the is issued. More specifically, the password includes not only rank information indicating each rank given in accordance with the accumulated game information but also information indicating a player's hobby preference found from the accumulated selection information. Set to For this reason, the player's personal selection information, that is, the player's hobbies and preferences can be reflected in the game, and the player's personal taste preference is produced according to the tendency of the players' personal preferences. (In this example, in a normal gaming state, entering a password automatically switches to a stage preferred by the player or increases or decreases the frequency of button effects). As a result, it is possible to improve the gameability by retrofitting, and in this embodiment, in particular, the player learns that the gaming machine becomes familiar with the player as the game is repeated, and plays the game well. Can do. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation where the same operation must be performed every time in order to make the pachinko machine 10 in a state that the player can select within a range that can be selected by the player (for example, to a stage that the user likes). Furthermore, since the production balance also changes as needed according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rut.

  Further, according to the present embodiment, a questionnaire effect may be derived during the big hit state. In this way, by conducting the questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped simply by counting selection effects. For example, it is possible to ask for a disliked (uninteresting) production or to ask why a particular production is liked. Accordingly, more information can be collected, and a situation in which a gaming machine that does not meet the player's needs can be more reliably avoided.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the contents of the questionnaire can be changed according to information based on the selection information included in the password input to the pachinko machine 10 (information on the player's hobbies and preferences). That is, for example, when the player himself has selected an overwhelmingly large number of diving stages in the past, “Please tell me why you like the diving stage. 1; It is also possible to display "2: I like the appearance character. 3; I like the sound." Therefore, a more detailed survey can be performed, and higher-quality questionnaire data can be obtained. In addition, even if the number of questions is reduced or the number of questions is reduced, it is possible to make an efficient transition to a detailed question, and as a player, the survey is relatively smooth (without feeling much stress). I can answer.

  If a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, the questions may be biased or may be inappropriate questions about the player's hobbies, but in this embodiment, the exact questions Can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be conducted efficiently, a more favorable answer can be obtained, the number of derivation of the questionnaire production can be reduced, and the player is disgusted by the questionnaire production being derived many times during the game. The situation of feeling can be suppressed.

  In addition, in the questionnaire production, an inquiry to ask whether or not to participate in the questionnaire is displayed first, and the contents of the questionnaire (question) are displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed, and an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire The questionnaire contents are configured not to be displayed when an operation is performed or no corresponding operation is performed within a predetermined period. For this reason, it is possible to respect the intention of a player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. In addition, despite the fact that the player does not intend to participate in the questionnaire, the display shifts to the contents of the questionnaire, and no operation is performed here, or the player does not confirm the contents of the question. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire result is significantly reduced due to making different selections (simply striking the production button 125) or the like.

  Further, in the present embodiment, ranking is performed according to the number of fluctuations, the number of jackpots, and presence / absence of premium reach derivation experience, and it is possible to change the contents of the production according to the rank. In other words, it is possible to derive an effect that could not be derived until now, or to enhance the customization function. Furthermore, determination of rank update and accumulation of game information for a plurality of games are performed in the server. Therefore, in order to update the rank, it is necessary to repeat the mobile-linked game, so that the player actively participates in the mobile-linked game, and therefore, more selection information is provided. it can.

  Further, in a configuration in which the total game information is accumulated and stored on the server side, even when the rank update condition is cleared in the game, the rank is not updated unless information indicating that is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

  However, the game starts from a short time until the number of fluctuations and the number of jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times that is predetermined as a condition for updating the rank. Without considering the steps of displaying the QR code, accessing the server, and entering the issued password, there is a concern that the change in production corresponding to the new rank cannot be enjoyed. For this reason, a player who has achieved the rank update condition and wishes to fully enjoy the corresponding performance will have the extra time of temporarily ending the game as described above. In addition, even after the conditions for rank update are achieved, the number of fluctuations and jackpots are accumulated without accessing the server, so that the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be enjoyed is significantly shortened. Or, it is possible to achieve a condition of jumping up one rank and updating it to the second rank, leading to a situation where the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the one rank is lost. There is.

  In this regard, according to the present embodiment, in the server, the difference between the total number of executions of the number of fluctuations and the jackpot number is less than an allowable value (the number of fluctuations is less than 1000) In the case where it is determined that the number of jackpots is less than 30), the password is configured to include the remaining information indicating the number of fluctuations and the number of jackpots up to the specified number. For this reason, it is possible to change the production corresponding to the rank update without once ending the game. Therefore, as long as the conditions for rank update are cleared in the game, it is possible to derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without causing the player to spend extra time. Furthermore, it is possible to give a sufficient opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to each rank.

  Furthermore, if the difference between the total number of executions of the number of fluctuations and the number of jackpots and the specified number of times that is predetermined as a rank update condition is greater than or equal to an allowable value, the password is not included in the remaining information. ing. As described above, since the remaining information is not necessarily included in the password, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, the combination of words constituting a password when entering a password requires not only combinations that allow entry but also combinations that do not allow entry. If the total number of combinations of password words is large, the password It is necessary to lengthen the password or increase the number of types of words that can be selected when entering the password. Therefore, by reducing the total number of password patterns as much as possible, the password can be shortened or the number of words that can be selected when entering the password can be reduced as much as possible, improving the operability when the player enters the password. Etc. can be achieved. As a result, since the password input operation is difficult, the input work is avoided, and the game cycle through the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there. As a result, the opportunity for obtaining data (selection information) about the player is reduced. It is possible to suppress such a situation.

  Further, the sub-control device 262 of the pachinko machine 10 includes a remaining variation count storage area and a remaining jackpot count storage area for storing the remaining variation count and jackpot count necessary until the variation rank or jackpot rank is updated to the next rank. And a remaining variation flag and a remaining winning flag respectively corresponding thereto. When the remaining information is read from the password, processing such as setting the remaining number of times in the corresponding storage area is performed. In addition, when performing a mobile linked game for the first time (or when starting over from the beginning), the password issued by the server does not include the remaining information, but includes information that is the first game, Based on the fact that the information is included, processing such as setting the remaining number of times in the corresponding storage area is performed. Therefore, even when the condition for updating to the next rank in the initial rank is achieved, it is possible to suitably change the effect corresponding to the rank update without causing the player to spend extra time.

  In addition, in the variation rank and the jackpot rank, the number of times that the initial rank can be updated to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of times required for subsequent rank updates. That is, the change rank requires 1000 times of change display from the first rank (initial rank) to the second rank, 3000 times of change display from the second rank to the third rank, and the rank after that. In order to update one, 5000 times of variable display is required. The jackpot rank requires 10 jackpots from the first rank to the second rank, 30 jackpots from the second rank to the third rank, and 50 from the third rank to the fourth rank. After that, it needs 80 jackpots to update one rank after that. In this way, by making the update condition from the initial rank to the next rank relatively relaxed, the update condition cannot be achieved even once, resulting in a game through the mobile communication terminal and the server. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the user cannot feel the charm and is subsequently shunned.

  In this embodiment, when a mobile linked game is performed, the remaining variation display count until the variation rank update becomes 100 or less, or the remaining jackpot count until the jackpot rank update becomes less than 10 remaining In the decorative symbol display device 42, the remaining number of times until each rank is updated is displayed. Furthermore, when performing an operation to end the mobile linked game, a mission list screen showing missions that are nearing achievement is displayed. For this reason, a player who is interested in a new performance state that can be obtained by completing a mission obtains information on missions that are close to achievement, and continues to play the game for a while. It can be performed. For this reason, for players who are playing with the aim of the production status obtained by mission achievement, it has come one step further to achievement, but it can stop and enjoy the production status that is a privilege It is possible to avoid from being carried over after the next time, or having to start again from the next time, based on own judgment. As a result, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the player feels regretful by knowing that the game has been stopped one step before the mission is achieved, and the player's own grace time (waiting time and return time) Time) and business hours of the game hall, making it easier to schedule a game such as whether to accomplish the mission this time or next time, and the state of presentation given according to the gaming experience (achieved mission) It is possible to improve the convenience to have you fully enjoy.

  In addition, when mobile linked games are terminated, it is possible to check missions that are close to achievement, so forget about the initial goals at the start of this mobile linked game, and unintentionally mobile linked games Can be prevented from being terminated. In addition, even if you don't want to end mobile-linked games, you can perform the operation to end mobile-linked games up to the point where you can display the mission list. You can check the list. As described above, since the mission can be confirmed in the decorative symbol display device 42, it is possible to confirm a mission that has settled down and achieved more reliably. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation where it is difficult to grasp the situation when the achievement of a plurality of missions is near.

  In particular, the count information of the counters corresponding to the change rank and the jackpot rank (the remaining change count storage area and the remaining jackpot count storage area) among the count-related missions is included in the QR code at the end of the mobile linked game, Sent to. On the other hand, regarding other count-related missions, information that has been achieved is included in the QR code and transmitted to the server, but count information of the corresponding counter is included in the QR code. Therefore, it is not sent to the server. Therefore, once the mobile linked game is stopped, the counting from 1 is started again. For this reason, as shown in this embodiment, by teaching that the mission is nearing completion, the game is stopped a little later until the mission is achieved, so the path to mission achievement is more The effect of preventing the user from being far away will be exhibited more remarkably.

  In addition, for the change rank and jackpot rank, the remaining number of times until the rank update is displayed as it is, so, for example, the mission is compared with the case where a specific performance is performed when the remaining number of count-type missions is within 10 times. You can clearly see how many times it has been achieved.

(Second Embodiment)
Hereinafter, the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  In the second embodiment, the player can set an effect on the pachinko machine 10 on the server (the homepage of the gaming machine manufacturer). In other words, as shown in FIG. 20, the appearance rate of each effect in each stage in the normal gaming state can be set. More specific performance setting items include the appearance rate of the notice effect that suggests the degree of expectation for the occurrence of the jackpot, the appearance balance of the reach effect performed in the variable display where the jackpot is taught or the front and rear reach occurs, the jackpot The appearance rate of cut-in effects to increase the expectation of occurrence, the distribution balance of the operation timing of premium not shown that teaches the occurrence of jackpot, various reach suggestions that indicate the expectation for the occurrence of reach state The presence or absence of a character is mentioned. Of course, the type (target) and the number of effect setting items are not particularly limited, and may be configured so that more detailed (many) settings can be made.

  As a general game flow regarding the setting of the performance setting items, first, when the mobile access game is registered for the first time, when access to the server is completed, when the input regarding the player's personal information is completed, the “appearance rate of the performance is determined. You can change the settings, but what do you do? By the way, you can change the settings at any time. " Here, when the production setting item is set, information regarding the setting content of the production setting item is added to the password issued by the server, and the password is set by inputting the password to the pachinko machine 10. The game is played with the balance of the production setting items.

  In addition, the server accumulates and stores game information and selection information of the player who has completed the initial registration, and also stores the setting contents of the effect setting items. Therefore, information related to the setting contents of the effect setting items stored in the server is added to the password in the next and subsequent mobile-linked games.

  Further, when the server is accessed by the mobile communication terminal based on the latest QR code information issued by the pachinko machine 10, the setting change of the production setting item can be freely performed at any time. In addition, in this embodiment, even if it is not a mobile communication terminal that performs mobile linked games (cookie information is registered in the server), the server is accessed in advance from a personal computer installed at the player's home, etc. When the password that has been issued to the server by the mobile communication terminal is input from the personal computer to the server (or the server is accessed with the URL format character string information obtained when the latest QR code is read), the player It is possible to change the setting of the effect setting item corresponding to the mobile linked game of the user and issue a password for the mobile linked game after the change.

  Further, in the present embodiment, even if the mobile linked game is not performed, the effect setting item is set, and the game can be performed on the pachinko machine 10 according to the setting content. That is, even a player who is not performing a mobile linked game can access the server with a personal computer or the like and set the effect setting items so that the desired effect is achieved. Furthermore, it is possible to issue a production setting password including production contents of the production setting items set and information of the corresponding model. And if this production setting password is input to the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to enjoy a game according to the set contents of the production setting items.

  In addition, the server can browse the setting contents of the effect setting items set by other players and gaming machine manufacturers, and can obtain the password of the setting. For example, popularity voting is performed on the setting content of the production setting item on the server, and the setting content and password of the superior are made public. Also, for example, the image of the setting and the password are made public as a manufacturer's recommendation. Incidentally, the password only includes the setting contents of the effect setting items and the model information, and does not include the individual player information such as game information. For this reason, the production setting password has a smaller amount of information and therefore has a smaller number of words than a password for a normal mobile linked game. As part of the mobile linked game, when the server is accessed based on the QR code information issued by the pachinko machine 10, or the password previously issued to the server by the mobile communication terminal is input to the server from the personal computer. If you log in, you can reflect the setting contents of the effect setting items set by other players and machine manufacturers in your effect setting items, and issue the password for mobile linked games after the change. It is like that.

  In the present embodiment, in order to simplify the control on the pachinko machine 10 side, reduce the memory used, etc., it is configured that the setting of the production setting items cannot be performed on the pachinko machine 10 side. 10 may be configured to change the setting of the effect setting item. In this case, the convenience related to the setting change of the effect setting item is further improved. When adopting this configuration, in order to continuously use the setting contents of the effect setting items in the mobile linked game, the effect is displayed on the QR code to output the setting contents of the effect setting items to the server side. It is necessary to include the setting contents of the setting item. In addition, when such a configuration is adopted, when the password for the mobile linked game is input to the pachinko machine 10 to perform the mobile linked game, and the password for the production setting is input, based on the password for the production setting The contents of the production setting items may be changed.

  In the present embodiment, random or original can be selected in various settings of the effect setting items. If random is set, the server will determine one of the options, but the determined contents will not be informed to the player at that time, and the mobile linked game password of the set contents will be notified. After entering and performing a mobile linked game with the pachinko machine 10, the QR code is read with a portable communication terminal, and when the server is accessed, it becomes possible to know by opening the setting screen of the production setting item ing. As a result, pleasure such as answering can be added, and motivation for mobile linked games can be improved. Furthermore, all-random and all-original settings for the entire selection item, random settings in units of columns on the setting screen of the effect setting items, original settings in units of columns, and the like are also possible.

  Further, in the present embodiment, a special effect that cannot be set independently can be derived by a combination of settings of effect setting items. For example, in the present embodiment, a “fish school effect” that is displayed across the decorative symbol display device 42 is performed as a notice effect, and a normal (original) fish school effect is performed. A big hit state occurs at about 40% of the total. And in this embodiment, when the jackpot state occurs, it is configured to be able to set the probability that the fish production will appear and the probability that the fish will appear in the case of out-of-front reach, but both occurrence probabilities are assumed to be the same. And if it is set to 60% or less, as a special effect, a school of fish (large school of fish) organized by relatively large fish that is not derived in the original state is set to appear.

  Furthermore, for example, in this embodiment, one to three of “Kuroshio Reach”, “Sango Reach”, and “Marine Reach” that are reach effects can be made unnecessary (not to appear). Any one of them can be set as a favorite. In the present embodiment, any one of “Kuroshio Reach”, “Sango Reach”, and “Marine Reach” is unnecessary and any one is set as a favorite. It is set so that “treasure reach”, which is a reach production that cannot be derived in the original state, is derived.

  The fact that the “large fish school” or “treasure reach” is set to be derived is not clearly indicated by the server, and the corresponding password is input to the pachinko machine 10 to actually “large fish school” or “treasure reach”. The player is not able to confirm until is derived. In the present embodiment, the server side is set so that “large fish school” and “treasure reach” are derived, and the “large fish school” and “treasure reach” appear on the pachinko machine 10. A password is issued. For example, the server issues a password purely indicating the setting contents of the production setting item, and the pachinko machine 10 that has input the password determines whether there is a combination that generates a special production. Thus, the corresponding setting may be performed.

  On the pachinko machine 10 side, as in the first embodiment, when a password is input, password reflection processing is performed to reflect information included in the input password in the game of the pachinko machine 10. In the password reflection process, the corresponding information is stored based on the game information indicating the player's gaming experience in the same model as the pachinko machine 10 included in the mobile linked game password and the selection information indicating the player's preference. Processing to be stored in the area is performed. In particular, in the present embodiment, the RAM 553 of the sub-control device 262 is provided with a setting storage area as setting storage means for storing the setting contents of the effect setting items set by the player. Then, processing for storing the setting contents of the effect setting items included in the mobile linked game password is performed.

  More specifically, as shown in FIG. 21, the setting storage area has a storage area at the time of hitting and a storage area at the time of disconnection corresponding to “fish school effect”, and each of the fish school effects has a probability of 100%. If it is set to be performed at the time, the mandatory flag is set to ON, and if it is set to be performed with a probability of 0%, the none flag is set to ON. In addition, when it is set to be performed with a probability of 10% to 90% (selectable in 10% increments), information indicating an effect setting counter used when determining whether or not to perform a fish school effect is stored. Is done.

  Corresponding to “Premium actors”, there is a memory area for a probable big hit and a memory area for a normal jackpot, each of which uses a premium actor (a big hit state occurs during the variable display) If you are set to perform with a probability of 100%, it is actually taught that you have won a promising jackpot in the jackpot state that was started in a state where the jackpot type is not specified) If the mandatory flag is set on and set to perform with a probability of 0%, the none flag is set on. Further, when it is set to be performed with a probability of 10% to 90%, information indicating an effect setting counter used when determining whether or not to perform a premium feature effect is stored.

  When the “large fish school” is derived, the large fish school flag is set to ON.

  Corresponding to the “reach effect”, when the “reach effect” is derived with the original balance, the original flag is turned on, and when the other balance is set, the type of the reach effect The information indicating the reach effect table to be referred to this time among the plurality of reach effect tables (see FIG. 22) to be referred to when determining is stored.

  In addition, in a case where it is set to perform the thumb reach with a probability of 100% at the time of the probability change big hit, corresponding to the “thum reach” in which the character that the probability change big hit state is confirmed to appear if it appears in the decorative symbol display device 42 appears. Is set to ON, and if it is set to be performed with a probability of 0%, the no flag is set to ON. Further, when it is set to be performed at a probability of 50%, 10%, 5%, or 1%, information indicating an effect setting counter used when determining whether or not to perform the thumb reach is stored. The

  In addition, an indispensable flag, no flag or an effect setting counter is set corresponding to “cut-in effect”, and a setting for designating a table to be referenced is set corresponding to “operation timing of premium bonus”. The flag is individually set for the “reach suggestion character”.

  As described above, there are two types of password input in the present embodiment, and when inputting a password including game information, the password is input from the password input screen for mobile linked games, and does not include game information. When inputting the setting contents of the effect setting item and the password including the model information, the password is input from the password input screen for effect setting.

  Similarly to the first embodiment, when the mobile linked game is terminated, a process (code issuing process) of displaying a QR code including information on the current game content is performed on the decorative symbol display device 42. It will be. In particular, in the present embodiment, information related to the effect setting items is included in the QR code. However, even if it is the information about the production setting item, not the setting of the production setting item itself, but information about the impression of how the game is actually played by the contents set by the server is sent.

  More specifically, in the present embodiment, in the state in which the mobile linked game is being performed, when an effect corresponding to the effect selection item is actually derived in the pachinko machine 10, a questionnaire display asking for an impression on the effect is displayed. Is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. For example, when a super reach is derived, after such a variable display (for example, the next variable display, a big hit if a big hit state occurs, if the variable display is not suspended, the decorative symbol is displayed in a variable manner In the case where the character is not displayed (the character or the like constituting the decorative symbol may operate within a range in which the arrangement of the decorative symbol does not change) while the stop screen is displayed), the content of the effect is displayed using a part of the decorative symbol display device 42 The display which asks for the impression of is made.

  In response to this display, the player operates the effect button 125 to make a corresponding input. Although illustration is omitted, the effect button 125 of the present embodiment includes a relatively large main button located in the center, a left button arranged to the left of the main button, and a right button arranged to the right of the main button. And. For example, during the next fluctuation display of the fluctuation display in which the Kuroshio Reach has occurred, a picture of the effect button 125 is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, and “If you like the Kuroshio Reach, right button, if you do n’t like it, "Press the left button", "Press the main button in the middle when input is complete", etc. are displayed.

  Further, the RAM 553 of the sub-control device 262 is provided with a good / bad counter corresponding to each item of the setting storage area. The good / bad counter is a counter that can take a value of 0 to 20, and the reference value (initial value) is 10 (10 is set at the start of each mobile linked game). When the right button is operated during a period when the impression of the corresponding effect is being asked, 1 is added at a time, and when the left button is operated, 1 is subtracted at a time.

  Information on the value of the good / bad counter is included in the QR code displayed at the end of the mobile linked game, and the server may change the effect setting based on the information on the good / bad counter. In the present embodiment, when the information indicating that the value of the corresponding good / bad counter is 0 is received, the effect appearance rate is reduced by one step (for example, if the appearance rate of a school of fish is 40%, it is reduced to 30%). When the information indicating that the value of the corresponding good / bad counter is 20 is received, the production appearance rate is increased by one level.

  In the present embodiment, the effect button 125 (main button, left button, and right button) and the display of the choices of good and bad for the effect on the decorative symbol display device 42 constitute the good / bad input means, and the good / bad counter stores the good / bad information. Corresponds to means.

  Next, normal processing of the sub-control device 262 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S3901, the port corresponding to the command input of the input / output port 554 is confirmed, and it is determined whether or not the command transmitted from the main controller 261 is received.

  If a command has been received, the command is stored in the command buffer of the RAM 553 in step S3902. The command buffer of the RAM 553 is a ring buffer that temporarily stores commands transmitted from the main control device 261. The ring buffer has a predetermined storage area, and commands are stored with regularity from the beginning to the end of the storage area. When commands are stored in all storage areas, the ring buffer is at the start of the storage area. The return command is configured to be updated. Therefore, when the command is stored and when the command is read, the storage pointer and the read pointer in the command buffer are updated, and the command is stored and read based on each pointer.

  In the subsequent step S3903, a hold information storage process for storing the information of the advance command output from the main control device 261 in the hold information storage area provided in the RAM 553 is performed. The starting command sent when the game ball enters the first start winning device 33a or the second start winning device 33b includes the first start winning device 33a or the second start winning device as described above. 33b includes information indicating which variation is triggered by entering the ball, information indicating whether it is variation information corresponding to a jackpot, information indicating a jackpot type, and information indicating a reach type.

  The hold information storage area includes a first hold information storage area and a second hold information storage area each having four hold areas (holding first to holding fourth areas), like the special variable holding area of the main controller 261. 1 execution area. In the first hold information storage area, in accordance with the reception history of the first command based on the first change display (information stored in the first special change hold area) triggered by entering the first start winning device 33a. In addition, fluctuation information such as information on whether or not the jackpot, jackpot type, and reach type are stored in time series. Further, in the second hold information storage area, the reception history of the starting command based on the second change display (information stored in the second special change hold area) triggered by entering the second start winning device 33b is displayed. In addition, the fluctuation information is stored in time series. By adopting this configuration, the first variation display information (variation information) triggered by entering the first starting winning device 33a and the second entering triggered by entering the second starting winning device 33b. Each of the four variable display information can be stored on hold, and as a result, the sub-control device 262 also grasps the change information stored in the first and second special change holding areas of the main control device 261. Can do. In the hold information storage process, the turn-on process of the hold lamps 46a and 46b accompanying the reception of the advance command (increase in the number of holds) is also performed.

  After step S3903 or when a negative determination is made in step S3901, the process proceeds to step S3904 to perform a first counter update process. In the first counter update process, an update process of a part of the effect setting counter used for determining the effect (sub-effect setting counter described later in detail) is executed.

  After step S3904, in step S3905, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next normal process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (2 msec in this example) has elapsed since the start of the previous normal process. If the predetermined time has already elapsed, the process proceeds to step S3906. On the other hand, if the predetermined time has not yet elapsed since the start of the previous normal process, the process proceeds to step S3914.

  In step S3906, update processing of a counter that is excluded from the update in step S3903 is executed among the symbol counter used when displaying the decorative symbol and the effect setting counter used when determining the effect. In step S3907, a hold process is performed. In the hold processing, the information in the hold information storage area is shifted or the turn-on processing of the hold lamps 46a and 46b is performed with the reception of the change pattern command (the change display that has been put on hold is digested).

  Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 23, as an effect setting counter of this embodiment, a 90% counter (value is 0 to 9), an 80% counter (value is 0 to 10), and a 70% counter (value is 0 to 12). ), 60% counter (value 0-14), 50% counter (value 0-17), 40% counter (value 0-21), 30% counter (value 0-29), 20% counter ( Value is 0 to 44), 10% counter (value is 0 to 89), 5% counter (value is 0 to 179), 1% counter (value is 0 to 899), sub 90% counter (value is 0 to 9) ), Sub 80% counter (value is 0-10), sub 70% counter (value is 0-12), sub 60% counter (value is 0-14), sub 50% counter (value is 0-17), Sub 40% counter (value is 0 to 21), sub 30% counter (value is 0 to 29) Sub 20% counter (value from 0 to 44), sub-10% counter (value 0 to 89) is. In step S3904, the sub 90% counter, sub 80% counter, sub 70% counter, sub 60% counter, sub 50% counter, sub 40% counter, sub 30% counter, sub 20% counter, and sub 10% counter are set. The remaining effect setting counter is updated in step S3906. In addition, the value of each effect setting counter is stored in the corresponding counter buffer every time it is updated.

  After the hold processing, in step S3908, password input processing for inputting a password for mobile linked game or a password for effect setting is performed. In the password input process, as described above, a process of converting information such as the setting contents of the effect setting items included in the password into a corresponding format and storing it in the corresponding storage area is performed.

  In the subsequent step S3909, a code issuing process for issuing a QR code at the end of the mobile linked game is performed. In the code issuance process, as described above, a QR code including game information, selection information, and information on a value of a good / bad counter indicating a good / bad impression on the effect corresponding to the effect setting item is issued. In this embodiment, even if the issuance screen is deleted, the stored contents of the setting storage area are left as they are. However, when the issuance screen is deleted, the storage contents of the setting storage area are reset ( The original setting may be performed). In the present embodiment, the stored contents of the setting storage area are configured to be reset by an operation on the menu screen in the decorative symbol display device 42, and are also reset even when the power is turned off. Note that the reset means is configured by the function of the menu screen for selecting whether or not to reset, the effect button 125, the cross button 126, and the sub-control device 262 that resets the storage contents of the setting storage area according to the operation.

  Thereafter, display setting processing is performed in step S3910. Here, based on the information stored in the command buffer of the RAM 553, various arithmetic processes such as generating a display command to be output to the display control device 45 and command output setting are performed. That is, here, the display mode to be displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 is determined.

  For example, when a variation pattern command and a symbol command are received, the sub-control device 262 determines a display pattern and the like with reference to the corresponding table based on the variation type, variation time, stop symbol, and the like. Then, control is performed such as outputting the determined items to the display control device 45 as display commands.

  The display command is, for example, a command for designating a series of display effects from the start to the end of variable display, or a command for designating a display effect during a big hit, and is based on information stored in the command buffer. Each time a necessary display command is generated. Usually, the display commands related to the variable display generated by the sub-control device 262 are roughly divided into a normal variable data group, a reach effect data group, and the like. Basically, each data constituting these data groups is the variable time timer. Are sequentially output in accordance with a predetermined time order, thereby providing display effects according to various variation patterns. For example, the normal fluctuation data group includes normal fluctuation data 1, normal fluctuation data 2,..., And normal fluctuation data m, and the reach effect data group includes reach effect data 1, reach effect data 2,. In the case of n, data output is sequentially performed in the order of normal fluctuation data 1 → 2 →... → m with the start of normal fluctuation, and subsequently reach effect data 1 → 2 → with the start of reach effect. ... → Data is sequentially output in the order of n.

  The display control device 45 performs a drawing process in response to a command from the sub-control device 262, and starts the decorative symbol display on the decorative symbol display device. Note that once the variation pattern command is received from the main control device 261, the symbol is coordinated with the sub-control device 262 and the display control device 45 until the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern elapses. Will continue to be displayed.

  Here, the reach effect setting process performed in the display setting process of step S3910 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S7101, it is determined whether a variation pattern command has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S7101, the processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S7101, it is determined whether or not the original flag of the storage area corresponding to the reach effect in the setting storage area (see FIG. 21) is set on.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S7102, it is determined in step S7103 whether or not a big hit state occurs. If an affirmative determination is made in step S7103, in step S7104, the reach effect is determined with reference to the first reach effect table (see FIG. 22) among the plurality of reach effect tables. That is, the value of the reach effect selection counter updated at the timing of step S3906 in the range of 0 to 30 is acquired. If it is 0 to 8, “Kuroshio Reach”, if 9 to 17, “Sango Reach”, 18 to If it is 29, “marine reach” is set, and if it is 30, “normal reach” is set. After step S7104, this process ends.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7103, it is determined in step S7105 whether or not the front / rear reach has been reached. If an affirmative determination is made in step S7105, a reach effect is determined in step S7106 with reference to the second reach effect table (see FIG. 22). That is, the value of the reach production selection counter is acquired. If it is 0 to 13, “Kuroshio Reach”, 14 to 21 is “Sango Reach”, 22 to 29 is “Marine Reach”, 30 is “ Set to “Normal reach”. After step S7106, this process ends.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7105, the process is terminated after setting “normal reach” to be performed in step S7107.

  If a negative determination is made in step S7102, that is, if any production change setting has been made for reach production, it is determined in step S7108 whether or not the game is a big hit. If an affirmative determination is made in step S7108, in step S7109, any of the reach effect tables (third to eighteenth reach effect tables) supported in the storage area corresponding to the reach effect in the setting storage area (see FIG. 21). K: Refer to FIG. 22) to determine the reach effect. In addition, as shown in FIG. 22, when the 13th reach production table-the 18th reach production table are referred, "treasure reach" may be selected. After step S7109, this process ends.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7108, it is determined in step S7110 whether or not the front / rear reach has been reached. If an affirmative determination is made in step S7110, the reach effect is determined in step S7109, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S7110, “normal reach” is set in step S7111, and then this process ends.

  In this embodiment, only in the case of the original setting for the reach effect, the ratio of the reach effect to be selected is changed depending on whether it is a big hit or a case where it is out of front or back. Even when the effect setting item is set to his / her preference, the ratio of reach effect selected depending on the result may be changed.

  Note that “Sam Reach” is a reach effect that may be derived only when any of “Kuroshio Reach”, “Sango Reach”, “Marine Reach”, or “Treasure Reach” is derived. For this reason, if it is decided that one of “Kuroshio Reach”, “Sango Reach”, “Marine Reach”, or “Treasure Reach” is to be derived, “Sam Reach” is derived after the above reach effect setting process. A process for setting whether or not to perform (in the original, about 1/500 of the case of a probable big hit) is performed. In addition, premium bonuses may be activated when a jackpot state occurs regardless of the type of reach, and when performing a variable display that teaches jackpots, the premium bonuses are combined with the reach effect setting process described above. Processing to set whether or not to operate and the timing for operating is performed.

  Next, the notice effect setting process performed after the reach effect setting process in the display setting process of step S3910 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S7201, it is determined whether a variation pattern command has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S7201, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S7201, it is determined in step S7202 whether or not it is a super reach. By the way, Super Reach is a reach state in which one of “Kuroshio Reach”, “Sango Reach”, “Marine Reach”, or “Treasure Reach” is derived, and the fluctuation time is longer than “Normal Reach”. ing.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S7202, it is determined in step S7203 whether or not it is a big hit. If an affirmative determination is made in step S7203, in step S7204, it is determined whether or not the none storage flag of the winning storage area corresponding to the “fish school effect” is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S7204, it is determined in step S7205 whether or not the essential flag for the storage area corresponding to the “fish school effect” is set on.

  If a negative determination is made in step S7205, in step S7206, an effect setting counter (see FIG. 23) to be used is specified from among a plurality of effect setting counters in the storage area corresponding to the “fish school effect”. Therefore, the value of the effect setting counter is acquired. In a succeeding step S7207, it is determined whether or not the acquired value of the effect setting counter is 0 to 8. In this embodiment, a fish school effect is performed if the value of the effect setting counter is 0 to 8, but the appearance probability of the fish school effect is changed by changing the effect setting counter used according to the player's setting. ing.

  Further, in the present embodiment, as a notice effect that the occurrence of the big hit state is not fixed just by appearing, in addition to the “fish school effect”, a display in which bubbles appear upward from the lower part of the decorative symbol display device 42 is made. There is "bubble production". If a negative determination is made in step S7207, or if an affirmative determination is made in step S7204, in step S7208, a process for deriving a bubble effect is performed, and then this process ends. In addition, in this embodiment, when super reach is performed, either the fish school effect or the bubble effect is always performed, but even if the super reach is performed, the notice effect may not be performed. You may comprise.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S7207, it is determined in step S7209 whether the large fish school flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S7209, or if an affirmative determination is made in step S7205, a process for deriving a fish school effect is performed in step S7210, and then this process ends.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S7209, it is determined in step S7211 whether the value of the large fish counter updated in the range of 0 to 13 is 0 to 5 at the timing of step S3906. If a negative determination is made in step S7211, the process proceeds to step S7210. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S7211, in step S7212, a process for deriving a large fish school effect is performed, and then this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S7203, that is, if the reach is before or after the occurrence of super reach, in step S7213, the no-existence storage area flag corresponding to the “fish school effect” is set on. It is determined whether or not. If a negative determination is made in step S7213, it is determined in step S7214 whether or not the required flag for the storage area at the time of detachment corresponding to “fish school effect” is set to ON.

  If a negative determination is made in step S7214, in step S7215, an effect setting counter to be used is specified from among a plurality of effect setting counters in the storage area at the time of removal corresponding to “fish school effect”. Get the value of the counter. In the subsequent step S7216, it is determined whether or not the acquired value of the effect setting counter is 0 to 8.

  The effect setting counter is used in addition to the setting of the fish school effect (in this example, the operation probability of the premium character, the appearance rate of the thumb reach, and the appearance rate of the cut-in effect). When the same production setting counter is acquired at the same timing (timing not to be updated) in a plurality of settings, the combination pattern of the plurality of productions determined using the same production setting counter is always the same. There is a risk that. In this regard, in this example, a sub-effect setting counter is provided that has a different update timing from the effect setting counter, and if the appearance rate of multiple effects has the same probability, either uses the sub-effect setting counter. Will be set to.

  If a negative determination is made in step S7216, or if an affirmative determination is made in step S7213, a process for deriving a bubble effect is performed in step S7217, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S7216, it is determined in step S7218 whether the large fish school flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S7218, or if an affirmative determination is made in step S7214, a process for deriving a fish school effect is performed in step S7219, and then this process ends.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S7218, it is determined in step S7220 whether the value of the large fish school counter is zero. If a negative determination is made in step S7220, the process advances to step S7219. On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S7220, in step S7221, a process for deriving a large fish school effect is performed, and then this process ends.

  If the determination in step S7202 is negative, that is, if the super reach is not derived, the value of the bubble counter updated in the range of 0 to 7 at the timing of step S3906 is 0 or 1 in step S7222. It is determined whether or not there is. If a negative determination is made in step S7222, this process ends. On the other hand, in cases where an affirmative determination is made in step S7222, in step S7223, a setting for deriving a bubble effect is performed, and then this process is terminated.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 17, in the lamp setting process in step S <b> 3911, a lighting pattern of lamps / electrical accessories is set to synchronize with the display effect performed by the decorative symbol display device 42.

  In the sound setting process in step S3912, the output pattern of the speaker SP is set so as to be synchronized with the display effect performed by the decorative symbol display device 42. In addition, when a voice-related command such as an error occurrence notification is transmitted from the main control device 261, settings for performing these controls are also performed in step S3912.

  In step S3913, external output processing for transmitting a control signal based on the setting contents in steps S3906 to 3912 to each device is executed. For example, a display command is transmitted to the display control device 45 when the decorative symbol display device 42 displays the variation of the decorative symbol.

  After the processing of steps S3906 to S3912 performed every 2 msec is executed, or when a negative determination is made in step S3905, the process proceeds to step S3914, and whether or not the information on occurrence of power interruption is stored in the RAM 553 is determined. Is determined. The information on the occurrence of power interruption is stored when a power interruption command is received from the main controller 261.

  If no power off occurrence information is stored, the process advances to step S3915 to determine whether or not the RAM 553 is destroyed. If the RAM 553 is not destroyed here, the process returns to step S3901 and the normal process is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if the RAM 553 is destroyed, the processing is looped infinitely in order to stop the subsequent processing.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S3914 that the information about the occurrence of power interruption is stored, the power interruption process is executed in step S3916. In power-off processing, interrupt processing is prohibited and each output port is turned off. Further, the storage of the information on occurrence of power interruption is also erased. After executing the power-off process, the process loops infinitely.

  As described above in detail, in the second embodiment, for a plurality of effect setting items related to the effect, encoded selection information including the setting contents of the effect setting items by the player (mobile linked game password or effect setting password). ) To the pachinko machine 10, settings made outside the pachinko machine 10 and settings that have actually been played can be reflected in the current game. For this reason, it is not necessary to repeat the same setting from the beginning over and over, and the convenience can be improved. In addition, the player can make his own favorite performance, and the game can be made more comfortable and more attractive. Therefore, for example, I like most of the specs and motifs (concepts), but stop playing the game just because I don't like it or because the balance of the appearance of each effect doesn't fall into the trap (2 And the like, and the like can be suppressed, and the player can more fully enjoy the pachinko machine 10 (increase the chance of being liked).

  In addition, when performing the mobile linked game using the mobile communication terminal and the server, once the production setting item is set, it is not necessary to set the production setting item for each game. By simply inputting the password to the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to set the player's production setting items incidentally. Therefore, it is possible to change the settings relating to the performance of the pachinko machine 10 relatively smoothly.

  In addition, the setting contents of the production setting items are input to the pachinko machine 10 via the server. For this reason, the server can grasp the setting contents of the effect setting items of the entire player. Accordingly, it is possible to publish the setting contents, exchange information of the setting contents (popular vote, etc.), and by sharing information etc., the game system (mobile linked game) centered on the pachinko machine 10 is established. You can enjoy more. Furthermore, the gaming machine manufacturer can grasp the preferences (trends) of the entire player, and can make use of it for game machine development.

  In addition, in this embodiment, in the pachinko machine 10, when an effect related to the effect setting item is performed, the impression of likes and dislikes about the effect is asked, and the operation of the effect button 125 according to the likes and dislikes is performed, and likes and dislikes are performed. It counts in the form of a numerical value of a good / bad counter, sends the counter value (via a mobile communication terminal) to a server, and is configured to be able to change the setting of the effect setting item based on the counter value. That is, it is possible to actually play a game and experience the effects related to the effect setting items, and to input and reflect the likes and dislikes impressions of the effects on the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, a setting closer to the player's wish can be made, and the player can have a better game.

  In addition, in this embodiment, it is possible to issue not only a password for mobile linked game including personal information of a player but also a password for effect setting including information on setting contents of the effect setting item and the corresponding model. Of course, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be compatible with both passwords. In other words, when performing a mobile linked game, the contents of setting of the production setting items are included in the mobile linked game password, and if the password is entered, the game with the set production balance can be enjoyed. . Even if another person inputs the password, he can enjoy the game with the corresponding production balance, but the other person cannot use the mobile linked game password including personal information. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, a production setting password including the setting contents of the production setting items and not including personal information is issued to the server, the password is input to the pachinko machine 10, and the production included in the password is included. Corresponding processing such as storing the setting content of the setting item in the setting storage area can be executed. For this reason, if you find a production setting that you like on the server, write down the corresponding production setting password, and anyone can easily set the production setting items according to the settings you like. You don't have to do it) and you can play with that production setting. Therefore, it is possible to more easily enjoy the gameability, such as the ability to change the production according to the player's preference. can do.). In addition, since it is possible to try a combination of a plurality of performance setting items set by others relatively easily, it is possible to easily find a performance setting that suits oneself.

  Furthermore, in this embodiment, it is comprised so that random can be selected by the setting of an effect setting item. For this reason, it is possible to respond to a player's request that a change from the original is desired, but there is no particular setting desired, or the setting content is not desired to be known by himself.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, a special effect that cannot be set independently can be derived by a combination of effect setting items selected by the player. That is, for example, if the appearance probability at the time of the fish school production and the appearance probability at the time of departure are the same probability of 60% or less, a large fish school production in which large fish that are not normally derived form a school is derived. It has become so. In this case, pleasure similar to treasure hunt such as deriving a hidden effect can be given. Therefore, it is possible to be interested by setting the production setting items, and to maintain motivation for the game.

(Third embodiment)
Hereinafter, the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  Now, in the third embodiment, at the predetermined scheduled time, the same effect (specific effect) is simultaneously executed in the pachinko machine 10 of the same model to be installed in the game hall. In the present embodiment, at 10:00 AM on Saturdays and Sundays every week, a specific effect in which a specific object, for example, “platinum fish school” is quickly derived in the decorative symbol display device 42 is executed. Yes. The “specific production” of the present embodiment has two stages: Step 1 for searching for a sea area where “Platinum Fish School” lives and Step 2 for searching for the sea area and finding “Platinum Fish School”. Hereinafter, step 1 is referred to as “time trial effect”, and step 2 is referred to as “specific mission effect”.

  As will be described in detail later, the main controller 261 includes a real time clock as a real time grasping means for measuring the current time, and a remaining time measuring timer as a measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on. And the arrival of the scheduled time set as the start time of the specific effect is grasped, and the specific effect is started together with the arrival of the scheduled time. The pachinko machine 10 includes a standby power source as a power storage means that can supply power to the real-time clock even when the power is turned off. The real-time clock continuously measures from the time when the pachinko machine 10 is manufactured. Yes.

  By the way, if there is no deviation in the real-time clock provided in each pachinko machine 10, by referring to the real-time clock in a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model, the “specific effect” can be performed at the same time when the scheduled time is reached. Although it can be started, the real time clock may shift as time passes. Therefore, in the present embodiment, such a shift is eliminated, and a process (remaining time setting process) for simultaneously starting “specific effects” in a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model is performed. In particular, in the present embodiment, the remaining time setting process is performed first among the main processes performed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on (in order to execute different processes depending on the state of the pachinko machine 10). This is performed in the initial setting process (performed before the various determination processes are performed). That is, the time from when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on until the remaining time setting process is performed is the same time for the pachinko machine 10 of the same model.

  In this embodiment, the island facility that can arrange a plurality of pachinko machines 10 in the game hall can be turned on / off simultaneously for all the electrical devices mounted on the island facility. It has a central power supply. The game hall also includes a master power source that can turn on and off the central power supply of the island facilities, and an actual measurement timer that can measure the actual time (adjustable by persons related to the game hall). In the game hall of this embodiment, when the master power supply is turned on, it is determined whether or not one digit of the fraction of the actual measurement timer is “0”, and when the negative determination is made, the central power supply is turned on. An on-time adjusting device that repeats such determination processing without being provided is provided. In addition, when a positive determination is made in the determination process, the central power supply is turned on. With this configuration, the gaming machine such as the pachinko machine 10 installed in the gaming hall becomes 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes in minutes (minutes) of the actual time. Can be turned on all at once.

  Hereinafter, the remaining time setting process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2101, a real time clock or the like is referred to and it is determined whether or not it is a specific effect execution date (in this embodiment, a day corresponding to Saturday and Sunday). If a negative determination is made here, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made, in step S2102, a current time setting process for setting the “current time” used for calculating the remaining time until the start of the specific effect (scheduled time) is performed.

  That is, the measurement time of the real time clock slightly deviates from the actual time with the passage of time. For this reason, in this embodiment, the measurement time of the real time clock is not used as it is, but the deviation is corrected and the remaining time is calculated. In the present embodiment, the description will be made assuming that the deviation (error) of the real-time clock is a maximum of ± 2 minutes in one to two years from the manufacture.

  Specifically, in step S2102, first, the measurement time of the real time clock is confirmed. Then, the value obtained by rounding the value of “minute” of the measurement time of the real time clock is set to “minute” of “current time” used for calculation of the remaining time until the scheduled time. For example, when the “minute” of the real-time clock is 0 minute to 4 minutes, the “minute” of the “current time” used for the calculation is set to 0 minute. Also, if the real-time clock “minute” is 5 to 14 minutes, the “current time” “minute” used for the calculation is 10 minutes, and the real-time clock “minute” is 15 to 24 minutes. The “minute” of the “current time” used for the calculation is 20 minutes, and when the “minute” of the real-time clock is 25 to 34 minutes, the “minute” of the “current time” used for the calculation is If the real time clock “minute” is 35 minutes to 44 minutes, the “current time” “minute” used for the calculation is 40 minutes, and the real time clock “minute” is 45 minutes to 54 minutes. In this case, the “minute” of the “current time” used for the calculation is set to 50 minutes. By the way, when setting the “current time” to be used for the calculation as described above, if the “hour” does not advance by correcting the “minute” of the real-time clock, the “current time” “hour” As for “,” the “time” of the real-time clock is set as it is.

  On the other hand, when the “minute” of the real-time clock is 55 minutes to 59 minutes, the “current time” used for the calculation is incremented by “hour” and the “current time” used for the calculation is increased by one hour. “Minute” is 0 minute.

  In other words, assuming that multiple pachinko machines 10 are turned on at the same time when the fractional single digit value becomes 0 at the actual time, the error of the real-time clock is ± 2 minutes at the maximum. Therefore, as described above, by correcting the current time, the actual time (measured value of the actual measurement timer of the game hall) is calculated based on the measured value of the real-time clock. It can be set as the “current time”. As in this example, assuming that the error of the real-time clock is ± 2 minutes at the maximum, there is no problem even if the actually measured timer of the game hall is shifted within a range of 2 minutes. In the present embodiment, the function of step S2102 constitutes an approximate selection unit.

  After step S2102, in step S2103, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated by subtracting the "current time" set as described above from the start time (scheduled time) of the specific effect. In the present embodiment, the function of step S2103 constitutes the remaining time calculation means. In a succeeding step S2104, it is determined whether or not the calculated value is positive. That is, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on after the scheduled time, such as when a game hall is open from the afternoon or a power failure occurs, the result of the calculation becomes negative. Become. In this case (when a negative determination is made in step S2104), the present process is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2104, the calculated remaining time is set in a remaining time measuring timer as a measuring means in step S2105. As described above, in the present embodiment, when the pachinko machine 10 is manufactured, the scheduled time is set to exactly 10:00 am. After step S2105, in step S2106, a specific effect flag indicating that the specific effect is to be executed is set on, and then the process ends.

  Incidentally, the count of the remaining time measurement timer is started immediately from the setting. For example, the value of the remaining time measurement timer is set at a predetermined interval in a timer interrupt process performed every predetermined time (for example, every 2 msec). It is designed to be subtracted. The outline of the remaining time setting process will be described with a specific example. For example, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on at 8:30 am at the actual time, and the real-time clock of the pachinko machine 10 at that time Was 8:31 am, the current time used to set the remaining time was 8:30 am, and the current time was subtracted from the scheduled time of 10 am 1 hour 30 minutes (a value corresponding to the remaining time until the start of the specific effect) is set in the remaining time measurement timer. Thereby, in the plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed in the game hall (the pachinko machine 10 which is turned on at the same time), the specific effect is started at 10:00 after 1 hour 30 minutes. It becomes.

  Furthermore, in another game hall, for example, the power of the pachinko machine 10 was turned on at 8:00 am at the actual time, and the real-time clock of the pachinko machine 10 at that time was 7:59 am In this case, the “current time” used for setting the remaining time is set to 8:00 am, and the remaining time from the scheduled time of 10 am to the start of the specific effect obtained by subtracting the “current time”. 2 hours (corresponding value) is set in the remaining time measuring timer. Thereby, in the plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed in the game hall (the pachinko machine 10 which is turned on at the same time), the specific effect is started at 10 o'clock after 2 hours. . Also, in the pachinko machine 10 in another game hall, the specific performance is started at 10:00 which is set as a scheduled time in advance. That is, the start times of specific effects can be matched not only in the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at the same time but also in the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at different timings.

  In the present embodiment, the function for performing the remaining time setting process constitutes the start setting means. More specifically, in step S2102, the function of setting the “current time” used for calculating the remaining time based on the measurement time of the real-time clock constitutes the approximate selection means. Further, the calculation function of step S2103 constitutes a remaining time calculation means.

  Next, the specific effect start process for starting the specific effect will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2201, “specific production (time trial production)” is scheduled to be executed on that day, but has not yet been executed (in this example, it is 10 am before Saturday and Sunday). It is determined whether or not the specific effect flag shown is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S2201, that is, if the “specific effect” is no longer performed on that day (or the last “specific effect” scheduled to be performed on that day is being executed), the process continues. This process ends.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2201, whether or not the value of the remaining time measurement timer has become “0” in step S2202, that is, the timing for starting the “specific effect” (10 am in this example) ) Is determined. If a negative determination is made in step S2202, this processing is terminated as it is. Incidentally, the value of the remaining time measurement timer is subtracted in a timer interrupt process performed at a cycle of 2 msec.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2202, it is determined in step S2203 whether or not a variable display for teaching a big hit state is being displayed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2203, this processing is terminated as it is. That is, when the big hit state right is obtained before the start of the specific effect, the specific effect itself is not performed.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S2203, in step S2204, a specific effect start flag indicating that the specific effect is in progress is set on, and in step S2205, the sub control device 262 is set as the specific effect. A specific effect start command for starting the time trial effect is set. The sub-control device 262 that has received the specific effect start command starts the time trial effect of the specific effect for a maximum of 5 minutes.

  In the subsequent step S2206, the remaining time of the time trial effect is set for the remaining time measuring timer. In this embodiment, since a time trial effect of 5 minutes is basically performed, a value corresponding to 5 minutes is set in the remaining time measurement timer. Thereafter, in step S2207, the specific effect flag is set to OFF, and then this process ends.

  Next, the specific effect end process for ending the specific effect will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2301, it is determined whether or not a specific effect start flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S2301, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2301, it is determined in step S2302 whether or not the display is a variable display that teaches the occurrence of a big hit state. In addition, as the end condition of the time trial effect of this embodiment, a big hit state occurs or five minutes have elapsed from the start.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2302, it is determined in step S2303 whether or not the value of the remaining time measurement timer is “0”, that is, whether or not the time trial effect setting period (5 minutes) has elapsed. . If a negative determination is made in step S2303, the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2303, that is, if 5 minutes have passed without the occurrence of a variable display that teaches a big hit state on the way from the start of the time trial effect, in step S2304, the time trial effect is displayed. A time-up effect command for executing a time-up effect that teaches the end is set. Thereafter, in step S2305, the specific effect start flag is set to OFF, and then this process ends.

  In addition, when an affirmative determination is made in step S2302, that is, when a variable display for teaching a big hit state is started during the time trial effect, preparation for shifting from the time trial effect to the specific mission effect is made in step S2306. It is determined whether or not a specific mission preparation flag indicating a period is turned on.

  More specifically, main controller 261 is performed separately from the specific effect end process, and in the variable display setting process for starting the variable display, the variable display (setting of the variable display is set). If it is determined that the fluctuation information for the jackpot is a fluctuation display corresponding to the jackpot, the specific effect start flag is checked to determine whether the time trial effect is being performed. The display variation time is set to 13 seconds, and along with the information indicating that it is a big hit, the variation time information is put on the variation pattern command and output to the sub-control device 262. That is, when the variable display corresponding to the big hit state is started during the time trial effect, the variable display fluctuation time is set to 13 seconds.

  Further, as described above, in the present embodiment, when the time trial effect is successful, the specific mission effect is performed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the first 3 seconds (preparation period) of the 13-second variation display, the occurrence of the big hit state is taught and guidance is given to shift to the specific mission effect. . Furthermore, a specific mission effect is performed in the remaining 10 seconds. In the variation display, even if the occurrence of the big hit state is taught at the beginning of the variation and the transition to the specific mission effect is made 3 seconds later, the variation display of the decorative symbol and the corresponding special symbol does not end. The display continues to fluctuate until 13 seconds have passed. For example, the decorative symbol of the decorative symbol display device 42 continues to be displayed in a fluctuating manner (so-called full-rotation display) while maintaining the state of being aligned in the lower right region of the decorative symbol display device 42, and fluctuates as the specific mission effect ends. The display is completed (stopped display).

  Step S2306 and subsequent steps are processing for advancing the specific effect. If a negative determination is made in step S2306, the specific mission preparation flag is set on in step S2307. In subsequent step S2308, a value corresponding to 3 seconds of the preparation period is set for the remaining time measuring timer. Further, in step S2309, a specific mission preparation command for instructing the sub-control device 262 to start the preparation period is set, and then this process ends.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2306, whether or not the value of the remaining time measurement timer is “0” in step S2310, that is, whether or not the three-second specific mission effect preparation period has ended. Is determined. If a negative determination is made in step S2310, the present process ends. On the other hand, if a positive determination is made in step S2310, the specific mission preparation flag is set to OFF in step S2311.

  In a succeeding step S2312, a specific mission effect start command for instructing the sub control device 262 to start the specific mission effect is set. Thereafter, in step S2313, the specific effect start flag is set to OFF, and then this process ends.

  In the present embodiment, the specific effect end process, that is, the main control device 261 does not send a command to end the specific mission effect. That is, in the present embodiment, since the specific mission effect is performed using the fluctuation display (time) that taught the occurrence of the big hit state during the time trial effect, on the main controller 261 side. Even if the control related to the specific mission after starting the specific mission effect is not performed, it is possible to end the specific mission effect with the end of the variable display on the sub-control device 262 side. Of course, during the specific mission effect, since the variable display is being performed, a big hit state does not occur in the middle of the specific mission effect.

  Next, a process (trial effect execution process) on the sub-control device 262 side regarding the specific effect will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S2401, it is determined whether or not a specific effect start command is received from the main control device 261. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2401, in step S2402, a time trial flag indicating that the time trial effect is being executed is set on. In subsequent step S2403, measurement by a clear time measurement timer for measuring various times during the specific effect is started. In step S2404, the trial clear time storage area for storing the clear time of the time trial effect is reset. By the way, when the QR code is displayed (created) when ending the mobile linked game, the trial clear time storage area is referred to. However, in step S2404, if the trial effect cannot be cleared, the trial clear time is displayed. If the storage area is referred to, a setting is made so that it can be grasped that the trial effect cannot be cleared. Thereafter, this process is terminated.

  When the time trial flag is set on, processing for starting the time trial effect is performed. In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 42 starts a display effect in which a predetermined character searches for the underwater with an instruction “find a legendary sea area where platinum fish school is said to live”. Corresponding sound modes and light emission modes are derived from various lamps. If the “legendary sea area” can be found, the time trial production will end as a success (transition to a specific mission). Further, as described above, in this embodiment, the success of the time trial production corresponds to the occurrence of the jackpot state, and when the variable display teaching the jackpot state is started, Display production to discover "sea area" is performed. In addition, the variable display on the decorative symbol display device 42 during the time trial effect is displayed relatively small in the lower right region of the decorative symbol display device 42.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2401, it is determined in step S2405 whether a time-up effect command has been received. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2405, the time trial flag is set off in step S2406. Furthermore, in step S2407, after setting for executing a time-up effect (for example, a predetermined character expresses disappointment in the decorative symbol display device 42) indicating that the time trial effect has ended, The process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2405, it is determined in step S2408 whether a specific mission preparation command has been received. If a positive determination is made in step S2408, the time trial flag is set to OFF in step S2409.

  In subsequent step S2410, a setting for executing a mission preparation effect that is performed until a specific mission effect is started is performed. More specifically, in the mission preparation production, the fact that the time trial production was successful in 3 seconds is indicated by the indication that the “legendary sea area” is discovered, and the specific mission production is started (achieving the specific mission production) Condition) is notified by notification of a new mission such as “Find a platinum school of fish”, and at the same time, how to play during a specific mission production (operation method of the production button 125) and the like are taught.

  Thereafter, in step S2411, the clear time measurement timer is stopped, and in step S2412, the measured value (trial clear time) is stored in the trial clear time storage area. That is, the clear time of the time trial effect is stored in the trial clear time storage area. Thereafter, this process is terminated. In this embodiment, the measurement value of the clear time measurement timer is “a value indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific effect”, and the trial clear time that can store the value The storage area constitutes a fast storage means.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2408, it is determined in step S2413 whether a specific mission effect start command has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S2413, the process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2413, the process proceeds to a process for starting a specific mission effect in step S2414 and subsequent steps.

  Now, as described above, the specific mission effect of this embodiment is from the start of 3 seconds to the end of the change in the 13-second change display for teaching the occurrence of the jackpot state started during the time trial effect. It is performed using 10 seconds. The specific mission effect is successful if the “platinum school of fish” can appear on the decorative symbol display device 42. However, the appearance condition of the “platinum school of fish” is a promising big hit, and the condition establishment lottery described later in detail. It is set to win in the mission achievement lottery, and "Platinum fish" will appear when both are achieved. That is, even when the variable display corresponding to the normal jackpot is started during the time trial effect, the specific mission effect is not cleared although the transition to the specific mission effect is made.

  Further, the mission achievement lottery is performed in response to an operation (detection) of the effect button 125 during the specific mission effect. However, in the present embodiment, the button effective period of the operation of the effect button 125 as an opportunity of the mission achievement lottery ends one second earlier than the end of the specific mission effect (variable display) (the button effective period is 9 at the maximum). Second). Further, in one specific mission effect, the mission achievement lottery can be performed a maximum of four times. When the mission achievement lottery is performed four times, the button valid period ends, and the subsequent effect buttons 125 Is invalid as a trigger for the mission achievement lottery.

  In addition, the probability of winning in the mission achievement lottery varies depending on whether the player is in the normal mode, the time reduction mode, or the probability variation mode during the specific mission performance. In the present embodiment, the normal mode is the easiest to win, and the probability variation mode is the hardest to win. Furthermore, in this embodiment, in the specific mission effect, the probability of winning in the mission achievement lottery increases as the mission achievement lottery becomes later.

  Returning to the description of the trial effect execution process, in step S2414, measurement by the clear time measurement timer is started. In a succeeding step S2415, a mission flag indicating that the specific mission effect is being executed is set on. Further, in step S2416, a value corresponding to 3 seconds is set in the mission control timer used for controlling the specific mission effect, and in step S2417, a mission achievement lottery for determining whether or not the platinum fish school is derived (details will be described later). ) Is set to ON.

  In the subsequent step S2418, the mission clear time storage area for storing the clear time of the specific mission effect is reset. By the way, when the QR code is displayed (created) when ending the mobile linked game, the mission clear time storage area is referred to. However, in step S2418, when the specific mission effect cannot be cleared, the mission is cleared. By referring to the time storage area, a setting is made so that it can be grasped that the specific mission effect cannot be cleared.

  Further, in step S2419, “4” is set to the remaining lottery counter (which can take a value of 0 to 4) indicating the remaining number of times that the mission achievement lottery can be performed in the specific mission effect. Thereafter, in step S2420, it is determined whether or not the user is in the probability variation mode. When an affirmative determination is made in step S2420, in step S2421, when the corresponding mission success / failure determination table is selected from a plurality of (12 in this example) mission success / failure determination tables referenced in the mission achievement lottery. "9" is set for the reference table counter (which can take a value of 1 to 12) used in the above. Thereafter, this process is terminated.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2420, it is determined in step S2422 whether the user is staying in the normal mode. If an affirmative determination is made in step S2422, in step S2423, “1” is set for the reference table counter, and then the present process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S2422, that is, if the time reduction mode is set, "5" is set for the reference table counter in step S2424, and then the present process ends.

  Next, among the processes for advancing the specific mission effect (mission first execution process, mission second execution process), first, the mission first execution process will be described with reference to FIG. In step S2501, it is determined whether or not the mission flag is turned on. If a negative determination is made in step S2501, this process is terminated as it is because the specific mission effect is not being performed.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2501, it is determined in step S2502 whether or not the end time of the variable display for all 13 seconds corresponding to the specific mission effect has come. As described above, in the present embodiment, the specific mission effect is also terminated when the variable display is terminated. Therefore, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2502, the mission flag is set off in step S2503. This process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S2502, it is determined in step S2504 whether the lottery permission flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S2504, the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2504, it is determined in step S2505 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S2505, the present process is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2505, it is determined in step S2506 whether or not a winning jackpot has been won. If a negative determination is made in step S2506, the process proceeds to step S2509, which is to be shifted when a mission achievement lottery described later is missed. In this example, since the production corresponding to the case where the mission achievement lottery is missed is not performed, this processing may be terminated as it is when a negative determination is made in step S2506.

  On the other hand, if a positive determination is made in step S2506, a mission achievement lottery is performed in step S2507. The sub-control device 262 of the present embodiment includes a mission random number counter and a mission success / failure determination table that stores a value corresponding to a preset winning among the values of the mission random number counter. The mission random number counter is configured as a loop counter that increments one by one within a range of 0 to 199, for example, and reaches the upper limit value of 199 and then returns to the lower limit value of 0. The mission random number counter is updated periodically.

  In addition, the number of values of the winning mission random number counter changes depending on the situation. In the present embodiment, the mission success / failure determination table is divided into a normal mode, a time reduction mode, and a probability variation mode. Further, three for each mode, that is, a table for starting a specific mission effect for 0 to 3 seconds, a table for 3 seconds (3 seconds are included in the former) to a table for 5 seconds, 5 seconds (5 There is a table for 7 seconds (which is included in the former) and a table for 7 seconds (which is included in the former). That is, in this embodiment, there are twelve mission success / failure determination tables.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a reference table counter is provided that indicates which of the plurality of mission success / failure determination tables should be referred to. The reference table counter takes any value from 1 to 12, and in this embodiment, 1 to 4 are for the normal mode, 5 to 8 are for the time reduction mode, and 9 to 12 are the probability variation mode. It corresponds to time. Furthermore, among the four tables for each mode, the smallest number corresponds to 0 to 3 seconds, the second smallest number corresponds to 3 to 5 seconds, and the third smallest number. Corresponding to 5 to 7 seconds, the largest number corresponds to 7 to 9 seconds.

  Also, in this embodiment, the probability of winning in the mission achievement lottery is for the probability variation mode <time reduction mode so that it is easier to clear in the specific mission production when clearing in the time trial production is difficult It is higher in the order of time use <normal mode use. Furthermore, the probability of winning in the mission achievement lottery is 0 seconds to 3 seconds <3 seconds to 5 seconds <5 seconds to 7 in order to increase the possibility of clearing in exchange for a delay in the clear time. It becomes higher in order for seconds <7 seconds to 9 seconds. For example, when referring to the table for 0 second to 3 seconds in the normal mode, the winning is about 1/16, and when referring to the table for 3 seconds to 5 seconds in the normal mode, about 1/8. If you win in the normal mode and refer to the table for 5 to 7 seconds, you win about 1/4, and if you refer to the table for the normal mode and 7 to 9 seconds, it is about 1 When winning at / 3 and referring to the table for 0 to 3 seconds in time reduction mode, winning at about 1/32 and referring to the table for 3 to 5 seconds in time reduction mode Is won in about 1/16, and when referring to the table for 5 to 7 seconds in the time reduction mode, it is won in about 1/8 and the table for 7 to 9 seconds in the time reduction mode Refer to the table for 0 to 3 seconds in probability variation mode If it is selected, it will be elected about 1/100, and if it refers to the table for 3 seconds to 5 seconds in the probability variation mode, it will be elected about 1/80 and the table for 5 seconds to 7 seconds in the probability variation mode. Is won at about 1/60, and when it is in the probability variation mode and the table for 7 to 9 seconds is referenced, it is won at about 1/40. The update control of the mission success / failure determination table will be described later.

  Therefore, in step S2507, the value of the mission random number counter is acquired, and a determination process as to whether or not the acquired value of the mission random number counter is a winning value by referring to the mission success / failure determination table indicated by the reference table counter. Will be performed.

  In a succeeding step S2508, it is determined whether or not the mission achievement lottery is won. If a negative determination is made in step S2508, 1 is subtracted from the remaining lottery counter value in step S2509. In a succeeding step S2510, it is determined whether or not the value of the remaining lottery counter is 0. If a negative determination is made in step S2510, the present process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2510, that is, if all four mission achievement lotteries that can be performed in a specific mission effect have been completed, in step S2511 the lottery permission flag is set to OFF, This process ends. The decorative symbol display device 42 or the like may be configured to indicate the remaining number of times that the mission achievement lottery can be received.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2508, that is, if the specific mission effect is cleared, a mission achievement flag indicating that the specific mission effect is cleared is set on in step S2512. In the subsequent step S2513, a successful effect process for deriving an effect indicating that the specific mission effect has been cleared, that is, “platinum fish school” or the like is executed on the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like. Such a successful production includes a one-second part in which a “platinum fish” is generated, and a two-second part that is repeated after the part until the period of the specific mission production ends.

  Thereafter, in step S2514, the clear time measurement timer is stopped, and in step S2515, the value of the clear time measurement timer (mission clear time) is stored in the mission clear time storage area. Further, in step S2516, the lottery permission flag is set to OFF, and then the present process is terminated.

  Next, the mission second execution process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S2601, it is determined whether or not the mission flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S2601, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S2601, it is determined in step S2602 whether or not the value of the mission control timer is zero. If a negative determination is made in step S2602, the present process is terminated as it is. Note that the mission control timer is periodically updated by another process.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2602, it is determined in step S2603 whether the value of the reference table counter is any one of 4, 8, and 12. That is, the state in which any of 4, 8, and 12 is set in the reference table counter is a state in a period of 7 to 9 seconds after the specific mission effect is started, as described above. The timing of step S2603, which is shifted when it is determined that the mission control timer is 0 in step S2602, is the timing at which the period of 7 to 9 seconds ends, that is, the start of the specific mission effect. When the production button 125 is not operated four times during the 9 seconds from the first time and the mission achievement lottery is not won, the timing when the operation of the production button 125 is effective as a trigger for the mission achievement lottery ends. It has become.

  If a negative determination is made in step S2603, 1 is added to the value of the reference table counter in step S2604. Further, in step S2605, a value corresponding to 2 seconds is set in the mission control timer, and then this process is terminated.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S2603, it is determined in step S2606 whether the mission achievement flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S2606, the lottery permission flag is set to OFF in step S2607. By the way, if the mission achievement lottery has already been executed four times, the lottery permission flag has already been set off.

  In the subsequent step S2608, after setting for performing a one-second disappointing effect indicating that the specific mission effect could not be cleared, the present process is terminated. That is, for example, when the specific mission effect cannot be cleared, the decorative symbol display device 42 performs a display effect for searching for “platinum fish school” from the start of the specific mission effect to 9 seconds, and from 9 seconds to the end. For one second, there will be a display effect that regrets that the "Platinum Fish School" could not be found.

  In addition, when an affirmative determination is made in step S2606, that is, when a successful effect indicating that the specific mission effect has been cleared has already been performed on the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like, in step S2609, a mission achievement flag is displayed. After this is set to OFF, this process ends.

  In addition, in the specific mission effect, the variation display of the decorative symbol performed in the lower right area of the decorative symbol display device 42 is stopped and displayed when the specific mission effect ends. In particular, if the specific mission production is successful, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed with an odd number of double-eyed lines indicating that the odd symbol is a promising jackpot, and if it is not successful, the decorative symbol is either a normal jackpot or a probable jackpot There will be a stop even if there is an even number of double-eyed eyes. Moreover, in this embodiment, the function which performs a series of processes by the main control apparatus 261 and the sub control apparatus 262 of FIGS. 25-29 comprises a specific production execution means. Further, the functions of step S2302 and step S2307 by the main control device 261 and steps S2408, S2507 and S2508 by the sub-control device 262 constitute an achievement detection means, and the value of the clear time measurement timer is stored in step S2412 and step S2515. The trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area to be performed constitute achievement storage means.

  In the present embodiment, an announcement such as “the specific effect will start in the remaining minutes” is made based on the value of the remaining time measurement timer before 10:00 am on Saturday and Sunday. Thereby, it can avoid that a player becomes worried whether a specific production will be performed from now on today. In addition, on days other than Saturday and Sunday, announcements (advertisements) such as “specific effects will be performed at 10 am on Saturdays and Sundays” are made based on preset scheduled times. Of course, even if the measurement time of the real-time clock for each pachinko machine 10 is deviated as described above, the function of correcting the current time is provided, so that the start time of the specific effect is set to the scheduled time as scheduled. be able to. For this reason, the player arrives at the game hall at around the scheduled time while checking his / her own clock (for example, a radio clock), and the completion of the mobile linked game procedure (password entry, etc.) is almost completed. Even if it becomes, it will surely be in time for the specific performance.

  As described above, the recording of the specific effect when the specific effect is performed, that is, the information indicating the clear time of the specific mission effect and the clear time of the time trial effect is obtained when the mobile linked game is terminated. The QR code is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 and is read by the mobile communication terminal. When the server is accessed by the mobile communication terminal that has read the QR code, the information included in the QR code is read to the server side, so that on the server side, the player, the clear time of the specific mission effect, and the time trial The clear time of the production is associated with each other, and the clear time of the specific mission production and the clear time of the time trial production of all the players who have accessed the server are totaled to identify the superior. The QR code also includes date information, and the server confirms whether it is a specific performance on the target day (whether it is this week's or not before last week). The In the present embodiment, in the decorative symbol display device 42, a function for displaying a QR code including information on a clear time of a specific mission effect and a clear time of a time trial effect constitutes an information output unit.

  In other words, the one with the fastest clear time of the specific mission effect is ranked first, and the ranking up to the fifth rank is uploaded to the web page. More specifically, in this example, since the specific performance is performed on Saturday and Sunday, the ranking acceptance deadline is set to 11:50 pm on Monday. The provisional ranking will be announced until 11:50 PM on Monday, and the ranking will be finalized after 11:50. If the clear time of the specific mission effect is the same, the clear time of the time trial effect is referred to, and the earlier one is ranked first. In addition, when there is no player who has cleared the specific mission effect, the player with the fastest clear time of the time trial effect clears the first place. By the way, the reception of the ranking of the specific production at the server is from 10 am on Saturday.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, the right to perform the setting regarding the next specific production will be given to the player who takes first place in the specific production. In other words, the present embodiment is configured such that the setting related to the specific effect can be performed by performing the initial registration of the mobile linked game. In other words, in the specific production described above, the “legendary sea area” is searched for in the time trial production, and “platinum fish school” is searched for in the specific mission production. A plurality of patterns are prepared for characters to be searched. And the setting which combined these freely can be performed and the setting of the player who got the top result by the specific production is reflected in the specific production next week.

  In addition, regarding the “reflection”, after the ranking is fixed as described above, the password issued by the server includes the setting contents of the player who has achieved the top results in a specific performance. Yes. Then, by inputting such a password on the day when the specific effect is performed, the content of the specific effect reflects the setting. The password issuance period is until 10:00 am on Sunday.

  By the way, in this embodiment, when the mobile linked game is not performed, the specific effect reflecting the setting of the player who took the top in the specific effect last week is not performed, and the original (initial) specific effect is not performed. Done. However, the specific effect performed when the game is not a mobile linked game is controlled such that the volume is less than half that of the specific effect in the mobile linked game. In addition, even if the mobile linked game is started after the specific performance is performed, the result of the specific performance performed before the start of the mobile linked game is not included in the QR code (trial clear time storage area or When the clear time is stored in the mission clear time storage area, it may be determined not to be stored if the mobile linked game is confirmed and denied.

  As described above in detail, according to the third embodiment, the same effect (specific effect) can be started simultaneously by a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model. In addition, information including the time trial effect that constitutes the specific effect, the clear time of the specific mission effect, and player information that can specify the player is included in the QR code that is issued at the end of the mobile linked game. It is displayed. As a result, it becomes possible to count the clear time at the server via the mobile communication terminal that reads the QR code, and “compete who quickly cleared the specific mission effect among the players who experienced the specific effect (specific If there is no player who has cleared the mission effect, or if the corresponding person overlaps, a new game characteristic such as “refer to the trial clear time” can be given. Therefore, the playability can be further improved by using the specific effects simultaneously performed by the plurality of pachinko machines 10.

  In addition, when the player takes the top in the ranking of the specific effects that are aggregated by the server, the setting related to the specific effect of the player can be reflected in the next specific effect. In this case, it is possible to have a stronger interest in the specific performance. In particular, in the present embodiment, the setting of the player who takes the top in the ranking of the specific performance is reflected not only on the password issued to the principal but also on the password issued to others. In other words, when the right to determine the setting related to the next specific performance is given, it affects not only one's own game but also another person's game. For this reason, the value of a specific effect can be improved dramatically and the interest and participation willingness to a specific effect can be raised further. In addition, since the setting by the decision-making authority is limited to the one related to the specific performance, it is possible to avoid a situation in which one's game is influenced by the setting of other players.

  Moreover, in order to reflect the setting based on the result of the previous specific performance, it is necessary to participate in a game (mobile linked game) in which information is exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the server. In addition, it is possible to increase opportunities for participation in mobile linked games. Thereby, the gaming machine manufacturer that manages and operates the server can obtain more gaming information that becomes the development material of the pachinko machine 10.

  In addition, when not participating in the mobile linked game, the volume during the execution period of the specific effect decreases. For this reason, it is possible to avoid obstructing the specific performance of the player participating in the mobile linked game. In addition, participation in mobile linked games can be encouraged.

  In the above embodiment, the achievement probability of the specific mission effect (the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery) varies depending on whether the time trial effect is cleared in the normal mode, the time reduction mode, or the probability variation mode. It has become. In particular, in this embodiment, the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery when clearing the normal mode that is most difficult to clear the time trial effect is the highest, and conversely, the probability variation mode that clears the time trial effect most easily is cleared. The winning probability of the mission achievement lottery is the lowest. For this reason, it is possible to reduce unfairness due to the difference in the situation at the start of the specific effect (time trial effect).

  Furthermore, the specific mission effect of the above embodiment is a configuration in which a mission achievement lottery is performed in which a player operates the operation button 125 to determine whether or not the specific mission effect is successful. Depending on the timing at which the mission achievement lottery is performed during the period, the achievement probability of the specific mission effect (winning probability of the mission achievement lottery) is different. In the present embodiment, the longer the elapsed time from the start of the specific mission effect, the higher the probability of winning the mission achievement lottery. That is, the winning probability in the mission achievement lottery can be increased in exchange for the passage of time in the effective period. Therefore, in order to achieve a good result in a specific performance, it is necessary to win the mission achievement lottery by operating the production button 125 as soon as possible, but it is won in the mission achievement lottery by delaying the timing of operating the production button 125. Since the probability of success is relatively high, the probability of success is relatively low, but the stage button 125 is operated at the earliest possible timing with the aim of quicker winning, or aiming at winning with a high probability carefully for certainty It is possible to enjoy bargaining such as whether to operate the production button 125 at a relatively late timing. In addition, since the upper limit of the number of mission achievement lotteries is determined, the above-described effects can be reliably achieved.

  In the present embodiment, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the current time is confirmed with a real-time clock, and the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated and counted. However, the “current time” used for the calculation here is not the measurement value (time) itself indicated by the real-time clock, but the real-time clock out of the time divided into 10 minutes every 10 minutes. The time closest to the current time being measured is assigned to the “current time”. As a result, even if there is a shift in the real-time clocks of the plurality of pachinko machines 10 that are simultaneously turned on, the “current time” is corrected so that the remaining time until the scheduled time matches. As a result, the start timings of the specific effects can be matched. Furthermore, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched with the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at another timing.

  By adopting the configuration as described above, the start time of a specific effect can be matched not only in the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at the same time but also in the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at different timings. it can. Therefore, for example, a player who is aiming for a specific effect can make the act of performing the specific effect at the A store, then moving to the B store and performing the specific effect at the B store. It is possible to prevent the player from leaking for the specific effect due to the time difference between the start times.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, based on the setting at the time of manufacture of the pachinko machine 10, even a person other than those related to the game hall can specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed. In other words, for example, on a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer or a pachinko machine 10, it is possible to make a notification such as the release of a XX movie (as a specific production) at XX month XX day XX It becomes. By such notification, it is possible to widen the chance of having the user enjoy the following specific performance. In particular, since the time can be specified, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game hall has been passed on the designated day to see the specific effect, but the time for the specific effect has already passed. Moreover, the date and time when the specific performance is performed can be specified not as information having a certain range of about ** month ** day **, but as ** month ** day **. In this way, since the start time of the specific performance can be set to the scheduled time as scheduled, the player arrives at the game hall at the time when the scheduled time comes soon while checking his own clock (for example, a radio clock). However, even if the completion of the mobile linked gaming procedure (password entry, etc.) is almost at the scheduled time, it will be in time for the specific performance. In other words, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the real time clock has shifted to the advancing side and the player has confirmed that his / her timepiece has been in time and has not been in time.

  Furthermore, even if it is not configured to be able to correct the deviation of the real-time clock incorporated in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to prevent the deviation of the start timing of the specific performance between the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at different timings. Can do. Therefore, the real-time clock status of the plurality of pachinko machines 10 is grasped and compared with the actual time so that it can be corrected (automatically or manually by a game hall official). Therefore, it is possible to avoid the risk of complicating island facilities and increasing the cost due to the above, or weakening the resistance to unauthorized input due to an increase in the number of input paths from the outside of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, even if the real-time clock is omitted, if a timer is provided that measures the time from when the power is turned on, it is not possible to simultaneously start specific effects in the pachinko machines 10 that are turned on at the same time. However, when a power failure occurs, there is a concern that the specific performance already performed before the power failure will be executed again unintentionally after the power failure. In this regard, as in the present embodiment, by using the real-time clock and the remaining time measurement timer in combination, the game can proceed as if there was a power outage with respect to the specific effect as if there was no power outage. .

  It is also possible to install a radio clock as a real-time clock, but the pachinko machine 10 should be installed in an environment where standard radio waves cannot be received well (the game hall is located in the basement of the building or near high-voltage power lines). In such an environment, there is a concern that the start timing of the specific effect varies even if the specific effect is performed using the radio clock. On the other hand, according to this embodiment, the said effect can be reliably exhibited irrespective of the installation place of the pachinko machine 10.

  Furthermore, the data related to the specific performance is configured to be output to the outside of the pachinko machine 10, and by inputting the data to a server managed by the gaming machine manufacturer, various services such as publication of data obtained by collecting the data are performed. In the configuration, when the start and end timings of the specific effects are aligned, it is possible to comparatively easily perform tabulation / management work such as data on the specific effects on the server side.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, the remaining time setting process for correcting the current time is performed at a stage before the predetermined determination process is performed in the initial setting process at the time of power-on of the pachinko machine 10, The time until the specific effect is started is set in the remaining time measurement timer, and the countdown is started. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the measurement value of the remaining time measurement timer shifts for each pachinko machine 10 due to the presence of the determination process before the remaining time setting process.

(Fourth embodiment)
Hereinafter, the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment or 3rd Embodiment about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  In the fourth embodiment, the “specific effect” is executed as in the third embodiment, but in the third embodiment, when the variable display is a big hit at the start timing of the specific effect. However, as shown in FIG. 30, the fourth embodiment is configured to perform the specific effect even during the variable display that is a big hit at the start timing of the specific effect. ing. Further, in the fourth embodiment, the player who plays the pachinko machine 10 is specified even when the big hit state is in the start timing of the specific effect or when the variation display is not performed. It is configured to be able to participate in the production. Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, even if the start time of a specific effect is a state that is not a mobile-linked game (no mobile-linked game state), the record of the specific effect can be reflected in the mobile-linked game. It is configured to be able to. Details of this configuration will be described below. Note that the specific effect end process and the mission second execution process are the same as those in the third embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.

  First, trial effect execution processing will be described with reference to FIG. In step S6201, it is determined whether or not a specific effect start command indicating the arrival of the start timing of the specific effect has been received. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6201, the time trial flag is set to ON in step S6202, and the measurement of the clear time measurement timer is started in step S6203.

  In a succeeding step S6204, it is determined whether or not a big hit is being made. If a negative determination is made in step S6204, it is determined in step S6205 whether or not a demonstration screen display to be shifted to when the variable display is not performed for a predetermined time is being displayed. The demonstration screen display is appropriately set for each model. For example, instead of displaying the decorative design, a demonstration display on the entire display screen is performed, or (the decorative design remains stopped). ) In some cases, power consumption in the decorative symbol display device 42 is reduced by reducing the amount of light emitted.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6205, the trial display flag is set on in step S6206. In the present embodiment, only when the trial display flag is set to ON, the display effect on the decorative symbol display device 42 corresponding to the specific effect (time trial effect), the audio output corresponding to the specific effect, and the specific effect. The lighting modes of various corresponding lamps are derived.

  After step S6206, in step S6207, the value of the trial counter for indicating the result of the specific effect is set to “1”, and then this process ends. In this embodiment, the state where the demonstration screen is displayed corresponds to a dedicated standby state.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S6204 or step S6205, step S6206 is skipped and the process proceeds to step S6207. That is, when the big hit state or the demonstration screen is being displayed, even if the start timing of the specific effect arrives, the display mode or the audio mode corresponding to the specific effect is not derived (keep the appearance state) It is like that. However, internally, since the time trial flag is set on and the measurement of the clear time measurement timer is started, it is possible to participate in the time trial production halfway or to clearly indicate the clear time of the time trial production. It is like that.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6201, it is determined in step S6208 whether the time trial flag is set on. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6208, it is determined in step S6209 whether or not the trial display flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S6209, it is determined in step S6210 whether or not a big hit is being made. If a negative determination is made in step S6210, it is determined in step S6211 whether a demonstration screen is being displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S6211, the trial display flag is set on in step S6212. That is, in the execution period of the specific effect, the display mode corresponding to the specific effect (time trial effect) has not been derived due to the jackpot or the demonstration screen being displayed, but the jackpot state ends or the pachinko When the player starts the game of the machine 10 and the demonstration screen display is over, the trial display flag is turned on in step S6212 to immediately start the specific effect on the appearance. ing.

  After step S6212 or when an affirmative determination is made in any of step S6209, step S6210, or step S6211, a time-up effect command indicating that the time trial effect has expired is received in step S6213. It is determined whether or not.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S6213, the time trial flag is set off in step S6214. In the following step S6215, it is determined whether or not the trial display flag is set to ON. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6215, that is, if a display mode corresponding to the time trial effect has been derived, the display mode of the decorative symbol display device 42 indicates that the time trial effect has ended in step S6216. The process for performing the time-up effect taught in is performed.

  After step S6216 or if a negative determination is made in step S6215, the clear time measurement timer is stopped and reset in step S6217. After step S6217, in step S6218, it is determined whether or not a mobile linked game is being performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6218, the value of the trial counter is set to “2” in step S6219, and then this process is terminated.

  By the way, if the mobile linked game is finished between the time trial production start and before the time trial production is finished, the value of the trial counter for the QR code displayed on the code issue screen Information including “1” is included, and the server side that has obtained this information can grasp that the player has stopped the time trial performance in the middle (cancelled in the middle). In addition, when the server obtains information that the value of the trial counter is “2”, it can be understood that the player has failed to clear the time trial effect (time is up). These pieces of information are accumulated and stored on the server side. When the code issuance screen is erased, the value of the trial counter is also reset (“0” is set).

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6218, the retrofit confirmation flag is set to ON in step S6220, and then the process proceeds to step S6219. In other words, when a mobile linked game is being performed, the result of the specific effect is also accumulated and reflected in the effect of the future game. In this embodiment, the mobile linked game is at this time. Even if a player who has not played the game, if he / she wants to play the mobile-related game after performing the current specific production, the result of the current specific production should be reflected in the mobile-related game. It is configured to be able to. Details of the configuration will be described later.

  Further, if a negative determination is made in step S6213 or a negative determination is made in step S6208, the process proceeds to step S6301 in FIG. In step S6301, it is determined whether or not a specific mission preparation command has been received indicating that the time trial effect has been cleared (change display that is a big hit during the time trial effect period has started). If an affirmative determination is made in step S6301, the time trial flag is turned off in step S6302, and processing for performing a mission preparation effect (such as explanation of a specific mission effect) is performed in step S6303. In subsequent step S6304, the clear time measurement timer is stopped, and in step S6305, the measured value of the clear time measurement timer is stored in the trial clear time storage area.

  Further, in step S6306, the clear time measurement timer is reset, and in step S6307, the value of the trial counter is set to “3”. In a succeeding step S6308, it is determined whether or not the mobile linked game is being performed. If a negative determination is made in step S6308, in step S6309, the retrofit confirmation flag is set on, and then the present process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6308, the present process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6301, it is determined in step S6310 whether or not a start specific mission effect start command indicating that the mission preparation effect is ended and a substantial specific mission effect is started is received. To do. If a negative determination is made in step S6310, the present process ends.

  On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S6310, processing for starting a specific mission effect in steps S6311 to S6320 is performed. These processes are basically the same contents as in the third embodiment (contents such that the process of resetting the mission clear time storage area in step S2418 is omitted in steps S2414 to S2424 in FIG. 27).

  Next, the mission first execution process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S6401, it is determined whether or not the mission flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S6401, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6401, it is determined in step S6402 whether or not the end time of the variable display corresponding to the specific mission effect has come. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6402, the mission flag is set off in step S6403, the lottery permission flag is set off in step S6404, the trial display flag is set off in step S6405, and clear in step S6406. Stop the time measurement timer (it may have already stopped) and reset it. Thereafter, this process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6402, it is determined whether a lottery permission flag is set on in step S6407. If an affirmative determination is made, operation of the effect button 125 is performed in step S6408. It is determined whether or not there is. If a negative determination is made in step S6407 or step S6408, the process is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6408, it is determined in step S6409 whether or not it is a probable big hit, and if an affirmative determination is made, a mission achievement lottery is performed in step S6410. In the following step S6411, it is determined whether or not the mission achievement lottery has been won. If a negative determination is made here, or if a negative determination is made in step S6409, the remaining lottery counter is set in step S6412. Subtract 1 Thereafter, in step S6413, it is determined whether or not the value of the remaining lottery counter is “0”. If a negative determination is made, the present process is terminated. If an affirmative determination is made, step S6413 is performed. In step S6414, the lottery permission flag is set to OFF, and the process ends.

  If the determination in step S6411 is affirmative, the mission achievement flag is set on in step S6415, and in step S6416, the fact that the specific mission effect has been cleared is taught by the display form of the decorative symbol display device 42. Processing for performing the performance is performed. In step S6417, the clear time measurement timer is stopped. In step S6418, the measurement value of the clear time measurement timer is stored in the mission clear time storage area.

  In subsequent step S6419, the lottery permission flag is set to OFF, and in step S6420, the value of the trial counter is set to “4”. When the server receives information indicating that the value of the trial counter is “3”, the time trial effect has been cleared, but the specific mission effect has not been cleared, that is, the clear time of the time trial effect is reached. Although there is data, it can be understood that there is no information on the clear time of the specific mission effect. Further, when the server receives information that the value of the trial counter is “4”, the server has cleared the specific mission effect, that is, the clear time data of the time trial effect and the clear time data of the specific mission effect. You can grasp that there are both.

  Thereafter, in step S6421, it is determined whether or not a mobile-linked game is in progress. If a negative determination is made in step S6421, the retrofit confirmation flag is set on in step S6422, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6421, the present process is terminated as it is. In the present embodiment, the mission second execution process is performed as in the third embodiment.

  Now, as described above, when participating in a specific effect in a state in which no mobile linked game is performed, the retrofit confirmation flag is set on. Next, processing (announcement start timing determination processing) performed when the retrofit confirmation flag is set to ON will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S6501, it is determined whether or not the retrofit confirmation flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S6501, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6501, it is determined in step S6502 whether or not a change display (variation information such as the value of the big hit random number counter C1) is held. Incidentally, since the announcement start timing determination process is a process on the sub-control device 262 side, the holding information storage area (see the second embodiment) provided in the RAM 553 of the sub-control device 262 is confirmed, and the determination in step S6502 is performed. I do.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6502, it is determined in step S6503 whether the variable display is being performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6502 or step S6503, the present process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6503, that is, if the variable display is interrupted, the retrofit confirmation flag is set to OFF in step S6504.

  In a succeeding step S6505, the announcement flag is set to ON. In step S6506, it is determined whether a demonstration screen is being displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S6506, an announcement screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 in step S6507, and control such as corresponding audio output is executed. In this embodiment, when a specific effect is performed in a state in which no mobile linked game is performed, an opportunity to participate in the mobile linked game is given at this timing, that is, the timing when the variable display is interrupted. In the case of participating in the game, the result of the specific effect this time is also sent to the server side and added to the accumulated information, and is reflected in the future game effect and the like.

  Therefore, in step S6507, display of an announcement screen (announcement display) for making an announcement to that effect is started. In this embodiment, “By participating in mobile linked games, you will be able to enjoy special effects according to your game history” or “To participate in mobile linked games now, Can be reflected, "or" the player who cleared the specific mission effect the earliest can set the contents of the next specific effect ".

  After step S6507, in step S6508, a value corresponding to the announcement time is set for the announcement control timer (for example, 1 minute), and then this process is terminated. For the announcement control timer, a subtraction process is performed in a timer interrupt process that is performed every predetermined time.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S6506, step S6507 is skipped and the process proceeds to step S6508. That is, in this embodiment, even if the pachinko machine 10 is not played, the specific effect is started internally, the retrofit confirmation flag is set on, and the process proceeds to step S6506. However, in that case, since it is not necessary to display the announcement screen, step S6507 is skipped.

  As will be described in detail later, the period during which the announcement screen can be displayed (announcement display period) also ends when the variable display is started. Therefore, when the demonstration screen display is performed on the surface and the announcement display period is internally, the demonstration screen display is terminated by starting the variable display (the demonstration screen display starts in the variable display). The announcement display period also ends, so that, for example, even if the player starts the game in the announcement display period internally, the game can proceed without any trouble. It has become.

  Next, the announcement execution process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S6601, it is determined whether or not the announcement flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S6601, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6601, it is determined in step S6602 whether or not variable display has been started.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6602, it is determined in step S6603 whether or not the value of the announcement control timer has become “0”. If a negative determination is made in step S6603, it is determined in step S6604 whether there is an additional write request input. That is, on the announcement screen (or a guidance screen described later), an option of “participating in mobile linked game” is displayed, and by operating the effect button 125 by moving the cursor there with the cross button 126, This is the additional request input.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6604, it is determined in step S6605 whether there is a guidance request input. In the present embodiment, an option “more in detail” is displayed on the announcement screen, and the guidance request input is made by operating the effect button 125 by moving the cursor there with the cross button 126. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6605 and a guidance request is input, a guidance screen is displayed in step S6606. In this embodiment, “The clear time of your specific mission production is ... second” or “The top 3 clear time top of the previous specific mission production is ... second, ... second, ... second. Etc. "is displayed. After step S6606, this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S 6605, it is determined in step S 6607 whether there is an announcement request input. In the present embodiment, on the guidance screen, the options “return” and “participate in mobile linked game” are displayed, and by operating the effect button 125 by moving the cursor to “return” with the cross-shaped button 126, This is the announcement request input. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6607, an announcement screen is displayed in step S6608, and the process is terminated. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6607, the present process is terminated as it is.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S6604, that is, if there is an additional write request input, an additional write flag is set on in step S6609, and an additional write screen is displayed in step S6610. In this embodiment, on the additional recording screen, guidance such as “I will perform the procedure to participate in mobile linked games” is displayed, “Mobile linked games are new to me”, and “I have a mobile linked game password. The option of “Who is” is displayed.

  In a succeeding step S6611, a value corresponding to a time (for example, 30 seconds) corresponding to a period for displaying the additional recording screen is set for the announcement control timer. Thereafter, in step S6613, the announcement flag is set to OFF, and then the present process is terminated. Note that the announcement screen and the guidance screen are terminated when the announcement flag is set to OFF.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S6603, that is, if the end time of the announcement period has come, in step S6612 the contents of the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area are erased, Reset the trial counter. In other words, for example, although the announcement screen is displayed, there is no willingness to play mobile linked games, and if it is left as it is or if no games are played, it was an announcement period internally, but that period If it is too long, it is not necessary to include information related to the specific effect in the code information on the code issuance screen (output this information to the outside), and it is not necessary to store it, so it is deleted here. ing. Then, after step S6612, the announcement flag is turned off in step S6613, and then this process is terminated.

  Furthermore, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6602, that is, if a variable display is started during display of the announcement screen or guidance screen (a game ball has entered the start winning unit 33), the process proceeds to step S6612. It is like that. In other words, for a player who does not intend to play mobile linked games, even if the fluctuation display is interrupted once and the announcement display is performed, the announcement display is performed by continuing to fire the game ball as it is The game can be continued as it is without causing a situation in which the progress of the game is delayed.

  In order to avoid a situation where the announcement screen was not intended to end, but the game ball was unintentionally fired to enter the start winning unit 33 and the announcement screen was erased unintentionally. For example, when an affirmative determination is made in step S6603, it is determined whether or not an announcement screen is being displayed. If an affirmative determination is made here, the player is asked whether or not the announcement screen display is to be terminated. An input screen may be displayed, or the announcement display may be reset, that is, the retrofit confirmation flag may be turned on again so that the announcement display is performed after the change display. When the latter configuration is adopted, the trial clear time storage area, the mission clear time storage area, and the trial counter storage information are maintained as they are at the time of resetting.

  Next, the additional recording process will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S6701, it is determined whether or not an additional recording screen is displayed. If a negative determination is made in step S6701, the process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S6701, it is determined in step S6702 whether or not the value of the announcement control timer is “0”.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S6702, the end time of the display period of the additional recording screen has arrived. In step S6703, the additional recording flag is set to OFF, and in step S6704, the trial clear time storage area and the mission are set. After clearing the contents stored in the clear time storage area and resetting the trial counter, this process is terminated. Note that the display of the additional recording screen ends when the additional recording flag is set to OFF.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6702, it is determined in step S6705 whether or not variable display is started. Even when an affirmative determination is made in step S6705, the process proceeds to step S6703 to end the additional recording screen and start the variable display.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S6705, whether or not there is an input for the first time registration in step S6706, that is, the selection item “Mobile-linked game for the first time” displayed on the additional recording screen is a cross. The cursor is moved with the button 126 to determine whether or not the effect button 125 has been pressed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S6706, a code issuance screen is displayed in step S6707. Here, a QR code for initial registration is issued, but in this QR code, information related to the current specific production (the value of the trial counter, the time trial production stored in the trial clear time storage area is cleared). The time and the clear time of the specific mission effect stored in the mission clear time storage area) are included.

  After step S6707, in step S6708, after the additional writing flag is turned off, this process is terminated. As for carrying the mobile linked game after this, the issued QR code is read by the communication portable terminal to access the server, and the initial registration is performed. Furthermore, the password issued by the server is input to the pachinko machine 10, and the game is resumed (start of mobile linked game) after the result of the specific effect is stored in the server. In addition, when the code issuance screen is deleted, the trial counter is reset, and the stored contents of the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area are deleted.

  If a negative determination is made in step S6706, it is determined in step S6709 whether or not there is an input indicating that a password has already been held, that is, the message “own mobile-related game password” displayed on the additional recording screen is displayed. It is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been pressed by placing the cursor with the cross button 126 on the selection item “the person who is doing”. If a negative determination is made in step S6709, the present process is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if a positive determination is made in step S6709, a password input screen is displayed in step S6710. Even if a password is entered on the password entry screen, the contents of the trial counter, trial clear time storage area, and mission clear time storage area will be retained as is. In addition to the game information and the like, such information is included in the QR code.

  In the present embodiment, when the password issued by the server is input to the pachinko machine 10, the storage area for storing information included in the input password constitutes the player specifying information storage means. By the way, in the present embodiment, information for identifying the player's game history and the like is stored in the pachinko machine 10, while information for identifying who the player is is stored in the pachinko machine 10. However, the specified information may be stored in the pachinko machine 10.

  As described above in detail, according to the fourth embodiment, similar to the third embodiment, a specific effect can be started simultaneously by a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model, and further, a portable communication terminal Through the, specific production information such as clear time can be sent to the server, and the production and the like derived during the next mobile linked game can be changed according to the result of summing the information. Therefore, the playability can be further improved by using the specific effects simultaneously performed by the plurality of pachinko machines 10.

  Further, according to the fourth embodiment, even when a specific effect is performed in a state that is not a mobile-linked game, information on the specific effect, that is, a time trial effect or a clear time of a specific mission effect is stored. If the player desires after the end of the specific effect, the information of the specific effect can be reflected in the mobile linked game. That is, for example, if you forgot to enter a password to start a mobile-linked game, or if you only want to spend a little time today, you can start playing without entering a password with a light feeling. When an unexpectedly good result is obtained, information indicating the result can be taken in later so as to be reflected in the mobile linked game. Therefore, it should give a good result in a specific performance, and it should be a happy feeling if it was originally, but because it does not play mobile-linked games and cannot capture that information, it becomes a feeling of disappointment, regret, etc. Can be avoided. Therefore, the convenience of the mobile linked game can be improved, and the mobile linked game can be performed with good mood.

  In addition, for players who had a sense of resistance, such as having trouble with mobile-linked games, “Because a good result was produced in a specific production, let's take this opportunity to start mobile-linked games.” Relatively strong motivation to participate in linked games can be performed. Therefore, by giving the opportunity to participate in the mobile linked game at a perfect timing, it is possible to dramatically increase the possibility that the player will participate in the mobile linked game.

  In addition, for example, when the arrival at the game hall is just before the start of the specific effect, or when the specific effect has already been started and the password for the mobile linked game is entered, the remaining period of the specific effect decreases. However, if a specific effect is performed for the time being and then a password is input later, the result of this specific effect can be reliably stored. Therefore, due to having to input a password immediately before or after the start of a specific effect, the remaining time of the specific effect is reduced, or a feeling of labor is given by inputting the password while rushing. Can be prevented, and you can fully enjoy the specific performance.

  In addition, according to the fourth embodiment, even when a game is not being performed by the player (even when the energy saving mode, so-called demonstration screen is displayed), when the timing for starting a specific effect has arrived, The measurement (measurement by the clear time measurement timer) for determining how quickly the specific condition has been achieved from the start of the production is started. For this reason, it becomes possible to participate in the specific effect on the way, and even if it is not in time for the start of the specific effect, if the game is started during the period of the specific effect, the specific effect can be enjoyed. In particular, for example, when the specific effect is an effect that is simultaneously started by a plurality of pachinko machines 10, we wanted to participate in the specific effect, but participated in the specific effect because it was not in time for the start of the specific effect. Therefore, it is possible to avoid a disappointing situation in which the user cannot simply watch a specific performance of the surrounding pachinko machine 10.

  In addition, for example, at the start timing of a specific production, it is possible to simply remove the seat by using the toilet, calling or buying a drink, or when the gaming machine is in a predetermined error state or the door is open, Even if it takes time to borrow the game, if the game is resumed during the period of the specific effect, the specific effect can be surely derived. Therefore, for example, when adopting a configuration in which the specific effect is not performed unless the game is played at the start timing of the specific effect, it becomes difficult to remove the seat when such timing approaches. When returning to the seat to play a game, it is possible to avoid situations such as being unable to participate in the specific performance alone, although the surroundings are performing the specific performance.

  The resumption of the game referred to here is also switching from the demonstration screen display to the normal game screen. In this example, when there is a ball entering the start winning devices 33a and 33b during the demonstration screen display, The display is switched from the demonstration screen display to a normal game screen (variation display, etc.). However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, when the turning operation of the handle 18 or the operation of the effect button 125 is detected, the demo screen display may be switched. In addition, another criterion may be set for a criterion that is considered to be in the game, or a game machine that does not display a demo screen (for example, a screen or power It may be applied to a case where the screen at the time of start-up is kept or the display is turned off and no longer displayed.

  Also, when it is time to start a specific effect in the energy-saving mode (demo screen display period) as a standby state that is generally provided to reduce power consumption, the measurement of the clear time measurement timer is started. On the other hand, an effect mode corresponding to a specific effect by the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like is not derived, that is, a demonstration screen display (the illumination of the decorative symbol display device 42 becomes dark, various lamps become dark, or the number of lamps to be lit up). Decrease, audio output is stopped, etc.). Therefore, the energy saving mode can be maintained as much as possible, and it can contribute by suppressing power consumption. Of course, the start timing of the specific effect arrives during the energy saving mode, and although there is no change on the surface, it is a specific effect internally (a state where the specific effect can be started at any time). By canceling the mode, you can immediately participate in a specific performance.

  Furthermore, in the fourth embodiment, when the variable display is interrupted after the end of the specific performance performed during the no-mobile linked game, an announcement display asking whether or not there is an intention to participate in the mobile-linked game is performed. It is like that. That is, here, it is asked whether or not to reflect the information related to the specific effect stored in each clear time storage area or the like in the mobile linked game, and the information related to the specific effect is obtained by making such an announcement. It is possible to suppress the situation of forgetting to reflect on the mobile linked game. In particular, since the announcement is made at the timing when the variable display is interrupted, that is, when the player may end the game, the situation of forgetting to reflect the information related to the specific effect in the mobile linked game is further increased. Can be suppressed.

  In addition, information regarding the specific effects executed during the no mobile linked game is determined to be unnecessary by the player in the announcement display (when an input indicating that it is not reflected in the mobile linked game is performed) Or, when the player finishes the game and the next player may start playing (when the announcement display period ends), it is deleted (trial clear time storage area). , Clear the mission clear time memory area and reset the trial counter). Thereby, when the player finishes the game and the next player plays the mobile linked game, it is possible to prevent the game information of the previous player (information related to the specific effect) from being mixed. . By the way, even if the announcement period ends, the information related to the specific effect is deleted, so that the player ends the game and returns without performing the corresponding input during the announcement period. Even so, it can be avoided that information relating to the specific effect remains and is reflected in another player.

  In addition, the present embodiment is configured to display a guidance screen that teaches a privilege that may be given to a player by participating in a mobile linked game at the time of announcement display. For this reason, it is possible to appeal at a perfect timing what kind of merits there are when participating in mobile linked games. Accordingly, participation in mobile linked games can be further promoted. Also, if you are not concerned about mobile-linked games at all (or have no knowledge of mobile-linked games) and somehow produce a good result in the specific performance of the pachinko machine 10 that started the game, Regret not knowing that you didn't participate in mobile-linked games because you know the benefits when a good result is obtained for a specific performance (in this example, you are granted the right to set the content for the next specific performance) The situation of doing can be suppressed.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, not only a privilege when participating in a mobile linked game but also past clear time data and the like of a specific mission effect are displayed. For this reason, the player compared to his clear time, “It seems that a good result was obtained by a specific production” → “It seems that an interesting production can be seen if this result is reflected” → “ It ’s easy to get involved. Accordingly, it is possible to more actively encourage participation in mobile linked games at the current timing.

  In the present embodiment, the specific effect is started during the mobile-linked game, and the mobile-linked game is stopped during the specified effect period (a QR code including various game information is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 and the screen is displayed. Even in the case of deleting), the clear time measurement timer continues to be measured during the period of the specific effect. Thereby, for example, even when another player plays the pachinko machine 10 immediately after the player ends the game during the specific effect period, the specific effect can be surely enjoyed. Therefore, the opportunity to participate in a specific performance can be increased. For example, the user wanted to participate in a specific performance, but the target pachinko machine 10 cannot be fully occupied and before the next specific performance starts. Can improve the convenience when it takes a relatively long time.

In addition, even if the big hit state occurs before the start of the specific effect and the start timing of the specific effect arrives during the big win state, the measurement of the clear time measurement timer is started. Therefore, when the jackpot state ends during the specific stage, the specific stage can be enjoyed after the jackpot state ends (fifth embodiment).
In the first embodiment and the like, the decorative symbol display device 42 displays a two-dimensional code including game information and selection information, and the game information and selection information and the like are sent from the pachinko machine 10 to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Although it is comprised so that transmission is possible, it does not specifically limit about the information transmitted to a server via a portable communication terminal from the pachinko machine 10, For example, it replaces with selection information or in addition to game information The specific measurement information indicating the number of occurrences of the specific event in the specific period or the time until the specific period ends may be transmitted.

  Hereinafter, the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38 with specific examples of specific periods and specific events. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment etc. about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  As shown in FIG. 37, the game board 30 of the present embodiment is provided with two variable winning devices 32 (first variable winning device 32a and second variable winning device 32b) and two start winning units 33 ( A first start winning device 33a and a second start winning device 33b). In addition, when there is a ball entering the first variable winning device 32a, 14 balls when there is a ball entering the second variable winning device 32b, and a ball entering the first start winning device 33a. If there is, two game balls are awarded, and if there is a ball entered into the second start winning device 33b, one game ball is paid out.

  The first start winning device 33a is provided below the variable display device unit 35, and the first variable winning device 32a is provided below the first start winning device 33a. Hereinafter, for convenience, a region located on the left side of the variable display device unit 35 in the game region is referred to as a “left side region”, and a region located on the right side of the variable display device unit 35 is referred to as a “right side region”. In addition, an area located on the left side of the center in the left-right direction of the game board 30 where the first start winning device 33a and the first variable winning device 32a are arranged on the downstream side of the left side region is referred to as a “lower left region”. That is, a region located on the right side of the game board 30 on the downstream side of the right-side region is referred to as a “lower right region”.

  The second start winning device 33b is provided near the boundary between the right side region and the lower right region.

  The second start winning device 33b has a shape called a general electronic tulip, like the start winning unit 33 in the first embodiment or the like. That is, a pair of blade members 37 are provided adjacent to both the left and right sides of the start winning opening where a game ball can enter. In the present embodiment, the game nail is disposed immediately above the start winning opening of the second start winning device 33b, and when the blade member 37 is in a closed state extending vertically, the above-mentioned game nail There is no room for a game ball to pass between the wing member 37 and the blade member 37). On the other hand, by changing the state of the blade member 37 to open to the outside, the game ball can enter the start winning opening.

  On the other hand, there is no blade member 37 in the first start winning device 33a, and the ease of entering the game ball is constant.

  The second variable winning device 32b is provided in the lower right region on the downstream side of the second start winning device 33b. The first and second variable winning devices 32a and 32b of the present embodiment are configured such that the lower edge portion of the big winning shutter is pivotally supported along the lower edge portion of the big winning opening. Yes. In addition, a first count switch 223a and a second count switch 223b for detecting a game ball that has entered the grand prize winning opening are provided, and when a game ball is detected by the count switches 223a and 223b, Fourteen and thirteen prize balls are awarded (game balls are paid out), respectively.

  The first start winning device 33a and the second start winning device 33b are also provided with a first start winning switch 224a and a second starting winning switch 224b, respectively, for detecting the winning game balls. When game balls are detected by the start winning switches 224a and 224b, two or one prize balls are awarded as described above, and whether or not a big hit state or the like is generated is determined. The lottery is performed, and the special display devices 43L and 43R (and the decorative symbol display device 42) perform variable display.

  In the present embodiment, when a winning combination is won in the winning lottery triggered by the winning of a game ball to the first start winning device 33a (detection of the first start winning switch 224a), the first variable winning device 32a is When a jackpot state, which is an open state, occurs, and a winning game is won in the winning lottery triggered by the winning of a game ball to the second start winning device 33b (detection of the second start winning switch 224b), A jackpot state is generated in which the two variable winning device 32b is opened.

  In addition, in the winning lottery triggered by winning the first start winning device 33a, when winning a big win that is given a high winning state (probability change mode or time reduction mode) after the jackpot ends, The game ball is fired toward the right side area (so-called right hit).

  Note that only one through gate 34 is provided on the upstream side of the second start winning device 33b. In other words, if the player does not make a right turn, he / she cannot receive a pitching support lottery as to whether or not to open the second start winning device 33b (blade member 37). However, in the low entry state (the normal mode or the latent probability mode in which the high probability state and the low entry state are established), the probability of winning in the entry support lottery is low, and as described above, it is in the closed state. Since it is impossible to enter the second start winning device 33b, the game ball is fired (left-handed) toward the left side region in the low entry state.

  In addition, the second start winning device 33b of the present embodiment is provided with an assist winning port 40 through which a game ball moving in the game area can enter directly above the central portion of the large winning shutter in the left-right direction. When a game ball is detected by a detection switch (not shown) that counts the game balls that have entered the assist winning opening 40, three game balls are paid out to the upper plate 19 or the lower plate 15. Due to the presence of the assist winning opening 40, the number of winning holes to enter when the game ball is launched toward the right side area (so-called right hit) increases, and the game has not entered the second start winning apparatus 33b. The game ball is placed in the assist winning opening during the jackpot state in which the ball enters the assist winning opening 40 or the second variable winning apparatus 32b is opened (both during the round period and the interval period in the arrangement of the present embodiment). Or enter 40. For this reason, in the time reduction mode, the number of game balls is substantially reduced (even if the number of game balls entering the second start winning device 32b is one smaller than that of the first start winning device 32a). You can play games without. Further, in the jackpot state in which the second variable winning device 32b is opened, more game balls are acquired (or the winning balls when they are entered are the first variable winnings as compared to the case where there is no assist winning opening 40). Although it is smaller than the device 32a, it is possible to make up for that, and to make up for it.

  In the present embodiment, the number of game balls launched by the launching device 60 is measured. More specifically, a launch detection switch 401 is provided as a launch detection means for detecting a game ball moving on a launch rail 61 that guides a game ball launched by the launch device 60. The launch detection switch 401 is provided on the distal end side of the launch rail 61 with respect to the launch position at which the game ball is hit by the launch device 60 in the launch rail 61, and does not detect the game ball at the launch position. However, it is provided in the vicinity of the launch position where there is little blurring of the game ball launched by the launch device 60 as much as possible.

  Further, although not shown in the drawings, as a return ball detection means that detects a game ball that has been launched by the launching device 60 and directed to the game area while being guided by the rail 50 but has not reached the guide area and has flowed back through the rail 50. A foul ball detection switch is provided. In this embodiment, it is provided in a foul ball path 72 (see FIG. 3) as a missed ball return path that communicates with the gap between the firing rail 61 and the rail 50 (outer rail component 52). In the present embodiment, a guide passage is configured by the firing rail 61 and the rail 50.

  In addition, the RAM 503 of the main control device 261 is provided with a firing number counter as specific measuring means for counting the number of game balls launched into the game area. Furthermore, the firing detection switch 401 and the foul ball detection switch are electrically connected to the input / output port 505 of the main controller 261. When the detection by the firing detection switch 401 is detected, the firing number counter is counted up, and when the detection by the foul ball detection switch is detected, the firing number counter is counted down.

  Furthermore, in this embodiment, it is comprised so that the number of game balls emitted can be grasped according to the situation. That is, the firing number counter of the present embodiment is a first firing number counter that counts the number of firings in all states, and a second firing number counter that counts the number of firings in the jackpot state in which the first variable winning device 32a is opened. The third variable number winning device 32b includes a third number-of-fires counter that counts the number of shots in the jackpot state in which the open state is opened, and a fourth number-of-fires counter that counts the number of shots in the high-ball game state.

  Here, a shot ball counting process for counting the number of game balls shot will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S8101, it is determined whether or not there is detection information of the firing detection switch 401. If the determination in step S8101 is affirmative, in step S8102, it is a big hit that occurs in the low pitched state and the first variable winning device 32a is opened (hereinafter also referred to as "first big win state"). ) To determine whether it is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8102, in step S8103, 1 is added to the values of the first firing number counter and the second firing number counter, and then this process ends.

  Also, if a negative determination is made in step S8102, it is a big hit that occurs in the high pitched state in step S8104 and the second variable winning device 32b is opened (hereinafter, “second big win”). It is determined whether or not it is in a state. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8104, in step S8105, 1 is added to the values of the first firing number counter and the third firing number counter, and then this process ends.

  Furthermore, if a negative determination is made in step S8104, it is determined in step S8106 whether or not a high-pitch entry state is in effect (probability change mode or time reduction mode). If an affirmative determination is made in step S8106, 1 is added to the values of the first firing number counter and the fourth firing number counter in step S8107, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S8106, 1 is added to the value of the first firing number counter in step S8108, and then this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8101, it is determined in step S8109 whether there is detection information on the foul ball detection switch. If a negative determination is made in step S8109, the present process is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8109, it is determined in step S8110 whether the first big hit state is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8110, in step S8111 the value of the first and second firing number counters is decremented by 1, and then this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8110, it is determined in step S8112 whether the second big hit state is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8112, in step S8113 the value of the first and third firing number counters is decremented by 1, and then the present process ends.

  Furthermore, if a negative determination is made in step S8112, it is determined in step S8114 whether or not a high pitching state is present. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8114, in step S8115, 1 is subtracted from the values of the first and fourth firing number counters, and then the present process is terminated. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S8114, in step S8116, the value of the first firing number counter is decremented by 1, and then this process ends.

  In addition, although individual detailed description is omitted, in this embodiment, in addition to the number of game balls fired, the number of occurrences of the first jackpot state, the number of occurrences of the second jackpot state, the through gate in the high pitched state And a specific measurement counter for measuring the number of game balls passed to 34 and the number of game balls entered to the second starting prize-winning device 33b in the high entry state. ing.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the number of firings described above, the number of occurrences of the first jackpot state, the number of occurrences of the second jackpot state, the number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 34 in the high pitched state, The specific measurement means for measuring the number of game balls entering the second start winning device 33b and the specific measurement counters as the specific storage means correspond from the start of the mobile linked game to the end of the mobile linked game. A personal specific measurement counter that measures a value to be measured, and a statistical specific measurement counter that measures a corresponding value for a predetermined period (for example, three days) regardless of the mobile linked game are provided. The specific measurement counter for statistics is not measured for the total value for a predetermined period, but is divided for each day. For example, if it is the structure which memorize | stores the specific measurement value of the specific measurement counter for 3 days, it will memorize | store the value of the 1 day previous storage area which memorize | stores the value of various specific measurement counters 1 day ago, and the value of various specific measurement counters 2 days ago 2 days before storage area, and when the power is turned off, the value of 2 days before storage area is erased, the value of 1 day before storage area is shifted to 2 days before storage area, and the final specific measurement value for 1 day of the day May be stored in the storage area one day ago. In the present embodiment, the first and second variable winning devices 32a and 32b constitute variable pitching means, the second starting prize winning device 33b constitutes opening and closing pitching means and starting pitching means, and the through gate 34 supports. A ball entry means is configured. In addition, the first to fourth firing number counters, the number of occurrences of the first jackpot state, the number of occurrences of the second jackpot state, the number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 34 in the high entry state, the second in the high entry state The measurement value of the specific measurement counter that measures the number of game balls entering the start winning device 33b corresponds to the specific measurement information.

  And, when a player who has performed mobile linked game performs a code issuing process for issuing a QR code on the decorative symbol display device 42 (display means) in order to end the mobile linked game, the jackpot state during the mobile linked game In addition to game information such as the total number of occurrences and the total number of fluctuations, a QR code including measurement information of the first to fourth firing number counters and other specific measurement counters is issued. When the QR code display screen is closed, the values of the various specific measurement counters of the individual player are deleted, whereas the specific measurement counters for statistics are not deleted at that time (for example, 3 days It will be erased when it has passed).

  In addition, the gaming machine manufacturer that operates the server can grasp the operating status of the pachinko machine 10 based on the value of the first number-of-launches counter. Further, it is possible to grasp the status of game nails around the first variable winning device 32a based on the number of jackpot states in which the first variable winning device 32a is opened and the value of the second firing number counter. It is possible to grasp the status of game nails around the second variable winning device 32b and the like based on the number of jackpot states in which the second variable winning device 32b is opened and the value of the third firing number counter it can. In addition, based on the number of game balls entering the second start winning device 33b and the value of the fourth firing number counter in the high winning state, the status of the game nails around the second start winning device 33b, etc. It is possible to grasp, and based on the number of passages of the through gate 34 in the high ball entering state and the value of the fourth firing number counter, it is possible to grasp the state of the game nails around the through gate 34 and the like.

  Further, in the present embodiment, ranking of mobile linked games is performed according to the number of game balls fired in the player's mobile linked game, and the contents of the production can be changed according to the rank ( It is designed to derive productions that could not be derived until now, and to enhance customization functions).

  As described above in detail, in the fifth embodiment, when performing a mobile linked game in which information is exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the server via the mobile communication terminal, the QR displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 is displayed. When the game information (history / experience) etc. that can grasp the player's game history is included in the code, the first to fourth firing number counters for measuring the number of specific events in a specific period and other specifics Specific measurement information of the measurement counter (total number of shots during the first jackpot state, total number of shots during the high pitched state, number of winnings to the second start winning device 33b in the high pitched state, etc.) is also included. It is configured. For this reason, the gaming machine manufacturer operating the server collects and analyzes not only gaming information but also specific measurement information, and at the site where the pachinko machine 10 is actually installed and played (such as a gaming hall). It is possible to quickly and accurately grasp the usage status, etc. Therefore, development of a better pachinko machine 10 can be promoted with reference to such information.

  More specifically, in the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state in which a game ball is launched aiming at the first variable prize device 32a or the second variable prize device 32b, the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state is It is possible to know how many game balls have been fired before the end. That is, the big hit state is ended when the upper limit number of game balls are entered into the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b, so that the game in the first big winning state or the second big winning state is ended. By counting the total number of shots of the ball (total number of shots of the game ball required to finish the jackpot state), it is easy to enter the game ball into the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b ( The situation of game nails and the like around the variable winning devices 32a and 32b) can be grasped.

  For example, the time until the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state ends is measured, and based on this, the game balls can easily enter the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b. It is also conceivable to configure such that it can be estimated. However, there is a possibility that it cannot be handled when an error state occurs in the jackpot state. For this reason, as in the present embodiment, it is desirable to estimate (understand) how easily the game ball reaches the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b by the number of game balls fired.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the number of game balls launched in the high pitched state, the number of game balls that entered the second start winning device 33b in the high pitched state (probability change mode and time reduction mode), The number of game balls that have passed through the through gate 34 in the high entry state is also counted, and the specific count information is transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, based on the number of game balls launched in the high entry state and the number of game balls entered in the second start winning device 33b in the high entry state, the game balls launched in the high entry state It is possible to grasp the ratio of the number of game balls that have entered the second start winning device 33b in the total number of players, that is, the ease of entering the second start winning device 33b in a high entering state. More specifically, the high pitched state of the present embodiment is a period in which the game ball is launched to the right side area (so-called right-handed) aiming at the second start winning device 33b in the open state. Yes, the site where the pachinko machine 10 is actually installed and played (by a game hall, etc.) by measuring the total number of game balls fired in the high pitched state and the total number of balls entered into the second start winning device 33b Thus, it is possible to grasp the situation of the game ball reaching the second start winning device 33b, for example, the situation of game nails around the second start winning device 33b.

  In addition, for example, the length (time) of the period in which a high winning state has been entered and the number of game balls that have entered the second starting winning device 33b are measured, and based on these, the second starting winning device is measured. It is also conceivable that the ease of entering a game ball into 33b can be estimated. However, if a game ball is continuously fired in a high pitched state and a period in which the game ball is not fired in a high pitched state (for example, a break etc.) is compared, In the latter case, although the ball is launched, the ratio of the game balls entering the second start winning device 33b is relatively greatly reduced, and the ease of reaching the game balls to the second start winning device 33b is improved. There is a risk that it will not be the material to judge. For this reason, as in this embodiment, it is desirable to estimate (understand) the ease of reaching the game ball to the second start winning device 33b by the number of game balls fired.

  In addition, based on the number of game balls fired in the high entry state and the number of game balls passed through the through gate 34 in the high entry state, the total number of game balls launched in the high entry state The ratio of the number of game balls that have passed through the through gate 34, that is, the ease of passing through the through gate 34 in a high-injection state can be grasped. More specifically, by measuring the total number of game balls fired during the right-handed period and the total number of balls entered into the through gate 34, the site where the pachinko machine 10 is actually installed and played (game hall or the like) ) Of the game ball to the through gate 34, for example, the situation of game nails around the through gate 34, and the like.

  Also, in the fifth embodiment, ranking of mobile linked games is performed according to the number of game balls fired in the player's mobile linked game, and the contents of the production can be changed according to the rank. It is like that. That is, in the first embodiment, as a rule (reference) for measuring how much the predetermined player has played the predetermined pachinko machine 10 so far, for example, the number of occurrences of the jackpot state that is advantageous for the player, The number of times of winning or losing the lottery or the number of balls entered into the start winning unit 33 may be mentioned. These are the game development (luck) for each player and the pachinko machine 10 in which the player is playing. It can vary greatly depending on the situation such as game nails. On the other hand, as in the fifth embodiment, the number of game balls that have been launched into the game area is counted, and this is used as a ruler for measuring how much a predetermined pachinko machine 10 has been played so far. Thus, a fairer evaluation will be performed. For this reason, for example, compared to a player who has the same number of game times and a large number of occurrences of jackpot states, it is not evaluated and is not interesting, and it is possible to suppress a situation such as being away from the game itself.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, a launch detection switch 401 that detects a game ball moving on the launch rail 61 is provided, and based on the detection information of the launch detection switch 401, the number of shots of the game ball is measured. It is configured. For this reason, for example, counting can be performed more accurately than in the case of counting the number of firings based on the operation of the launching device 60. Further, by providing the launch detection switch 401 in the game area, the action of the game ball is hindered by the launch detection switch 401, or when the launch detection switch 401 is visually recognized in the game area, the design is deteriorated. This can be prevented.

  Further, a foul ball detection switch is provided for detecting the game ball discharged from the gap between the guide rail 50 and the launch rail 61 to the foul ball passage 72 (see FIG. 3) by flowing backward through the guide rail 50. . Thereby, it is possible to prevent a game ball that has been launched by the launching device 60 but has not reached the game area from being included in the count of game balls that have been launched into the game area. Further, since the launch detection switch 401 is provided on the launch rail 61 side, it does not detect a game ball that has flowed backward through the guide rail 50. Further, the foul ball detection switch does not detect a game ball moving on the guide rail 50. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably grasp the number of game balls that have been launched into the game area. In addition, by providing the launch detection switch 401 as close to the launch device 60 as possible, the configuration for ensuring the detection while avoiding the collision between the launch detection switch 401 and the game ball can be simplified. Can be planned.

  In the present embodiment, the specific counter that measures specific count information such as the number of shots of a game ball is not only for a player who performs a mobile linked game, but also when a player is changed during the day. There is also a statistical one for measuring specific counting information after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on that day. Then, when the player ends the mobile linked game, the mobile communication terminal reads the QR code and accesses the server. In addition to various game information, not only the specific count information for the individual player but also the statistical setting. The count information is also sent to the server side. Thereby, more specific measurement information can be obtained in the server.

(Sixth embodiment)
In the first embodiment and the like, when the mobile linked game is terminated, the player holds the mobile communication terminal by hand with the two-dimensional code including the game information and selection information displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. It is configured that the player manually inputs the password displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal that has accessed the server into the pachinko machine 10 when performing the reading operation and starting the mobile linked game. The configuration is not limited.

  Hereinafter, the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 44 and the like, with specific examples of specific periods and specific events. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment etc. about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  As shown in FIG. 40, the resin base 38 of the inner frame 12 is provided with a sub display device 411 as a display means constituted by a liquid crystal display device at a position corresponding to the lower right portion of the game board 30. That is, in the first embodiment and the like, the QR code as the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, but in the present embodiment, the code information as the code information is displayed. The QR code is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 only once at the time of initial registration, and the rest is displayed on the sub display device 411.

  Further, a mobile camera 412 as a photographing position detecting unit is provided immediately above the center of the sub display device 411. The mobile camera 412 is electrically connected to the sub-control device 262, and the sub-display device 411 is electrically connected to a dedicated display control device (not shown) that is driven and controlled based on a signal from the sub-control device 262. ing. In addition, as shown in FIG. 40, the registration number of the pachinko machine 10 to be attached to the front surface of the game board 30 is shown at a position directly below the sub display device 411 in the resin base 38 of the inner frame 12. A viewing window 413 is formed to allow the certificate paper (not shown) to be visible from the front.

  As shown in FIGS. 39, 41, etc., the front frame set 14 can be provided with a mobile communication terminal 431 at a position corresponding to the front of the sub display device 411, the mobile camera 412, and the viewing window 413. An installation section 414 is provided. The installation portion 414 has a substantially pocket shape that opens upward and to the left, and is basically composed of a transparent resin material (for example, polypropylene). However, the rear wall portion of the installation portion 414 of the present embodiment is configured by a transparent glass unit 137.

  As shown in FIG. 41 and the like, the mobile communication terminal 431 targeted in this embodiment is a single plate-like body, which has a display unit 432 (liquid crystal display unit) at least on the front surface side and on the back surface side. A smartphone provided with a camera (hereinafter referred to as a portable camera 433) as a photographing unit is intended. Note that the mobile communication terminal 431 of this embodiment has a function capable of reading a QR code, and a device having a function for reading a QR code including the mobile camera 433 constitutes a reading device. However, you may comprise so that not only a smart phone but the portable communication terminal of another form can also be utilized.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 41, FIG. 43 (a), FIG. 44, and the like, the installation unit 414 is configured to be able to install the mobile communication terminal 431 in a posture in which the display unit 432 stands up frontward or rearward. Yes. In other words, the mobile communication terminal 431 cannot be installed in a state where the mobile communication terminal 431 is turned sideways or laid down (it may be mounted so as to protrude to the left side, but the code information displayed on the sub display device 411 is transferred to the mobile communication The details such as causing the terminal 431 to read the above function do not function at all). In addition, as shown in FIG. 43, the installation part 414 is provided with the attachment piece 415 in which the screw hole 416 for attaching the said installation part 414 to the main body of the front frame set 14 was formed. The attachment piece 415 is covered with a decorative cover attached to the front side of the front frame set 14 after the installation portion 414 is attached (hidden substantially invisible) (see FIG. 39). ).

  As shown in FIGS. 43, 44, etc., in this embodiment, a lift device 421 is provided as a driving means that can displace the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 up and down. The lift device 421 includes a base 422 disposed so as to overlap above the bottom wall 417 of the installation part 414, and the base 422 is provided with a motor (not shown) provided on the back side of the front frame set 14. Thus, the lower “code reading position” shown in FIG. 44A and the upper “code reading position” shown in FIG. 44B are displaced vertically. As will be described in detail later, the “code reading position” is not a pinpoint position but has a certain range.

  In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 44 (a), basically, the mobile communication terminal 431 is placed in a posture in which the display unit 432 faces forward in a state where the base 422 is in the “code reading position” below ( The portable camera 433 on the back side of the portable communication terminal 431 is set within the display area of the sub display device 411. That is, the mobile camera 433 has a relative positional relationship in which the code information displayed on the sub display device 411 can be read.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 44 (b), with the base 422 in the upper “code reading position”, the mobile communication terminal 431 is in a posture in which the display unit 432 faces rearward (hereinafter also referred to as “rearward”). By installing the mobile camera 412 on the pachinko machine 10 side, the mobile communication terminal 431 is within the range of the display unit 432. That is, the mobile camera 412 has a relative positional relationship in which the code information displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be read. Incidentally, the base 422 includes a stopper protrusion 423 that protrudes upward from the left end, and the mobile communication terminal 431 on which the base 422 is placed is configured not to easily drop off from the base 422 and thus the installation part 414 to the left. Has been.

  However, as shown in FIG. 43A, the upper edge portion of the right side wall portion 418 of the installation portion 414 is positioned below the upper edge portion of the front wall portion 419 and the lower edge portion of the right side wall portion 418. Is located above the bottom wall portion 417, and the upper edge portion of the stopper projection 423 is located considerably below the upper edge portion of the right side wall portion 418 of the installation portion 414. With this configuration, the upper right part of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation part 414 is pushed to the left, the mobile communication terminal 431 is tilted, and the upper left part of the mobile communication terminal 431 protrudes to the left from the installation part 414. It is easy to take out from the installation part 414.

  As shown in FIG. 44 (a), the viewing window 413 is located above the bottom wall 417 of the installation part 414 and the base 422 at the code reading position (downward position). In a state where the mobile communication terminal 431 is not installed on the 414, the viewing window 413 is connected via the front wall 419 of the transparent installation unit 414 or the portion of the glass unit 137 corresponding to the rear wall of the installation unit 414. You can see the stamp on the back side. Further, the sub display device 411 is positioned below the upper edge portion of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414, and the vertical width of the sub display device 411 of the present embodiment is the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414. It is slightly shorter than half of the top and bottom width. That is, the area and arrangement of the display area of the sub display device 411 are set assuming a range that can be opposed to the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431. However, it is avoided that the display area becomes larger than necessary. The area of the display unit 432 of the communication terminal 431 is smaller. In addition, in the present embodiment, the mobile camera 412 is also positioned below the upper edge portion of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414. As a result, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the player may feel disgust that the mobile camera 412 is directed toward the player.

  In addition, the installation part 414 is formed slightly large so that it can respond to the shape (size) of as many smartphones and smartphone cases as possible. Further, the front frame set 14 has no uneven design immediately above the installation portion 414 so that the operation of inserting and removing the mobile communication terminal 431 with respect to the installation portion 414 is not hindered. Some mobile communication terminals 431 have a camera on the surface side where the display unit 432 is provided, but are not used in this embodiment. In addition, in this embodiment, although it does not respond | correspond to a tablet-type terminal larger than a smart phone, you may make it respond | correspond.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 41, a center alignment line 420 extending in the front-rear direction as a mark is formed on the upper surface of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414. In the present embodiment, the center alignment line 420 and the center of the mobile camera 412 in the horizontal width direction are aligned in the left-right direction. For this reason, by aligning the center alignment line 420 and the center of the mobile communication terminal 431 in the horizontal width direction, the horizontal width center of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the center of the mobile camera 412 in the horizontal width direction are obtained in the left-right direction. It is supposed to match.

Next, the flow of mobile linked games in this embodiment will be described. First, when the mobile registration game is registered for the first time (refer to the first embodiment), the mobile communication terminal 431 reads the QR code dedicated to the initial registration displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 and directly accesses the server using the mobile communication terminal 431. In this case, if the user agrees with the item “start download of a dedicated application”, an application for mobile linked gaming (hereinafter also referred to as “linked application”) is downloaded to the mobile communication terminal 431. By downloading the linked app to the mobile communication terminal 431, the mobile communication terminal 431 can execute an operation related to the mobile linked game, which will be described in detail later. Also, by performing the initial registration, a password is issued from the server. Become so. As shown in FIG. 41 and the like, the password 434 of this embodiment is not composed of a series (combination) of symbols (characters, numbers, etc.), but in the form of a two-dimensional code (in this example, a QR code). publish. Although the password 434 in this example is in the form of a QR code, it is described as “password 434” for convenience in the following description. In the present embodiment, the password 434 displayed in the form of a QR code on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 corresponds to “media information”.

  Furthermore, in the password 434 of the present embodiment, for example, information such as the rank of the mobile linked game based on the player's previous game information, information about the player's game preference (information based on the selection information), Information specifying the player (mobile communication terminal 431), information indicating various settings set by the player on the web page of the server (for example, customization of effects such as selecting a character costume), and the previous mobile Information related to linked games (for example, how many days have passed, how many times the previous game has been won), information for various notifications from game machine manufacturers, and the like are included. Correspondingly, on the pachinko machine 10 side, the information included in the password is stored, and the reflected information referred to when reflecting the information in the mobile linked game (executing the mobile linked game based on the information) As a storage means, not only the rank storage area and the preference information storage area, but also an area for storing various settings set by the player on the web page of the server, and an area for storing information corresponding to information related to the previous mobile linked game In addition, an area for storing various notices from a gaming machine manufacturer is provided.

  When starting the second or subsequent mobile linked game, touching the linked app icon displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 to start the linked app starts the mobile linked game. A choice of “Do you want to issue a password?” Is displayed, and by touching it, the server is accessed and the password 434 is displayed on the display unit 432. . As described above, the password 434 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is displayed at the upper center of the display unit 432 as shown in FIG.

  Then, the portable communication terminal 431 is set to the state where the password 434 is displayed on the display unit 432, while the pachinko machine 10 side operates the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, and the decorative symbol display device 42 Open the password entry screen from the menu screen. By opening the password input screen, an announcement display that the mobile communication terminal 431 should be installed backward (see FIG. 41) on the installation unit 414 is displayed on the screen, and the sub display device 411 also displays For example, change the background color and announce that you should place it here (for example, flashing to show that the installation location is here, and the letter “Please place here” appears) Done. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 44 (b), the base 422 of the lift device 421 is configured to be displaced to the upper “code reading position”.

  After the state is adjusted as described above, the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 in a rearward direction. At this time, using the center alignment line 420 formed on the upper surface of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414 as a guide, the center line of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the left and right positions of the mobile camera 412 are aligned. This will also be announced on the password entry screen). The mobile camera 412 can grasp that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414. For example, it is possible to grasp that the mobile communication terminal 431 has been installed or the like by confirming the passage of the mobile communication terminal 431 or the like ahead and then detecting no operation for a predetermined time.

  When the mobile camera 412 can read the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the portable communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414, the password 434 is read and reflected as it is. Do. In the present embodiment, the mobile camera 412 serving as the photographing position detecting means (functions corresponding to this will be described later) also serves as the reading means.

  When the reading and reflecting of the password 434 is completed, the password input screen displays a message indicating that the password input is completed, and an option asking whether or not to use the smartphone link function described later in detail. If the user chooses not to use the option or completes the use of the smartphone link function to be described later, the password input screen is closed (the button 18 may be turned off by operating the effect button 125 or the like. It may be caused to disappear due to an operation), and a state in which a mobile linked game can be started (for example, a state in which game information is stored and stored). Further, as shown in FIG. 44 (a), the base 422 of the lift device 421 is configured to be displaced to a lower “code reading position”.

  On the other hand, although it is confirmed that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 by the mobile camera 412, the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is displayed by the mobile camera 412. If the decoration symbol display device 42 cannot read the password 434 when it cannot be read, the central portion of the mobile communication terminal 431 in the left-right direction matches the center alignment line 420. Announcement display such as operating the cross button 126 to shift the position of the mobile communication terminal 431 is performed.

  In addition, after input of the password, when an input corresponding to using the smartphone link function is performed on the password input screen, the mobile communication terminal 431 is once taken out from the installation unit 414, turned over (forward-facing), and then installed. An announcement for re-installation is displayed at 414. Furthermore, on the mobile communication terminal 431 side, an item indicating whether or not the password has been input is displayed on the display unit 432 (displayed as an area that is not an area used for displaying the password 434, which is the lower half area in this example). When “Yes” is selected, an option as to whether to use the smartphone link function is displayed, so the option to use is selected (this operation is also displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42).

  In addition, when an input operation using the smartphone link function is performed, the mobile camera 412 is set in a shooting state, and when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 in a forward direction, the mobile camera 412 performs a mobile operation. The position of the portable camera 433 of the communication terminal 431 is specified. When the position of the portable camera 433 can be specified by the mobile camera 412, or when the position of the portable camera 433 can be generally specified, the sub display device 411 has code information (effect code information) at a position facing the portable camera 433. A QR code (hereinafter also referred to as “production code 424”) is displayed. When reading of the effect code 424 is started by the portable camera 433, the light emitting unit 435 provided adjacent to the portable camera 433 on the back surface of the portable communication terminal 431 by the function of the linked app (see FIG. 41). Is now emitting light. When the light emission is detected by the mobile camera 412, the state in which the effect code 424 is displayed at that position is maintained.

  On the other hand, when the confirmation light emission from the mobile communication terminal 431 cannot be detected, the effect code 424 is displayed while being displaced around the position that is generally specified as the position where the mobile camera 433 exists. In some cases, the production code 424 may be enlarged or reduced. In the present embodiment, the mobile camera 412 serving as the photographing position detecting means and the reading means also serves as the reading cue detecting means. In the present embodiment, the function of the sub control device 262 that displays the QR code (production code 424 and the like) on the sub display device 411 and the corresponding display control device constitute information output means.

  Further, when the reading of the effect code by the portable camera 433 is completed, the light emitting unit 435 provided adjacent to the portable camera 433 on the back surface of the portable communication terminal 431 again emits light by the function of the linked app. ing. When the light emission is detected by the mobile camera 412, the password input screen is deleted, and an announcement for starting a mobile linked game (starting the launch of a game ball) is performed.

  When the mobile camera 412 cannot identify the position of the portable camera 433, the position where the effect code 424 is displayed on the sub display device 411 is regularly and sequentially displaced. In the present embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 42A, the effect code 424 is displayed in the upper left corner of the display area of the sub display device 411, and then the effect code 424 is slid to the right. When it reaches the right end, it slides to a position shifted downward by a half pitch of the vertical width of the production code 424 and then turns back and slides to the right. Hereinafter, the signal is started to be slid in a zigzag manner until a signal to start reading from the mobile communication terminal 431 side is confirmed, or until the production code 424 goes through the display area of the sub display device 411.

  If the sign of the start of reading from the mobile communication terminal 431 side is not confirmed even if the effect code 424 moves along the route of FIG. 42A, the effect code 424 is changed according to the route of FIG. Move. If the signal for starting reading from the mobile communication terminal 431 is not confirmed, an announcement display such as shifting the position of the mobile communication terminal 431 is performed on the decorative symbol display device 42.

  The mobile communication terminal 431 that has read the effect code 424 analyzes information included in the effect code 424 and performs a corresponding effect (linked effect) by the function of the linked app. There are not a single type of effect code 424 but a large number are prepared, and the display is switched in conjunction with the effect in the decorative symbol display device 42. In addition, the interlocking effects include not only an effect for further enhancing the effects performed on the pachinko machine 10 side, but also supplementary explanations of effects performed on the pachinko machine 10 side. Incidentally, the interlocking effect is performed using a function of the mobile communication terminal 431, for example, the display unit 432, a speaker, or a vibration device.

  For example, when a fish school notice effect with about 40% expected occurrence to the big hit state occurs together with the occurrence of the reach state, and further when the dolphin group notice effect occurs on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the jackpot The occurrence expectation to the state may be improved to about 80%, and the occurrence of the jackpot state may be determined when the whale notice effect is generated. Further, for example, a game description of “specific effects” (such as searching for a platinum fish school within a specified time) in the third embodiment or the like may be performed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431. Further, for example, the player receives an incoming call using the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the speaker, and the vibration device (activating the vibrator function) in conjunction with the effect of the decorative symbol display device 42. When the player picks up the portable communication terminal 431 (separated from the installation unit 414), it is derived on the display unit 432 or the like of the portable communication terminal 431 (for example, picked up by the hand). You may make it the structure which makes a visual effect which the display mode changes after a moment or predetermined time make it visually recognize. Further, when it is difficult to read characters or the like displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, use the function for enlarging the display of the display unit 432, which is a function of the mobile communication terminal 431 itself, You can also.

  When the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 and a mobile linked game (smartphone link) is performed, the supplementary explanation as described above is displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the mobile link is performed. When no game is being performed or when the mobile communication terminal 431 is not installed in the installation unit 414 even during the mobile linked game, the supplementary explanation is performed on the sub display device 411 itself of the pachinko machine 10. May be.

  When the mobile linked game is terminated, a code issue screen is displayed from the menu screen. In the present embodiment, the QR code as code information including today's game information and the like is also displayed on the sub display device 411. Here, as described above, in the case where the mobile communication terminal 431 performs a linked effect linked to the effect of the pachinko machine 10 (using the smartphone link function), the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 Since the position identification has already been completed, a QR code for ending the mobile linked game is displayed at this position.

  Then, a signal indicating that reading of the QR code is started from the portable communication terminal 431 (flash of the light emitting unit 435) and a signal indicating that reading of the QR code is completed (second flash of the light emitting unit 435) Is detected by the mobile camera 412, and the display of the code issuance screen is terminated, and the decorative symbol display device 42 has completed the transmission of information, so be sure to take away the mobile communication terminal 431 and take it away. A prevention announcement is displayed.

  The misplacement prevention announcement display is configured to end when the mobile camera 412 confirms the removal operation of the mobile communication terminal 431 (the operation of the mobile communication terminal 431 or the player's hand). In the present embodiment, the mobile camera 412 serving as an imaging position detection unit, a reading unit, and a reading cue detection unit also serves as an installation detection unit. In addition, the base 422 is displaced to the upper code reading position so that the mobile communication terminal 431 can be easily taken out from the installation unit 414 when a signal indicating that reading of the QR code is completed from the portable communication terminal 431 is detected. Then, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is taken out from the installation unit 414, the base 422 may be returned to the lower code reading position.

  When the smartphone link function is not used, the same work as that performed when the use of the smartphone link function is started is performed. That is, when the code issue screen is displayed from the menu screen, it is determined whether or not the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is specified (for example, whether or not the smartphone link function is being executed) When a negative determination is made, an announcement display that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 forward is performed, and the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 is specified, Various controls for displaying the QR code are performed so that reading by the portable camera 433 is performed.

  However, when the smartphone link function is used as described above, the mobile communication terminal 431 is kept activated by the function of the linked app, but when the smartphone link function is not used, the portable communication terminal 431 is maintained. Since the mobile phone enters the sleep state (hibernation state), when reading the QR code, select the item of starting the linked app and ending the mobile linked game (reading the QR code). The communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414.

  As described above in detail, according to the sixth embodiment, when the mobile linked game is started, the password input screen is opened on the pachinko machine 10 side, and the mobile communication terminal 431 side accesses the server to access the QR code. The password 434 having the above-described form is issued, and the portable communication terminal 431 is simply installed backward in the installation unit 414. The password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the portable communication terminal 431 is read by the mobile camera 412 and the password Input work is completed. For this reason, it is possible to input a password relatively easily and quickly without performing manual input operation or the like, and mobile linked games can be started smoothly. Therefore, password entry is cumbersome, and it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have refrained from mobile-linked games will also be able to participate in mobile-linked games. While controlling stress, you can start playing quickly. As a result, it is possible to have the player feel comfortable performing mobile linked games.

  In addition, the current situation is not good due to the difficulty of starting the mobile linked game (for example, the situation may be better if you move to the next pachinko machine 10) Even if it thinks, it can suppress that a disadvantageous game is continued more than necessary without moving a stand. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that it is not advantageous to yourself → losing → hate playing games Can be prevented.

  Also, since the password is not manually input by the player, a password that is more complicated than a password that has been input manually (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) (this example) Then, it is possible to easily input a QR code). Thereby, it is possible to increase the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the pachinko machine 10 via the mobile communication terminal 431 without increasing the time and effort of the player (reversely decreasing). Therefore, it is possible to realize a more diverse and interesting mobile linked game.

  Furthermore, according to the sixth embodiment, when ending the mobile linked game, the code issuing screen is opened on the pachinko machine 10 side, and the linked communication app is activated on the portable communication terminal 431 side, and the portable communication terminal 431 is activated. Is installed in the installation unit 414 in a forward direction, the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 is read by the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431, and the output work of game information and the like is completed. For this reason, it is possible to perform QR code reading work relatively easily and quickly without the player directly touching the mobile communication terminal 431 for positioning, and the mobile linked game can be smoothly ended. . Therefore, it is troublesome to read a QR code including game information, etc., so that it is possible to increase the possibility that a player who has refrained from the mobile linked game will participate in the mobile linked game. The game of the pachinko machine 10 can be finished quickly while suppressing the above. As a result, it is possible to have the player feel comfortable performing mobile linked games.

  Also, the task of ending the mobile linked game is difficult, and the current situation is not good (for example, if you move to the next base (for example, pachinko machine 10 of the same model), Even if the situation may improve, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that it is not advantageous to yourself → losing → hate playing games Can be prevented.

  In the present embodiment, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation unit 414 in a forward direction, the mobile camera 412 first specifies the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431. If the mobile camera 412 cannot be specified, the position of the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 is regularly and sequentially displaced by searching for the position of the portable camera 433. . For this reason, the position of the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 is unified due to the shape of the portable communication terminal 431, the cover shape of the portable communication terminal 431, the variation in the installation position, and the like. Even if not, the portable camera 433 can reliably read the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411.

  In addition, in this embodiment, when the mobile communication terminal 431 starts reading the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411, a signal (light emission of the light emitting unit 435) derived by the mobile communication terminal 431 is displayed on the mobile camera. 412 is configured to be detectable. Therefore, it can be confirmed by a reaction from the mobile communication terminal 431 that the QR code of the sub display device 411 can be displayed at a position where the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can read the QR code. For this reason, the position of the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 can be specified more accurately than in the case where only the determination on the pachinko machine 10 side is required.

  Furthermore, since it is possible for the pachinko machine 10 to grasp the position of the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 without delay, the state where the QR code is displayed at that position is kept, and the portable communication terminal The QR code reading by 431 can be executed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it can be surely grasped that the position of the portable camera 433 cannot be specified, the countermeasure (in this example, when the identification with the mobile camera 412 fails, the process of shifting the display position of the QR code is performed). If the mobile communication terminal 431 cannot be identified even after shifting and the QR code is displaced, an announcement to shift the position of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be made relatively quickly.

  Further, when the mobile communication terminal 431 completes reading of the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411, the mobile camera 412 detects a signal derived from the mobile communication terminal 431 (second light emission of the light emitting unit 435). It is configured to be possible. Therefore, it can be confirmed by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal 431 that the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 has completed reading the QR code of the sub display device 411. For this reason, reading of the QR code by the mobile communication terminal 431 can be performed more accurately than in the case where only the judgment on the pachinko machine 10 is completed.

  Furthermore, since it is possible for the pachinko machine 10 to know that the QR code reading by the mobile communication terminal 431 has been completed without delay, the process of displaying the current QR code is immediately terminated and the next process (for example, For example, a display prompting attention to forgetting to hold the mobile communication terminal 431 can be made. In addition, since it can be surely understood that the QR code reading cannot be completed, the countermeasure (the QR code reading is not performed well, so check the direction of the mobile communication terminal 431, the shooting mode, etc., still mobile communication terminal An announcement such as not to take out 431 from the installation portion 414 can be performed relatively quickly.

  Further, the mobile camera 412 can grasp that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 and that the mobile communication terminal 431 is taken out from the installation unit 414. For this reason, mobile linked games, in particular, preparation for causing the portable camera 433 of the portable communication terminal 431 to read the QR code, and the QR code (password) displayed on the display unit 432 of the portable communication terminal 431 by the mobile camera 412. 434) can be prepared smoothly without delay. In addition, when the mobile linked game is finished, the mobile phone terminal 431 is announced on the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like until it is confirmed that the portable communication terminal 431 has been taken out. It is possible to take measures to prevent a situation in which the communication terminal 431 is left behind in the installation unit 414.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, the lift apparatus 421 which displaces the portable communication terminal 431 installed in the installation part 414 is provided. Therefore, the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 when the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the position of the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 absolutely do not coincide with each other, When the position with the mobile camera 412 does not necessarily match, the position of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 by operating the cross button 126 or the like (without touching the mobile communication terminal 431 by the player) You can try reading again with a stagger. Accordingly, even if the mobile communication terminal 431 and the shape of its cover are various, it is possible to deal with almost all of them.

  More specifically, in the present embodiment, when the base 422 of the lift device 421 is in the lower “code reading position”, the QR code of the sub display device 411 is obtained by the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 facing forward. Although it can be read, the mobile camera 412 has a height positional relationship in which it is impossible to read the password 434 of the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 facing backward. On the other hand, when the base 422 of the lift device 421 is in the upper “code reading position”, the mobile camera 412 can read the password 434 of the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 facing backward, The portable camera 433 of the communication terminal 431 has a height positional relationship that makes it impossible to read the QR code of the sub display device 411. In this regard, in the present embodiment, the base 422 of the lift device 421 is displaced up and down according to the situation, and when the mobile camera 412 reads the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, Since the vertical position of the portable communication terminal 431 (portable camera 433) can be finely adjusted by operating the cross button 126, bidirectional information exchange between the pachinko machine 10 and the portable communication terminal 431 can be performed reliably. .

  In the present embodiment, a centering line 420 is formed as a mark on the upper surface of the front wall portion 419 of the installation portion 414. Further, in the mobile communication terminal 431, the password 434 is displayed at the center in the horizontal width direction of the display unit 432 (mobile communication terminal body). For this reason, when the password 434 displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is read, the center alignment line 420 and the horizontal width direction center of the mobile communication terminal 431 are aligned in the left-right direction. If it is possible, the password 434 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the mobile camera 412 can be aligned in the left-right direction. After that, it is only necessary to align the mobile camera 412 and the password of the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 in the vertical direction while operating the lift device 421 with the cross button 126 as necessary. Simplification of the structure for performing etc. can be achieved. Note that the lift device 421 may be configured to automatically move.

  In addition, the installation unit 414 is configured to be able to install a portable communication terminal 431 that is vertically oriented. For this reason, the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be limited to some extent as compared with the case where the mobile communication terminal 431 can be installed vertically or horizontally. As a result, the display area of the sub display device 411 is reduced. It can be done with a minimum. Furthermore, the display area of the sub display device 411 is smaller than the area of the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, and the display area of the sub display device 411 on the pachinko machine 10 side is reduced while the control is simplified and the control is simplified. An effect using the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 on the screen can be performed. In addition, in the present embodiment, the vertical width of the sub display device 411 is shortened as much as possible. A space for forming the viewing window 413 for allowing the worn certificate paper to be viewed from the front can be secured.

  Moreover, in 6th Embodiment, after completing password input, it is comprised so that the smart link function from which the interlocking production using the display part 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is derived | led-out during a mobile interlocking game can be utilized. In other words, the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414 in a forward-facing manner, and the mobile camera 433 reads the production QR code (production code 424) displayed on the sub display device 411, so that the mobile communication terminal With the function of the linked application downloaded to 431, an effect corresponding to the read effect code 424 and an announcement such as supplementary explanation are made by the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, a speaker, or the like.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, it is possible to borrow a portable communication terminal 431 belonging to the player and execute an effect, an announcement, or the like. For this reason, the number of places where the production can be performed simply increases, and the function of the mobile communication terminal 431 is used (the vibration of the vibration device not provided in the pachinko machine 10 is used for the production, or the mobile communication terminal 431 is used. In other words, the linked app downloaded in the above can be used to produce more productions by adding a little information from the pachinko machine 10), and more diverse and more complicated productions can be derived. In addition, the user can enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and the voice mode of the mobile communication terminal 431 that is still installed in the installation unit 414, for example, taking the mobile communication terminal 431 and holding the mobile communication terminal 431. It is also possible to see the effect derived on the display unit 432 and the like, and to enjoy the effect in a manner that is not present. In particular, when supplementary explanations such as each game state and production are performed, if such supplementary explanation is performed on the decoration symbol display device 42 or the like which is the main production, the performance is deteriorated (emotion transfer becomes difficult). However, by using the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the concern can be eliminated.

  In the smartphone link function of the sixth embodiment, the mobile communication terminal 431 reads the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411, and the mobile communication terminal 431 derives a corresponding linked effect. For this reason, it is unnecessary to directly control the display of the mobile communication terminal 431 by the control device on the main body side of the pachinko machine 10, and thus to electrically connect the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal 431 with the control wiring. Can be. Therefore, it is possible to produce an effect using the mobile communication terminal 431 relatively easily.

  Further, during the mobile linked game, it is possible to derive a linked effect in conjunction with the effect on the pachinko machine 10 side in the portable communication terminal 431 through the exchange of information between the pachinko machine 10 and the portable communication terminal 431. Therefore, the mobile communication terminal 431 can be used not only as a connection between information exchanges between the pachinko machine 10 and the server but also as a production medium, and the potential of mobile linked games can be fully exhibited.

(Seventh embodiment)
In the sixth embodiment, the installation unit 414 itself is not displaced. However, the installation unit 414 itself may be displaced when the smartphone link function is used. Furthermore, the operation of the installation unit 414, and hence the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414, is configured to match the operation (position change) of the QR code read by the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431. May be. In addition, the mobile communication terminal 431 does not operate, and a movable display including a reading device having a camera or the like that reads a two-dimensional code (QR code or the like) as code information displayed on a predetermined display means, and a display unit A device may be provided in a gaming machine so as to be relatively displaceable with respect to the main body of the gaming machine, and the movable display device may be configured to produce an effect while operating the movable display device. Hereinafter, the seventh embodiment will be described with respect to an example shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 46, in the present embodiment, a variable display device 842 including three reels 842L, 842M, and 842R each having a plurality of types of identification information, and a liquid crystal display provided above the variable display device 842. It is embodied in a slot machine 810 having a decorative symbol display device 815 constituted by a display device. Further, in the present embodiment, the installation unit 414 that can install the mobile communication terminal 431 on the player is not provided, and the player operates the effect button 878 and the cross button 879 as in the first embodiment. The mobile-linked game is started by manually inputting the password, and the mobile-linked game is terminated by reading the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815.

  In the present embodiment, the reading unit 852 configured by a liquid crystal display device on the front (front) surface side, a reading device having a camera for reading a QR code on the back (rear) surface side, and the reading device read. A movable display device 851 as a movable display means including a control device that causes a display unit or the like to execute an effect corresponding to the QR code, and a drive mechanism 861 as a drive means for displacing the movable display device 851 are provided.

  The decorative symbol display device 815 and the variable display device 842 are arranged in an area where the player does not touch with a plate-like body such as transparent tempered glass. Further, in this embodiment, the front space of the variable display device 842 substantially in the center of the slot machine 810 is connected to the front space of the decorative symbol display device 815 thereabove, and in this example, the area where the movable display device 851 is applied. Is installed. More specifically, the movable display device 851 of the present embodiment is located at a reference position located in front of the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 815 and a position deviating from the reference position within a range in front of the decorative symbol display device 815. It is configured to be displaceable between a certain main effect position and a special effect position in front of the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R of the variable display device 842.

  The camera of the movable display device 851 according to this embodiment is disposed on the left side of the movable display device 851 (on the right side when the back side of the movable display device 851 is viewed from the front) and slightly below the center in the vertical direction. Has been. At the reference position, the lower and right side portions of the movable display device 851 protrude from the decorative symbol display device 815 to the outer peripheral side, but the camera is within the range of the display portion of the decorative symbol display device 815. For this reason, when the QR code is displayed on the lower right portion of the decorative symbol display device 815, the movable display device 851 at the reference position reads the QR code and performs a corresponding effect display on the display unit 852. In addition, the movable display device 851 has a program or image data for executing a display effect in the display unit 852, selects which display effect is to be executed with reference to the QR code, Will be executed.

  Further, the camera of the movable display device 851 is basically always in a reading state as long as the power of the slot machine 810 is on. More specifically, the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 includes information for starting a predetermined effect (hereinafter also referred to as “start code”) and information for ending the predetermined effect ( Hereinafter, there are those including “end code”. Correspondingly, the movable display device 851 enters the first reading mode in which only the start code (only start information of the start code) is read when the end code is read, and when the start code is read, the other QR codes are read. Becomes the second reading mode to be read.

  Here, a reading process performed at predetermined intervals in the movable display device 851 will be described with reference to FIG. First, in step S8301, it is determined whether or not a reading mode flag that is set to ON in the first reading mode and set to OFF in the second reading mode is set to ON. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8301, it is determined in step S8302 whether the start code has been read (more specifically, whether there is information indicating the start code). If a negative determination is made in step S8302, that is, if the start code has not been read, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8302, display setting processing is performed in step S8303 to analyze the effect information included in the start code and display it on the display unit 852. In a succeeding step S8304, the reading mode flag is set to OFF. Thereafter, this process is terminated.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8301, display setting processing is performed in step S8305 to analyze the effect information included in the read QR code and display it on the display unit 852. When the same QR code as the previous time is read with the reading mode flag turned off, or when the QR code is not read, the display succeeding the previous display mode (for example, if it is a still image) The same image is displayed, and if the moving image has a series of flows, the subsequent images are displayed).

  After step S8305, in step S8306, it is determined whether the read QR code is an end code (whether there is information that is an end code). If a negative determination is made in step S8306, the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8306, the reading mode flag is set on in step S8307, and then the present process is terminated. The effect information included in the end code is for executing an effect for displaying a predetermined result, and the movable display device 851 performs the effect until the end when the end code is read. Can be done. By the way, during the period when the production information included in the end code is performed, the QR code by the movable display device 851 is prevented from being physically read by the control of the slot machine 810 main body side (sub control device) (decorative symbol display). (The QR code is not displayed on the device 815, and the position of the camera of the movable display device 851 is shifted from the position where the QR code is displayed).

  The drive mechanism 861 includes a first slide member 862 for sliding the movable display device 851 to the left and right, and a second slide member 866 for sliding the movable display device 851 up and down. The first slide member 862 has a first rail 863 extending left and right above the decorative symbol display device 815, and is configured to be vertically extendable by nesting a cylindrical body, and a lower end is attached to the movable display device 851. A vertical telescopic bar 864 whose upper end is slidably mounted to the left and right with respect to the first rail 863, and a first motor 865 that displaces the vertical telescopic bar 864 to the left and right.

  The second slide member 866 includes a second rail 867 extending up and down on the right side of the decorative symbol display device 815 and the variable display device 842, and a telescopic structure that can be expanded left and right by nesting a cylindrical body, and the left end is movable display. A horizontal telescopic bar 868 that is attached to the device 851 and has a right end slidably mounted on the second rail 867 so as to be slidable up and down, and a second motor 869 that displaces the horizontal telescopic bar 868 up and down. With respect to the first motor 865 and the second motor 869, the sub-control device of the slot machine 810 main body performs drive control.

  Basically, only the wiring (and the ground wire) for supplying power is electrically connected to the movable display device 851, and the control wiring is not connected. In addition, the wiring for supplying power (electric power) is basically connected to the back side of the game board through the insides of the rails of the first slide member and the second slide member so as not to be seen by the player.

  In the present embodiment, there may be a main effect state in which the movable display device 851 performs an effect while moving in front of the decorative symbol display device 815. That is, when the occurrence of the main effect state is determined, the sub-control device of the slot machine 810 first gives a specific QR code (start code) informing the start of the main effect state at the lower right portion of the decorative symbol display device 815. At the same time that the display of the movable display device 851 is completed, the display control of the decorative symbol display device 815 and the drive control of the drive mechanism 861 are performed. More specifically, the QR code moves in the display area of the decorative symbol display device 815, and the movable display device 851 basically keeps the QR code captured by the camera (sometimes vibrated occasionally during the production). Or because it protrudes from the front position of the decorative symbol display device 815 to the outer peripheral position side, it is not always captured).

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 47, QR code 892 is confused so as to constitute a part of identification information 891 attached to reels 842L, 842M, and 842R of variable display device 842. In the present embodiment, there may be a special effect state in which an effect is produced while the reel action and the operation of the movable display device 851 displaced to the special effect position in front of the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R are interlocked. That is, when the occurrence of the special effect state is determined, the sub-control device of the slot machine 810 first gives a specific QR code (start code) informing the start of the special effect state in the lower right part of the decorative symbol display device 815. When the display of the movable display device 851 is completed, the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R are driven and the drive mechanism 861 is driven, and the reel is moved to the special effect position moved to the special effect position 851. The QR codes of 842L, 842M, and 842R are read. On the movable display device 851 side, by reading the QR code of the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R, a corresponding effect is executed on the display unit 852.

  Next, a production example will be described. Ordinarily, the decorative symbol display device 815 displays the main character searching for a treasure. In addition, the movable display device 851 is normally at a reference position, and displays corresponding to the display of the decorative symbol display device 815, advice and explanation regarding games, and the like are displayed.

  In addition, as an effect suggesting the occurrence of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, or as a fake effect, an effect is performed in which the hero rides on a truck and heads for treasure while escaping from falling rocks and rivals. First, the trolley and the main character are displayed on the display unit 852 of the movable display device 851, and the movable display device 851 moves to the center of the decorative symbol display device 815. On the other hand, the decorative symbol display device 815 displays rails, backgrounds, falling rocks, rivals, and the like. In this production, the movement of the hero entering the trolley is displayed as a later angle or a front angle (chance up pattern from the front), and while the horizontal angle and the front angle are sequentially switched, sometimes the display is movable A part of the device 851 proceeds while protruding from the outer peripheral side of the decorative symbol display device 815.

  Further, as a chance-up pattern, the movable display device 851 may move to the front position of the variable display device 842. In this case, the player performs a stop operation of the reels 842L, 842M, 842R (stop buttons 172, 173, 174). The operation) is not effective for a while, and the reels 842L, 842M, 842R are rotated in reverse or the reels 842L, 842M are rotated in synchronization with the operation of the movable display device 851, the display on the decorative symbol display device 815, and the sound. , 842R move differently, and the backlights that illuminate the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R from the inside flash. At this time, the sub control device appropriately stops the predetermined reels 842L, 842M, and 842R at a predetermined rotation phase in accordance with the program for the effect, and moves the movable display device 851 to the reels 842L, 842L, in accordance with the stop timing. The QR code 892 of the predetermined identification information 891 of 842M and 842R is moved to a position where it can be read. On the other hand, on the movable display device 851 side, a display effect corresponding to the sequentially read QR code is performed on the display unit 852. It will be.

  As described above, in the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 reads the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 and the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R of the variable display device 842, and according to the QR code. The display unit 852 derives the corresponding effect display. Therefore, it is unnecessary to directly control the display of the movable display device 851 by the control device on the main body side of the slot machine 810 and to connect the wiring for control. Therefore, the movable display device 851 can be moved relatively freely. Further, the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 moves in accordance with the operation of the movable display device 851. Therefore, while the movable display device 851 is displaced, the effect display on the display unit 852 of the movable display device 851 is also flexibly changed (while the movable display device 851 is displacing the timing of branching to a plurality of effect patterns). Can also be set). Accordingly, while the variable display device 851 is operated, it is possible to diversify the production such as branching the story into several in the middle of the production and to enhance the content of the production.

  The QR code is printed not only on the decorative symbol display device 815 but also on the reels 842L, 842M, and 842R so as to constitute a part of the identification information 891, and the identification information 891 is also displayed on the movable display device 851. It is configured to be readable. For this reason, the movable range of the movable display device 851 can be greatly increased, and the effects on the display unit 852 of the movable display device 851 can be diversified. Therefore, the movable display device 851 is displaced, and the effect of changing the effect display on the display unit 852 is necessary and further achieved. As a result, a novel slot machine 810 can be proposed by including the movable display device 851 that can be operated dynamically.

  The QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 or the like is provided with a start code including information for starting a predetermined series of effects and an end code including information for ending the predetermined series of effects. Yes. Thereby, although display control of the display unit 852 of the movable display device 851 is performed not on the main body of the slot machine 810 but on the movable display device 851 side, the story of the production of each time is assembled on the main body side of the slot machine 810 and is movable. In the configuration executed by the display device 851, the effect on the movable display device 851 can be accurately and smoothly advanced by the slot machine 810 main body.

(Eighth embodiment)
In the first embodiment and the like, the card unit (ball A configuration for preventing forgetting to remove the gaming card inserted in the lending unit) may be provided.

  Hereinafter, an eighth embodiment embodying such a configuration will be described. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment etc. about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  A ball removal button 123 (see FIG. 2 and the like) as a ball removal operation unit provided on the upper plate 19 as the first ball receiving plate is formed on the downstream side of the ball guide path of the upper plate 19 and is used as the second ball receiving plate. It is configured to mechanically interlock (may be formed integrally) with a shutter that opens and closes a communication hole communicating with the lower plate 15. When the ball removal button 123 is pressed, the shutter is opened and the communication hole is opened. In other words, the ball removal button 123 is a button that is operated when the game ball stored in the upper plate 19 is moved (flowed) to the lower plate 19, and is basically operated except when the game is ended. Never happen.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a ball removal operation detection switch (contact type switch, sensor, etc.) (not shown) is provided as a ball removal operation detecting means for detecting that the ball removal button 123 has been pressed. The ball removal operation detection switch is electrically connected to the sub-control device 262 so that the sub-control device 262 can grasp that the ball removal button 123 has been operated.

  In addition, the ball lending button 121 as the ball lending operation means provided on the upper plate 19 and the return button 122 as the return operation means are arranged via the card unit connection board 314 of the pachinko machine 10 as described above. The card unit as a ball lending device provided in the pachinko machine 10 is electrically connected. Further, the card unit connection board 314 and the card unit are not electrically connected to the pachinko machine 10 side such as the sub-control device 262 for reasons such as crime prevention, and are electrically connected to the card unit connection board 314. Power is supplied from the connected card unit.

  The card unit according to the present embodiment includes a bill insertion slot (and coin insertion slot) into which bills (and coins) can be inserted, and a game card as a game value storage medium for storing the amount of bills inserted from the bill insertion slot. When the bill is inserted into the bill insertion slot, the amount of money is stored in the gaming card inserted in the card unit.

  When the ball lending button 121 is operated, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out to the player (for example, the upper plate 19) within the range of the balance stored in the game card inserted in the card unit. It is configured to be (rented out). In addition, when the return button 122 is operated, if a game card with a balance is inserted in the card unit, the game card is discharged from the card unit in such a manner that the player can pick it up. It has become. Furthermore, it is possible to borrow a predetermined number of game balls by inserting a game card with a balance at hand of the player into the card unit.

  Depending on the game hall where the pachinko machine 10 is installed, the game value storage medium for storing the balance of the cash inserted by the player into the ball lending unit is not in the form of a card but in other forms such as a medal. In some cases, a ball lending unit using the ball lending unit may be installed, and in that case, the game lending unit including the ball lending unit may be embodied.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the card unit connection board 314 as a balance grasping unit is configured to be able to grasp the balance of the game cards inserted in the card unit provided in the pachinko machine 10. Furthermore, on the upper plate 19, in the vicinity of the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122, a game card that is electrically connected to the card unit connection board 314 and is inserted into a card unit provided in the pachinko machine 10. A balance display device (not shown) for displaying the remaining balance is provided. Thereby, the player can operate the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122 while confirming the balance display device.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the sub-control device 262 can also grasp whether or not a game card with a balance is inserted in the card unit. That is, although the sub-control device 262 and the card unit connection board 314 are not electrically connected, the signal is transmitted while being electrically insulated by converting the electrical signal into an optical signal and returning it to the electrical signal again. A signal is transmitted from the card unit connection board 314 to the sub-control device 262 via a photocoupler (light-emitting element on the card unit connection board 314 side and light-receiving element on the sub-control device 262 side).

  It is also possible to electrically connect the card unit connection board 314 and the sub-control device 262 (if security performance can be secured). In addition, the configuration for grasping on the pachinko machine 10 side that a gaming card with a balance in the card unit is inserted is not particularly limited to a configuration for receiving information from the card unit. It is also possible to provide a camera for photographing the display device and grasp the presence / absence of a game card based on the imaging information.

  Further, in the present embodiment, in order to directly grasp that the game ball is being fired by the launching device 60, it is possible to detect the game ball immediately after being launched by the launching device 60, as in the fifth embodiment. A launch detection switch 401 is provided as a proper launch detection means (see FIG. 37). That is, whether or not the launching device 60 is being driven (driven), and whether or not the handle 18 is being operated (the touch sensor detects that the player is touching the handle 18). It is not possible to grasp that the launching device 60 is being driven (“empty shot”) in a state where the game ball is not set at the launching position of the launching device 60, In the present embodiment, the launch detection switch 401 is installed.

  Further, in the present embodiment, as in the fifth embodiment, the second start winning device 33b is provided at the lower right position of the game area, and as the variable winning device 32, at the lower position of the first start winning device 33a. A first variable winning device 32a provided and a second variable winning device 32b provided at the lower right position of the game area are provided.

  Furthermore, as a jackpot type in the case of winning the jackpot state based on the winning to the first start winning device 33a, 16 round probability variation jackpot (hereinafter referred to as “16RS”) and 8 round probability variation jackpot (hereinafter referred to as “8RS”). And 8 round normal jackpot (hereinafter “8RN”) and 2 round probability variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as “2RS”). Regarding “16RS”, “8RS”, and “8RN”, the first variable winning device 32a is opened for 30 seconds, or the first variable winning device 32a is opened and then eight pieces are provided in the first variable winning device 32a. It is assumed that a game ball of 1 is entered as one round, and “16RS” is repeated 16 times, and “8RS” and “8RN” are repeated 8 times, and then the jackpot state ends. .

  On the other hand, regarding “2RS”, the first variable winning device 32a is opened for 0.4 seconds as one round, and is repeated twice, and then the jackpot state ends. In other words, “16RS”, “8RS”, and “8RN” are big hits (so-called “hit with big balls”) in which a large increase in game balls can be expected during the big hit state, but “2RS” This is a big hit that cannot be expected to increase significantly (so-called “no big hit”).

  In addition, after the jackpot state of “16RS” and “8RS” is finished, a “probability change mode” which is a high probability state and a high pitching state is given, and after the jackpot state of “2RS” is finished, a high probability state and a low input state A “latency probability mode” that is a ball state is given, and after a big hit state of “8RN”, a “time shortening mode” that is a low probability state and a high pitched state (in this example, 90 fluctuation displays) is given Is done. In other words, after the big hit state of “16RS”, “8RS”, and “8RN” is finished, the second start winning device 33b is in a highly enterable state in which the player is likely to be in the open state. The game ball is fired toward the right area (right area) where the winning device 33b is arranged. In the present embodiment, in the case of winning or winning lottery based on entering the first start winning device 33a, 5% is “16RS”, 55% is “8RS”, 30% is the percentage. Becomes “8RN” and becomes “2RS” at a rate of 10%.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, there may be a case where “small hit” is won in the winning / notting lottery based on the ball entering the first start winning device 33a. In the winning lottery based on the winning to the first start winning device 33a, when a small hit is made, the first variable winning device 32a is opened for 0.4 seconds as one round, which is repeated twice. From this, the small hit state ends. In other words, the first variable winning device 32a is the same as “2RS” in appearance. However, the game mode does not change before and after the small hit state occurs. That is, for example, when “2RS” is won in the normal mode, the mode is shifted to the latent mode, but the normal mode is continued even if the small win is won in the normal mode. As a result, in the winning lottery based on the winning to the first start winning device 33a, the first variable winning can be achieved without performing the allocation such as winning the two round big hits (two round normal big hits) to which the high probability state is not given. It is possible to avoid a situation in which it is always known that the device 32a has been shifted to the high probability state by being opened twice.

  On the other hand, as the types of jackpots when winning the jackpot state based on the entry to the second start winning device 33b, the 16-round probability variation jackpot, the 8-round probability variation jackpot, and the two-round regular jackpot (hereinafter “2RN”) Say). Note that when the winning lottery based on the entry to the second start winning device 33b is won, the second variable winning device 32b is opened instead of the first variable winning device 32a (in this example, the round end) Although the conditions are the same, the number of payouts (14 and 13 are different) when game balls enter the variable winning devices 32a and 32b, respectively, but for convenience of explanation, the second starting winning device 33b. The same name (“16RS”, “8RS”) is also used for convenience for the type of jackpot in the case of winning in the winning or failing lottery based on the entry to the ball. In addition, in this embodiment, the round end condition in the jackpot state in which the first variable winning device 32a is in the open state and the round end condition in the jackpot state in which the second variable winning device 32b is in the open state are the same. Certain (eight winnings, or one round after 30 seconds) may be different (for example, the upper limit of winnings for gaming balls in the round is eight and nine).

  As for “2RN”, the second variable winning device 32b is opened for 0.4 seconds as one round, and is repeated twice, and then the jackpot state ends. That is, regarding “16RS” and “8RS”, although a significant increase in game balls can be expected during the jackpot state, “2RN” is a jackpot where a significant increase in game balls cannot be expected.

  In addition, “time reduction mode” is given after the end of the big hit state of “2RN”. In this example, “2RN” is also divided into three parts, “2RN30” to which a time reduction mode corresponding to 30 fluctuation displays is given, and “2RN60” to which a time reduction mode for 60 fluctuation indications is given. There is “2RN90” to which a time reduction mode for 90 displays is given. In the present embodiment, when winning a lottery in the winning lottery based on the entry to the second start winning device 33b, it becomes “16RS” at a rate of 35%, “8RS” at a rate of 35%, and a rate of 20% Becomes “2RN30” at a rate of 5%, and becomes “2RN90” at a rate of 5%.

  Further, in the present embodiment, there may be a case where a small win is won in the winning / notch lottery based on the ball entering the second start winning device 33b. In the winning lottery based on the winning to the second start winning device 33b, when a small hit is made, the second variable winning device 32b is opened for 0.4 seconds as one round, and this is repeated twice. From this, the small hit state ends. That is, the second variable winning device 32b is the same as “2RN” in appearance. However, the game mode does not change before and after the small hit state occurs. In other words, a high probability state such as probability variation mode basically shifts to a low probability state (time reduction mode, etc.) by winning a normal jackpot such as “2RN”, but it wins a small bonus in probability variation mode. Even then, the probability variation mode is continued. As a result, the second variable prize-winning device 32b is opened twice shortly without performing the assignment to win the 2-round probability variable big hit “2RS” in the winning / not-winning lottery based on the winning to the second starting prize-winning device 33b. Thus, it is possible to avoid a situation where it is always known that the state has shifted to the low probability state.

  In addition, although the combination of decorative symbols other than the slotted eyes basically teaches “displacement”, in this embodiment, the decorative symbols are “Zoro” for “2RS” and “2RN” even if they are big hits. Rather than stop display with a combination of eyes, stop display is performed with a combination that is out of reach reach. In addition, “small hit” is also stopped and displayed in a combination that is out of reach reach.

  In the present embodiment, a plurality of effect stages are prepared in the decorative symbol display device 42 as effects that teach or suggest the game mode in which the user is staying. More specifically, either the “probability stage” in which it is determined that the user is staying in the probability change mode, the “normal stage” in which it is determined that the user is staying in the normal mode, or the probability change mode or the time reduction mode. There are a “retraction stage” staying and a “precursor stage” staying in either the normal mode or the latent mode.

  For example, when “2RN” is won in the probability variation stage and the probability variation mode is ended, or when “small hit” is selected, the probability variation stage is terminated and the pullback stage is displayed. If “2RN” is won and the assigned time reduction mode period ends, the pull-back stage ends and the normal stage is displayed. On the other hand, if the “small hit” is won, there is no change in the game mode before and after the “small hit”, so the probability change mode remains. Therefore, although it is shifted to the pull back stage, it is easy to hit big, and when the period corresponding to the maximum of the time shortening mode (30 times, 60 times, or 90 times of special symbol variation display) is exceeded, It can be ascertained that the mode is the probability variation mode (in the decorative symbol display device 42, the pull-back stage may be left or may be changed to the probability variation stage).

  In addition, in the case where a big win is won in the winning lottery performed based on the entry to the second start winning device 33b, only “16RS” and “8RS” are the only types of jackpots that display the doublet on the decorative symbol display device 42. Absent. For this reason, basically (except when the variation display corresponding to the first start winning device 33a that has been put on hold is digested), in the probability variation stage and the pull back stage, that is, in the probability variation mode and the time reduction mode. When the jackpot instruction is given with the flat eyes in the decorative symbol display device 42, the assignment of the probability change mode is confirmed, and after the jackpot state, the process proceeds to the probability change stage.

  Further, for example, when “2RS” is won in the normal stage and the mode is changed to the latent probability mode, or when “small hit” is won, the normal stage is ended and the precursor stage is displayed. In the present embodiment, this precursor stage is a period of about 10 to 50 times with a special symbol variation display when “small hit” is a transition opportunity, that is, when staying in the normal mode. After being derived in step 1, it returns to the normal stage. On the other hand, when “2RS” is a transition opportunity, that is, when staying in the latent mode, it is basically a precursor stage until a big hit. A lottery may be performed to determine whether or not to return from the precursor stage to the normal stage, or after returning from the precursor stage to the normal stage, the lottery to determine whether or not to move to the precursor stage again (in the case of the latent mode). It is also possible to increase the probability of returning to the precursor stage, or it is desirable to win only in the latent mode.) In the case of the precursor stage in the normal mode, the stay period ( (The number of fluctuations) may be determined (in the latent mode, the sign mode is maintained). In addition, when the winning lottery based on the first start winning device 33a is won, “8RN” is won, and even though “8RS” is won, the probability change mode is given until the end of the jackpot state. If the instruction is not taught, the process moves to the pull-back stage after the big hit state.

  As described above, when the correspondence between the special symbol stop mode in the special display devices 43L and 43R and the jackpot type is grasped, if the special symbol variation display stop mode is confirmed, It is possible to determine which type of jackpot is won. Further, regarding the “diving stage”, “cruising stage”, and “deep sea search stage” described in the first embodiment and the like, each “normal stage”, “probability change stage”, and “retraction stage” "Can be selected (for example, it can be selected such as" cruising stage of a normal stage "). Incidentally, there is only one type of “precursor stage”, and “diving stage”, “cruising stage”, and “deep sea search stage” in “precursor stage” cannot be selected.

  By the way, in this embodiment, a guidance mode for urging attention to forgetting to take a game card or game information is derived in the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like. More specifically, when the decorative symbol variation display on the decorative symbol display device 42 is not performed, for example, a forgotten guidance display 901 as a guidance mode as shown in FIG. 51A is derived. . The forgotten information display 901 indicates that ““ game card / today's game data ”is left. Please be careful not to forget to remove”, “even if you are going to replay, “It is recommended to take out game data” ”and character information 902 and character information 903.

  In addition, in the case where a gaming card with a balance is not inserted in the card unit provided (electrically connected) side by side with the pachinko machine 10, the gaming information is stored in the gaming information storage area of the sub-control device 262. If it is stored (remains), the text information 902 becomes “Today's game data” is “...”. On the other hand, when a game card with a balance is inserted in the card unit and no game information is stored in the game information storage area of the sub-control device 262 (not left), “ The character information 902 is “game card is ...”. Furthermore, if a gaming card with a balance is not inserted and no gaming information is stored, the forgetting to take guidance display 901 is not displayed. In the present embodiment, the forgotten guidance display 901 having the character information 902 including the characters “today's game data” corresponds to “a guidance mode corresponding to game information stored in the game information storage means”. , The forgotten guidance display 901 having character information 902 including the characters “gaming card” indicates that “a value corresponding to the number of game balls of a specified number or more is stored in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine. This corresponds to the “guidance mode corresponding to the inserted game value storage medium”.

  In the present embodiment, “forgotten guidance display” 901 and “voice guidance” for prompting attention to forgetting to remove a game card or game information are derived. A “guidance mode” is constituted by the guidance. Of course, a light emitting mode such as electrical decoration may be added as a guide mode. Further, in the present embodiment, a hold icon 907 is displayed in the lower left area of the decorative symbol display device 42, indicating that the variable display based on the game ball entering the start winning devices 33a and 33b is stored on hold. It is like that.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when a mobile linked game is performed, the player can select a pattern of character information 903 displayed on the forgotten guidance display 901 or the like from a plurality of patterns. Further, each character information 903 is set with a voice corresponding to the character information 903, and when a forgetting guidance display 901 derived in a state where the decorative symbol variation display is not performed is derived, The announcement corresponding to the character information 903 displayed in the forgetting to take guidance display 901 is made to alert the user to forget to forget (for example, the contents of the character information 902 are read out). In addition, it may be configured such that the character information 903 can be set to be changed when the server is accessed, or the pachinko machine 10 can be configured to set the change of the character information 903 from the menu screen. Good.

  Next, processing (game information forgetting prevention processing) for deriving a forgetting guidance display 901 for preventing forgetting to take game information, which is performed by the sub-control device 262, will be described with reference to FIG. .

  First, in step S8501, it is determined whether or not a demonstration screen display is derived in the decorative symbol display device 42. In the present embodiment, after the decorative symbol variation display is finished (after the stop display), the demonstration screen display is performed when a specified time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses without the next decoration symbol variation display being performed. It is configured to be derived. In the present embodiment, instead of displaying the decorative symbol, a moving image of a predetermined time that expresses the world view that is the motif of the pachinko machine 10 is displayed on the entire screen of the decorative symbol display device 42. In addition, after the demonstration screen display (moving image) is performed, the display is temporarily returned to the decorative design, and after a predetermined time (for example, after the elapse of a specified time for an interval shorter than the specified time), the demo screen is displayed again. It may be configured such that display is performed, or as a demonstration screen display, a moving image and (almost) a still image may be repeatedly derived. In addition, it is possible to set a mode in which the brightness is lowered or another display is added in front of the decorative design as the demonstration screen display while the decorative design is displayed.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8501, it is determined in step S8502 whether or not a mobile linked game is in progress. More specifically, in the present embodiment, in the mobile linked game, the password issued by the server includes player specifying information used for specifying the player, and the password is pachinko. When input to the machine 10, the player specifying information is stored in a player specifying information storage area (player specifying information storage means) provided in the sub-control device 262 for storing the player specifying information. ing. And in the said step S8501, it is comprised so that it may be discriminate | determined whether the player specific information is memorize | stored with respect to the player specific information storage area.

  In the present embodiment, when player specifying information is stored in the player specifying information storage area, game information or the like is stored in the game information storing area (game information storing means), and the player specifying information is stored. When player specific information is stored in the storage area, the game information and the like stored and stored in the game information storage area is output in the form of a QR code on the decorative symbol display device 42. Yes. The function of issuing such a QR code constitutes an information output unit. Note that it may be determined whether or not a mobile linked game is being performed by determining whether or not game information is stored in the game information storage area.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8502, that is, if a mobile linked game is not being performed, this processing is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8502, it is determined in step S8503 whether or not the ball removal button 123 has been operated based on the detection information of the ball removal operation detection switch.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8503, that is, if there is a high possibility that the game ball on the upper plate 19 has been discharged to the lower plate 15, in step S8504, the decorative symbol variation display on the decorative symbol display device 42 is displayed. Determine if it is in the middle. If a negative determination is made in step S8504, in step S8505, the data forgetting guidance display flag serving as information guidance storage means is set on, and then the present process is terminated. Note that, in step S8504, the decorative symbol variation display has just ended, but an affirmative determination is also made when the next variation display is stored on hold.

  When the data forgetting guidance display flag is set to ON, as shown in FIG. 51A, in the decorative symbol display device 42, the forgetting guidance display 901 is placed in front of the decorative symbol that is stopped. (Decorated symbols are displayed lighter than the forgotten guidance display 901). However, in step S8505, only the forgetting to display guidance flag for data is set to ON, and processing for executing the forgetting to show guidance display 901 (drawing or the like) is separately performed.

  Also, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8504, whether or not reach production as specific fluctuation display is being performed in step S8506 (in this example, all reach production such as super reach, premium reach, normal reach, etc. are targeted). Determine whether or not. If a negative determination is made in step S8507, that is, if the variable display is not being performed, the data pre-guidance display flag serving as information guidance storage means is set on in step S8507. This process is terminated.

  In other words, the present embodiment is configured such that the forgetting to take guidance display 901 is derived even during the decorative symbol variation display. As shown in FIG. 51 (b), the forgetting guidance display 901 (hereinafter also referred to as “pre-forgetting guidance display 905”) derived during the decorative symbol variation display is a lower right region of the decorative symbol display device 42. Are derived to the extent that the fluctuation display of the identification information and the visibility of the hold icon 907 are not hindered.

  The pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is also composed of character information 902 and “character information 903” such as “Be careful about forgetting to remove game data”. Furthermore, a plurality of patterns of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 are prepared. For example, as shown in FIG. 51 (c), “It is today's achievement!”, “Occasion / ○ times: Rank up!” What is constituted by character information 902 that teaches and suggests the contents of game information, such as “number of times of change, ○ times”, and character information 903 is also derived.

  When the data pre-guidance display flag is set to ON, the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is derived. However, in step S8507, only the data pre-guidance display flag is set to ON, and processing for executing the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 (drawing, etc.) is performed separately. In the present embodiment, the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is displayed until the variation display of the decorative symbol from which the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is derived ends or when the reach effect is derived in the variation display. Is continuously displayed until such reach effect is derived, and then erased (the data pre-guidance display flag is turned off).

  If the determination in step S8506 is affirmative, that is, if the player is likely to end the game that the ball removal operation of the upper plate 19 is performed, but is in the reach production, the pre-forgetting guidance This process is terminated as it is without turning on the data pre-guidance display flag so that the display 905 does not impair the visibility and the player can enjoy the reach effect.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8503, in step S8508, whether or not the return button 122 is validly operated, that is, a gaming card having a balance with respect to the card unit provided in the pachinko machine 10 is present. In the inserted state, it is determined whether or not the operation of the return button 122 is detected (for example, if the operation of the return button 122 is confirmed and the operation is confirmed, the game card is further confirmed. I do).

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8508, it is determined in step S8509 whether or not a game ball is being fired. In this case, it is determined whether or not a game ball is detected by the launch detection switch 401, and when the “empty shot” is performed such that the launch device 60 is driven but the game ball is not fired. Or when the player touches the handle 18 but is not in an operation state corresponding to the launch of the game ball (the launch prohibit button 18a is operated or the handle 18 is held at the reference position). , Negative determination is made.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8509, in step S8510, it is determined whether or not the decorative symbol display device 42 is in a state in which a “normal stage” that confirms staying in the normal mode is displayed. To do. If a negative determination is made in step S8510, that is, if “probability change stage”, “retraction stage”, or “precursor stage” is displayed or the jackpot state is being reached, this processing is ended as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8510, that is, there is a possibility that a player who has taken a game card with a balance from the card unit, has not released a game ball, and stays on the normal stage may stop the game. Is high, the process proceeds to step S8504, and the same process as when it is determined that the ball removal button 123 is operated is executed.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8508, that is, if a valid operation of the return button 122 has not been detected, it is determined in step S8511 whether or not a decorative symbol variation display is being performed. If a negative determination is made in step S8511, it is further determined in step S8512 whether the handle 18 is being operated (whether the touch sensor of the handle 18 is detected). If a negative determination is made even in step S8512 (the player has not touched the handle 18), it is further determined in step S8513 whether the current mode is the normal mode.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8513, in step S8514, the data forgotten guidance display flag is set on, and then the process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8512 (operation of the handle 18 (a touch of the player touching the handle 18) is detected) or a negative determination is made in step S8513, the present process is continued. finish.

  In addition, when an affirmative determination is made in step S8509 (valid operation of the return button 122 is detected, but a launch of a game ball is detected), or an affirmative determination is made in step S8511 (change display is being performed) In step S8515, the data forgotten guidance display flag is turned off, and the process ends.

  In addition, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8501 (when the demonstration screen is being displayed), in step S8516, the data forgotten guidance display flag is turned off, and the process ends. That is, the forgotten guidance display 901 shows that the operation of the ball removal button 123 and the return button 122 is not confirmed and the change display is confirmed when the return button 122 is operated but the game ball is confirmed to be launched. If it is done, and if the demo screen display is derived, if the forgotten guidance display 901 is derived, the forgotten guidance display 901 is erased (changed to another display). Yes.

  Next, the process for deriving the forgetting to take guidance display 901 for preventing forgetting to remove a game card (card forgetting prevention process) performed by the sub-control device 262 will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S8601, it is determined whether or not a demonstration screen display is derived in the decorative symbol display device 42. If a negative determination is made in step S8601, the card unit connection board 314 is confirmed in step S8602, and it is determined whether or not a gaming card with a balance is inserted in the card unit provided in the pachinko machine 10. If a negative determination is made in step S8602, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8602, it is determined in step S8603 whether or not the ball removal button 123 has been operated based on the detection information of the ball removal operation detection switch. If a negative determination is made in step S8603, it is determined in step S8604 whether or not the decorative symbol variation display is being performed. If a negative determination is made in step S8604, in step S8605, the card forgotten removal guide display flag serving as the storage medium guide storage means is set on, and then the present process is terminated.

  When the card forgetting to take guidance display flag is set to ON, a forgetting to take guidance display 901 as shown in FIG. 51A is derived. However, in step S8605, only the card forgetting to take guidance display flag is set to ON, and processing for executing the forgetting to take guidance display 901 (drawing or the like) is separately performed.

  That is, in the display setting process (see step S3910 in FIG. 17), the sub-control device 262 determines whether the forgetting card display flag is turned on and whether the forgetting data display flag is turned on. If both flags are on, the same forgetting guidance display 901 as in FIG. 51A is derived, and if only the forgetting card display flag for cards is on, ““ When the forgotten guidance display 901 including the character information 902 such as “game card is left” is displayed, and only the forgotten guidance display flag for data is turned on, “the game data of today” The left-off guide display 901 including the character information 902 such as “remaining ...” is displayed. It is not derived.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8604, it is determined in step S8606 whether or not a reach effect is being performed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S 8606, the present process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S8606, in step S8607, the card pre-guidance display flag as the storage medium guidance storage means is set on, and then this processing is terminated.

  When the card pre-guidance display flag is set to ON, the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 including the character information 902 such as “Be careful about forgetting to remove the game card” or the like is displayed as a variation display of the decorative symbols. Or the hold icon 907 is led to the lower right region of the decorative symbol display device 42 so as not to disturb the visual recognition of the hold icon 907. However, in step S8607, only the card pre-guidance display flag is set to ON, and processing for executing the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 (drawing, etc.) is performed separately.

  That is, in the display setting process (see step S3910 in FIG. 17), the sub control device 262 determines whether the card pre-guidance display flag is turned on and whether the data pre-guidance display flag is turned on. If only the data pre-guidance display flag is turned on, for example, the same pre-forgetting guidance display 905 as in FIG. 51B is derived, and only the card pre-guidance display flag is turned on. Is a pre-forgotten guidance display 905 including character information 902 such as “Be careful about forgetting to remove a gaming card!”, And if both flags are turned on, “Forgot to remove gaming card / game data”. Forgetting to take a pre-drawn information display 905 including character information 902 such as “Please pay attention to!”, And if both flags are turned off, Display 905 is not derived.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8603, it is determined in step S8608 whether a QR code including game information or the like is being displayed. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8608, it is determined in step S8609 whether or not an operation for closing the QR code issuance screen being displayed has been performed. If a negative determination is made in step S8609, the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8609, that is, a player performing a mobile linked game such as reading the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 and erasing the QR code display screen ends the game. If there is a high possibility that it will be performed, the process proceeds to step S8605, the card forgetting guidance display flag is set on, and the process is terminated.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8608, it is determined in step S8610 whether or not the decorative symbol variation display is being performed. If a negative determination is made in step S8610, it is determined in step S8611 whether or not the operation of the handle 18 (in this example, the player touching the handle 18 with the touch sensor of the handle 18) is detected. . If an affirmative determination is made in step S8611, that is, if the presence of a player can be confirmed, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S8611, it is determined in step S8612 whether or not the user is staying on the normal stage. If a negative determination is made in step S8612, that is, the player is in an advantageous state for the player, such as a probability variation stage or a jackpot state, or is in a state where it is taught or suggested that there may be such an advantageous state. Ends this processing as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8612, that is, the ball removal button 123 is not operated or a QR code is not issued, the decorative symbols are not displayed in a variable manner, and the handle 18 is not displayed. If the player is in a state where there is a relatively high possibility that the player will not finish the game, such as staying on the normal stage, the card forgotten guidance display flag is set to ON in step S8613. Then, this process is terminated.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8610, in step S8614, the card forgetting to remove guidance display flag is turned off, and then the process ends.

  Furthermore, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8601, in step S8615, the card forgetting to remove guidance display flag is turned off, and then the present process ends. That is, in the state where the forgetting-to-remember guidance display 901 for the card is displayed, when the decorative symbol change display is started or the demonstration screen display is derived, the forgetting-to-remember guidance display 901 is erased ( Another display is derived).

  In the present embodiment, the forgetting-to-get guidance display 901 and the function for deriving the voice mode corresponding thereto constitute the forgetting-preventing means.

  As described above in detail, according to the eighth embodiment, the player can use the mobile information game in the game information storage area by visually checking the forgotten guidance display 901 displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. It is possible to grasp that game information and the like are stored and that a game card with a balance is inserted into the card unit provided in the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a situation where game information is forgotten from the pachinko machine 10 or a game card is forgotten from the card unit.

  Further, the forgotten-to-get-off guide display 901 is not only configured to be derived in a state where the decorative symbol variation display is not performed, but can also be derived as the pre-forgotten guidance display 905 during the decorative symbol variation display. It is configured. For this reason, before the player finishes the game and completely leaves the pachinko machine 10 (removes his / her line of sight), the player can recognize the forgetting to take guidance display 901 (pre-forgetting to take guidance display 905). Therefore, the player can be alerted more reliably.

  Further, the forgetting to take guidance display 901 is not always displayed, and is displayed only when a specific gaming situation is reached. That is, first, in a state that does not need to be displayed, for example, in the case of a mobile-linked game (player specific information is stored in the player specific information storage area), a forgetting guidance display 901 regarding forgetting to retrieve game information. Is not displayed, and if a game card with a balance is not inserted in the card unit, the forgetting-to-go guidance display 901 relating to forgetting to take a gaming card is not displayed.

  On the other hand, if the operation of the ball removal button 123 is confirmed (the ball removal detection switch has been detected), the game information can be retrieved regardless of whether the decoration symbol has been changed or not. A forgotten guidance display 901 is derived. That is, when the game ball is transferred from the upper plate 19 to the lower plate 15 by operating the ball removal button 123, the discharge hole of the lower plate 15 is opened by further operating the ball removal lever 25. If the game ball is transferred to a portable game box (a so-called dollar box) installed under the lower plate 15 and the player is likely to end the game, it is immediately forgotten. By deriving the guidance display 901, it becomes possible for the player to recognize the forgotten guidance display 901 before the game ball on the upper plate 19 is discharged.

  Even if the ball removal button 123 has not been operated, the decorative symbol variation is stopped even when the return button 122 is operated, the game ball is fired by the launching device 60, and the normal stage. Regardless of the state and during the change, a forgotten guidance display 901 for game information is derived. That is, when the game card is returned, the game ball is not fired, and the player is likely to end the game, such as in the normal mode, the forgotten guidance display 901 is immediately derived. This makes it possible for the player to recognize the forgetting to take guidance display 901.

  In particular, whether or not the game ball is being fired by the launching device 60 is determined by the launching device 60, not by whether or not the launching device 60 is being driven or whether the handle 18 is being operated. This is performed by determining whether or not there is detection by the launch detection switch 401 that can detect the game ball immediately after. For this reason, even if the launching device 60 is driven, it is possible to reliably grasp that the game ball is not actually being fired (so-called “empty shot” state). In other words, “empty” is a phenomenon that is likely to occur when a game is started or when the game is finished. In particular, the return button 122 has already been operated and the game card has been returned from the card unit. Taking into account, the possibility that the game will be finished is very high. Therefore, it is determined more reliably that the state where the “empty shot” is being performed is a state in which a game ball is being fired and the timing for deriving the forgotten guidance display 901 is missed. can do. In particular, the pachinko machine is operated as it is when it is shifted to the empty shot state by continuously operating the return button 122 to finish the game and continuing to fire the game ball until there is no remaining game ball. It is possible to derive the forgotten guidance display 901 at a perfect timing such that the player exists before 10, but is just before ending the game.

  On the other hand, the forgotten guidance display 901 for game information is not derived only by operating the return button 122. That is, by setting a situation in which it is highly necessary to derive the forgotten guidance display 901 as a specific game situation, it is possible to avoid a situation where the forgotten guidance display 901 is excessively derived (continuously derived). Accordingly, it is possible to suppress a decrease in performance, design, and gameability due to the excessively derived guidance display 901 being derived.

  Even when the return button 122 is not operated, the decorative symbol variation display is not performed, the player's contact with the handle 18 is not detected, and the normal stage. In this case, a forgotten guidance display 901 for game information is derived. As a result, the game ball on the upper plate 19 has just disappeared (canceled), the game card balance has already become 0, and the game ends in a situation where the player is staying in the normal mode (a place where the game is good). It becomes possible for the person to recognize the forgotten guidance display 901. Therefore, for example, even if the forgotten information display 901 is derived after a lapse of a specified time after the decorative symbol change display ends, the player has already made no sense after leaving the pachinko machine 10. The situation can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, the forgetting to take guidance display 901 is not derived simply by stopping the display of the variation of the decorative symbol. For this reason, every time the decorative symbol variation display ends (every variation variation is interrupted if the variation display can be suspended), the player continues to fire the game ball and advance the game. In spite of this, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forgotten guidance display 901 is derived one by one.

  However, although it is possible to derive the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 during the variation display of the decorative symbol, it suggests that the expectation of the occurrence of the jackpot is high, and the player visually recognizes it with particular interest. When the reach effect is derived, the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is not derived. For this reason, for example, the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is derived at the time of reach production, leading to a decrease in interest, etc. (I think that the design of the reach production deteriorates, the production has been derived) Then, it is possible to avoid a situation such as giving a loss of expectation such as a simple pre-forgetting guidance display 905.

  In addition, the forgotten guidance display 901 displayed in the decorative symbol variation stop state is displayed on the full display screen of the decorative symbol display device 42, whereas the pre-forgotten guidance displayed during the variation of the decorative symbol is displayed. The display 905 is displayed in the lower right area of the decorative symbol display device 42 so as not to hinder the decorative symbol variation display and the hold icon 907 from being visually recognized. For this reason, the malfunction by becoming impossible or difficult to obtain the information regarding a change display can be avoided.

  Further, in the pre-forgetting guidance display 905, the contents of the mobile-linked game at this time (the number of jackpots, the number of changes, the achievement items, etc.), that is, the mode of the pattern that teaches the contents stored in the game information storage area are derived. There is also a case. In this way, by notifying the player of the current game content as appropriate, the player can be more impressed that there is game information stored and stored in the pachinko machine 10.

  In addition, the game card forgotten guidance display 901 is derived when the ball removal button 123 is operated (in this example, the forgotten guidance display 901 for game information is also derived under the same conditions. ) That is, when it becomes a situation where the player is highly likely to end the game, such as when the game ball on the upper plate 19 is discharged, the forgetting to remove guidance display 901 is immediately derived, and the upper plate 19 Until the game ball is discharged, it becomes possible for the player to recognize the forgotten-to-remember guidance display 901.

  Furthermore, the forgotten-to-remember guidance display 901 for game cards can be derived regardless of whether or not the decorative symbols are being displayed in a variable manner. The display 901 is configured not to be derived. For this reason, it is possible to avoid a situation such as a decrease in interest due to the fact that the forgotten guidance display 901 is derived at the time of reach production.

  In addition, the forgotten guidance display 901 for the game card is derived even when the QR code including the game information displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 by the player when the mobile linked game is terminated is deleted. It is configured. As a result, when a player who is performing a mobile linked game has a high possibility of ending the game, the forgotten guidance display 901 is derived by deriving the forgotten guidance display 901 for the game card. It becomes possible to have the player recognize it more reliably.

  Further, even when the return button 122 is not operated and the QR code is not displayed, the decorative symbol variation display is not performed, and the player's contact with the handle 18 is also detected. If it is not in the normal stage, the game information forgetting guidance display 901 is derived (in this example, the game information forgetting guidance display 901 is also derived under the same conditions). It has become. As a result, the game ball on the upper plate 19 has just disappeared (canceled), the game card balance has already become 0, and the game ends in a situation where the player is staying in the normal mode (a place where the game is good). It becomes possible for the person to recognize the forgotten guidance display 901. Therefore, for example, even if the forgotten information display 901 is derived after a lapse of a specified time after the decorative symbol change display ends, the player has already made no sense after leaving the pachinko machine 10. The situation can be suppressed.

  On the other hand, the forgetting to take guidance display 901 is not derived simply by stopping the display of the variation of the decorative symbol. For this reason, every time the decorative symbol variation display ends (every variation variation is interrupted if the variation display can be suspended), the player continues to fire the game ball and advance the game. In spite of this, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forgotten guidance display 901 is derived one by one.

  Further, when the demo display screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, the forgotten guidance display 901 is erased. For this reason, when a player starts a game, he / she has not yet entered a password for a mobile linked game (no game information corresponding to the player is stored in the game information storage area). Nevertheless, it is possible to avoid a situation in which processing for deriving the forgetting-to-get guidance display 901 for calling attention to forgetting to take game information is performed. Furthermore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the forgetting to take guidance display 901 continues to be unnecessarily derived at any time since the end of the previous player's game.

  Also, in this embodiment, when it is determined in the game information forgetting prevention process of FIG. 49 or the card forgetting prevention process of FIG. Instead of instructing the creation of the forgotten guidance display 901, the data forgotten guidance display flag, the data pre-guidance display flag, the card forgotten guidance display flag, and the card pre-guidance display flag are once set to ON. In addition, referring to the setting status of the flag in another process, it is configured to collectively instruct the creation of the forgotten guidance display 901 for game information and the forgotten guidance display 901 for game information. ing. For this reason, it becomes possible to derive the forgotten guidance display 901 having the contents including the forgotten guidance display 901 for the game information and the forgotten guidance display 901 for the game card, and the generation of the forgotten guidance display 901 is generated. Simplification of control and the like can be achieved.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, when a mobile linked game is performed, the player can select the pattern of the character information 903 displayed on the forgotten guidance display 901, etc. When the forgetting to take guidance display 901 for game information (or for game information and game card) is derived, an announcement is made to alert the player to forgetting to take away with the voice corresponding to the character information 903 selected by the player. Is to be done. For this reason, for example, at the same time as the end of the variable display or just before the end, even if the player has forgotten to collect the game information, the player may leave the spot and leave the line of sight from the pachinko machine 10. The player can be stopped by voice announcement. In particular, since the voice announcement corresponds to the pattern of the character information 903 selected by the player himself, it can be easily noticed by calling to himself.

(Ninth embodiment)
With respect to the real-time clock described in the third embodiment, etc., the game hall in which the pachinko machine 10 is installed or a person concerned with the game machine manufacturer may be configured to set the time. The ninth embodiment that embodies this configuration will be described below. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment etc. about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number. Note that the presence or absence of a function for grasping the deviation of the real-time clock and automatically adjusting the derivation timing of the specific effect as in the third embodiment can be selected as appropriate for each model.

  The real-time clock as the real-time grasping means and the elapsed time counting means of this embodiment is electrically connected to the sub-control device 262. The real-time clock of this embodiment includes counters corresponding to year, month, date, hour, minute, and second (seconds or less), and corresponds to month, day, hour, minute, and second (seconds or less). Each counter reaches its upper limit value (for “day”, there are four corresponding counters for 30 days, 31 days, 28 days, and 29 days). In addition, “1” is incremented and the counter of itself is returned to the initial value (0).

  Further, in the present embodiment, an effect mode derived within a period in which the way of showing and suggesting the expected occurrence degree to the jackpot state (effect) is changed (this period (hereinafter also referred to as “specific effect period”)). Is equivalent to a specific effect). Such a specific performance period is started at a predetermined time in advance, and when a plurality of the same pachinko machines 10 are installed side by side, the specific performance period is started all at once. Yes.

  The function of executing the specific effects of the sub control device 262 and the display control device 45 constitutes the specific effect executing means, and the function of setting the timing for starting the specific effects based on the time of the real time clock constitutes the start setting means. To do.

  Now, in the present embodiment, it is configured such that the real time clock time can be set by operating the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 (see FIG. 2 etc.) as the first operation means. However, it is not always possible to set the time, and in this embodiment, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is operated while pressing the RAM erase switch 323 (see FIG. 5) as the second operation means provided in the power supply device 313. When is turned on, the time setting valid state (count valid state) in which the time setting of the real-time clock is permitted is set. In the present embodiment, turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while operating the RAM erase switch 323 corresponds to the presetting.

  Of course, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erase switch 323 is operated, the memory (backup) of the state when the power is turned off is erased, and the game mode, game state, decoration The display mode of the symbol display device 42 (liquid crystal display device) is returned to the initial state. That is, the game mode is set to the normal mode, the on-hold storage is erased, the demonstration screen display is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, and then the game stage enters the start winning devices 33a and 33b. It is set so that the variation display of the decorative pattern is started.

  In this embodiment, the backup area 503a of the RAM 503 constitutes a game status storage unit. Further, even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, the power supply device 313 that supplies power to the RAM 503 constitutes backup power supply means. In addition, as described above, the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are effects (for example, right / left) that are accompanied by the operation of the menu screen such as password entry of the mobile linked game and the selection of the player in the decorative symbol display device 42. Used to select one).

  Next, the flow of main processing executed by the CPU 501 in the main controller 261 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This main process is started upon reset when power is turned on.

  First, in step S101, an initial setting process associated with power-on is executed. Specifically, for example, 1 is set in order to set a predetermined value in the stack pointer and wait for the sub-side control device (sub-control device 262, payout control device 311, etc.) to become operable. Wait processing is performed for about 2 seconds. In the subsequent step S102, RAM access is permitted.

  After step S102, in step S103, it is determined whether or not the occurrence information of power interruption is set in the backup area 503a of the RAM 503. If a negative determination is made in step S103, that is, if the backup data is not stored and there is a possibility that the process at the previous power-off has not ended normally, the backup data is cleared (erased). The process proceeds to step S113.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S103, that is, if occurrence information of power interruption is set in the backup area 503a, a RAM determination value is calculated in step S104, and in the subsequent step S105, the RAM determination value is calculated. Is equal to the RAM determination value stored when the power is turned off, that is, the validity of the backup is determined. If a negative determination is made in step S105, that is, if the RAM determination value calculated in step S104 does not match the RAM determination value stored when the power is turned off, the backed up data is destroyed. The process proceeds to S113.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S105, it is determined in step S106 whether or not the RAM erase switch 323 provided in the power supply device 313 is pressed (ON). If an affirmative determination is made in step S106, that is, if the RAM erase switch 323 has been pressed, the process proceeds to a process for clearing the backup data.

  However, in this embodiment, if an affirmative determination is made in step S106, the process proceeds to step S112 in real time to the sub-control device 262 before proceeding to step S113, which is a process for clearing (erasing) backup data. In order to allow the clock time setting, processing for transmitting a time setting valid command is performed. After step S112, the process proceeds to step S113.

  In the process of step S113, an initialization command is transmitted to initialize the sub control device 262, the payout control device 311 and the like. Thereafter, the process proceeds to a RAM initialization process (step S114, etc.). Note that the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 503. Instead of the RAM determination value, it is possible to determine the effectiveness of backup based on whether or not the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 503 is correctly stored.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 323 when it is desired to return to the initial state when the power is turned on, for example, when the hall starts business. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 323 is ON, the process proceeds to a RAM initialization process (step S114, etc.). Similarly, when the information on occurrence of power interruption is not set, or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by a RAM determination value (checksum value or the like), the process proceeds to initialization processing of the RAM 503 (step S114 or the like). That is, in step S114, the used area of the RAM 503 is cleared to 0, and in the subsequent step S115, the initial value of the RAM 503 is set. Thereafter, interrupt permission is set in step S111, and the process proceeds to normal processing described later.

  On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 323 has not been pressed (step S103: NO), it is a condition that the information on occurrence of power interruption is set and the RAM judgment value (checksum value etc.) is normal. In addition, the process at the time of power recovery (process at the time of power failure recovery) is executed. That is, in step S107, the stack pointer before the power interruption is restored, and in step S108, the information on the occurrence of the power interruption is cleared.

  In step S109, a command for returning the sub-side control device to the gaming state at the time of power-off is transmitted. In step S110, the used register is restored from the backup area 503a of the RAM 503. Thereafter, interrupt permission is set in step S111, and the process proceeds to normal processing described later.

  Next, time setting processing performed at predetermined time intervals in the sub-control device 262 will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S8801, it is determined whether or not a time setting valid flag indicating that the time setting is enabled is set. If a negative determination is made in step S8801, it is determined in step S8802 whether a time setting valid command from main controller 261 has been received. If a negative determination is made in step S8802, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8802, that is, if the RAM erase switch 323 has been operated when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, in step S8803, the time setting valid flag is set on.

  In step S8804, a value corresponding to a predetermined time limit (for example, 10 minutes) that is set to the time setting valid state is set for the time setting valid timer. In a succeeding step S8805, a time setting screen display flag for displaying the time setting screen on the decorative symbol display device 42 is set to ON, and then the present process is ended.

  As shown in FIG. 55, on the time setting screen, each item of date and time is displayed based on the current real-time clock information, and a corresponding number is input (changed) by operating the cross button 126. It is configured to be possible. In addition, on the time setting screen, an explanation of the purpose of the time setting screen such as “Please enter the date and time within 10 minutes”, a time limit display such as “remaining ○ minutes ○ seconds”, and a cross button 125 Operation explanation display is performed. Furthermore, selection items “input complete” and “cancel” are displayed in the lower right part of the time setting screen.

  In the present embodiment, not only the time limit display changes (teaches the decreasing remaining time) but also the display indicating “time” on the time setting screen as time elapses (date is changed). The date is also changed if it is straddled). The year / month / day / hour / minute display on the time setting screen does not change from when the time setting screen is displayed to when the time setting screen is deleted, except for a change made by operating the cross button 126 of the player. It is good also as comprising (it does not change with time).

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8801, whether or not a time setting completion input has been made in step S8806, that is, the cursor is placed on the “input completion” selection item displayed on the time setting screen. It is determined whether or not the button 125 has been operated.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S 8806, a setting registration process for reflecting the information (year / month / day, time) set in the time setting screen in step S 8807 on the real-time clock is performed. As will be described in detail later, the RAM 503 of the sub-control device 262 is provided with a temporary time setting storage area for storing settings relating to year, month, date, hour, and minute. In step S8808, the temporary time setting is performed. The memory contents (year / month / day / hour / minute) in the memory area are reflected in the real-time clock. An initial value (0) is set for the counter corresponding to the second (seconds or less) of the real-time clock.

  In a succeeding step S8808, the time setting valid flag is turned off. As a result, a time setting invalid state in which the time setting of the real time clock cannot be performed. After step S8808, in step S8809, a time setting screen deletion flag indicating that the time setting screen is to be deleted is set on, and then the present process is terminated. In the present embodiment, input by operating the effect button 125 in a state where the cursor is set to the “input completed” selection item by operating the cross button 126 corresponds to post-setting.

  If a negative determination is made in step S8806, that is, if the operation for ending the time setting has not yet been performed, it is displayed in step S8810 whether or not a cancel input has been made, that is, the time setting screen. It is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated by placing the cursor on the “cancel” selection item. If the determination in step S8810 is affirmative, the process proceeds to step S8808 to turn off the time setting valid flag. In step S8809, the time setting screen deletion flag is set to on, and then the process ends. That is, when a cancel input is made, the real-time clock (counter value) is not changed.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S8810, processing for subtracting the value of the time setting valid timer is performed in step S8811. Incidentally, in the present embodiment, the value of the time setting valid timer becomes 0 when 10 minutes have elapsed since the power-on.

  In the subsequent step S8812, it is determined whether or not the value of the time setting valid timer is zero. If a negative determination is made in step S8812, the present process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8812, that is, if the time limit for the time setting valid state has arrived, the same as in the case where the cancel input has been made, Transition.

  In the present embodiment, the time setting screen is in the time setting valid state because the period in which the time setting is valid matches the period in which the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. The function for deriving such a time setting display (the control of the sub-control device 262 and the display control device 45 and the decorative symbol display device 42) constitutes an effective state teaching means. Further, the process of turning on the time setting valid flag in step S8803 constitutes the time setting permission process.

  In the present embodiment, in the display control process performed every predetermined time in the sub-control device 262, when the time setting valid flag is turned on, a process for displaying the time setting screen (time setting display process) Will be performed. Hereinafter, the time setting display process will be described with reference to FIG.

  First, in step S8901, it is determined whether or not the time setting screen deletion flag is set to ON. If a negative determination is made in step S8901, it is determined in step S8902 whether or not the time setting valid flag is set on. If a negative determination is made in step S8902, this processing is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S8902, it is determined in step S8903 whether the time setting screen display flag is set on. If an affirmative determination is made in step S8903, in step S8904, time setting screen display processing for displaying a time setting screen (initial screen) on the decorative symbol display device 42 is performed. By performing this process, the creation of the time setting screen and the display of the time setting screen on the decorative symbol display device 42 are performed. Thereafter, in step S8905, the time setting screen display flag is turned off, and then the present process is terminated.

  If the determination in step S8903 is negative, in step S8906, based on the value of the time setting valid timer, the remaining time until the time setting valid state time limit that allows time setting is calculated, Perform processing to be displayed on the setting screen.

  In a succeeding step S8907, it is determined whether or not the cross button 126 is operated. If a negative determination is made in step S8907, this processing is terminated as it is. If the determination in step S8907 is affirmative, in step S8908, the operation of the cross button 126 is stored in the temporary time setting storage area, and the operation storage / reflection display for reflecting the change based on the operation on the time setting screen is performed. Process.

  More specifically, the temporary time setting storage area is provided with a storage area corresponding to each of year, month, date, hour, and minute. Further, a setting pointer indicating whether year / month / day / hour / minute is being set is provided corresponding to the temporary time setting storage area. If it is determined that the “right key of the cross button 126” has been operated, the setting pointer is advanced by one, and the year / month / day / hour / time on the time setting screen of the decorative symbol display device 42 are displayed. Move the cursor forward to indicate which of the minutes is being set. If it is determined that the “left key of the cross button 126” is operated, the setting pointer in the temporary time setting storage area is returned to the previous position, and the cursor on the time setting screen is returned to the previous position.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the storage areas provided corresponding to the year, month, date, hour, and minute of the temporary time setting storage area are set to counters each having an upper limit value (for example, “month”). The corresponding storage area is configured as a counter) that can take values from 0 to 11. If it is determined that the “upper key of the cross button 126” has been operated, the value of the storage area indicated by the setting pointer in the temporary time setting storage area is incremented by 1, and the If it is determined that the “key” has been operated, the value in the storage area indicated by the setting pointer in the temporary time setting storage area is decremented by one. After step S8908, this process ends.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S8901, the time setting screen is deleted in step S8909, and the process is terminated.

  Note that the display control device 45 of this embodiment does not directly read and draw the data in the character ROM 525, but stores the data necessary for drawing in a separately provided volatile memory, and after the necessary data has been collected, It is configured to read out data from a volatile memory and perform drawing processing. For this reason, while the data is stored in the volatile memory, the decorative symbol display device 45 does not perform a variable display, and a dedicated display is performed during the drawing process.

  However, in this embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erase switch 323 is operated, the decorative symbol display device 42 does not display dedicated to the drawing process but the time setting screen. (The reading of data from the character ROM 525 continues to be performed in parallel with the display of the time setting screen). Furthermore, in this embodiment, reading of data from the character ROM 525 is completed, and a demonstration display screen (or a normal mode variation standby screen; a screen in a mode in which decorative symbols are displayed but not varied) can be displayed. Even if the time setting valid flag is on, priority is given to the display of the time setting screen, and when the time setting screen is deleted, the demonstration display screen and the like are derived. It is configured.

  In the present embodiment, the process of creating an image to be derived in the game on the decorative symbol display device 42 such as a demonstration display screen or a normal mode change standby screen constitutes an image creation process. Also, in the present embodiment, the mobile linked game is configured to be possible, but it can be embodied in the pachinko machine 10 that cannot perform the mobile linked game.

  As described above in detail, according to the ninth embodiment, the time setting of the real-time clock can be performed, and correction can be made when a deviation occurs in the time of the real-time clock. Further, by turning on the power of the gaming machine (operating in advance) while operating the RAM erasing switch 323 provided at a position where the player is not operable (a position), the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are displayed. It is possible to make the time setting valid state in which the time setting of the real-time clock can be performed. Accordingly, it is impossible for the player to physically make a preset (to set the time setting valid state). For example, by inputting the password using the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, the effect button 125 In comparison with the configuration in which the time setting of the real time clock using the cross button 126 is permitted, the player operates the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 to set the time of the real time clock. It can prevent more reliably. As a result, for example, a plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed side by side due to the fact that the player arbitrarily sets the time of the real-time clock so that the time zone in which his / her favorite performance is derived is derived. Games that know how to set the time of the real-time clock (which is not publicly available), such as the fact that the same specific performance is started all at once, etc. By allowing the player to immediately derive the specific performance, it is possible to prevent an unknown player from receiving discomfort or the like.

  Further, the real time clock can be substantially set using the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 provided at a position where the player can operate. In other words, when setting the time of the real-time clock, the stage buttons 125 and the cross button 126 suitable for relatively fine input operations such as various operations on the menu screen and a password input operation at the start of the mobile linked game are effectively used. Thus, it is possible to improve the input workability. Furthermore, compared with the case where operation means and display means for setting the time of the real time clock are provided on the rear side of the pachinko machine 10, the configuration can be simplified.

  In addition, for example, in the case of a configuration in which a password for permitting the time setting of the real-time clock (setting the time setting valid state) is input using the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, for example, on the menu screen, the time It is necessary to provide a selection item corresponding to the password input when starting the setting. In this regard, in this embodiment, since it is not necessary to provide such a selection item, for example, a player who notices such a selection item cannot be a player (it cannot know what is actually being performed). ) It is possible to avoid a situation in which the selection item that will be set has a sense of discomfort or distrust.

  Further, on the time setting screen displayed on the decorative design display device 42 when the time setting is valid, the cursor is moved to the selection item “input completion” and the effect button 125 is operated (post-setting). The time setting screen is erased and the time setting is disabled. Thus, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the time setting valid state is continued indefinitely and the time setting of the real time clock is performed by the player. Furthermore, for the subsequent setting to make the time setting invalid state, for example, the key is taken out again to unlock the pachinko machine 10, the inner frame 12 is opened, and a predetermined operation on the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 is forced. Compared to a configuration in which workability is improved, workability can be improved.

  In addition, since the operation for making the time setting valid state is common with the process of erasing the memory in the backup area 503a (initializing the pachinko machine 10), the RAM erasure switch 323 is shared and configured. Can be simplified.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, when the time setting is valid, the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. Therefore, the fact that the time setting is valid means that the decorative symbol display device 42 is visually recognized. Can be clearly recognized. In addition, since the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, it is easy to notice that the time setting is valid even after the inner frame 12 is closed. Therefore, for example, a party such as a gaming hall turned on the gaming machine while operating the RAM erasing switch 323, but forgot to shift to the time setting valid state by such operation and closed the inner frame 12 as it is. Thus, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the player leaves the place for other work and the player plays a game in the time setting valid state.

  In addition, a time limit is set in the period in which the time setting is valid, and when the time limit has passed, the time setting screen is erased and the time setting screen is erased. For this reason, the worker goes somewhere with the time setting screen displayed, and the player plays the game in the time setting valid state as it is (business for the game hall or the like is started). The situation can be prevented more reliably.

  In general, when a pachinko machine 10 is turned on at the start of business at a game hall or the like, a game image on the decorative symbol display device 42, which is a liquid crystal display device, is created from the beginning. A relatively long time is required until an image of the entire display screen of the symbol display device 42 is completed (for example, about 30 seconds). Therefore, if the time setting screen is created and displayed after such an image is completed, there is a concern that workability may be reduced.

  In this regard, according to the present embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while operating the RAM erase switch 323, the time setting screen is created and derived first. Therefore, the time setting is enabled immediately after the power is turned on, and the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 so that the time can be set directly, thereby improving work efficiency and the like. be able to.

(10th Embodiment)
Even if the real-time clock described in the third embodiment or the like is omitted, it may be configured to be able to enjoy an effect based on time information of date and time. Hereinafter, a tenth embodiment embodying such a configuration will be described. In addition, since it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment etc. about a basic structure, while omitting the description, it demonstrates using the same member name and member number.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, a real-time clock is not provided, but the RAM 553 of the sub-control device 262 stores a time information storage area as time information storage means for storing time information (time information) of date and time. Is provided. In the time information storage area, storage areas are provided corresponding to each of the month, date, hour, and minute.

  In the present embodiment, the password as the linked game information input to the pachinko machine 10 when starting the mobile linked game includes information based on the player's individual game information stored and stored in the server (rank, Title), information based on the player's settings related to mobile linked games (customization, etc.), player identification information for identifying the player (mobile registration number, etc.), and date / time and time information It is like that.

  When a password is input to the pachinko machine 10, information included in the password is stored, and processing for reflecting the information on the game (production) is performed.

  Here, the password input processing of the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In step S9101, it is determined whether or not the password input screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device.

  As shown in FIG. 58, in the password input screen of the present embodiment, the alphanumeric characters “A to Z” and “1 to 9” used for the password, “input completed”, “return one character”, “return to the top menu” In order to display the 12-character word input as the password separately for each character, a word display unit composed of twelve horizontally arranged frames (cells) is displayed. Is displayed. Furthermore, the password input screen is composed of an input cursor indicating whether “alphanumeric characters”, “input completion”, “return one character”, or “return to top menu” used for the password is selected, and 12 frames. In the word display portion to be displayed, when an alphanumeric character is selected with the input cursor and an input operation is performed, a main cursor indicating which frame the alphanumeric character is input is displayed.

  In the present embodiment, the time information is indicated by the lower 4 digits (four characters on the left side) of the password. In particular, the “hour” and “minute” information is configured to be included in the lower three digits.

  In order to start the mobile linked game, the password input screen of the pachinko machine 10 is opened and the password is issued by accessing the server with the mobile communication terminal, and the password displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is confirmed. However, an operation of inputting a password to the pachinko machine 10 is performed. In this embodiment, among the passwords displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, the word corresponding to the time information has been issued as a password (displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal). It is configured to change with the passage of time (every minute) corresponding to the passage of time.

  If a negative determination is made in step S9101, the process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S9101, it is determined in step S9102 whether or not an opportunity to start variation of the decorative symbol display device 42 has come (whether or not a variation pattern command has been received). If the determination in step S9102 is affirmative, in step S9103, a process for closing the password input screen (a state in which a decorative symbol is displayed) is performed. In other words, when the decorative symbol variation display is performed, the menu screen such as the password input screen is closed.

  In a succeeding step S9104, “1” is set to a place counter indicating which frame of the word display unit the main cursor indicates. Incidentally, when the value of the location counter is 1, the main cursor is displayed corresponding to the top frame (left frame) of the word display section. The place counter of the present embodiment is configured to take 13 values (1 to 13) obtained by adding “1” to the number of frames (12) of the word display unit. After step S9104, this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S9102, it is determined in step S9105 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated. If a negative determination is made in step S9105, the present process is terminated as it is.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S9105, an input error display (for example, a display such as “Password is incorrect. Please enter again”) indicating that the password is different is derived in step S9106. It is determined whether it is in a state. If an affirmative determination is made in step S9106, the process proceeds to step S9108 after performing a process of deleting the input error display in step S9107. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S9106, the process directly proceeds to step S9108.

  In step S9108, it is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated by placing the input cursor on the selection item “return to top menu” on the password input screen. If an affirmative determination is made in step S9108, processing for returning from the password input screen to the top menu screen is performed in step S9109, and then the location counter is set to “1” in step S9104, and then this processing ends. To do.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S9108, it is determined in step S9110 whether or not a mobile-linked game is in progress. If an affirmative determination is made in step S9110, in step S9111, "Password entry has been completed. To enter a new password, issue a QR code and terminate the mobile linked game." After performing the process for deriving the guidance display, the present process is terminated.

  If a negative determination is made in step S9110, whether or not a word input operation has been performed in step S9112, that is, the input cursor is set to one of the alphanumeric characters "A to Z" and "1 to 9". It is determined whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated in the combined state. If an affirmative determination is made in step S9112, it is determined in step S9113 whether or not the value of the location counter is “13”. If a negative determination is made in step S9113, that is, if the main cursor is positioned on any frame of the word display unit, the corresponding word (marked by the input cursor) is selected in step S9114. , Input the corresponding frame (marked with the main cursor). In step S9114, the word information is stored in the corresponding frame information storage area for storing the setting contents of each frame in the word display unit, and the input word is stored in the corresponding frame in the word display unit. Processing to display is performed.

  After step S9114, in step S9115, a process of adding “1” to the value of the location counter is performed. In a succeeding step S9116, it is determined whether or not the value of the location counter is “13”. If a negative determination is made in step S9116, in step S9117, the display position of the main cursor is moved based on the value of the location counter, that is, here, a process of moving the main cursor forward (to the right) by one frame. Do. After step S9117, this process ends. In the present embodiment, the main cursor can be advanced by one frame only by inputting the word of the frame marked with the main cursor. For this reason, the input is performed in order from the first (left) word, and for example, the input from the rear (right) word first cannot be performed.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S9117, that is, if a word has already been input to all frames in the word display section, the main cursor is erased in step S9118, and input is performed in step S9119. Performs processing to move the cursor to the input completion selection item. After step S9119, this process ends.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S9113, that is, if an operation for inputting a word is performed despite the fact that the word has been input to all frames of the word display unit, In S9120, a process of deriving a guidance display such as “All words have been input. Please place the cursor on“ Input Complete ”and press the effect button” is performed. After step S9120, this process ends.

  If a negative determination is made in step S9112, it is determined in step S9121 whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated in a state where the input cursor is placed on a selection item such as “return to the previous character”. If an affirmative determination is made in step S9121, it is determined in step S9122 whether or not the value of the location counter is “13”. If a negative determination is made in step S9122, “1” is subtracted from the value of the location counter in step S9123. Furthermore, in step S9124, the display position of the main cursor is moved based on the value of the location counter, that is, here, the main cursor is moved back one frame (to the left).

  In a succeeding step S9125, a process of deleting a corresponding word (marked by the main cursor) among the words input to the word display unit is performed. That is, in this embodiment, when trying to correct a word that has already been input in the word display unit, the word can be corrected unless all the words that have been input after that are erased. I can't do it. After step S9125, this process ends.

  In addition, when an affirmative determination is made in step S9122, that is, for example, when all the words of the password have been input but some word is incorrect and it is desired to correct it, “return to the previous character” If an input operation has been performed, a process of subtracting “1” from the value of the location counter is performed in step S9126. Furthermore, in step S9127, a process of displaying the disappeared main cursor corresponding to the last frame of the word display unit is performed. After step S9127, this process ends.

  If the determination in step S9121 is negative, that is, if the effect button 125 is operated with the input cursor placed on the selection item “input complete”, password authentication processing is performed in step S9128. . In the following step S9129, it is determined whether or not the input word combination is registered as a password combination.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S9129, in step S9130, a process for deriving a ball entry error display is performed, and then this process ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S9129, in step S9131, various types of information included in the input password are stored, and processing for reflecting such various types of information in the production is performed.

  For example, in a configuration in which the rank set in the mobile linked game is increased by accumulating the number of jackpots or the number of fluctuations, a display that teaches the rank is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. When a predetermined effect is derived, it is conceivable that the character selected by the player is selected and derived from the characters that appear in the game.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the password includes time information of date and time, and in step S9131, the process of storing the month / day / hour / minute information in each storage area of the time information storage area is performed. . Further, the sub-control device 262 of the present embodiment is provided with a time measurement timer for measuring time, and in step S9131, processing for resetting the time measurement timer is also performed. The time measurement timer is updated every predetermined time, and whether the count corresponding to “1 minute” has been performed in the time measurement timer is monitored. When it is determined that the count corresponding to “1 minute” has been performed by the time measurement timer, “1” is added to the storage area corresponding to “minute” in the time information storage area, and the time A process for resetting the measurement timer is performed. In the present embodiment, a time information storage area (particularly, an area for storing “hour” and “minute”) and a time measurement timer constitute time measurement means. By the way, when the mobile linked game is not performed, the time measurement timer is not updated or monitored.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the costume and background of the appearing character are changed based on the date information (for example, which season it is and the date when an event such as Christmas is held). It has become so. Furthermore, the birthday of the player can be registered, the anniversary of the pachinko machine 10 in the world (for example, the birthday of a predetermined character, etc.) is set, and the event production according to the anniversary is provided. You may comprise so that it may generate | occur | produce.

  Furthermore, when a predetermined time (for example, 10 o'clock, 14 o'clock, 18 o'clock) is reached based on the time information, there is a way (effect) of teaching and suggesting the expected degree of occurrence to the big hit state. The period to be changed is configured to start. In the present embodiment, the effect using the time information corresponds to the specific effect, and the function for deriving the specific effect constitutes the specific effect executing means specific effect. Further, in the present embodiment, in a state where the mobile linked game is not performed, an effect that can be derived based on the date information is not derived. You may comprise as follows.

  After step S9131, in step S9132, a process for displaying input completion to teach input completion is performed. In the present embodiment, in step S9132, the password input screen is closed, and a process for deriving a display such as “Password input is complete. Please enjoy mobile linked games” is performed. .

  After step S9132, in step S9133, the location counter is set to “1”, and then this process is terminated. In this embodiment, the function of displaying the password input screen by the sub control device 262 and the display control device 45 and inputting the password constitutes the input means.

  Further, as described above, when the mobile linked game is ended, the code issuing screen on which the QR code including the game information of the day is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, and the displayed QR code is displayed. By reading the mobile communication terminal and accessing the server, game information and the like included in the QR code are transmitted to the server, and by closing the code issuing screen, the player's today stored and stored in the pachinko machine 10 The game information is stored in such a manner as to be erased.

  On the other hand, the time information stored in the time information storage area by inputting the password to the pachinko machine 10 at the start of the mobile linked game is erased, but the code issue screen is erased, and the stored information in the game information storage area is erased. Even if it is done, it is configured not to be erased (until the power is turned off). Further, the QR code displayed on the code issue screen does not include the time information stored in the time information storage area.

  On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the game information storage area, not only simply the number of times that the jackpot state has occurred is stored, but the type of the jackpot state that has occurred is associated with the time at which the jackpot state has occurred. It is configured to be stored. The stored contents are included in the QR code and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal.

  By the way, on the web page of the server, it is configured so that the record of the game so far of the corresponding pachinko machine 10 can be viewed. That is, what month and day from what time to what time, the jackpot history of the day, the number of jackpots, the missions achieved, the number of game balls launched, the number of game balls paid out, etc. Yes. In addition, such a record can be added by a player (for example, a note of the result of a game on another gaming machine, etc.). You can write up to the schedule of the day. Therefore, the player can use such a function like a schedule book.

  As described above in detail, according to the tenth embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 does not have a clock function (real-time clock) that keeps measuring 24 hours a year, so that when the mobile linked game is started, By inputting a password including information into the pachinko machine 10, a specific effect using time information can be provided. Therefore, in order to manage the clock function that keeps measuring even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, the power supply is continued even when the power is turned off, or the processing to cope with the time lag caused by long-term use, etc. It is possible to avoid a situation in which a relatively large cost is required for performing a clock function or setting a clock function itself (for example, a real-time clock, a power storage unit, an integrated circuit or a wiring for controlling them).

  Also, for example, in order to increase efficiency, it is conceivable to manufacture a control board that can handle a plurality of models. However, when a real-time clock is mounted on such a board, the control board is one of the mounted models. If there is something that does not use the function of the real-time clock, there is a concern that a great waste will occur. In this regard, as in this embodiment, it is possible to activate the clock function based on time information from the outside only when performing a mobile linked game, but the time of a real time clock or the like is continuously measured for 24 hours. By adopting a configuration that does not include a configuration, it is possible to suppress the above-mentioned concern (a wasteful size when the installed clock function is not used).

  Furthermore, among players, a specific effect using time information is provided to a player who is performing a mobile linked game that has a relatively strong interest and commitment to the effect, etc. It is possible to avoid such a situation that the pachinko machine 10 is unsatisfactory compared to the pachinko machine 10 and to improve the game motivation for the pachinko machine 10. In addition, if the mobile linked game is not performed, it is not possible to enjoy a specific effect using such time information, so that it is possible to improve the willingness to participate in the mobile linked game.

  Further, in this embodiment, even after a password is issued on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal that is accessing the server, the word corresponding to the time information in the displayed password is the passage of time. It is configured to change according to. In other words, if a relatively long time lag occurs between when the password is issued at the server and when the password is input to the pachinko machine 10, the time information included in the password is not accurate. There is concern about becoming. In this regard, according to the present embodiment, since the word corresponding to the time information in the password is updated in real time while the player is viewing the password, the time information (time Information) and the actual time can be prevented from being relatively large.

  In addition, the word corresponding to the time information in the password is composed of the lower 4 digits (up to 4 from the right). Especially, the time (hour / minute) information is only in the lower 3 digits. It has been included. Furthermore, in the password input screen displayed on the decorative design display device 42, the order of inputting the words constituting the password is defined, and the words must be input one by one from the top (left side) word. For example, the next word cannot be input (for example, it is not possible to input one word or input from the last word). In other words, the last (right) word is input last.

  That is, when a player inputs a password to the pachinko machine 10, if a password corresponding to the time information is input first, a relatively long time lag between the password issuance and the password input completion. Even if there is, there will be no such effect as the time does not shift. For this reason, the password entry order is defined so that the word corresponding to the time information is last (for example, the next word cannot be entered unless the previous word is entered), thereby eliminating such concerns. can do.

  In addition, for example, when a specified time has passed after a password is issued, the password is forcibly enforced so that there is no large gap between the time information included in the password and the actual time. It is conceivable that the time information is deleted from the game machine (time information far from the actual time is not input to the gaming machine). However, in this case, the trouble of entering the password halfway is wasted, or a player who is not good at manual entry cannot enter the password until the end, or always Since the password disappears in the middle, if you write down the password and enter it later, there is a concern that the time will end up being significantly different. In this regard, such a concern can be eliminated by adopting the above configuration in which the word input order is changed last while changing the word indicating the time information.

  Note that the word indicating the time information in the password does not represent the date and time as a number, but indicates the date and time by combining alphanumeric characters with a predetermined algorithm. For this reason, the number of words indicating the time information in the password (4 in this example) is compared with the number of words (8 in this example) when inputting the month, date, hour, and minute as they are in digital numbers. Can be reduced. For this reason, the input time of the word corresponding to time information can be shortened as much as possible.

  Further, in the present embodiment, even when a player who has played a mobile linked game stops the game, the pachinko machine 10 keeps the time information stored in the time information storage area. For this reason, even if the next player who plays the pachinko machine 10 does not play the mobile linked game, he can enjoy the specific effect corresponding to the time information. In this way, by increasing the chances of trying specific productions corresponding to time information, it is possible to increase interest in such specific productions, and in turn, mobile-linked games. Improvements can be made.

  In addition, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, the time information is deleted. That is, since the time measurement in the pachinko machine 10 is stopped when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, even if the time is stored in the time information storage area, the time information after the power is turned on. The accuracy of the time information in the storage area becomes insufficient. For this reason, when the power is turned off, it is possible to avoid using incorrect time information by deleting the time information. Therefore, a situation where the player is confused or misunderstood can be prevented by deriving a specific effect based on incorrect time information.

  If there is power outage information when the power is turned on, “Time information has been lost, so if you want to derive a specific effect corresponding to the time information, once you quit the mobile-linked game, and once again password May be configured to derive a guidance such as "Please enter".

  In addition, in the present embodiment, the fact that the jackpot state has occurred during the mobile linked game, the type of the jackpot state, and the occurrence time of the jackpot state are stored in association with each other, and when the mobile linked game is terminated, Such information is included in the QR code and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, by performing a mobile linked game, it is possible to keep a more detailed game record. In particular, in the present embodiment, the server automatically records the mobile linked game of the player, that is, the game start time, the game end time, the jackpot history and the number of fluctuations, the achieved mission, the payout rate of the game ball, etc. There is a schedule function to be added, and the player can enjoy the game more by utilizing such a function.

  In addition, it is not limited to the description content of embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows.

  (A) The contents and number of game information and selection information are not particularly limited and can be changed as appropriate. For example, for a slot machine as a gaming machine, winning probabilities such as various bonuses and ART (assist replay time) can be set in a plurality of stages, and the winning probabilities of child roles are also set according to the setting. In the case where there is a difference, the number of wins of the child role having a difference in the winning probability according to the setting is accumulated and stored in the game information storage area, and the server calculates the winning probability of the child role by sending it to the server, You may comprise so that the result can be displayed on the display of a portable communication terminal.

  Furthermore, the selection effects that can be selected by the player are not particularly limited to stage selection and button effects in the normal state and the big hit state, and can be appropriately changed instead of or in addition to these. For example, after the reach state occurs, at the timing when the super reach occurs, the player can select one of a plurality of types of super reach by operating the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, and the selection result May be accumulated and stored as selection information, and a question as to why the super-reach is selected in a questionnaire for mobile linked games may be derived. In addition, for example, in correspondence with a slot machine as a gaming machine, it is accumulated in association with a stage where the order of pressing a plurality of stop buttons for stopping a plurality of reels is stayed and an effect derived at that time. You may comprise so that it may memorize | store.

  In addition, the customization function is not particularly limited. For example, the design of appearance characters (such as costumes) and the sound output during the production are arranged, and the rules for suggesting the occurrence of the jackpot state are changed ( For example, in the configuration in which the speech of the character is displayed in a balloon on the decorative design display device 42 and the color of the character is white → red → gold as the degree of expectation for the jackpot increases, Instead of having a high possibility of winning, it may be possible to win or to stop derivation of red and gold). The customization function is configured such that the higher the rank, the more patterns that can be customized.

  Also, the method for determining the effect setting item is not particularly limited, and a rule may be set as appropriate for each model. For example, when there are multiple setting items, such as reach production, the setting indicating “I like” is made for “Kuroshio Reach”, but no setting is made for “Sango Reach” or “Marine Reach”. In this case, “Kuroshio Reach” is set to 60% and “Sango Reach” and “Marine Reach” are selected as the reach production (selected when it is determined that the thumb reach does not occur). It is good also as comprising each so that it may become the ratio (each 20%) which equally divided the remaining ratio (40%). In this case, simplification of setting control of effect setting items can be achieved. Furthermore, for example, a configuration in which no setting is performed may be configured not to be derived at all. In addition, the setting screen for the effect setting items may not be terminated (setting cannot be completed) unless predetermined main settings or all settings are performed.

  (B) In the above embodiment, the questionnaire may be derived for both the mobile-linked game and the non-mobile-linked game. However, the questionnaire may be derived only for the mobile-linked game. You may comprise so that a questionnaire may be comparatively easily derived in the case of a game. In addition, you may comprise so that a questionnaire may not be implemented at all.

  In addition, if you cooperate with a questionnaire, a dedicated animation etc. will be derived in the subsequent jackpot round, or if it is in a state where it is not possible to determine whether it is a probable big hit or not, but it is a probable big hit It may be configured such that an effect that teaches this is always performed, or the possibility of performing is increased.

  In addition, the server can compare the questionnaire information with the game information to determine whether the questionnaire information and the game information match, and the result can be reflected in the password, and thus in the performance of the pachinko machine 10. Good. For example, if a player who answered “Yes” to the question “Question of game of this model for the first time” confirms the game information, the game does not answer the questionnaire correctly, such as when there are about 10 games. The ratio of teaching a relatively late rather than an early stage of teaching that the probability variation jackpot or the probability variation mode is being increased increases (when the special display devices 43L and 43R are confirmed when the jackpot state occurs) If the correspondence between the display contents and the jackpot type is not grasped, it is relatively easy to sort into a pattern that cannot be distinguished between the probability variation mode and the time reduction mode even at the end of the jackpot state). Conversely, a player who correctly answers the questionnaire can be appropriately reflected in such a situation that it is easy to be taught at a relatively early stage that it is a probable big hit or a probable change mode.

  (C) In the above embodiment, the QR code is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 as code information including server address information, game information, and selection information. The code may be a one-dimensional code, a one-dimensional code, or a combination of symbols such as a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) (for example, the game information and the selection information are indicated after the URL indicating the server address) Character string). In the above embodiment, the player (the mobile communication terminal) is specified using “HTTP Cookie”, but the player is specified by other methods (for example, the player registers an e-mail address). Also good. In addition, a dedicated application can be downloaded from the server, and the game information and selection information can be read from the pachinko machine 10 by the communication method different from the above embodiment and transmitted to the server by the mobile communication terminal. Good.

  (D) The mobile communication terminal is not limited to a mobile phone or a smartphone, and may be a mobile PC having a code information reading function. In the above embodiment, the exchange of data between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal is performed by reading the QR code displayed on the pachinko machine 10 by the mobile communication terminal and by the server in response to a request from the mobile communication terminal. The issued password is input to the pachinko machine 10, but wireless communication such as infrared rays may be used, for example.

  In the above embodiment, the password is input to the pachinko machine 10 so that the game information and the selection information stored in the server can be reflected, but the configuration that cannot be reflected (pachinko machine) 10 may be configured such that the password is not input to 10).

  Further, the data is exchanged between the pachinko machine 10 and the server via the mobile communication terminal, but the exchange is performed between the pachinko machine 10 and the server by other methods. You may comprise as follows. For example, the pachinko machine 10 and the server are configured to be communicable via a hall computer in a game hall. Furthermore, the player holds the inter-device that is installed in the game hall on the side of the pachinko machine 10 and has a function for lending game media (a game ball for a pachinko machine and a medal for a slot machine). A function for reading / writing information from / to a nonvolatile portable storage means (such as a card) capable of storing the number of game media being played is provided. When the player plays a game, game information and selection information are sent to the server via the hall computer, and information corresponding to the game information and selection information is sent from the server side via the hall computer. The inter-device may be configured to write the information to the portable storage means. In addition, when the player inserts portable storage means into the inter-device during the next game and causes the information to be read, the game according to the rank information and the player's hobby preference is performed as in the above embodiment. You may comprise.

  (E) In the above embodiment, both the individual player selection information and the selection information of the entire player who played each pachinko machine 10 are stored and stored. Both may be omitted. In that case, the storage capacity of the pachinko machine 10 and the server can be reduced. Furthermore, if the configuration is such that the player's individual selection information is not memorized, the specific player's selection information can be blurred, and will be highlighted without knowing the individual's hobbies / preferences. Can be suppressed.) In the above embodiment, when the player agrees to store personal selection information (for example, at the start of a mobile linked game (before and after password input operation), a question and operation items ( (If yes or no) or a question and operation item on the server's web page for the first time registration and get approval for the accumulation of personal selection information) May be configured to be accumulated.

  In the above-described embodiment, the storage contents of the storage area for statistics among the selection information storage areas are configured to be sequentially erased after one week has passed, but this period is not particularly limited. For example, it may be after a predetermined number of days (for example, 1 to 14 days) or a predetermined time, after a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 3000 to 60000 rotations), or may be deleted. It may be configured such that there is no program to be erased, all the selection information of the pachinko machine 10 so far is accumulated, and the accumulated selection information can be found by collecting and analyzing the substrate.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10, when the code issuance screen is displayed and then closed, the stored game information is erased and the selection information is not erased, but the game information is not erased. You may comprise so that it may be erase | eliminated at another timing, and you may comprise so that selection information may be erase | eliminated at the timing which closes a code issue screen. When the selection information is configured to be deleted when the code issuance screen is closed (selection information is added as needed on the server side), the storage capacity can be reduced in the selection information storage area.

  (F) In the above embodiment, the password includes information based on the storage contents of the personal storage area of the selection information storage area, and the player's personal taste preference is reflected in the game. Information based on the stored contents of the storage area for statistics in the selection information storage area may be included in the password, and the hobby preference (like popularity vote) of the entire player may be reflected in the game.

  In this case, for example, a player who plays for the first time recommends and enjoys a popular production first, and increases the possibility of attracting the player's interest at the earliest possible stage. It is possible to actively appeal the goodness of the pachinko machine 10 in such a way that a player who has selected only the production selects a popular production as a trial and discovers a new goodness. it can. Therefore, depending on the development of the game and the like, it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the pachinko machine 10 cannot be drawn out well and the game cannot be played.

  In addition, when there is little game experience of the said pachinko machine 10, you may comprise so that a hobby preference of the whole player may be reflected and a hobby preference may not be reflected when a game experience is accumulated to some extent. Moreover, you may comprise so that a player can select whether to reflect an individual's hobby preference, or to reflect the hobby preference of the whole player. Furthermore, such selection may be performed when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page, but it is used for a password by setting it on the web page (server side). The total number of words can be reduced, and the processing related to password issuance, the storage capacity can be simplified, and the effort related to password input can be reduced.

  (G) Further, when the gaming experience of the pachinko machine 10 is small, the hobby preference of the entire player is reflected, and when the gaming experience is accumulated to some extent, the individual hobby preference of the player is reflected. May be. More specifically, when issuing a password, for example, it is determined whether or not both the fluctuation rank and the jackpot rank are “2” or more. If a negative determination is made, the host side game information storage area and the entire host side are determined. A password corresponding to the stored contents of the selection information storage area (statistical storage area of the selection information storage area) is issued. A password may be issued according to the storage contents of the storage area (the personal storage area of the selection information storage area). In this case, in a state where the gaming experience with respect to the corresponding pachinko machine 10 is shallow and the data amount of the hobby preference of the individual player is not acquired so much, the hobby preference of the entire player is reflected in the game, and the pachinko machine 10 You can actively appeal goodness. Furthermore, when the player has a certain amount of gaming experience of the corresponding pachinko machine 10, the player's personal taste preference is reflected in the game, and the player can perform the game more comfortably. Accordingly, it is possible to provide a suitable game property corresponding to the situation.

  Further, on the server side, the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information are determined in order to determine which of the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information storage area is to be reflected in the game (to be included in the password). Compared with the case where both stored contents of the storage area are included in the password, the number of pieces of information identified from the password, and hence the total number of password patterns, can be reduced. For this reason, the password can be shortened as much as possible, or the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Accordingly, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and labor related to password input.

  (H) Furthermore, it may be configured such that the player can select whether or not the contents stored in the selection information storage area (selection information) are reflected in the game. In this case, a mobile linked game using the mobile communication terminal and the server can be comfortably performed even for a player with a good balance as it is.

  In addition, a selection information storage area for individual players and a host-side selection information storage area (individual selection information storage area) that store and store selection information only in the mobile-linked gaming state are provided to indicate that the player does not reflect it. In the case where the selection information is not stored and stored in the means for storing the selection information for the individual player (corresponding to whether or not to participate each time, or the first time participation may be used) It may be a configuration in which the result is reflected in the future, or the result may be reflected), or may be configured to be accumulated but not reflected.

  (I) In the above embodiment, the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are configured to perform a determination operation at the time of the selection effect and a password input operation, but a button for performing a selection effect determination operation; A button for performing a password input operation may be provided separately (a button for opening and operating the menu screen in addition to the effect button 125 may be provided). Furthermore, the operation means and the input means may not be buttons. For example, the decorative symbol display device 42 may be a touch panel so that a password can be input by touching a key displayed on the display unit.

  Moreover, in the said embodiment, although the decorative design display apparatus 42 which is a liquid crystal display is provided as a display means, you may comprise a display means with other display apparatuses, such as an LED display and a segment display apparatus. Furthermore, it is possible to provide a display means capable of displaying a QR code, a password input screen, and the like separately from a display device capable of displaying symbols such as identification information. In addition, the type and number of characters used for the password are not particularly limited, and hiragana, katakana, kanji, alphabetic characters, numbers, symbols, marks, and the like can be used as appropriate.

  (J) The game information to be ranked is not particularly limited, and can be changed as appropriate for each model. In the first place, information targeted for game information and selection information is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately changed for each model. Furthermore, the update conditions for the change rank and jackpot rank are not particularly limited, and can be changed as appropriate for each model. For example, regarding the update of the jackpot rank, from the first rank to the second rank and from the second rank to the third rank, 20 jackpots are required, and after that, 40 jackpots are required. Good.

  In the above embodiment, the number-of-changes information and the jackpot information accumulated in the server are less than 1000 times (numbers that can be achieved if playing for half a day) and 30 times (if you are lucky, you can achieve it in a day In such a case, the password is configured to include the remaining information, but the configuration is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, if the configuration is such that the closing time of the game hall can be grasped, a numerical value that can be achieved with the remaining playable time at the start of the game is calculated, and the remaining information is compared with the value to the password It may be determined whether or not to include it. In addition, when there is not much time until closing (for example, the remaining two or three hours), an announcement (display) for recommending a relatively time-efficient stage may be performed.

  (K) In the above embodiment, the jackpot probability, the number of jackpot types, the opening / closing pattern of the variable winning device 32 of various jackpot types are not particularly limited, and can be set as appropriate for each model. Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the winning probability in the winning lottery varies between the probability variation mode and the other modes, but the winning probability does not vary (is constant), and is given after the jackpot state ends. The above configuration may be applied to a pachinko machine in which a plurality of patterns of time reduction mode periods (number of fluctuations) are prepared.

  Further, in the above embodiment, the jackpot is won based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting winning device 33a and the winning of the game ball to the second starting winning device 33b. You may comprise so that the ratio of the jackpot classification provided may differ with the case. For example, when winning a jackpot based on a game ball entering the first start winning device 33a and when winning a jackpot based on a game ball entering the second start winning device 33b, The ratio of “7RN” is the same, but the ratio of “16RS” (in other words, the ratio of “7RS”) may be different.

  (L) In the above-described embodiment, the suspension of the variable display is taught to the player by the suspension lamps 46a and 46b. However, the suspension may be taught by other display means. For example, in the decorative symbol display device 42, the image object that means the hold is displayed so as to know whether the hold of the first change display or the hold of the second change display is associated with the change display that is held on a one-to-one basis. May be.

  Moreover, in the said embodiment, the game to the 2nd start winning apparatus 33b suspended after the fluctuation display (1st fluctuation display) based on the entrance of the game ball to the 1st start winning apparatus 33a which has already been reserved. The second variation display is given priority so that the variation display (second variation display) based on the entry of the sphere is digested prior to the first variation display, so as to move around the reserved order. However, it may be configured to be digested in the reserved order regardless of the first variation display or the second variation display.

  (M) You may implement as a pachinko machine of a different type from the above-mentioned embodiment. For example, movable means that can be changed between a specific area in which a game ball moving in the game area can enter, an open state that allows entry into the specific area, and a closed state that prohibits entry into the specific area ( Variable entry means comprising wing members), specific entry means and non-specific entry means capable of entering a game ball entering a specific area, and detection of a game ball entering the specific entry means Specific entry detection means (condition establishment detection means) that performs, a start entry means that is provided outside the specific area and can enter a game ball that moves in the game area, and a game ball that has entered the start entry means And a main control means for controlling opening and closing of the variable pitching means, and when a game ball enters a specific area, the game ball is not specified and non-specific. Regardless of which ball you enter, a predetermined number of game values (game balls) will be given to the player The main control means, based on the detection of the starting entrance detection means, the small hit state in which the variable entrance means is opened once or a plurality of times for the first time, or the variable entrance means is the first Whether to generate a jackpot state in which a predetermined number of game balls enter the open state for the second time longer than the time, or until the specified number of game balls enter the open variable means, which is set in the open state. If you win or lose lottery, if you win a lottery in the winner lottery, a small hit state is generated, if you win a jackpot in the winner lottery, and if there is a detection of specific entry detection means May be applied to a gaming machine that generates a big hit state. In this case, the variable pitching means corresponds to a variable winning device. In addition to pachinko machines, various ball games, similar game machines such as sparrow balls, slot machines as revolving game machines, and game machines that combine slot machines and pachinko machines May be.

  (N) In the above embodiment, an upper limit of the amount of data that can be sent from the pachinko machine 10 to the server at once via the mobile communication terminal may be determined. Furthermore, if the amount of game information and selection information to be transmitted to the server exceeds the predetermined upper limit and could not be sent in one opportunity, the amount of unsent information after closing the code issuance screen The information may be left without being erased, and may be left so that it can be seen that the information has not been transmitted.

  Further, in the above embodiment, when the game information and selection information to be transmitted to the server are stored in the pachinko machine 10 and there is a large amount of data (for example, when selection information for several days is stored), the storage information is stored in the game. When the played game information and selection information are converted into QR codes, the types of game information and selection information that have not been stored in the current game, for example, the number of jackpots is 0 , Check whether there is something for which premium reach is not derived at all, and if it is determined that there is something, reduce the information display area that should have been used for such information An information display area into which information is inserted may be used, or an information display area that should have been used for such information may be used for other information.

  That is, when there is a large amount of information to be transmitted to the server, for example, when there is a large amount of information stored in the selection information, it will take a relatively long time to send this information all at once, and to the player who sends the information. Therefore, there is a concern that communication charges will be added excessively. For this reason, it is desirable to set an upper limit on the amount of information to be sent at one time. However, with the configuration (n), the information accumulated on the pachinko machine 10 side can be sent to the server side as much as possible even under such conditions. As described above, an unused (vacant) area is searched for because there is no corresponding information, and when it is found, other information is loaded using the area.

  Further, when the QR code is read by the mobile communication terminal, it is converted into character string information in URL format, and the order in which the QR code is arranged between each game information and each character string indicating selection information other than questionnaire information is determined. In addition, at the beginning of the character string indicating each game information and selection information, there is an initial character indicating the beginning of the game information and selection information, and there is no storage storage of the corresponding game information and selection information. In such a case, it may be set so that only the corresponding initial character is left. In this case, the beginning character will eventually exist between the character strings indicating each game information and selection information, so it becomes a delimiter between each information, and according to the amount of information of each information at that time Thus, the number of characters constituting the character string can be changed. In addition, when there is no accumulation and storage of the corresponding game information and selection information, that is, for example, when the value obtained by counting the establishment of the predetermined condition is game information, the predetermined condition is never satisfied, Only the first character is left, that is, it continues with the first character corresponding to the game information or selection information in the subsequent order, so that the server knows that there is no storage storage of the corresponding game information and selection information It becomes possible to do. Therefore, the number of characters can be further reduced as compared with a case where a character string other than the first character indicates that there is no storage storage of corresponding game information and selection information.

  It should be noted that even when there is a lot of game information and selection information to be sent to the server and there are a wide variety of types of information, it is desirable that information with high correlation be sent at a time. For example, information indicating the number of times “diving stage” has been selected in normal times, information indicating the number of times “cruising stage” has been selected, and information indicating the number of times “deep sea search stage” has been selected simultaneously It is desirable to be configured to be sent. In other words, if they are not sent at the same time, it becomes impossible to accurately grasp the value of the number of times each stage has been selected out of the number of stage changes. In addition, information indicating whether or not the production button 125 is operated can be transmitted each time transmission is performed so that it can be understood at what ratio the production button 125 is operated with respect to the total number of fluctuations. Also good. In addition, a shortened URL service may be used.

  (O) In the above embodiment, for example, when the mobile communication terminal accesses the server to issue a password at the start of the game, if the location information of the mobile communication terminal is transmitted to the server, It may be configured to store not only information and selection information but also position information correspondingly, or may be configured to issue not only game information and selection information but also a password according to the position information. . Furthermore, when a password including position information is input to the pachinko machine 10, an effect (local effect) reflecting the position information may be performed. In addition, the local presentation may be performed only during the mobile-linked game state of the player who transmitted the position information, or after the player ends the mobile-linked game, for example, continues until the power is turned off. You may be made to do.

  Hereinafter, an example of a mode in the case of exchanging position information among the pachinko machine 10, the mobile communication terminal, and the server will be described. The mobile communication terminal of this example has a built-in GPS. For example, when reading the QR code and transmitting game information or the like to the server for the first time, a display asking whether to send the position information is displayed. In addition, it is possible to refer to the description of services that can be used by using the location information on the web page of the server or the menu of the pachinko machine 10.

  The first purpose of exchanging position information is to grasp the operating status of the pachinko machine 10 in each region and the player's preference on the gaming machine manufacturer side that operates the server. As a result, customer satisfaction can be estimated and used for the development of gaming machines. If location information is added when game information is sent from a mobile communication terminal, the game information for each prefecture is different from that for individual players and statistics for players nationwide. Accumulated. However, it does not necessarily have to be configured so that all information is accumulated by prefecture, only a part of the information may be collected, and multiple prefectures may be accumulated together (Kanto region, Tokai region, etc.). You may comprise.

  The second purpose is to have the player enjoy the performance using the location information and to improve the interest. Hereinafter, an example of “local production” using position information will be described with reference to FIG.

  In this example, a decorative pattern with a pattern corresponding to "local" is set and stored corresponding to each prefecture in the country, and according to points that the player can earn by performing mobile linked games, etc. Thus, the “go map” can be used (unlocked) so that it can be used as a decorative symbol for variable display in the decorative symbol display device 42. Note that the symbols to which the numeral patterns “1-9” shown in the upper and middle stages of FIG. 16A are attached are usually used as the decorative symbols of the decorative symbol display device 42. FIG. The symbol shown in the lower part of a) is the “go map” acquired by the player so far.

  First, when a player sends location information when accessing the server with a mobile communication terminal to perform the first mobile linked game, the server determines the prefecture where the player is located based on the location information. At the same time, the location information is included in the password issued in response to the player's request.

  More specifically, on the pachinko machine 10 side, in the sub-control device 262, local information storage areas (a total of 47) are provided corresponding to each prefecture, and each local information storage area has In addition, a traversing flag, a local flag indicating in which prefecture the first mobile linked game was played, and a local flag indicating in which prefecture this mobile linked game is played are provided. Further, a winning map correspondence table indicating a correspondence relationship with the “winning map” stored in the character ROM 525 of the display control device 45 is provided. Further, as shown in FIG. 16B, the prefectures corresponding to the traversing flag that is set to ON are colored differently so that it can be understood that the traversing flag has been set, and It is possible to use the “Map Map” corresponding to the prefecture for the production.

  In the first mobile-linked game, the local flag and local flag are turned on according to the location information included in the password, and the traversal flag of the prefecture where the local flag (the local flag also indicates the same prefecture) is turned on. turn on. On the menu screen of the decorative symbol display device 42, it becomes possible to select “national crossing rally”. In addition, if you select “Rally across Japan”, the prefectures where the crossing flag is set to “On” and the corresponding “Guide map” (with a motif based on the local things, specialties, sights, etc.) The combination of the number pattern) and the decoration pattern (upper and middle stages in FIG. 16) used in the current variation display can be displayed, and the decoration pattern to be used is changed to “this map pattern”, or The operation such as returning to the initial decorative design can be performed.

  In a “cross-country rally”, each time a specified number of points are accumulated in a mobile-linked game (for example, 1 point per change, 300 points per jackpot, 1000 points per premium reach, 1000 points) Each time you save, you can turn on the stepping flag of another prefecture where the stepping flag is not turned on one by one. By the way, in this example, the order of the prefectures in which the traversing flag is turned on is determined, but the player may be able to select it. In addition, the conditions under which the traversing flag can be set on are not particularly limited. For example, the change flag may be set every 500 times or / and every 5 times of the big display. Further, the determination (point conversion) of whether or not the condition that can set the traversing flag is established can be performed not only on the server side but also on the pachinko machine 10 side. By sending the number of remaining points necessary for turning on the traversing flag in the form of information to the pachinko machine 10 side, it may be configured such that a new corresponding map can be used immediately when the condition is achieved.

  Also, in this example, the player plays a mobile-linked game with the same model of the pachinko machine 10 in a prefecture other than “local” (sends location information to the server). When the local flag is turned on, the traversing flag of the prefecture where the local flag is turned on is set on regardless of the point. Furthermore, the traversing flag, the local flag, and the local flag are reset when the mobile linked game ends (when the QR code issuance screen is closed) and the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. Yes. In addition, information indicating which prefecture traversal flag is turned on, information on the above points, and the like are also included in the two-dimensional code, and are output to the server for management. In addition, information based on the local information related to the next password is included so that the local production (“national rally”) can be continued. In addition, when the nationwide traversal flag is set on, a dedicated production can be derived (for example, a premium notice that can be taught when a jackpot is confirmed can be derived, A special image may be derived during the big hit state, or it may be entered in the second week of the “cross-country rally.” The benefits of the second week include a different color map. ). In addition, the motif of the pattern used for the “This map pattern” is also used for the notice effect etc. (for example, a small group display etc.). It can also be configured so that it can be derived at the time of production.

  In addition, the number of decorative patterns that show the same numbers increases as the number of “Guest Maps” increases, but the number of the decorative patterns other than the patterns in the decorative patterns is the same (the same) to reduce the storage capacity of the image data Design). Also, the points used in the “National Crossing Rally” will be changed so that the rate of points multiplied by the game changes depending on the day and time (for example, twice on holidays and holidays on weekdays, and twice in the morning) Etc.) It may be configured. Further, when a game is played in a prefecture other than the local area, the multiplication rate of points for the game may be changed (for example, the higher the distance from the local area, the higher the multiplication rate).

  In addition, in the above example, local zoning is performed for each prefecture, and individual local images (at least 47 in total) are associated. It is not limited and can be set as appropriate. For example, the division may be performed on a country basis in the Sengoku period.

  Further, it may be configured such that different presentations are displayed depending on whether the “local” where the previous game was played and the “local” where the current game is played are the same or different. For example, in the case of “same”, “I came again” at the start of the game, “It is earlier than usual (refer to time information and store visit time information)”, etc. May be displayed. Further, a question format display may be derived subsequently, and the selection result may be stored as selection information. In addition, when playing in the local area where the number of games is high, if the previous game was in a different area, "Return" or "Did you go elsewhere?" Etc. may be displayed.

  In addition, the player's visit time (game start time), game time, and store exit time (game end time) are accumulated. Based on such data, the average visit time, the average game time, You may comprise so that the average of time etc. may be calculated and this may be reflected in the production of the pachinko machine 10. In other words, it randomly derives a directing step into the player's privateness, such as "I thought it was time to come soon", "It was time to return soon" or "I'm playing longer than usual" Instead, it can be derived according to the facts. For this reason, it is possible to improve the willingness to play as compared to the case where only a common performance is given to all unobtrusive people, and the situation where the player's intention to go one step into private becomes an inappropriate performance Can be avoided. In addition, including information such as the number of jackpots, the number of changes, the number of games in a given area, “I'm on today”, “I was able to see premium reach”, “Today is a 10th anniversary By performing the player-specific effect such as “Ne”, it is possible to improve the game performance in the mobile linked game.

  In addition, the “local production” is not limited to the above example. For example, the costume of the appearing character changes to that of the local character, the background changes to the local sight, music or a speech balloon ( (Telop) may be changed to a local music or dialect. Furthermore, the “local production” is not compulsory, and it is desirable to be able to select whether or not the player intends to do so.

  It should be noted that image data for local production can be derived not only for mobile linked games but also for non-mobile linked games (although the probability is low) (randomly regardless of the player's intention). It may be configured. In this case, it is possible to increase the chances of enjoying the local performance, and to encourage participation in mobile-linked games (no generation of local effects in mobile-linked games will be called a motive for participation in mobile-linked games). Can do. However, in order to be able to set the local effects and local images to the player's preference (derived at a desired timing, or selecting a predetermined one from a number of local images) It is necessary to play linked games.

  (P) Also, when personal information such as gender and age is entered when registering as a user on the server, a password corresponding to the personal information is issued, and when the password is entered into the pachinko machine 10, the personal information is reflected. An effect or the like may be performed. For example, when a birthday is input, a relatively clean effect image (which does not interfere with the visual recognition of the decorative symbol variation display) that is also used for normal performance on the decorative symbol display device 42 is always displayed only during the game of the day. The premium reach derivation probability may be increased. Further, it may be configured to be able to derive a birthday-only production, a day-only production such as New Year or Christmas, a day-only production of the event of the game hall, and the like. Further, for example, the decorative symbol display device 42 is configured to be tiltable with the left-right direction as the axial direction, and the decorative symbol display device 42 is configured to tilt according to the height data of the player included in the password. Good. Note that the gaming machine maker can obtain information such as which age group and which gender is favored by obtaining information on the sex and age of the player.

  Further, a password corresponding to the time and day of the week when the game is started may be issued, and when the password is input to the pachinko machine 10, an effect reflecting it may be performed.

  For example, the relationship between the remaining time until the game hall is closed (in this case, the closing time is preset) and the selected stage may be investigated. In other words, when the remaining time is short, it may be checked which stage is selected, whether a time-efficient one is selected, or unrelated. In addition, for example, there are stages that are easy to select according to the season, which stages are easy to select immediately after the start of installation, and which stages are easy to select after a certain amount of time has elapsed since the start of installation. Good. Further, for example, it may be checked whether there is a stage that can be easily selected depending on temperature and weather. When the remaining time is short, an announcement that recommends a time-efficient stage may be made using the decorative symbol display device 42 or voice output.

  In addition, even if the pachinko machine 10 of the same model is played using a machine other than the machine that was played last time, a different (reaction) effect is performed than when the same machine is played. You may comprise as follows. Furthermore, even if the models are different, if the servers are common or compatible, it may be configured so that the player selection information can be shared and appropriately reflected.

  (Q) In the above embodiment, as selection information related to the button effect, information indicating whether or not the effect button 125 has been operated when the button effect occurs and information on how many times the effect button 125 has been operated are accumulated and stored. However, it is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, although the maximum number of operations of the effect button 125 during the effective period of the effect button 125 is expected to be a predetermined number, this is not enough, or conversely, information such as that no one reaches it, or button effects There may be a pattern A and a pattern B, and information may be obtained such that there is an operation at the time of pattern A but an operation at the time of pattern B is not so much.

  Further, for example, as in the above embodiment, in a normal gaming state, the stage (“diving stage”, “cruising stage”, “deep sea search stage”) is switched each time the effect button 125 is operated. The timing at which the stage is changed may be accumulated and stored as selection information.

  For example, how many times the player can change the stage after starting the game of the day (from the beginning of the game), or how many times the change display is made from the end of the jackpot state (so-called “hamari” and stage change) ), How many times the change display is made after the super-reach is lost or / and a relatively high-expected announcement effect is made (Relationship between high level of expectation for performance and stage change), how many times the total number of jackpots has been reached since the start of the game on the day (relationship between tiredness of stage production and stage change), etc. You may comprise so that information can be obtained at the server side.

  However, storing all these times results in an enormous amount of storage, so that the number of times for each corresponding range may be stored by dividing every predetermined number of times. For example, after the start of the game or the end of the jackpot, the stage has changed within 10 times, 50 times, 100 times, 200 times, ... 800 times, 900 times, 1000 times or more The stage was changed within 5 times, within 15 times, within 30 times, or more after the reach was lost. The first big hit, the fifth big hit, the tenth big hit, the 15th big hit, the big hit 20 from the start of the game You may comprise like how many stage changes have been carried out by the 1st time and the 25th big hit. Note that time information may be stored instead of or in addition to storing the count information. For example, within 1 minute, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, or more after the end of the jackpot state, it is stored and stored as a server via a portable communication terminal. You may comprise so that transmission is possible.

  Further, as a function of the effect button 125, when a predetermined effect is being performed or when it is determined that a predetermined effect is to be performed, a predetermined operation is performed on the effect button 125. The effect is skipped (the predetermined effect is skipped based on the predetermined operation being performed) or changed to a different effect (the predetermined image (to compensate for the remaining extension time that was scheduled to be performed) It may be configured to output a picture or sound during construction) and sound. In this case, for example, when an effect displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 does not receive a favorable impression for the player (for example, it becomes embarrassing to see, the volume is too large, and the mood gets worse) To prevent the player from getting stressed when he / she is too excited and cannot be watched, or to find new enjoyment by using the cancel function. Can do. In this configuration, the effect button 125 corresponds to the effect cancel operation means.

  Moreover, the information at the time of using the effect cancellation function by the said effect button 125 may be accumulate | stored, and you may comprise so that it may transmit to a server via a portable communication terminal. Further, the stored information may be reflected in the mobile-linked game after the next time of the pachinko machine 10 (the password includes information corresponding to the effect cancellation information). This setting is preferably configured so that it can be restored to the original state by the player.

  Furthermore, a pressure gauge, a speed measuring instrument, etc. are provided on the production button 125, and these measured values are accumulated and stored as selection information, and information on the strength or speed at which the production button 125 is operated is stored on the server side. You may comprise so that it may be obtained by.

  (R) In the above embodiment, in order to display the two-dimensional code on the decorative symbol display device 42, it is necessary to re-enter the same password as the password entered at the start of the mobile linked game as identity verification. Also good. In other words, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game information stored with great effort is illegally received and taken away by another player (particularly, in the above embodiment, the stored game information or the like is deleted). . In the case of a configuration in which wireless communication such as infrared rays can be performed between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal, it may be unnecessary to input a password at the start of the mobile linked game. In this case, from the mobile communication terminal When communicating with the pachinko machine 10, the player specifying information for specifying the player is included, and the player specifying information received from the portable communication terminal at the start of the mobile linked game is received on the pachinko machine 10 side. When storing and determining whether or not the player specifying information received from the mobile communication terminal when the two-dimensional code is issued matches the player specifying information stored on the pachinko machine 10 side. Alternatively, the accumulated game information and selection information may be output, and information may not be output if they do not match. Furthermore, it may be configured such that a personal identification number is individually given at the time of initial registration of a mobile linked game, and that the personal identification number needs to be input when issuing a two-dimensional code. In addition, it is desirable that such a personal identification number can be confirmed by accessing the server together with cookie information.

  In addition, a separation timer that measures the time from when contact with the player's handle 18 is no longer detected until a predetermined time has elapsed, and is turned on when the mobile linked game is started, and is measured by the separation timer. A player specifying flag that is turned off when the specified time has elapsed from the start and when the mobile linked game ends, and when the player specified flag is off while the mobile linked game is in progress You may comprise so that a two-dimensional code cannot be issued. In other words, if the player identification flag is off while the mobile linked game is in progress, the player identification flag can be turned on by performing identity verification (for example, re-entering the password). If the middle flag is on, the two-dimensional code can be issued. As a result, it is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which game information or the like is taken away when the player removes his / her seat for a purpose such as a toilet. In addition, the player specifying flag may be configured to be turned off immediately by an input operation of the player when the player leaves the seat. In this case, the above-described operational effect is further ensured.

  (S) In the second embodiment, the content and the number of the effect setting items that can be set and changed by the player are not particularly limited, and can be set as appropriate for each model. For example, it may be configured such that music, background images, etc. (for example, music, backgrounds, etc. used in past gaming machines) can be selected for variable display. Moreover, you may comprise so that the setting regarding the various electrical decoration provided in the pachinko machine 10 can be performed. For example, the brightness (normally bright, dark, or extinguished) of the front frame set 14 or the game board 30 when a premium accessory is activated may be configured to be settable.

  Further, it is possible to set a combination of effects performed in one variation display or a combination of effects performed in a single big hit state. For example, it may be configured such that settings such that the A notice effect and the C reach effect are not combined can be performed. In other words, in recent years, the presentation of variable display has been derived by combining (continuous) a plurality of effects. However, as the effects are increasingly combined, one variable display takes a long time. There are many players who trade for this. In addition, there may be duplicate productions having substantially the same significance. On the other hand, such a concern can be wiped out by limiting the combination of the players. It should be noted that a version effect that shortens the effect for a predetermined time may be derived and configured to be selectable by the player.

  (T) In the second embodiment, the setting of the effect setting item may be performed by one of the server and the pachinko machine 10 or may be executed by both. In addition, when setting is possible only by the server, the control burden on the pachinko machine 10 side and the memory used can be reduced, and the setting contents on the server side can be reliably grasped. On the other hand, when the setting can be changed on the pachinko machine 10 side, it is possible to immediately reflect the favorable information on the player's performance in the pachinko machine 10 and to make the player feel more comfortable with the subsequent game of the day. be able to.

  Furthermore, in the said 2nd Embodiment, when random is set by the production | presentation setting item, it is comprised so that the setting content set at random (by lottery) may be reflected also in subsequent mobile interlocking games. The randomly set items may be determined randomly each time in the mobile linked game.

  In addition, in the said 2nd Embodiment, you may comprise so that the selection range in the case of setting an effect setting item at random can be designated. That is, in the second embodiment, settings are made by selecting from a range selectable by each production setting item, but the selection range can be limited (for example, 40% to 70%). It may be configured so that it can be set as random or the like within the range. In this case, for example, with respect to the appearance rate of a predetermined effect, it is possible to meet a player's request that the user wants to limit to some extent so that the desired effect setting is set, but does not want to know the set value itself. .

  (U) In the pachinko machine 10 (sub-control device 262) according to the second embodiment, a real-time clock may be provided as a date / time measuring unit capable of measuring an actual date / time. Further, the server is configured to be able to issue a mobile linked game or production setting password including period information, and when such a password is input to the pachinko machine 10, corresponding processing is performed in consideration of the real time clock. It is good as well. For example, for the summer season in July and August, it can be set so that characters with costumes different from the usual appear. Even if the “password including contents” is input, it is possible to configure such that a character with a costume different from the normal cannot appear. In other words, if the period is limited only on the server side, the period during which the corresponding effect appears in the pachinko machine 10 cannot be limited, although the password distribution period is limited. For this reason, if the password is obtained, a corresponding effect can be derived at any time in the pachinko machine 10 thereafter. On the other hand, by providing a real-time clock, it is possible to limit the period during which the corresponding effect can be derived. Therefore, the willingness to play a game during a limited period can be improved.

  (V) In the second embodiment, the method of digitizing the impression (impression) of each effect of the player on the pachinko machine 10 side and reflecting it in the setting content is not particularly limited. For example, the effect button 125 With respect to the production using, negative evaluation is made when there is no operation of the production button 125, and conversely, when there are many operations of the production button 125, positive evaluation is made and the information is output to the server You may comprise. Also, at the end of the mobile linked game, as an impression of the entire production setting item, the player asks whether the overall balance of the production is good or bad, and the player evaluates it with a maximum of 10 points, and that point is reflected in the popularity ranking of the production setting item You may comprise. Note that the number of points that can be voted for the popularity ranking (per time) when accessing the server may be less than the maximum number of points that can be added at the end of the mobile linked game (for example, a maximum of 1 point). In this case, it is possible to suppress the ranking being determined by a minority opinion.

  (W) In the second embodiment, in addition to the decorative symbol display device 42 (identification information display means), when an effect corresponding to the effect setting item is performed, it is possible to derive a display asking about likes or dislikes of the effect. Sub display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device or the like) may be provided. In this case, it is possible to avoid a situation in which it is difficult to visually recognize the variation display of the decorative symbol by performing the guidance display asking whether to like or dislike the effect in the decorative symbol display device 42.

  (X) In the said 2nd Embodiment, you may comprise so that the setting of an effect setting item can be performed by the pachinko machine 10 side. Further, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured such that the setting contents (history) of the effect setting items set so far in the pachinko machine 10 can be viewed. Furthermore, it is configured so that a favorite item can be selected from the setting content pattern of the production setting items viewed on the pachinko machine 10 and reflected in the game (the stored content in the setting storage area is changed to the selected content). May be.

  (Y) In the second embodiment, a correspondence relationship between the digit of the word constituting the password and the target content may be defined. For example, when the password is composed of multiple digits, the first digit corresponds to the fish production, the second digit corresponds to the Kuroshio reach, etc., and the numbers 0 to 9 are entered in the first digit. Thus, the appearance probability of the fish school effect may be changed, and the appearance rate of the Kuroshio reach may be changed by inserting any of the characters H, M, and L in the second digit. In this case, the player can obtain a desired performance balance by directly inputting a password. Therefore, it is not necessary to go through the server to change the setting, so the convenience can be improved, and the player can input words intuitively. It is easy to perform setting input that provides a production balance.

  (Z) In the above-described embodiment, it may be configured such that a favorite effect can be derived in a variable display designated by the player. For example, a reach lamp and a reach button corresponding to each reach effect are provided, and each reach lamp is turned on every time the variable display is performed 100 times since the corresponding reach effect is derived last time. When the corresponding reach button is pressed, the corresponding reach effect may be derived in the next fluctuation display after the current fluctuation display. In this case, the desired reach effect can be derived anyway regardless of the result of the variable display, and a situation in which the desired reach effect cannot be seen indefinitely can be avoided.

  In addition, as long as it is within a predetermined time from the start of variation, it may be configured such that the corresponding reach effect is performed in the present variation display (the effect is rewritten). Moreover, you may comprise so that the reach | attainment effect corresponding to the player's designated variation display can be derived from the suspended variation display. Further, in a configuration in which a series of effects are performed by a suspended display of variation (so-called continuous notice, etc.), if there is one that corresponds to a jackpot in the suspended display of change, a series of notices will be activated and will be a jackpot. It is also possible to derive a reach effect corresponding to the variable display (a fake effect of the continuous notice effect is also set). In addition, even in the case of a reach effect, if the appearance probabilities are different, the number of fluctuations required until the corresponding reach lamp is turned on may be different. That is, when the appearance probability of reach effect A is 1/200 and the appearance probability of reach effect B is 1/5000, when reach effect A is derived, 200 is set in the corresponding reach counter A, and reach effect When B is derived, 5000 may be set in the reach counter B, and when each reach counter becomes 0, the corresponding reach lamp may be turned on.

  (Aa) In the first embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 42 is configured to teach that the achievement of the mission is near, including the increase in the variation rank and the jackpot rank. In addition to the decorative symbol display device 42, a sub-display device as an approaching teaching means such as a liquid crystal display device or a dot display device is provided, and the sub-display device is configured to teach that the mission achievement is close. May be. In this case, it is possible to satisfy a player who wants to visually recognize the variable display on the decorative symbol display device 42. Furthermore, for example, by displaying the mission display on the decorative symbol display device 42, it is misunderstood that it relates to the result of the lottery decision (the countdown indicating the update of the change rank indicates the remaining number of time reduction modes). It is possible to deter the situation such as being misunderstood as the number shown.

  In addition, it may be configured so that the mission list display can be confirmed on a mobile communication terminal that has accessed the server, or the server is accessed from a personal computer that does not appear in the mobile linked game cycle, and the player's password is input. Thus, the personal computer may be configured so that the mission list display can be confirmed on the personal computer.

  In the first embodiment, when the update of the variation rank or jackpot rank approaches, the remaining number of times until the update is displayed in the variation display of the decorative symbol display device 42, and when the achievement of other count-type missions approaches, the mobile When an operation to end linked games is performed, such count-type missions are listed in the list of missions that are nearing achievement, but the teaching method that achievement is near is particularly limited Yes it will be. For example, a three-color LED built-in light emitting means may be provided as a near-achievement teaching means, and the green light may be turned on if the number of remaining big hits is 10 or less until the big hit rank update, 5 may be red, 3 may be red. Furthermore, there is a mission (some mission or some of the targeted missions) that can be achieved by using a light emitting means that can change the light emission mode such as changing the light emission color. You may comprise so that this may be notified.

  In addition, the timing of teaching that mission achievement is close is not particularly limited, and may be automatically performed immediately after or immediately after it is determined that the mission is close. However, depending on the player's predetermined operation, if there is a mission that is nearing achievement, it may be displayed only.

  In addition, in the mission list screen that may be displayed at the end of mobile linked games, missions other than missions that are close to achievement, such as missions that can be achieved at any time (a premium reach for updating the career rank is derived. Etc.) and a mission that still takes a while to be achieved may be confirmed. Furthermore, in the mission list display, it is desirable that the mission that requires more urgentness is displayed first. For example, the limited mission is first, and the count mission is displayed at the same time or later (below or on the next page) and can be displayed at any time. Further, it is desirable to configure to be displayed later. Further, the display method of the mission is not limited to the list display, but may be taught by, for example, scroll display.

  Further, in the above embodiment, when displaying a QR code in order to end the mobile linked game, the “code issue screen” on which the QR code is displayed is not displayed suddenly, but whether or not to confirm the mission. “Mission Confirmation Necessity Screen” is displayed, but it is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, the “mission list screen” may be displayed instead of the “mission confirmation necessity screen” by moving the cursor to a code issue item and operating the button on the top menu of FIG. In this case, the mission list screen is always displayed at the end of the mobile linked game, and it is possible to suppress a situation in which the user forgets to confirm it.

  When adopting this configuration, when the cursor is not moved when the mission list screen is moved, the cursor is positioned on the item “transfer to the code issuance screen” and the operation button 125 is operated as it is. Will display “Do you want to exit the mission list screen and move to the code issuance screen”, “Yes” and “No”, and in the initial state the cursor will be set to “Yes” Therefore, it may be configured to shift to the code issue screen by operating the effect button 125 as it is. That is, it is possible to improve the operability for a player who is not interested in the mission list screen and wants to proceed earlier and finish the mobile linked game. However, since the mission list screen does not end suddenly, but there is a one-step operation such as an end confirmation screen, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the mission screen has been ended unexpectedly although it was not intended to be ended. In addition, after moving to the code issuance screen, in the initial state, the cursor is not set to “Yes” for “Exit / No code issuance screen”, and the production button 125 is repeatedly hit. However, it is possible to avoid a situation where the code issue screen is terminated unintentionally.

  Moreover, in the said embodiment, you may comprise so that the item which displays a mission list display may be displayed on a top menu. In this case, the mission list display can be displayed separately from the end of the mobile linked game, and you just want to see the mission list display, but you have to go to the operation whether or not to display the code issue screen. It can be avoided.

  Furthermore, in the above embodiment, when the code issuance screen is displayed, the player's personal game information and the like counted on the pachinko machine 10 side is erased, but the code issuance screen is terminated. The game information or the like may be erased at the time when the game is executed. In addition, when adopting such a configuration, the QR code and a list of missions that are close to achievement may be displayed simultaneously (screen where the code issuance screen and the mission list screen are combined). For example, during the operation of reading the QR code, it is possible to know that the desired mission is almost achieved and return to the mobile linked game.

  (Bb) Further, the content and number of missions, and the threshold value regarding whether or not the achievement is close are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set for each model. Furthermore, regarding the count mission, the prescribed number of times required for rank up may not be constant, and it may be configured to be randomly selected from a certain range by lottery. That is, by the time rank 1 is changed to rank 2, a certain player may be required 5 times, but another player is required 6 times. In the case of adopting this configuration, it is possible to improve the performance related to the mission (the effect of whether or not the current mission is achieved).

  Further, even if the mission achievement condition is satisfied, the mission achievement (the effect of teaching the mission achievement) may be postponed within the selectable range of the specified number of times. For example, the rank is updated when the number of occurrences of the jackpot state is achieved 100 times (and may be approximately 100 times of any of 99 times to 101 times, for example). The rank update was scheduled due to the occurrence of, but because it was "normal jackpot" that was won, the number of jackpots will be counted, but the rank update will be postponed until winning the "probable change jackpot" It may be configured. If the 101st jackpot is a probabilistic jackpot, an effect of teaching rank update may be performed extensively during or around the jackpot state. In this case, the sense of accomplishment of the mission can be amplified. On the other hand, even if the number of jackpots exceeds the specified number of times for the 100th time (for example, 105 times), if “probable jackpot” is not won, the rank will be updated regardless of the type of jackpot at the next jackpot It is also possible to configure such that an effect of teaching rank update is performed. Furthermore, in the situation where the rank is updated regardless of the type of jackpot, if “probable jackpot” is given, a large-scale production will be performed as usual, while the “normal jackpot” will be taught to update the rank. When it is decided to perform the above, it is possible to perform the performance teaching the rank update somewhat conservatively.

  In addition, in the above-described embodiment, the mission achievement condition is not changed in the middle, but the mission achievement condition may be configured to be changeable from the generation to the completion of the mission. For example, if you play mobile linked games every day or if you play more than the specified number of times during a week, the count addition rate will increase (for example, the number of times of change is one extra every 5 times) (6 counts for 5 times). In addition, when a mobile linked game is played on a specific day or at a specific time, if the counting rate increases during that time, or if a specific mission is started on a specific day, the condition for achieving the mission is It may be configured to be easier than when starting on a date other than a specific date.

  (Cc) In the first embodiment, whether or not a mission (mainly, a limited mission or a count mission that determines whether or not the counting target is executed by lottery) is achieved. It is also possible to perform an effect related to the mission, that is, to indicate which mission is the target and to suggest an achievement expectation level of the mission. In this case, it is possible to understand what mission is being achieved and to enjoy new effects such as suggesting how much the mission expectation is expected.

  (Dd) Further, regarding the limited mission, when the time until the start is less than a predetermined allowable time, an announcement such as “the XX mission will start in XX hours” may be made. In this case, it is possible to grasp that the chance to achieve the limited mission will come after a little more time.

  (Ee) Although not particularly mentioned in the first embodiment, for the count-related missions (of the second count information) other than the missions related to the variable rank and jackpot rank, if the mobile linked game is terminated, It may be configured to be able to explain that the count has disappeared. That is, it becomes easier for a player who aims to achieve the mission to determine whether or not to stop the game, and convenience can be improved.

  (Ff) Although the embodiment is embodied in the pachinko machine 10 that can execute the mobile linked game, it can be applied to a pachinko machine that cannot perform the mobile linked game. In the first embodiment, various missions are derived only when a mobile-linked game is performed, and a new production state is given according to the achieved mission. In the non-mobile linked game, various missions may be derived. In this case, since personal game information cannot be recorded / managed by the server, the pachinko machine 10 records game information from power on to off, and when the mission achievement condition is satisfied, the power is turned off. Or when the game information of the day is configured to be erasable, the corresponding new performance state is given until the game information is erased. May be.

  Like these, in the case of a pachinko machine that does not perform mobile linked games or cannot perform mobile linked games, if the game is stopped, the count value related to the mission accumulated in this game or a predetermined value There is a concern that if the production etc. appear, it will not be utilized next time that it will be in the state of achieving the predetermined mission, and it will be redone from the beginning, and the journey to mission achievement will be farther away, Such a concern can be dispelled by configuring the player to be able to teach that the mission is near as in the first embodiment.

  (Gg) In the third embodiment, as a specific effect that is the same effect simultaneously performed in a plurality of pachinko machines 10, a trial effect that generates a variable display that teaches a jackpot state within a predetermined period; , The transition is made when a variation display that teaches the jackpot state is generated in the trial production, and the mission achievement lottery is performed when the production button 125 is operated. It is not limited to such a configuration, and can be set as appropriate for each model. For example, a period during which a specific character may be displayed in the variable display teaching the jackpot state is set as the specific effect, and the specific character is displayed within the period, so that the specific effect is successful (cleared). ), And the ranking may be competed by the clear time. In the third embodiment, the generation condition of “platinum fish school” is a clear condition for the specific effect, but the specific content of the specific effect is not particularly limited. For example, the motif for each model It can be set appropriately according to the above. Furthermore, for example, the number of times that the effect button 125 can be operated in a timely manner during the time trial effect period is competed, or the variable display in which the target image object is displayed during the time trial period is derived (continuously). You may compete if you were able to let them.

  (Hh) In the third embodiment, the specific performance is configured to be executed at 10:00 AM on Saturday and Sunday, but the date and time of execution are not particularly limited. It can be set as appropriate for each model. For example, it may be configured to be executed every day at 11:00 AM, 15:00 PM, and 19:00 PM.

  (Ii) In the third embodiment, not only the pachinko machine 10 that is powered on at the same time but also the pachinko machine 10 that is powered on at different timings, the specific effects are configured to start simultaneously. You may comprise so that it may correspond not nearly completely but substantially. For example, every 10 minutes from when the power is turned on, it is determined whether or not the set time of 10:00 has passed (scheduled time excess determination means), and if a positive determination is made, the time trial effect is executed. You may comprise.

  More specifically, for example, it is assumed that the error of the real time clock is ± 2 minutes at the maximum. In addition, the minute portion of the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is set to 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes. Further, the actual time is set to one of 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. Then, it is set to determine whether or not the scheduled time has passed 5 minutes after the power is turned on every 10 minutes. In this case, whether or not the scheduled time has passed is determined at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes, 35 minutes, 45 minutes, and 55 minutes of the actual time. If the scheduled time for executing the specific performance is 10:00, considering that the error of the real-time clock is ± 2 minutes, any game machine will exceed the scheduled time of 10:00 in the determination of 9:55. (The real-time clock is distributed within the range of 9:53 to 9:57), a negative determination is made. On the other hand, in the discrimination at 10: 5, any pachinko machine 10 exceeds the scheduled time of 10:00 (the real-time clock is distributed within the range of 10: 3-10: 07), 10: 5 The specific production starts.

  When adopting the configuration as described above, a specific effect can be started at the same time for the pachinko machine 10 that is powered on at the same time, and a powerful effect such as starting a specific effect simultaneously on a plurality of pachinko machines 10 is ensured. It can be carried out. Furthermore, the start times of the specific effects can be roughly aligned for the pachinko machines 10 that are powered on at different timings (no deviation exceeding 10 minutes). Therefore, the above-described effects such as prevention of the outflow of the player aiming at the specific effect due to the time difference of the start time of the specific effect are surely exhibited. In this case, when the power is turned on, it is not necessary to perform a process of aligning the current time measured by the pachinko machine 10 that is turned on at the same time.

  (Jj) In the third embodiment, even if the plurality of pachinko machines 10 are turned on at the same time, the specific effects may be started at different timings. In this case, for example, it is not limited to the normal gaming state in which the winning / failing lottery is performed, and it is possible to perform the specific effect even in the big hit state, and the clear time from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the mission for the specific effect is measured and stored. And you may comprise so that this clear time may compete. However, in this case, the force or the like of performing a specific effect simultaneously by a plurality of pachinko machines 10 is lost.

  (Kk) In the game hall of the third embodiment, when the master power is turned on, it is determined whether or not one digit of the fraction of the actually measured timer that can be adjusted by a person related to the game hall is “0”. If a negative determination is made, an on-time adjusting device that repeats such determination processing without turning on the central power supply is provided. However, the present invention is not limited to such a configuration. For example, with respect to the point of omitting the actual measurement timer and the on-time adjusting device and defining the power-on time, the actual time fraction is 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which the centralized power supply is turned on within a range of about 2 minutes before and after either 50 minutes or 50 minutes.

  The “game hall” in the third embodiment is not limited to a so-called “pachinko store” that basically handles only pachinko machines and slot machines, and a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model are installed. If it is a place, for example, it can also be implemented at a game center or the like. However, the gaming hall of the third embodiment is provided with a mechanism capable of simultaneously turning on the power of a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model.

  (Ll) In the third embodiment, it is configured such that the variation display variation time is determined in the same way during the specific rendering as well as other times. For example, during the trial rendering period, the normal mode is set. However, as with the time reduction mode or the probability variation mode, the variation display may be set so that the variation time is relatively short (except when the variation display starts before the start of the time trial effect period). ). In this case, it is possible to increase the chances of winning / failing lottery in the normal mode and increase the possibility of clearing the time trial effect. Furthermore, it is possible to correct unfairness related to clearing the time trial effect due to the length of the variable display. From the viewpoint of eliminating the difference in the achievement probability of the specific performance due to the variation time, for example, even in the time reduction mode or the probability variation mode, the variation time similar to the normal mode (relatively long) is selected. You may comprise.

  Furthermore, regardless of the game mode, the variation display variation time corresponding to “out” during the specific performance period is shorter or shorter than the variation display variation time performed outside the specific performance period. You may comprise so that it may be selected easily.

  In the third embodiment, the probability of winning in the mission achievement lottery is different depending on the game mode at the time trial production and the execution timing of the mission achievement lottery in the specific mission period. Can also be set appropriately for each model. However, as in the case of the third embodiment, if the trial production is cleared in a situation where it is difficult to clear the trial production, the specific mission production is easily cleared, so that the unfair feeling about each mission of the specific production depending on the game mode to stay in By adopting a structure that can be suppressed and the probability of winning is increased as the timing of the mission achievement lottery is delayed, the player himself can execute in consideration of a strategy for obtaining a good result in a specific mission performance It is possible to improve the interest by adding elements of bargaining.

  (Mm) In the third embodiment, the setting contents of the player who takes the top in the ranking of the specific effects are configured to be reflected in the next specific effects, but the contents that can be set are particularly limited. is not. For example, you can set clear conditions (target and winning probabilities), set back music and sound effects, for example, the top player's game name “XX” will be identified next week In the trial trial production, the name of the current time trial production (such as “XX cup”) may be reflected. However, it is desirable that names that violate public order and morals are not registered in the server as game names, and that names that may offend other players are not displayed. Furthermore, a configuration in which the right to set the next specific performance cannot be obtained may be used.

  Further, in the third embodiment, only one player who takes the top in the ranking of specific effects is configured to obtain the right to make settings related to the next specific effect. It is good also as what can be set by the player who became the place and the player who became the 2nd place (for example, the items that can be set differ between 1st place and 2nd place), and multiple types of specific effects are performed. May be configured so that the setting of each first-ranked player is reflected. In addition, it is not limited to the configuration in which the setting by the player (will) is reflected, for example, the game record so far of the player who achieved the specific mission effect most in the previous specific effect Etc. (for example, accumulated game information and selection information), the server may make settings for the next specific effect, and information indicating such settings may be included in the information provided from the server.

  Moreover, in the said embodiment, when the top of a ranking is decided, it is comprised so that the setting regarding the specific production which the applicable player beforehand set may be reflected in the next specific production. It is good also as providing the setting period in which the player of the ranking top can set a specific production only for a predetermined period after it is decided. By the way, the password reflecting the setting of the top ranking player is issued after the end of the setting period.

  Furthermore, the setting of a predetermined player may not be configured to be reflected in another player's game. For example, the player clears a specific mission effect at a time faster than a preset time. In such a case, the configuration of the player may be reflected in the next game of the player (the target and number of items reflected may be changed according to time).

  In addition, when a mobile linked game is registered, the player can register a character whose face, extension, body shape, etc. can be set, and the character information is included in a password issued from a server. When the mobile linked game is included, the password is input to the pachinko machine 10 so that the character appears on the decorative symbol display device 42 (for example, participates in a time trial effect). Also good. In this case, the player can empathize with the effect of the appearance of a character (for example, a character imitating himself), and can improve the interest.

  (Nn) In the third embodiment, the volume of the specific effect when not in the mobile linked gaming state is set to be half or less. However, it may be configured to reduce the overall volume uniformly, Only the sound effects may be left, and the sound effects may be reduced or silenced. Further, in the case of a specific effect when it is not a mobile linked game, it may be configured such that the light emission rate of electrical decorations such as lamps is also reduced (relatively dark).

  Further, in the third embodiment, the specific effect is performed even when the mobile linked game is not performed. However, when the mobile linked game is not performed, the specific effect is not executed. May be. For example, after an affirmative determination is made in step S2202 of the specific effect start process (see FIG. 25), it is determined whether or not a mobile-linked game is being performed (input presence / absence determining means). If the determination is affirmative and the determination is affirmative, the process may proceed to step S2203. In this case, it can be avoided that a specific production effect is derived in the plurality of pachinko machines 10 arranged in the island facility. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the sense of unity due to the specific effects being performed simultaneously by the plurality of pachinko machines 10 is lost. In addition, participation in mobile linked games can be encouraged.

  However, in the third embodiment, the specific mission effect corresponds to the variable display for teaching the jackpot, and the main control device 261 side determines the variable display time, and hence the specific mission effect time. Due to the configuration, it is difficult to stop the specific effect (from the sub control device 262 side to the main control device 261 side) because the mobile linked game is not performed (the determination on the sub control device 262 side is necessary). It will be necessary to have a configuration to input information into Therefore, it is desirable that the specific effect be in a range that can be determined by the sub-control device 262 (for example, the target character that the sub-control device 262 determines to derive within the period set by the sub-control device 262 is a decorative symbol display device. 42, it may be configured to be a success in a specific production).

  Also, if the specific effect is not performed in the mobile-linked game state, the mobile-linked game state is not set when the start time of the specific effect is announced. You may make it perform the guidance to the effect that it is not performed. Further, the volume may be reduced during the period when the specific performance is performed.

  (Oo) In the third embodiment, there is provided a regrettable number storage means for storing the number of times that the top could not be obtained in a specific effect (the number of specific effects for which the setting right for the next specific effect could not be obtained). When the number of times stored in the number-of-times storage means is equal to or greater than the specified number of times, the achievement condition of the specific performance (specific mission effect or time trial effect) becomes easier (for example, the mission) The probability of achievement lottery may be set high). In this case, because it becomes easier to achieve the specific condition by playing more games, it is possible to suppress giving up the achievement of the specific condition from the beginning, and to have a positive approach to the specific performance Can do. In addition, players who are playing a lot of games are more advantageous in achieving certain conditions, so they can feel that it was good to play a lot of games. I can get it.

  In addition, as the unfortunate number storage means, the number of times that the top was not able to be taken in the specific production counted by the server can be stored when entering the password, or the number of times the top could not be taken by the specific production counted by the server Examples include a storage area that can store information that is determined to have exceeded the specified number of times for password input. In addition, for example, that the achievement condition is easy (the achievement probability is improved) is not limited to a pattern in which the probability of a lottery such as a mission achievement lottery is high. For example, in a time trial production, In the initial stage, when the achievement condition is to generate a variable display in which characters a, b, c, d, and e appear, when the number of times of storage of the unfortunate number storage means exceeds a specified number of times, characters a and b , C, d, or e may be changed to the achievement condition of generating the variable display in which three appear. It should be noted that “when the right to determine the setting relating to the next specific performance is obtained, the memory of the number of regrettable times storage means is reset”.

  (Pp) In the third embodiment, in the specific effect, the players are configured to compete with each other for the clear time of the specific mission effect and the time trial effect. Is not to be done. For example, if a certain condition in the variable display (in the above example, winning in the big hit state) is a clear condition, such as a time trial effect, the change required from the start of the time trial effect to the clearing of the condition You may comprise so that the frequency | count of a display may be competed (the time with little fluctuation | variation is excellent regardless of time). Further, for example, when the effect button 125 is used as in a specific mission effect, it may be configured to compete for the number of operations of the effect button 125 required until the condition is cleared. When these configurations are adopted, the “number of times of change display” and the “number of operations of the production button 125” are values that serve as indices indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific production. Is equivalent to.

  (Qq) In the third embodiment, a special password different from that of other players is issued to the player who is ranked top in the ranking of the specific performance (the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific performance). In the specific effect, an effect different from that of other players (for example, an effect exclusively for the top) may be derived. For example, information about the previous top is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42, or the background or the like of the decorative symbol display device 42 is gorgeous (for example, a gold frame is displayed or a surrounding is displayed). It may be configured such that an effect pattern that is difficult to select is easily selected, or the BGM is changed. In this case, the value of having taken the top in the ranking can be further increased, and the target player can play the game with good mood. It should be noted that the player who can be issued a special password does not necessarily match the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific performance. For example, passwords for 1st place and 2nd place to 10th place are issued. Or a special password may be issued to a player randomly selected on the server side, and processing corresponding to the password may be performed on the pachinko machine 10 side.

  In addition, a player who has been ranked top in the ranking of the previous specific performance (a player who has the right to set the next specific performance) starts a mobile-linked game on the day when the specific performance is performed, Even in this state, it is configured so that the player who becomes the top player in the ranking of the specific performance (the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific performance) is performing the game. Also good. In this case, the player who takes the top in the ranking can play the game with good mood.

  Furthermore, regarding the pachinko machine 10 in which the player who has been ranked at the top in the ranking of the specific performance (the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific performance) has played, after the player has finished the mobile linked game However, until a predetermined opportunity arrives (for example, until the power is turned off), the player who is ranked first in the ranking of the specific performance (the player who has obtained the right to set the next specific performance) is playing a game. It may be configured such that the effect is such that the storage of the information in which the password of the top ranking player's password is entered remains after the QR code is issued and the effect according to the information is performed. . In this case, players who have never taken the top in the ranking can also enjoy the effects of taking the top in the ranking, and will try to improve the game motivation, such as trying to take the top of the ranking yourself be able to.

  (Rr) The third embodiment is configured such that each clear time is stored in the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area even when a specific effect is performed in a state where no mobile linked game is performed. However, it may be configured not to be stored in a state where the mobile linked game is not performed. Although not specifically mentioned in the third embodiment, when a process for ending the mobile linked game is performed (when a QR code is displayed), the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area The memory may be erased.

  In addition, even if no mobile linked game is played, if the time trial effect or specific mission effect is cleared, the clear time is not used and stored in the trial clear time memory area or mission clear time memory area. In addition, after the end of the specific effect (for example, when the variable display is interrupted or during the big hit state), the player is asked whether or not to start the mobile linked game by the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like, and the effect button 125 If a negative intention is confirmed by the operation, the memory in the trial clear time storage area or the mission clear time storage area is erased, and if a positive intention is confirmed, the trial clear time storage area or Leave the memory in the mission clear time memory area as is (and move to the code issuance screen) To) may be configured to.

  In addition, when the start timing of the specific performance is reached when the mobile linked game is not being performed, at the start of the specific performance, it is asked whether or not to participate in the specific performance, and if the will not participate is confirmed May be configured to perform the specific effect when the specific effect is not performed and the intention of denying is not confirmed.

  In addition, when performing a specific production several times a day, the trial clear time storage area and the mission clear time storage area are executed in order to store the results of all the specific effects and include the information in the QR code. A plurality may be provided as many times as necessary. Moreover, when storing the result of the specific effect in the trial clear time storage area or the mission clear time storage area so that only the best result remains among the specific effects performed several times a day, the stored information is If there is an affirmative decision, the result (record) of this specific production is compared with the stored information (result of the specific production), and the better one is compared with the trial clear time storage area or mission clear You may comprise so that it may memorize | store in a time storage area.

  (Ss) In the fourth embodiment, another aspect example described in (gg) to (rr) according to the third embodiment can be employed.

  (Tt) In the fourth embodiment, when the timing for starting the specific effect comes during the energy saving mode (during demonstration screen display), the measurement of the clear time measurement timer is started, while the decorative symbol display device 42, etc. An effect mode corresponding to the specific effect is not derived, that is, the demonstration screen display is maintained, but an effect mode corresponding to the specific effect by the decorative symbol display device 42 or the like is derived. Also good. In this case, even in the case of a pachinko machine 10 in which a game is not performed by a player (at a vacant seat), if it is time to start a specific effect, it automatically corresponds to a specific effect by a predetermined decorative symbol display device 42 or the like. An effect mode to be derived is derived. Therefore, even if there are a plurality of pachinko machines 10 of the same model arranged side by side, and there are vacant seats in the pachinko machine 10, a specific effect is simultaneously produced by all the same models of the pachinko machines 10 that are turned on simultaneously. Will be started. Therefore, it is possible to surely enjoy a powerful effect such that the same effect is simultaneously performed by a plurality of pachinko machines 10.

  When the specific effect is started without the player, the specific effect may be configured to be a demonstration mode different from the case where the player is playing. That is, a mode in which the player is not participating but the computer of the pachinko machine 10 is participating may be derived.

  (Uu) In the fourth embodiment, the announcement asking whether or not to reflect the information related to the specific performance performed during the mobile-linked game in the mobile-linked game, both the variable display and the jackpot state after the completion of the specific performance. However, the announcement may be performed at different timings, or the announcements may be performed at a plurality of timings. As another timing, for example, the announcement may be performed during the big hit state or during the fluctuation display after the big hit state ends. In other words, it is desirable to make an announcement at a time when the player is in front of the gaming machine.

  Moreover, in the said embodiment, when a specific effect is performed during the no-mobile linked game, it is configured to display the announcement regardless of the result of the specific effect, but depending on the result of the specific effect The announcement display may be performed or the announcement display may not be performed. For example, the announcement display (guidance display) may be performed only when at least one of the time trial effect and the specific mission effect is cleared, or only when the specific mission effect is cleared. In other words, if the specific performance does not work well and there are few rewards when participating in mobile linked games, look at the displayed announcement display to determine whether to participate in mobile linked games, and turn off the announcement display It is possible to avoid performing actions such as inviting people who are less likely to get involved. In addition, although not specifically mentioned in the above embodiment, a corresponding guidance display or announcement display (particularly guidance display) may be performed according to the result of the specific effect.

  (Vv) In the fourth (and third) embodiment, the clear probability of the specific mission effect is changed depending on the game mode, but it may not be changed. Further, although not described in detail in the above embodiment, it may be configured to be able to output information on in which game mode the specific effect is performed. Further, the method of using such information is not limited to a specific one. For example, a game in which information on a player who has cleared a specific mission first in the normal mode, time reduction mode, and probability change mode is accessed to the server. You may comprise so that a person can browse. Incidentally, in the above-described embodiment, among the players who participated, the player who cleared the specific mission effect the earliest is announced, and the setting right for the next specific effect is given.

  (Ww) In the fourth embodiment, the start timing of the specific effect may be delayed. Hereinafter, such an example will be described.

  In this example, when the remaining time measurement timer reaches 0, the preparation period is set before actually starting the time trial effect of the specific effect. Furthermore, during the preparation period, it is determined whether or not a mobile linked game is in progress. If the determination is affirmative, the decorative symbol display device 42 displays a message asking the player whether preparation is good. In this display, the options “preparation OK” and “wait a moment” are also displayed, and the player can select and decide with the effect button 125 and the cross button 126. That is, when “preparation OK” is selected, a time trial effect is started with the end of the preparation period.

  On the other hand, if “Wait a minute” is selected (and you may make another choice, such as whether to start the time trial production later), the time trial production will start later. In addition, a value corresponding to a specified time (for example, after 10 minutes) is set for the control counter used for controlling the specific performance. Then, after the stipulated time has elapsed, the preparation period may be entered again, and the selection may be performed again.

  In addition, the measurement related to the clear time of the time trial production is measured from the start of the time trial production. Become. It should be noted that for a player who is not performing a mobile linked game, a function such as postponing the time trial effect cannot be used. In addition, in the state where the time trial effect is postponed, when the mobile linked game is terminated, the memory that the time trial effect is postponed is erased. However, if the mobile linked game is not ended, even if the variable display is interrupted, the right to execute the time trial effect is not lost, and the time trial effect can be executed after the game is resumed.

  Furthermore, although the occurrence of the specific mission effect is confirmed when the time trial effect is cleared, the start timing may be configured to be selectable by the player. In other words, the achievement condition of the specific mission effect does not include things that influence the gaming state such as the occurrence of a big hit state, and it is possible to relatively shift the generation timing. Therefore, for example, as in the fourth embodiment, when the mobile trial game is in progress when the time trial effect is cleared, the decoration symbol display device 42 is ready to start the specific mission effect. If there is an affirmative response (for example, an operation to the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 as an operation means), a specific mission effect is immediately started and the response is delayed. If there is, information that indicates that the specific mission effect has been put forward is displayed on a part of the decorative symbol display device 42 (for example, the right to perform the specific mission effect is displayed, stock is displayed, etc.) For example, at a time convenient for the player, for example, the menu screen is opened and the item for starting a specific mission effect is selected. By determining the combined Sol may be configured to a particular mission effect is initiated. The measurement of the specific mission effect in this case (measurement by the clear time measurement timer) is also started simultaneously with the start of the specific mission effect.

  It should be noted that in a state where no mobile linked game is performed, a function such as postponing a specific mission effect cannot be used. In addition, when the mobile-linked game is terminated in a state where the specific mission effect is postponed, the memory that the specific mission effect is postponed is erased. However, if the mobile linked game is not ended, even if the variable display is interrupted, the right to execute the specific mission effect is not lost, and the specific mission effect can be executed after the game is resumed. In this example, the remaining time measurement timer and the function of determining that the remaining time measurement timer has become 0 constitutes the condition satisfaction detection means. In addition, a storage area for storing that the time trial effect or the specific mission effect is postponed constitutes the condition establishment storage means.

  With the above configuration, the priority state can be generated by the player operating the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, and the generation timing of the specific effect can be changed. For this reason, although the specific effect is started, it is necessary to remove the seat a little (I want to go to the toilet, a phone call, etc.), so the specific effect can be postponed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of stress that the specific effect cannot be fully enjoyed even though the specific effect is started, and the game can be performed comfortably. In addition, since the player can change the timing of starting the specific effect, it becomes possible to raise the mood for the specific effect, and the specific effect can be further enjoyed.

  In addition, when a specific production (time trial production) is started at a timing slightly later than the normal timing, the delayed start is not exactly integrated into the clear time. It is a measurement from the time when the specific performance is started at the timing. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the handicap for the player who has made the change.

  Furthermore, by performing a mobile linked game, a privilege that the timing of specific effects can be changed is obtained, so that the willingness to participate in the mobile linked game can be improved.

  In addition, when the mobile linked game ends, the memory that the specific effect is postponed (the right to execute the specific effect) is erased. For this reason, the act of performing the specific effect using the right to perform the specific effect obtained by another player is prevented. Thereby, the value of a specific effect can be raised, the willingness to participate in a specific effect can be improved, and a game hall can be visited at the time of the start of a specific effect.

  Even if the variable display is interrupted, if the mobile linked game is not terminated, the right to execute the specific effect is not lost, and the specific effect can be executed when the game is resumed. Therefore, the above-described effect of improving convenience and playing a game comfortably can be achieved more reliably.

  In this embodiment, the main control device 261 determines the initial start timing of the specific effect, but the sub control device 262 determines the end of the specific effect. That is, a control timer used for controlling the specific effect is provided, and the end timing of the specific effect is measured. Further, the main control device 261 is configured to shift to a specific mission effect based on information indicating that a big hit has been made. Since the main control device 261 does not participate in the control related to the specific effect after the specific effect is started, the sub control device 262 sets the specific effect within the range set by the main control device 261 (main control). The change time information included in the change pattern command set by the control device 261 is grasped, and the effect in which the time trial effect is successful or the specific mission effect is set therein).

  Further, in the above-described aspect example, when the specific effect is postponed, it is configured to display whether or not the specific effect is performed again after a specified time (for example, after 10 minutes). In this case, the specific effect may be started by the player's operation. For example, the menu screen is opened by operating the effect button 125 while the special symbol display devices 43L and 43R are in a variable display state or in a state in which the variable display is not performed without providing a time limit. An item for starting a specific effect may be provided, and an operation for selecting and determining the item may be performed to start the specific effect after a predetermined time (in order to give an opportunity to return from the menu screen). In addition, when a specific button is provided and the specific effect is postponed (when the right is stocked), the specific effect may be started by one push of the dedicated button.

  In addition, when the timing of a specific effect is changed, you may comprise so that the information regarding a specific effect may be two-dimensionally coded so that it may distinguish with the case where it has not changed. In this case, for example, the clear time when changed is used as the reference time, and when the player overlaps with a player who has not changed at the same time, the player who has not changed may win. Of course, it may be configured such that both are regarded as winning, and both are regarded as winning in the respective sections, and setting rights for different items are given.

  It should be noted that when the variable display is interrupted, a display or the like that asks whether or not there is a willingness to execute the specific effect may be performed.

  (Xx) Further, the specific effect may be paused (by operating the effect button 125 or the cross button 126) in the middle (in the middle) of the specific effect. Further, in this case, the measurement of the clear time measurement timer may be paused at the timing of pause (measurement value is kept), and the measurement may be resumed at the timing of restart.

  (Yy) Further, in the fourth embodiment, when the timing at which the specific effect is started in the jackpot state as the special game state (priority state) has arrived, the time trial effect is measured (clear time measurement timer) from the start timing. However, it is also possible to start the specific effect from the beginning after the end of the jackpot state and start the time trial effect measurement from there. The measurement of the specific effect in this case (measurement by the clear time measurement timer) is also started simultaneously with the start of the specific effect. The function of the main controller 261 that generates the big hit state constitutes the priority state generating means.

  In this way, although the specific effect is supposed to start, the specific effect is not started because it is a big hit state, and when the big hit state is finished, the specific effect is finished, or It is possible to avoid a situation where the remaining period is short and cannot be fully enjoyed. Therefore, after the end of the jackpot state, you can fully enjoy the specific production from the beginning, for example, due to the fact that the specific production has started despite the fact that it is a big hit state, The player who is looking forward to the specific performance can prevent negative feelings such as wanting the jackpot state to end early.

  (Zz) For example, there are a plurality of patterns (for example, 30 times, 60 times, and 90 times) of the variable display set as the period of the time reduction mode (priority state). In the configuration in which the remaining number of times is taught 30 times and counted down, the time reduction mode is normally continued when 30 times of variable display is performed (the remaining time is 0). However, for example, a player who is performing a mobile-linked game can operate the effect button 125 or the like to perform the specific effect at a timing earlier than that (the specific effect). The start timing may be advanced).

  That is, the remaining 30 times are displayed at the start of the time reduction mode. Here, normally, unless the variable display is performed 30 times, it cannot be determined whether or not the time shortening mode is continued (the continuous effect as a specific effect that teaches continuation is not performed). In other words, the discriminator is configured so that the determination can be performed at a timing earlier than that. Incidentally, it is possible to teach that it is 90 times by skipping one step after 30 times, or in fact, it is taught that the mode is the probability variation mode.

  Thus, by providing the advance function, the specific effect can be started when the player is interested in the specific effect, and the specific effect can be more fully enjoyed. In addition, when it is desired to overcome the frustration such as the same effect being repeated, the player can give the game inflection at an appropriate timing by performing the specific effect ahead of schedule. Furthermore, for example, when a lottery is performed in order to use the advance function, an effect accompanying the teaching of the lottery can be performed, and a monotonous feeling can be suppressed.

  In addition, with respect to a rotary type gaming machine (slot machine) having a reel member with identification information, as a priority state, a special gaming state advantageous to the player (for example, a replay probability is increased and a prize is awarded. In the configuration in which the assist replay time in which the child member to which the game value is given is awarded is taught in the order of stop of the reel members to be set) is a set of 40 games, and in some cases stock is also stored, There are 40 remaining games, and it is impossible to determine whether there is stock until after 40 games. However, whether or not there is stock ahead of the game by operating the player's effect button 125 or the like. You may comprise so that discrimination | determination can be performed.

  Further, the content may be slightly different between when the specific effect is performed at the normal timing and when the specific effect is performed at the forward timing. In other words, if the specific effect is whether or not the predetermined state continues, if the specific effect is performed at the timing of advance, the desire to continue is reduced at that point, Later, if there is no chance of continuation, the desire to continue will disappear at that point, leading to a decrease in interest. For this reason, in this case, for specific effects performed ahead of schedule, for example, when taught not to continue, 90% will result as it is, but there is a possibility that it will continue with a probability of 10%, etc. It is good also to make it.

  (Aaa) Although not specifically mentioned in the fifth embodiment, for the interval period in which the first variable prize-winning device 32a and the second variable prize-winning device 32b are closed between the round periods, the game that has been launched You may comprise so that a sphere may not be counted. In this case, the first big hit state or the second big hit state between the player who keeps firing the game ball even during the interval period and the player who stops the launch of the game ball during the interval period or the timing corresponding thereto Although the time is substantially the same, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a relatively large difference in the total number of shots counted, and information on the number of shots in the first jackpot state and the second jackpot state is the It is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the first variable winning device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b are no longer used as a material for determining ease of reaching.

  Further, for example, during the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state, it is possible for the game ball guided to the game area to enter the stage before reaching the first variable winning device 32a or the second variable winning device 32b. Counting the number of game balls that have entered in the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state (subtract this number from the total number of shots) Alternatively, during the first jackpot state or the second jackpot state, the first variable prize can be obtained by counting the number of game balls discharged from the out port 36 without entering any of the pitching means. The estimation accuracy of the ease of reaching the game ball to the device 32a and the second variable winning device 32b can be further improved.

  (Bbb) In the fifth embodiment, only one start winning device 33 is provided, and the start winning device 33 is of an openable type, so that a game ball can enter even in the closed state. In this case, a specific measurement counter that measures a game ball that is launched in a low entry state (for example, a so-called normal mode or a latent accuracy mode) and the number of game balls that have entered the start winning device 33 in the low entry state. It is good also as providing the specific measurement counter to measure. In this case, not only the ease of reaching the starting winning device 33 in the high winning state but also the ease of reaching the starting winning device 33 in the low winning state can be grasped. As a result, the situation of the game nails and the like around the start winning device 33 can be grasped more accurately. Further, as in the fifth embodiment, even when both the openable second start winning device 33b and the non-openable first start winning device 33a are provided, It is also possible to count the number of game balls that have been launched and the number of game balls that have entered the first start winning device 33a. In this case, the ease of reaching the game ball to the second start winning device 33b (the situation in which the game can be progressed relatively smoothly and advantageously for the player) and the game to the first start winning device 33a It is possible to grasp both the ease of reaching the sphere (generally, the situation in the normal state and the longest time to stay).

  (Ccc) In the fifth embodiment, counting the number of game balls that have not entered any of the entry means in the high entry state, that is, the number of game balls that have entered the out port 36 A discharge detection switch for detecting the number and a specific counter for counting the number of detections of the discharge detection switch may be provided. In this case, it is possible to further improve the estimation accuracy of the reachability of the game ball to the second start winning device 33b, the second variable winning device 32b, and the like.

  (Ddd) In the fifth embodiment, each specific measurement counter such as the first to fourth firing number counters has a specific event that is a target of the day (a game ball has been launched into the game area in a high pitched state). Etc.) is configured so that the total value is stored, but the configuration is such that the specific measurement information by the specific measurement means is stored separately from the specific measurement means separately stored every time (specific measurement means) Storage means may be provided). However, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity and to exchange information more smoothly by collecting them.

  In the fifth embodiment, a specific measurement counter for statistics is provided separately from the specific measurement counter for the individual player. However, it can be omitted. Further, a storage area for storing the measurement value at the specific measurement counter for statistics (the measurement value at the specific measurement counter for statistics is stored when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off (the power failure is determined and excluded)) Is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set for each model. In addition, you may comprise so that a game hall etc. can browse the data for statistics. In this case, it is possible to check whether or not the game ball movement path has been operated by illegally moving the game nail or the like.

  (Eeee) The number of specific events or the (period) time in a specific period other than the fifth embodiment may be measured and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. For example, the number of operations of the effect button 125 during a specific effect period such as the third embodiment may be counted and the data may be output.

  In addition, the method of transmitting information from the pachinko machine 10 to the mobile communication terminal is not limited to the configuration in which the QR code is displayed and read, and other two-dimensional codes may be used, infrared light, etc. You may comprise so that the exchange of information using the radio | wireless of this can be performed.

  In addition, the through gate 34 may be configured as a winning opening (with a winning ball, which triggers a winning support lottery) through which a game ball enters and is discharged from the game area, or the first and second start. The winning devices 33a and 33b may be configured as a gate (no winning ball, which triggers a winning / no-win lottery) that passes through the gaming balls and is not discharged from the gaming area.

  (Fff) Although not particularly mentioned in the fifth embodiment, the upper plate 19 that guides the game balls while aligning the game balls toward the launch device 60 (and from the upper plate 19 to the launch position of the guide rail 61) A guide passage), and a ball removal button 123 that is provided at a position where the player can operate and is operated so that the game balls arranged on the upper plate 19 are returned to the player side (lower plate 15). When the ball removal button 123 is operated, the game ball set in the firing position can be returned to the player side. Furthermore, in such a configuration, the number of shots can be counted more reliably by providing the launch detection switch 401 at a position where the game ball set in the launch position is not detected.

  (Ggg) In the first embodiment and the like, the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be able to transmit game information and the like to the server via the mobile communication terminal. Information may be exchanged between the slot machine and the server via a mobile communication terminal. Hereinafter, such an example will be described.

  The slot machine includes variable display means having three reels with a plurality of identification symbols, a medal slot for inserting medals, an insertion detection switch for detecting game media inserted into the medal slot, The credit storage area for storing the number of game media detected by the insertion detection switch as electronic data, and the number required to start the game from the game media stored in the credit storage area when starting the game. A bet button for betting, a start lever for rotating a plurality of reels in the variable display device (starting display of variation of identification symbols), and three for stopping each reel rotating in the variable display device The performance changes depending on the stop button and whether or not the operation is performed when a predetermined performance occurs. A lottery means for performing a winning / no-win lottery with an operation of a button and a start lever in a state in which a game medium is betted or a corresponding state (for example, after a replay establishment game), and a game medium bet Identification information control means for starting the rotation of the reel based on the operation of the start lever in the operated state or the corresponding state, and stopping the reel based on the operation of the stop button and the result of the lottery determination, and the identification information Game medium giving means for giving the number of game media corresponding to the winning combination when the combination of the identification symbols displayed in a visually recognizable manner on the plurality of reels stopped by the control means is a combination corresponding to the winning combination. And a liquid crystal display device on which various effects are displayed.

  For example, the replay symbol and bell symbol that will be aligned on the winning line regardless of the timing at which the stop button is operated, and the watermelon that does not line up on the winning line unless the reel is stopped aiming at the timing. There are a symbol and a cherry symbol, and a bonus symbol in which a bonus game is started after winning a prize. In the winning / losing lottery, when the replay is won, the replay symbols are aligned, when the bell is selected, the bell symbols are aligned, and when the watermelon is selected, the reels are stopped within the prescribed phase range corresponding to the watermelon. If you can, the watermelon pattern will be available. If you win the cherry, the reel will be displayed within the specified range of movement corresponding to the cherry. If you win the bonus, the cherry will be displayed. If it can be stopped in the phase range, the bonus symbols are aligned.

  In this example, the bonus winning probability in the winning / losing lottery can be changed in six stages. Further, not only bonus combinations but also combinations other than bonus combinations (small roles), in this example, the winning probabilities of cherry, watermelon, and bell are configured so that there is a difference depending on such setting. Yes. Furthermore, there is a case where a bonus and a child role are won simultaneously (overlapping wins), and this is also configured such that the probability changes according to the setting.

  Similarly to the above embodiment, the game information storage area that can store and store game information that is information related to the winning / failing lottery and the game information stored and stored in the game information storage area are identified or recognized by a predetermined mobile communication terminal. Information output means capable of outputting (displayed on a liquid crystal display device) as a possible mode (QR code). Note that the game information of this example includes the number of games in which one reel is stopped from the start of rotation of all reels until the stop of all reels, the total number of medals bet, Examples include the total number of medals awarded, the number of winnings of various bonuses such as a big bonus, the number of winnings of each winning combination such as assist time and assist replay time (total number of occurrences and number of first hits), and the like.

  Furthermore, in this example, an effect group that includes an effect that starts based on an operation of a start lever or a bet button and an effect that starts based on an operation of at least two of an effect button, a stop button, and a bet button. There may be a case where an operation-linked effect constituted is derived. For example, the operation-linked production is divided into 4 parts by starting and rolling, and the production corresponding to “start” is performed by operating the start lever, and “approval” is handled by operating the first stop button among the three stop buttons. An effect corresponding to “Turn” is performed by operating the second stop button of the three stop buttons, and “Yu” is selected by operating the last stop button of the three stop buttons. Corresponding production is performed. In addition, when the effect corresponding to “Yu” is not preferable, there may be an effect that the effect may be changed to a preferable effect by operating the effect button.

  In the liquid crystal display device, each effect (composition effect) constituting the operation-linked effect is performed by deriving a moving image or a still image. When an opportunity to start the production (for example, operation of the next stop button) comes, the composition production that was in the middle ends (so-called production is canceled), and the next composition production starts. It is configured.

  Now, in this aspect example, individual effect time measuring means (timer and storage area) for measuring the time of each component effect constituting the operation-linked effect is provided. When the mobile linked game is terminated, when the game information is included in the QR code, the QR code is configured to include the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measuring means.

  Further, in this example, the stop button that is operated last among the three stop buttons (other stop buttons, effect buttons, bet buttons, and start levers may be targeted) is not operated. Operation time measuring means (timer and storage area) for measuring the operation time until the state is set is provided. Further, in this example, the operation time of the stop button is stored in the operation time measuring unit in a manner that associates the operation time of the stop button with the type of effect derived at that time. In the mobile linked game, the QR code including the game information and the specific measurement information stored in the operation time measuring means is displayed on the liquid crystal display device.

  Furthermore, there is an instruction for operating the effect button, and there is provided a button effect operation count measuring means for measuring the number of operation of the effect button during the button effect whose effect changes by operation. In addition, a normal gaming state (for example, a special gaming state advantageous to other players during various bonus games (the number of medals awarded in the order of pushing the three stop buttons to increase the replay winning probability) Assist replay time when navigating in the push order when the child role is different, the replay winning probability remains unchanged, but the assist time when navigating in the push order etc.) Operation in multiple stage stages (changes in main character displayed on the liquid crystal display device, etc.) that change how to show, etc., in a normal gaming state or a state other than the menu screen display) It is provided with means for counting the number of operations during normal game for counting the number of times. In addition, the operation count measurement means during button production and the operation count measurement means during normal game not only store the number of operation of the effect button, but also what (how much) when the effect is derived. The corresponding type of effect is also stored in association with each other so that the operation of the effect button can be grasped. The specific measurement information stored in the button-during operation count measurement unit and the normal game operation count measurement unit is also QR coded together with other game information, and is output to the outside of the slot machine. It has become so.

  In the present embodiment, a setting element measurement counter is provided as specific element measurement means for counting the number of wins of bonuses and child roles (excluding replay) having different winning probabilities according to settings. The specific measurement information stored in the setting element measurement counter is also QR-coded at the end of the mobile linked game together with various game information and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. In particular, in the present embodiment, each individual including the individual number for each role of each individual player in the mobile linked game and the number of times each role of other players who have played such a slot machine is won. There are statistical ones that measure the number of winning combinations (for example, one week for each day), and the QR code is configured to include both data.

  A server that has received information on an element that changes in accordance with the setting makes a setting estimation (the possibility of the predetermined setting being a predetermined percentage or the like) based on the information, and discloses it to the player. However, it is not possible to see the setting estimation information during the game hall of the day, and the server setting estimation service for today's game can be used from 11 o'clock after the game hall is closed. It has become. In this case, it is possible to suppress making a setting guess using the mobile linked game and deciding whether to stop or continue the game based on the setting guess. Incidentally, since the slot machine has a real-time clock (date grasping means) that can grasp the date and time, and the QR code issued by the slot machine includes the date or information related thereto, the server side is based on the date information. To determine whether or not the setting estimation service can be used.

  As described in detail above, in this aspect example, by measuring the time of each component effect that constitutes the operation-linked effect, whether or not each component effect is ended (canceled in the middle) or not. It is possible to grasp how long the player has been visually recognized by the player. In this way, it is not effective to derive the predetermined stage when it is effective to produce the predetermined stage based on the specific measurement information on how much each stage stage is foreseen and how much is canceled. It is possible to grasp the timing when there is no, or the production that is not very popular, to reduce the useless production, and to derive the production of effective content at the effective timing in the development of the gaming machine Can be configured.

  Furthermore, when the player performs a mobile linked game in which information is exchanged between the slot machine and the server via the portable communication terminal, the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measuring means is also transmitted to the server. Therefore, the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measuring means can be obtained more smoothly on the server side.

  Also, as a habit when a player strongly wishes that the game should move in a good direction for the player, the player pressed the last operated stop button (third stop button) instead of releasing it immediately. Some people keep the state for a while and then release it (so-called twist). Therefore, according to this embodiment, the operation time of the third stop button (time that is turned on) is measured, and the operation time is derived when the operation of the third stop button is performed. Corresponding to the production, it is transmitted to the mobile communication terminal and eventually to the server. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which timing at which stage the player feels (popular).

  The information output means includes a pressure measurement means capable of measuring the pressure acting on the predetermined operation means or a force proportional thereto, and the specific measurement information of the pressure measurement means and the corresponding performance are associated with each other. It is good also as being comprised so that output is possible. Also in this case, it is possible to grasp the heat input of the player.

  In addition, in this embodiment, the number of operations of the production button during button production or normal game state is measured, and further, it is possible to grasp which type of production is performed by the button operation. The number of operations of the effect button and the corresponding effect state are associated with each other and transmitted to the mobile communication terminal, and thus to the server. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which timing at which stage the player feels (popular).

  In addition, it may be configured to include timing measurement means for measuring a time from when the button effect for operating the effect button is started until it is operated, and to transmit the timing for operating the effect button to the server. Multiple stage stages are provided that change the way the performance is displayed in the normal gaming state, and from the previous operation button operation in the normal gaming state, from the end of the special gaming state such as the last bonus, or specified It may be possible to provide a specific measurement counter that counts the number of games from the time when the effect is derived or from the start of the mobile linked game until the operation of the current effect button is performed.

  Further, in this example, six stages can be set so that the bonus winning probability etc. changes, and the number of occurrences of elements that change in accordance with the setting, that is, the number of bonuses and winning of each child role is counted. The count value is sent to the server via the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, based on such information, it is possible to estimate a setting that will greatly affect the game. Thereby, if it participates in a mobile interlocking game, it can be made to participate actively by a mobile interlocking game by setting it as the structure which can guess a setting comparatively easily.

  Furthermore, in this example, not only the number of occurrences of each individual role of the player but also the number of occurrences of each combination (for statistics) of the entire player who performed the slot machine is accumulated and stored, and each player is mobile-linked. When the game is ended, the statistical information is included in the QR code together with the number of occurrences of each individual role for the player and the game information. For this reason, on the server side, it is possible to more accurately confirm whether or not the operation that the slot machine is actually envisioning is shown, and on the player side, more accurate setting estimation information can be obtained. .

  In addition, the setting estimation service cannot be viewed within the business hours of the day such as a game hall. For this reason, for example, an action of making a setting determination based on an element that changes according to settings including information on other people who used mobile linked games with a little game play, and moving to another stand if not good Can be prevented.

  The elements that change in accordance with the setting are changed for each model, and as in this example, each role that is counted can also be set for each model. Although not specifically mentioned in the above example, if the combination of bonuses and child roles is different at each setting, the number of simultaneous winnings may be counted, coded, and output.

  Further, the accuracy of setting suggestion may be changed according to game information stored and stored in the server by the player. For example, the setting is divided into 6 stages, and a 1000 point player in mobile linked games only suggests the top 3 or 3 of the settings, but a 10,000 point player is in each setting. The player of 50000 points will make a setting guess / judgment based on more information such as factors that will cause the setting to be finalized and judgment criteria that have not been published, and suggest / teach It may be configured.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, the configuration estimation result may be confirmed on the liquid crystal display device of the slot machine instead of or in addition to being able to browse on the web page of the server. In this case, for example, when there is a request for setting guess on the web page of the server, the setting guess information is included in the password, and by inputting the password to the slot machine, the setting guessing is performed. The result is displayed on the liquid crystal display device.

  In the case of adopting this configuration, the effectiveness of the mobile linked game can be improved, and the mobile linked game can be contacted by participation. Further, since the setting guess information can be confirmed in the slot machine, it is possible to improve convenience and to perform the current game while recollecting the previous game. Furthermore, if the setting guess information can be seen only in the slot machine, it becomes easier for the player to go to the game hall again.

  In addition, you may comprise so that the winning probability of each specific role which is a game record of a player and the winning probability of each role predetermined for every setting can be browsed. In this case, it is possible to save the player from having to search for another content by himself / herself, thereby improving convenience, and the player can enjoy the game based on various data. Furthermore, what is changed according to the setting is not limited to the winning probability of each combination. For example, the occurrence probability of a specific effect may be different depending on the setting.

  Moreover, in the said example, although it becomes the structure which cannot use a setting estimation service during the business hours of a game hall, it is good also as a structure which can be utilized. Furthermore, although it can be seen within the business hours of the day, if the number of games played by the player himself / herself does not exceed the specified number of times, the structure may not be seen. In addition, during the business hours of the game hall, it may be configured such that only the setting estimation service based on its own setting estimation element can be received. Further, when the period during which the setting estimation service can be received is limited, the server side may perform the restriction or the slot machine side may perform the restriction.

  Note that (ggg) is limited to slot machines, but may be applied to other gaming machines.

  (Hh) In the above embodiment, the handle 18 is divided into a plurality of ranges (phases) in which the handle 18 can be rotated, and the handle 18 is determined based on an operation amount detection means (for example, a variable resistor) that can grasp the amount of rotation of the handle 18. It is good also as providing the measurement counter which measures the time when the handle | steering_wheel 18 is located for every rotation range while grasping | ascertaining which rotation range is located. In addition, at least in the case of a mobile linked game, information on the stay time of each rotation range of the handle 18 is accumulated and stored, and when the mobile linked game is terminated, such information is included in the QR code together with various game information. The appearance may be configured to be displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42. Further, for example, the timing at which the amount of rotation of the handle 18 has changed, the production at that time, and the timing at which the game mode is switched may be stored in association with each other.

  When adopting this configuration, on the gaming machine manufacturer side, in which pachinko machine 10 (arrangement configuration of game nails, etc. of the game board 30), where the player tends to launch game balls Whether the launch position of the game ball is changed at the timing or whether the launch position is changed smoothly in the case of a model (see FIG. 37, etc.) that needs to be changed. I can grasp it. In general, when it is necessary to change the launch position of the game ball and there is a display device (decorative symbol display device 42, etc.), detection of an operation amount detection means capable of grasping the rotation amount of the handle 18 Based on the above, a right-handed instruction is displayed on the display device in a situation where right-handed is desirable, and an instruction to return to left-handed is displayed on the display device in a situation where left-handed is desirable.

  (Iii) In the above embodiment, when a mobile linked game is started, the points of the mobile linked game (used for rank increase that triggers the change in production) continue to accumulate every time a predetermined period has passed since that time. You may comprise. That is, the points are given not only on the day when the mobile linked game is performed but also on the day when the game is not performed. Of course, it is desirable that the player who played the game on that day is configured to accumulate more points. For example, a configuration in which the points awarded according to the amount of games changes may be considered first, but instead of or in addition, a lottery that determines the number of points awarded is performed, and points according to the lottery result When a mobile linked game is performed, a lot of points may be awarded if the mobile linked game is not performed.

  If this configuration is adopted, points will be accumulated even when mobile linked games are not being performed. For example, although mobile linked games have been started, the game itself cannot be performed for a while and mobile linked games have not been played for a long time. Suppressing the situation that when you are wondering whether or not to play, you will not be able to play mobile-linked games, and you will no longer be able to play the game machine itself, thinking that it is too much money to resume and accumulate points. can do. In addition, it is possible to decide at the player's discretion whether or not to add points for the day when the mobile linked game was not performed so that it can be handled by a player who wants to accumulate points only with his own power (gaming machine It is desirable that the operation is performed on either the server side or the server side.

  (Jjj) In the sixth embodiment, the function for reading the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 and the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 are specified. The configuration for providing the function is not particularly limited. Hereinafter, another exemplary embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

  Also in this example, the same sub display device 411 as that in the sixth embodiment is provided. However, an infrared sensor 441 having the same left / right width as the left / right width of the display unit of the sub display device 411 is provided above the mobile camera 412 of the sixth embodiment. In this example, the infrared sensor 441 constitutes the shooting position detection means, and when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed on the installation unit 414 facing forward, that is, when the smartphone link function is used or when the mobile linked game is terminated. When the mobile communication terminal 431 reads the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411, the position of the mobile camera 433 is specified by the reflected state of the output infrared light (for example, the mobile camera 433 and its surroundings in the dark and light). The distance from the lower end of the mobile communication terminal 431 is also measured by time or the like). The infrared sensor 441 only needs to be able to specify at least the left-right position of the portable camera 433. When the left-right position is specified, the QR code is displaced up and down in the sub display device 411 as in the sixth embodiment. The position will be specified.

  A movable camera 442 as a reading unit is provided below the sub display device 411. The movable camera 442 of this example is configured to be slidable in the vertical and horizontal directions, and although not shown, a rail, a motor, and the like for displacing the movable camera 442 are provided. Correspondingly, in this embodiment, when the mobile linked game is started, the QR code (displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed backward in the installation unit 414) The display position of the password 434) is the lower part of the display part 432 and the center part in the left-right direction. Further, the error in the display position of the password 434 for each mobile communication terminal 431 can be eliminated by displacing the movable camera 442.

  Note that a reading cue detecting means for detecting a start of reading a QR code from the mobile communication terminal 431 and a cue for completion of reading, and an installation detecting means for detecting that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414. As for, the infrared sensor 441 and the movable camera 442 may be used.

  As described above, by making the camera that reads the QR code (password) displayed on the mobile communication terminal 431 movable, the mobile communication terminal 431 depends on the shape of the mobile communication terminal 431 and how the installation unit 414 is installed. Even when the display position of the password displayed on the display unit 432 is different, the movable camera 442 is displaced to a position where the password of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be read, and the password of the mobile communication terminal 431 is reliably read. Can do. In this example, the lift device 421 is omitted. However, a movable camera 442 is provided below the sub display device 411, and a password is displayed below the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 corresponding thereto. Therefore, even without the lift device 421, the password of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be read and the QR code of the sub display device 411 can be reliably read by the mobile communication terminal 431. That is, by providing the lift device 421, it is possible to avoid a risk that the lift device 421 is damaged and the function of the sixth embodiment is stopped.

  Note that the direction of displacement of the movable camera 442 is not particularly limited, and the movable camera 442 may be movable in the front-rear direction in addition to the vertical and horizontal directions, or may be configured to be tiltable. In addition, regarding the installation detection unit that detects that the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed in the installation unit 414, for example, the bottom surface of the installation unit 414 contacts the lower surface of the mobile communication terminal 431 set in the installation unit 414. You may comprise by a switch.

  (Kkk) In the sixth embodiment, when the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed forward in the installation unit 414, the position of the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 is specified by the mobile camera 412. Further, if the mobile camera 412 cannot be specified, the position of the portable camera 433 is searched in a crushed manner, and the position of the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411 is regularly and sequentially displaced. However, it is not particularly limited to such a configuration, and either one of the specifying methods may be adopted. Further, the method for changing the position of the QR code is not limited. For example, the QR code may be configured to be displaced in a square spiral shape.

  (Lll) In the sixth embodiment, the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed backward on the installation unit 414 and the installation unit 414 installed on the front side. The portable communication terminal 431 is configured to have both the function of causing the portable camera 433 to read the QR code to be displayed on the sub display device 411, but it is sufficient that at least one of the functions is provided.

  Moreover, the shape, arrangement, etc. of the installation part 414 of the sixth embodiment are not particularly limited. For example, the left and right wall portions of the installation portion 414 are configured to be slidable in the left-right direction with an L-shaped cross-section or a U-shaped cross-section. You may comprise so that a wall part may be slid and held. In this case, the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 can be directly visually recognized, not through the transparent wall of the installation unit 414. Further, in this case, it is desirable that the mobile communication terminal 431 can be maintained in the state where the left and right walls are held, thereby preventing the dropout and the like from being reliably prevented. Furthermore, in order to make the player visually recognize the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414, it is necessary to make the front wall 419 of the installation unit 414 transparent or open forward. However, when it is not necessary to make it visible, for example, when there is no smartphone link function, it is not particularly necessary to make it transparent or open.

  However, the installation unit 414 has a relatively large storage space or can accommodate the entirety of the mobile communication terminal 431 so that the mobile cover covering the mobile communication terminal 431 can be handled in a relatively large size. It is desirable that it is configured so that it can be installed even if it is not (somewhat protruding). Moreover, the door-shaped parts which can be rotated may be provided, and it is good also as providing the holding means which can hold | maintain the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation part 414. FIG. For example, the above-described wall portion that slides to the left and right may be configured to be automatically or manually tightened so that the portable communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 can be clamped. A portable communication terminal in which a holding body that is displaceable back and forth, extends in the axial direction from side to side, and has an outer peripheral surface made of a sponge material is installed in the installation unit 414 by an elastic body such as a spring or a driving means such as a motor. It may be configured to be brought into pressure contact with 431 and sandwiched between predetermined wall portions of the installation portion 414.

  In addition, the installation portion 414 itself can be omitted. In this case, in order for the mobile camera 412 to read the QR code (password 434) displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the player can display the position of the password 434 and the position of the mobile camera 412. Will be combined. By omitting the installation unit 414, it is necessary for the player to continue to hold the portable communication terminal 431 during the reading operation of the password 434, but there is an advantage that it is not necessary to manually input the password. In addition, in order to make it easier for the player to recognize where the portable communication terminal 431 should be held, try to surround the position with a square, or install a light emitting means such as an LED to make it glow. Further, an announcement may be made with the decorative symbol display device 42.

  Further, when the installation unit 414 is omitted, even when the mobile camera 433 of the mobile communication terminal 431 performs an operation of reading the QR code displayed on the sub display device 411, the mobile camera 412 uses the mobile camera 433. The position of the player is adjusted, or the QR code is sequentially displaced in the sub display device 411 so that the position read by the portable camera 433 can be searched. .

  (Mmm) In the sixth embodiment, a charging unit that can charge the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 may be provided. For example, charging may be performed wirelessly by generating electromagnetic waves or the like, or a charging cord corresponding to the mobile communication terminals 431 of a plurality of manufacturers may be provided. In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 is not charged. In particular, when the smartphone link function is used, this effect is more prominent.

  (Nnn) Although not specifically mentioned in the sixth embodiment, when the smartphone link function is used, a predetermined condition is established (a player satisfies a predetermined criterion related to a game amount (updated a predetermined rank related to mobile linked games) ) Or the same production code (production) displayed on the sub display device 411 when the gaming machine manufacturer side supplies new information (application update, etc.) sequentially (while watching the operating status of the corresponding gaming machine). Even when the code information is read, different interlocking effects may be displayed.

  More specifically, when using a mobile link game and using a smartphone link, the longer the mobile link game, the more reliable information and more specific information can be obtained. May be. For example, in a slot machine having an assist replay time or assist time (or bonus) and having a plurality of modes in which the probability of winning the assist replay time or assist time (or bonus) varies, If you win a game guide based on the win, you can expect to see how much assist replay time or assist time will be won and how much the mode is likely to improve. You may perform in a communication terminal.

  Further, in the slot machine, when an effect such as a bonus suggesting a rough expectation expectation is performed, the win expectation with a narrower range is displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414. You may comprise so that a degree may be suggested. In other words, despite the fact that the lottery results for bonuses and the like are out of place, the slot machine side is performing an exaggerated performance, but when viewing the performance of the mobile communication terminal 431, it is not so much, However, although there is almost no production on the slot machine side, there is a low possibility that the bonus has been won, although there is a low possibility that the effect of notifying the winning will be derived when viewing the production of the mobile communication terminal 431, but the assist replay time Can also be announced in such a way that there is a high possibility of winning.

  (Ooo) In the sixth embodiment, the sub-display device 411 that displays code information (QR code) to be read by the mobile communication terminal 431 is configured by a liquid crystal display device, but is particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, a reel or a cube / sphere on which a QR code is printed may be used as the sub display device. For example, even a gaming machine in which a liquid crystal display device such as the decorative symbol display device 42 and the sub display device 411 is not provided, an effect can be provided by the display unit of the mobile communication terminal 431.

  (Ppp) Although not specifically mentioned in the seventh embodiment, when reading of the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 or the variable display device 842 is started as in the sixth embodiment, In addition to providing the movable display device 851 with a configuration for outputting a cue when the signal is completed, a configuration for detecting such a cue may be provided on the main body side of the slot machine 810. For example, light emitting means such as an infrared light emitting device that emits light at the timing of reading start and reading end is provided on the back surface side of the movable display device 851, and light emission detection for detecting light emission of the light emitting means on the slot machine 810 main body side. Means may be provided. In this case, even when a shift occurs in the position of the movable display device 851, the shift can be reliably corrected.

  (Qqq) Further, in the seventh embodiment, the provided movable display device 851 is employed as the movable display means, but the portable communication terminal 431 possessed by the player may be used. Furthermore, when the mobile linked game can be executed, the mobile camera 412 is provided in the sub display device 411 as in the sixth embodiment. In this case, the exchange of information between the pachinko machine 10 and the mobile communication terminal 431, which was merely a connection between the pachinko machine 10 and the server, can be sublimated as an effect to make it interesting. And can fully demonstrate the potential of mobile linked games. As a result, mobile linked games can be more fully enjoyed.

  In addition, for a player who is performing mobile linked games, if a mobile linked game is performed by setting a character imitating himself on the web page of the server, In the production, the character appearing in the production may be configured to substitute for his / her character.

  Further, even when the mobile communication terminal 431 is employed as the movable display means, the mobile communication terminal 431 is operated while reading the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 like the movable display device 851. It may be configured. In this case, the part itself where the mobile communication terminal 431 is installed like the installation unit 414 of the sixth embodiment is operated.

  Further, when adopting a configuration for operating the mobile communication terminal 431, it is desirable to provide a holding means for holding the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the installation unit 414 (for example, approaching the constituent wall of the installation unit 414). In this case, the angle of the mobile communication terminal 431 is unified, and the display unit 432 can be easily seen, and the mobile communication terminal 431 can be prevented from dropping from the installation unit 414. As the holding means, the portion of the holding means that contacts the mobile communication terminal 431 is a direction in which the axis is orthogonal to the direction in which the mobile communication terminal 431 is taken out from the installation portion 414 (the left-right direction if it is taken out upward). ) (A cushioning material such as a sponge material or a rubber material at the abutting portion). In this case, when the player tries to take out the mobile communication terminal 431 held by the holding means, the rotating body follows and rotates, so the mobile communication terminal 431 is loaded on the mobile communication terminal 431. It can be taken out without. Further, the holding means may be configured to be automatically displaceable between the holding position and the release position, or may be configured to be manually displaceable between the holding position and the release position by the player. Further, when the mobile linked game is terminated, the holding unit may be released and the installation unit 414 may be displaced forward so that the mobile communication terminal 431 can be easily taken out from the installation unit 414. In addition, for example, when the mobile camera 412 reads the QR code displayed on the display unit 432 of the mobile communication terminal 431, the installation is configured to be movable so that the forward-facing mobile communication terminal 431 faces rearward. The part 414 may be rotated 180 degrees.

  Further, for example, the marker is displayed on the display unit, the marker is captured by the camera of the movable display unit (for example, the mobile communication terminal 431 installed in the displaceable installation unit 414), and the marker is displayed via the movable display unit. When visually recognized, an effect using augmented reality in which another visual aspect is overlaid in front of the display unit or the like may be configured to be executable. That is, when a relatively high performance with a predetermined expectation occurs, the movable display means operates to displace to the front of the display means, and the marker displayed on the display means is read by the camera of the variable display means. In this case, when the display section of the variable display means is viewed, it can be configured such that an effect display such that a predetermined character jumps forward from the display means and is running is visually recognized. Note that the burden on the gaming machine side can be reduced by using the mobile communication terminal as the variable display means and having the mobile communication terminal 431 download the augmented reality application. In addition, as in the sixth embodiment, when a marker can be read, the fact that the light emitting unit 435 of the mobile communication terminal 431 emits light and reads the predetermined camera or sensor of the gaming machine (the part where the marker is displayed). It is desirable that the detection be performed in the vicinity of

  (Rrr) In the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 is configured to slide and move in the vertical and horizontal directions. However, the direction of the displacement is not particularly limited. You may comprise so that it may displace or rotate or rotate by making the left-right direction, an up-down direction, or the front-back direction into a center axis line. In this case, a more dynamic effect is possible. Further, when adopting a configuration in which the movable display device 851 moves back and forth, the size of the QR code displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 is increased or decreased in accordance with the back and forth movement of the movable display device 851. May be. Although not specifically mentioned in the seventh embodiment, the movable display device 851 is operated according to the operation of the effect button 878 and the cross button 879 or the like, the pressing order of the stop buttons 872, 873, and 874, the pressing time, and the like. In some cases, the QR code may be displaced.

  In addition, in the seventh embodiment, regarding the configuration for reading the QR code 892 attached to the reels 842L, 842M, 842R, for example, the reel 842L, 842M, 842R is disposed on the inner peripheral side, and each reel 842L, 842M, There may be a plurality of types of backlights that illuminate 842R from the inside, and the predetermined QR code 892 can be read only when the predetermined backlight is irradiated (it is difficult for the player to understand).

  In the seventh embodiment, the display means for displaying the QR code as the code information is not particularly limited. For example, the surface on which the first QR code is printed and the second QR code are printed. A posture where the first QR code is exposed forward, a posture where the second QR code is exposed forward, and the QR code are displayed. You may comprise a display means with the polyhedron comprised so that attitude | position change was possible to the attitude | position which exposes the surface which is not exposed ahead. In addition, when applied to a pachinko machine, for example, a QR code is printed on the game board 30 along the rails 51 and 52, a display means capable of displaying the QR code is installed, and a movable display device is installed. You may comprise so that operation | movement along the rails 51 and 52 is possible.

  Furthermore, in the seventh embodiment, the method for supplying power to the movable display device 851 is not particularly limited. For example, the movable display device 851 is rechargeable, the wiring for the power source of the movable display device 851 is omitted, and when the movable display device 851 is at the reference position, the power supply on the movable display device 851 side and the gaming machine main body side For example, it may be configured such that terminals for use come into contact with each other. Moreover, you may energize with the link mechanism which has the electroconductivity which does not get entangled even if it rotates. By omitting the wiring as described above, it is possible to cause the movable display device 851 to perform further complicated operations.

  (Sss) In the seventh embodiment, when the movable display device 851 is at the reference position, it is configured to be positioned in front of the lower right portion of the decorative symbol display device 815. However, the reference position and the like are not limited. For example, a sub-display device (a liquid crystal display device or a rotating body printed with a plurality of QR codes arranged in the rotation direction on the surface) may be provided on the side of the decorative symbol display device 815. It is also possible to configure it to be located in front of it.

  Even when the same QR code is read, different effects may be derived depending on the order of reading a plurality of QR codes. For example, when a code A including start information of a predetermined effect, a code B and a code C including effect type information, and a code D including predetermined effect end information are read in the order of A → B → C → D. It may be configured such that the ending of the effect is different between the case of reading in the order of A → C → B → D. In this case, for example, instead of displaying the QR code on the liquid crystal display device, the QR code is printed on a reel, a spherical or box-like rotating body, and the like is read by the movable display device 851 to change the effect. In various configurations, the movable display device 851 can derive a variety of effects more than the number of QR codes attached to the reels and the like without attaching a large number of QR codes to the reels and the like. . Further, for example, if the codes A to C are displayed on the decorative symbol display device 815 and the code D is attached to the reel, the movable display device 851 can be operated on the reel without adding a large number of QR codes to the reel. A variety of effects can be derived from the effects located in front of each other, and control of alignment between the position of the QR code of the reel and the position of the movable display device 851 can be simplified.

  (Ttt) In the eighth embodiment, the mode of the forgotten guidance display 901 (pre-forgotten guidance display 905) (the content, shape, size, display position, etc. of words and figures) is not particularly limited. It can be changed as appropriate for each model.

  Further, the eighth embodiment is configured such that the display mode (forgotten guidance display 901) of the decorative symbol display device 42 and the audio mode are derived as the “guidance mode” for alerting the user to forget to remove it. However, the means for deriving the guide mode is not particularly limited, and other display means may be provided, and the guide mode may be derived there, or forgotten using a lamp or the like. A reminder may be given, or a reminder to forget to take may be given by appropriately combining aspects such as a display device, voice and lamp. However, it is desirable for the guidance mode to include “characters” so that it is possible to clearly communicate that game information or a game card has been forgotten.

  In addition, when a voice announcement is derived as a guidance mode that is derived in a state in which the decorative symbol variation display is not performed, the volume of voice other than the voice related to the guidance announcement is reduced or silenced. Also good. In this case, it is possible to make it easier to listen to the voice announcement.

  Further, regarding the configuration in which the mode of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 changes according to the content of the game information stored in the game information storage area (see FIG. 51C), the mode of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 There is no particular limitation on how to change the game content or the contents of the game information to be changed.

  “Contents of game information” here refers to the amount of game information (the number of types, the amount of change since the start of the current mobile linked game, etc.), the importance of game information, etc. Etc.), and when the amount of change from the start of the current mobile linked game exceeds a specified amount).

  In addition, “the mode of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 changes” means that the display area of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 changes (such as the amount of game information increases, the area increases). When the hue of the forgotten guidance display 905 changes (changes with regularity, for example, black → red), the line type of characters, etc. of the character information 902 changes (such as characters become thicker), the character information In the configuration in which the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is not always displayed when the operation 903 changes (such as the operation becomes dynamic as the game information increases), the frequency of the display of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 is increased. And the like.

  Furthermore, regarding the pre-forgetting guidance display 905, for example, the display area of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 according to the content of the game information stored in the game information storage area is displayed. In the case of increasing the size, the decorative symbol may be displayed in a small size at a position where it does not overlap with the pre-forgetting guidance display 905 (if it overlaps, it becomes difficult to identify both the decorative symbol and the pre-forgetting guidance display 905).

  (Uu) In the above eighth embodiment, it is determined whether or not the situation in which the forgetting to take guidance display 901 (pre-forgetting to take guidance display 905) is derived by performing the discrimination process for specifying the game situation in detail. Although it is configured, for example, points are assigned to various game situations, and points are added / subtracted in determining whether or not they are in various situations, and when the sum of assigned points exceeds a specified number Forgetting guidance display 901 (pre-forgetting guidance display 905) may be derived. For example, a point counter for counting points is provided, and a forgetting to take guidance display 901 is derived at 80 points or more, plus 100 points when the ball removal button 123 is operated, minus 10 seconds after the ball removal button 123 is operated. 30 points, minus 30 points after 20 seconds, minus 40 points after 30 seconds, plus 60 points when the return button 122 is operated, minus 30 points after 10 seconds from the operation of the return button 122, minus 30 points after 20 seconds , 20 points when the touch sensor of the handle 18 is switched on, minus 20 points when the touch sensor of the handle 18 is switched off, plus 20 points when shifting to the normal stage, Transition to jackpot May be configured such that the minus 20 points or the like.

  In the eighth embodiment, the sub-control device 262 that is not electrically connected to the card unit connection board 314 can grasp the operation information of the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122 via the photocoupler. Although configured, the operation of the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122 may be grasped by another method. For example, by operating the ball lending button 121 and the return button 122, two switches that are switched from the off state to the on state are provided, one of which is connected to the card unit connection board 314 and the other is connected to the sub-control device 262. You may comprise as follows.

  (Vvv) In the eighth embodiment, when the operation of the ball removal button 123 is not performed, the forgotten guidance display 901 is not derived in a state other than the normal stage. When the user is staying at the pull-back stage, the forgetting to take guidance display 901 may be configured not to be derived, or the game stage condition may be removed from the conditions for deriving the forgetting to take guidance display 901 (urgent) If it is possible, the game can be stopped even in the time reduction mode or the probability change mode, so the effect of preventing forgetting is further enhanced). However, by preconditioning the game stage, it is possible to reduce the situation that the designability is reduced due to the derivation of the forgetting to take guidance display 901, and the game can be progressed relatively smoothly.

  In a configuration in which the demonstration screen display is not derived, a post-stop elapsed time measuring means that can grasp the time since the decorative symbol variation display was stopped is provided, and the specified time has elapsed since the decoration symbol variation display was stopped. In such a case, the forgotten guidance display 901 may be deleted. Of course, even in a configuration in which the demonstration screen display is derived, such a configuration can be adopted (the derivation of the demonstration screen display is forgotten to be removed from the condition for deleting the guidance display 901).

  Also, for example, when it is determined in step S8504 of the game information forgetting prevention process (see FIG. 49) that the decorative symbol (special symbol) is being displayed in a variable manner, that is, the forgotten guidance display 901 (pre- When it is determined that the forgetting to remove guidance display 905) is derived, the special variable holding area is confirmed, for example, when the variable display corresponding to the jackpot is performed, or the variable display corresponding to the jackpot is stored on hold. In such a case, instead of the pre-forgetting guidance display 905, a display that teaches that a jackpot is generated may be derived. The display that teaches that the jackpot is generated may be configured by a display mode used in other jackpot finalizing effects, or a special display mode (for example, the character of the forgotten guidance display 901 may be displayed as “ "Please be careful not to forget to remove it".

(Www)
(Www-1) Although it is embodied in the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment, it may be applied to a slot machine. Generally, a slot machine has a variable display device (variable display means) having three reels each having a plurality of types of identification information, and a medal slot (insertion means) for inserting medals as game media. An insertion detection switch (insertion detection means) that detects a medal inserted into the medal insertion slot, and stores the number of medals detected by the insertion detection switch as electronic data with a prescribed number (for example, 50) as an upper limit. A credit storage area (credit storage means), a start lever (starting operation means) for starting the rotation of the reel (change display of the identification information), and each of the rotating reels are stopped (the identification information is stopped) 3 stop buttons (stop operation means) and all the reels are rotated based on the operation of the start lever. Necessary to start the reel rotation from the medal stored in the credit storage area when starting the reel rotation as a series of operations to stop all the reels based on the operation of the player A bet button (bet operation means) for betting a large number, an effect button (effect operation means) whose effect changes depending on whether or not to operate when a predetermined effect occurs, and a medal bet In response to the start lever operation in the held state, the winning / winning lottery of the winning combination is performed, and the reel is started to rotate based on the operation of the start lever in the bet state of the medal. Based on the result, the main control device (lottery means, identification information control means) for stopping and displaying the reels, and the identification information control means When the reel identification information stopped and displayed is a combination corresponding to the winning combination, a payout device (game medium providing means) for providing the number of medals corresponding to the winning combination is stored in the credit storage area. And a credit button (credit operation means) for paying out a certain number of medals.

  Then, when the credit button is operated, the forgetting to take guidance display 901 may be derived. In this case, it is possible to have the player who recognizes the forgotten guidance display 901 paying out the credited medal and leaving the slot machine.

  (Www-2) Also, the number of medals stored in the credit storage area is less than the number necessary to rotate the reel (play one game) (for example, three medals play one game In the slot machine that can be performed twice, when one of the bet button, the start lever, and the effect button is operated in 2 sheets, 1 sheet, or 0 sheet), a forgetting to show guidance display 901 is displayed. You may comprise so that it may derive. In this case, the player who may end the game can be made to recognize the forgotten guidance display 901. One or two of the three operating conditions may be removed, or other operating conditions (stop button operation, etc.) may be added.

  (Www-3) Further, as a result of the winning / losing lottery, the bonus game (special game state) was not won, but if it was won, the bonus game would be stopped and displayed at the start (transition). When an operation is performed to stop and display the reels at a timing that is a combination of identification information, a forgetting to take guidance display 901 may be derived. In this case, the player who may end the game can be made to recognize the forgotten guidance display 901.

  (Xxx) In the ninth embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 is turned on by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323, and the effect button 125 and the cross button 126 are used. The time setting is enabled so that the time setting of the real time clock is possible, but the operation for permitting the time setting (preliminary setting) is not particularly limited to such a configuration. . For example, it is possible to detect that a button for canceling an error state such as the state return switch 321 or the like, or that a key is inserted into a key hole of the cylinder lock 700 and a specific rotation operation is performed, and such detection is performed. It may be configured such that the time setting is permitted when triggered by a break. In other words, it is only necessary that the operation is performed at a position that the player does not touch or an operation that can be performed by using a tool that the player cannot carry.

  In the ninth embodiment, in the time setting valid state, a normal game cannot be performed (for example, the decorative symbol display device 42 does not display the decorative symbol and the time setting screen is maintained, or For example, an error display may be derived.

  Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, in the normal process of the main control device 261, output data such as a command updated in the previous process is output (collectively) in the external output process or the like. The output may be performed when the above setting is performed. The data transmission / reception method may be either parallel communication or serial communication.

  (Yyy) In the ninth embodiment, the time setting is enabled by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erasing switch 323, and the time setting screen is displayed so that the time can be set. In addition, the time limit is set during the period in which the time setting is valid. For example, the time is set by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323. Although the setting is in a valid state, the time setting screen is not displayed, the time setting is effectively disabled, and the willingness to perform time setting, for example, within a predetermined time after the time setting is valid A time setting screen is displayed when a predetermined operation (such as the operation of the production button 125) that is considered to be present is performed, and the time can be set. Good.

  In addition, only by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erasing switch 323, it does not shift to the time setting valid state, but the time setting ready state (substantially, the time setting is still invalid). The time setting is performed by performing a predetermined input operation (within a specified time after turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while operating the RAM erase switch 323) within a period in which the time setting preparation state is entered. It may be configured to shift to the valid state and set the time of the real-time clock.

  In addition, by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323, the time setting is valid, but it is specified after turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while operating the RAM erase switch 323. If a predetermined input operation is not performed within the time, the time setting valid state may not be continued (the time setting invalid state may be entered). When these configurations are adopted, the player plays a game in a state in which the time of the real time clock can be set based on the operation of the effect button 125, the cross button 126, etc. (the business of the game hall or the like is started). Can be more reliably prevented.

  In addition, as the predetermined input operation performed in the time setting preparation state, for example, the production button 125 is performed twice for a predetermined number of times (for example, by pressing once or by touching mistakes such as touching unconsciously). Or pressing three times), pressing a password, inputting a password, performing input operations in a prescribed order (inputting commands) using the upper, lower, left, and right input units of the cross button 126. In particular, when password input or command input is required, only a person related to the gaming machine manufacturer can set the time of the real-time clock.

  (Zzz) In the ninth embodiment, if the time setting completion input is performed or the time setting effective timer value becomes 0 in the state where the time setting effective flag is set to ON, the time setting is effective. The flag is configured not to be turned off (see step S8806 and step S8811 in FIG. 53). For example, the handle 18 is operated (for example, touching the human body with the handle 18 is a touch sensor built in the handle 18). The time setting valid flag may be turned off even when the steering wheel 18 is rotated by a predetermined amount). It should be noted that the time setting can be set if the time setting is within the specified time since the time setting is enabled, and the time setting cannot be set after the specified time has passed. It is also possible to omit (time). However, the player forgets to return from the time setting valid state to the time setting invalid state by setting the time limit, and the player can set the time of the real time clock based on the operation of the effect button 125, the cross button 126, etc. It is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which a player performs a game (a business such as a game hall is started). In particular, in the ninth embodiment, not only the backup data is erased (RAM data is initialized) but also the time setting by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erase switch 323. Since switching to the effective state is concerned, there is a concern that the possibility of forgetting that it is switched to the time setting effective state is increased, and thus the above-described effects are more remarkably exhibited.

  (Aaa) In the ninth embodiment, the period in which the time setting is valid and the period in which the time setting screen is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 match, but they do not necessarily match. Also good. For example, when the predetermined detection is performed in the time setting valid state (for example, when the closing of the inner frame 12 is detected by the inner frame opening detection switch 92), the time setting screen is displayed. Also good. When such a configuration is employed, the fact that the time setting is valid may be taught, for example, by turning on the error display lamp 104. Further, a light emitting member that is turned on when the time setting is valid may be provided on the rear side of the inner frame 12 (for example, near the RAM erase switch 323).

  (Bbbb) In the ninth embodiment, the year, month, date, hour, and minute can be set. However, the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and for each model, as necessary. Can be set as appropriate. Furthermore, the time setting screen is configured so that it can be set for each year, month, day, hour, and minute, but this is not particularly limited. And the number of the 1's place may be set separately.

  In the ninth embodiment, the real-time clock can be set. For example, in the state in which power is supplied from the outside of the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine performs counting with time. 10 In a state where power is not supplied from the outside, it is possible to embody the time counting means (timer) that does not perform counting. For example, in a configuration in which the calendar is stored and the power is turned off or the date is advanced by one day each time the power is turned on, the power is turned off due to the occurrence of a predetermined malfunction. If an opportunity occurs twice or more a day, the date may be corrected so as to cope with a situation in which the date is excessively advanced. In addition, the elapsed time counting means (timer) for measuring the time from the power-on of the pachinko machine 10 that day, or the elapsed time counting means for counting the specified time (corresponding value) if only the period of the specified time is grasped. (Timer) can also be embodied.

  (Cccc) The display control device 45 of the ninth embodiment does not directly read and draw the data in the character ROM 525, but stores the data necessary for drawing in a separately provided volatile memory so that the necessary data is prepared. However, the data in the character ROM 525 may be directly read and drawn without being stored in the volatile memory. However, even when such a configuration is adopted, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM erase switch 323 is operated, and the time setting valid flag is set on (the time setting screen is displayed). In the case, the display of the game-related screens such as the demonstration display screen and the normal mode change standby screen on the decorative symbol display device 42 is made to wait, and the time setting valid flag is turned off (the time setting screen is deleted). In this case, a screen related to the game is displayed.

  Although not specifically mentioned in the ninth embodiment, regarding the display state in the decorative symbol display device 42 (liquid crystal display means), the drawn state from which the target display mode can be derived and the target display mode There is a preparation state in which a part of the display mode is being prepared and a part of the display mode is derived as a temporary display mode that is different from the target display mode. That is, in general, when generating a display mode with a relatively large amount of information in the decorative symbol display device 42 (in recent years, the display mode is basically always set to a large amount of information), a relatively large amount of processing is performed. In response to this, it may take a relatively long preparation time to derive the target display mode. Therefore, if the preparation time until the target display mode can be derived is relatively long, the decorative symbol display device 42 will display the target time during the preparation time until the target display mode is completed. A “provisional display mode” is derived which is different from the display mode to be performed (the same is transmitted for the suggested contents) and different from the state in which the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. Such a temporary display mode is a simple display mode that has a relatively small amount of data and can be generated relatively quickly (for example, “○” and “×” are alternately displayed instead of the decorative display variation display, In this case, “○” is stopped and displayed).

  Furthermore, in the ninth embodiment, the data amount of the time setting screen may be approximately the same as the data amount of the temporary display mode (for example, the difference is 20% or less, 10% or less) or less. Good. When such a configuration is employed, for example, in a state where many processes are required, such as when the pachinko machine 10 is activated, the time setting screen can be reliably derived and other processes can be performed. It should be noted that “the data used on the time setting screen should also be used for screen display other than the time setting screen”. In this case, the capacity of the character ROM 525 can be reduced.

  (Dddd) In the ninth embodiment, for example, as shown in FIG. 56, the decorative symbol display device 42 may be configured to be able to display the time based on the real-time clock. For example, a time display button for time display (time display operation means) is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 19 or the like, and the decorative symbol display device is operated only for a predetermined time when the time display button is operated (for example, one-touch operation). The time may be displayed at 42. Further, for example, when the menu screen is displayed by operating the effect button 125 in the decorative symbol fluctuation stop state, the time is displayed on a part of the menu screen, or “menu screen → others” When the time display is turned on, the time is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 42 at all times or in a state other than a specific effect such as a reach effect. It may be displayed.

  When these configurations are adopted, the time can be confirmed in the pachinko machine 10, so that the player can save time to watch a wall clock in a game hall or watch a wristwatch. In the ninth embodiment, since the time of the real-time clock can be set, the time displayed on the pachinko machine 10 is not displayed even though it is far from the actual time. Can be prevented. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a time setting function, so that it is possible to display the time to the player on the assumption that no significant deviation occurs. That is, for example, the clock function mounted on the pachinko machine 10 has malfunctioned and the time has shifted, and a player who has relied on such a clock function (thinking about the wrong time) It is possible to prevent situations such as feeling uncomfortable due to having been.

  In addition, you may comprise so that the relevant persons, such as a game hall in which the pachinko machine 10 is installed, can set whether to permit a player to use a time display function. For example, in the time setting screen displayed by turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM erasing switch 323, a setting input for whether or not to turn on the time display function can be performed. Also good. In this case, if the real-time clock may be out of time due to a failure of the real-time clock or lack of time to adjust the real-time clock, the player may be given the wrong time. It is possible to prevent such a situation from being shown. It is also possible to follow a sales policy such as wanting the player to forget the time and enjoy the game.

  Further, a display device for time display (segment display device or the like) may be provided separately. Furthermore, it is good also as producing with the display apparatus for time display.

  (Eeee) Furthermore, in the ninth embodiment, a storage area (target time storage means) capable of storing a target time set based on the operation of the effect button 125 and the cross button 126, and a target time with reference to a real time clock A timer function (timer means) having a function (target time discriminating means) for discriminating whether or not the target time has arrived and a function (target time teaching means) for teaching that the target time has arrived when the target time has arrived Means) may be provided. For example, when the time display button provided on the upper surface side of the upper plate 19 is operated, the current time is displayed on the lower right side of the decorative symbol display device 42 as shown in FIG. The selection item of whether or not to be displayed is displayed. Here, by setting the cursor to the selection item of “Set” and operating the effect button 125, the timer setting screen is displayed and the timer is set. You may comprise so that it can do.

  When adopting the above configuration, for example, since there is a plan at 18:00, if you want to stop the game at 17:00, and set the timer function at 17:00, the pachinko machine 10 will notify you at 17:00 Until then, there are effects such as being able to concentrate on the game without worrying about the watch. Furthermore, since the time can be grasped on the pachinko machine 10 side by the real-time clock, for example, the target time can be set directly rather than the timer setting two hours from now. In addition, it is possible to avoid a situation where the user is inadvertently aware that the scheduled time has been reached, as in the case where there is no timer means and self-management is performed. In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a time setting function, it is possible to prevent a significant shift in time from occurring.

  There is a concern that the teaching by the timer function may be annoying to other players around. In particular, when the teaching by the timer function is activated when the player who set the timer is away from the seat, such a concern becomes more prominent. For this reason, for example, teaching is performed by a predetermined display means (decorative symbol display device 42 or the like) or operation by an operation means operated by the player (such as the effect button 125 or the handle 18 shakes). You may comprise. In addition, when the teaching by the timer function is activated while the player is away, if the teaching is finished before the player returns, the player will not notice the teaching at all. The teaching is completed by the player's operation on a predetermined operation means (for example, the effect button 125) (in the decorative symbol display device 42, a message such as “It has been set time” and “Turn this display off”). The teaching screen on which the selected item is displayed is derived, and the teaching screen disappears by operating the effect button 125 with the cursor placed on the selected item such as “turn off this display”) Good. Furthermore, for example, if the timer function is set again (the timer is not set) or the mobile linked game is not terminated, the teaching by the timer function is repeated (like the snooze function of the alarm clock). It may be configured to be performed. In this case, it is possible to improve the convenience for the player that the timing is just bad for ending the game and he wants to play a little more but the schedule is important. In addition, the end of the teaching by the timer function is the resetting of the timer function or the end of the mobile linked game, so that someone else has finished teaching by the timer function while the player is away, It is possible to suppress a situation in which the corresponding player does not notice (in the case of the snooze function, it notices after one cycle).

  Also, if the timer setting screen is displayed in the middle of the decorative symbol variation display, it will not be possible to see the variation display, so if the decoration symbol is stopped, the timer It is desirable that the setting screen is derived.

  (Ffff) In the ninth embodiment, the closing time may be input so that the decorative symbol display device 42 can display the closing time and the time until closing. In this case, it is possible to save time and effort to ask the store clerk about the closing time, and to reduce the time and effort to watch the game hall wall clock or watch and the pachinko machine 10 over and over alternately. it can. However, since it is necessary to change the setting when the closing time is changed, it is possible to configure or change the setting so that such display is not performed corresponding to frequently changed game halls etc. It is possible to set a plurality of pattern closing times with the possibility of the following, and in the case of changing, it may be configured so as to be able to suppress labor by making a choice from among them.

  Further, for example, the game time after the start of the mobile linked game may be displayed. In this case, it is possible to prompt the player to make a calm decision, and to appropriately take a break, or to prevent the player from being excessively involved in the game.

  (Gggg) In the pachinko machine 10 according to the ninth embodiment or the like, a plurality of algorithms for interpreting the password issued by the server are prepared, and an interpretation method determining means referred to when determining the algorithm for interpreting the password The interpretation method determining means includes a first interpretation method determining means for changing an algorithm for instructing use at a predetermined time interval (for example, every 20 minutes based on a real-time clock), and an algorithm for instructing the use for the predetermined time. While changing at an interval (for example, an interval of 20 minutes based on a real-time clock), the timing of such change exists in the middle of the interval of the timing of change by the first interpretation method determination means (for example, first interpretation method determination means) The algorithm used 10 minutes after the change of the algorithm used A second interpretation method determination means), and the server changes the use algorithm of the second interpretation method determination means after the change of the use algorithm of the first interpretation method determination means. The password issued in the period until it is generated is created in a combination corresponding to the algorithm instructed by the first interpretation method determining means, and the use algorithm of the second interpretation method determining means is changed, The password issued in the period before the change of the algorithm used by the first interpretation method determining means may be created in a combination corresponding to the algorithm instructed by the second interpretation method determining means. Good.

  In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the password pattern is grasped by the player, and the player can enter the password arbitrarily created based on the password law and can be in his / her favorite situation. it can. For example, if the algorithm used is changed after the password is issued, there is a concern that the password cannot be read or that completely different information is input. In this respect, in this example, it is possible to suppress a situation where the algorithm to be used is changed after the password is issued (for example, if the interval for changing the use algorithm is 20 minutes, at least 10 after the password issuance). (For minutes, the algorithm used is not changed. Naturally, the longer the interval for changing the algorithm used, the more reliable this effect will be).

  (Hhhh) In the tenth embodiment, the password issued by the server includes month / day / hour / minute information as time information, and the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be able to store such information. However, it is not particularly limited to such a configuration. For example, it may be configured to recognize the year, or may be configured to omit any information on the month, date, hour, and minute (for example, only the month and date are known, or the approximate season is known). May be. In the case where the time information is not included (not used), it is possible to omit means for measuring time on the pachinko machine 10 side such as a time measurement timer.

  (Iii) In the tenth embodiment, the password displayed on the mobile communication terminal that has accessed the server is changed every minute, but the cycle for changing the password is longer than one minute. May be. In this case, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the word greatly changes while the word corresponding to the time information is being input. However, when such a configuration is adopted, there is a possibility that the difference between the time information input to the pachinko machine 10 and the actual time becomes large (more than 1 minute) by the length of the update cycle. is there.

  Furthermore, although not specifically mentioned in the tenth embodiment, “the word corresponding to the time information in the password indicates the same time according to the combination of words other than the word corresponding to the time information in the password. It may be configured that the combination of words corresponding to time information is changed. In this case, for example, I remembered the word corresponding to the time information in the password when I started mobile linked game in the morning last time, but now I thought that I wanted to start the game from the morning, but at night, Even if the word corresponding to the time information is falsified and the password is entered, the morning time cannot be reached.

  (Jjjj) In the tenth embodiment, for example, instead of issuing a password at the server as in the sixth embodiment, a two-dimensional code (for example, a QR code) is issued and the pachinko machine 10 is issued. The mobile camera 412 (input means, reading means) that can read the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, and the two-dimensional code displayed on the mobile communication terminal Of these, the aspect of the portion corresponding to the time information may be configured to change with the passage of time as time passes. In the case of adopting such a configuration, it is possible to omit the time and effort required for the player to manually input a password, and to improve workability. Even if it takes some time (1 minute or more) from issuing the two-dimensional code until the pachinko machine 10 reads the two-dimensional code, the aspect of the portion corresponding to the time information in the two-dimensional code Since time changes with the passage of time, the time lag can be prevented.

  Furthermore, instead of the two-dimensional code, another function may be provided to enable input of linked game information from the server in a short time when starting the mobile linked game. For example, receiving means as input means capable of receiving radio waves and infrared rays output from a mobile communication terminal, or listening means capable of listening to an audio signal output from an audio output unit of the mobile communication terminal as input means. It is good also as providing. In addition, the server may have a function of creating a two-dimensional code and various signals, and the mobile communication terminal may have a function (download a dedicated application to the mobile communication terminal at the first registration of the mobile linked game). It is also good. The time information may be provided from a server or may be provided from a mobile communication terminal.

[Appendix]
The technical idea that can be grasped from the above embodiment will be described below.

  A. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed to determine whether or not a big hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  By the way, when a gaming machine manufacturer produces a new model or the like, it aims to make a gaming machine that pleases a player with reference to evaluations of conventional gaming machines.

  However, for example, when marketing is performed by requesting a research company, there is a risk that a satisfactory number of responses may not be obtained or result reporting may be delayed. There is also a concern that the answers to the questionnaires given to the players are not accurate.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can quickly and widely collect information on game trends of players.

Means A-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
An operation means operable by the player;
A selection effect derivation means capable of deriving a selection effect that causes the player to select an effect by operating the operation means;
Selection information storage means capable of accumulating and storing selection information which is information relating to selection by operation of the operation means;
Display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least server address information among server address information, game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage means, An information output means for displaying code information readable by a mobile communication terminal,
When the information output means includes the game information stored in the game information storage means in the code information displayed on the display means, the selection information stored in the selection information storage means A game machine characterized by including

In addition, "The mobile communication terminal
Reading means capable of reading the code information displayed by the display means;
A communication means capable of communicating with the server;
Portable display means capable of displaying data supplied from the server,
The server
Host-side game information storage means for storing and storing the game information when the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is received via the portable communication terminal;
It may also include a host-side selection information storage unit that stores and stores the selection information when the selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage unit is received via the portable communication terminal.

  The game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is a history of the game played by the player, and may be useful as reference data when the player looks back on his own game. In addition, various services may be provided from a gaming machine manufacturer or the like that operates a server according to a game history. On the other hand, the game information stored and stored in the selection information storage means is information indicating preference of which one of the effects that the player can select, and is very important for grasping customer needs as a gaming machine manufacturer. Useful information.

  In this regard, according to this means A-1, when the game information stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, it is stored and stored in the selection information storage means. The information that the player wants to know or collect and the information that the gaming machine manufacturer wants to know are a set. For this reason, after a player reads code information with a portable communication terminal after a game and communicates with the server, information useful for both the player side and the gaming machine manufacturer side can be sent to the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and broad (so you can get a response from a larger number of players) to avoid situations where the information is out of date, off-target, or too biased. Can do. As a result, since fresh and accurate information can be obtained sequentially, such good information can be utilized to develop a new model that meets the player's expectations. In other words, while retaining the elements that are popular with the player, inheriting the previous goodness, the elements that are not popular are scraped for simplification, or replaced with another element to suppress the complexity. While making new attempts.

  The game information includes the number of occurrences of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, the number of executions of variable display performed in the variable display means for teaching the result of the lottery determination for determining whether or not the special gaming state is successful, For example, a specific effect that has been determined in advance is generated from a number of effects in the special game state or the variable display. In addition, for slot machines as gaming machines, the winning probabilities for special gaming states (bonuses) can be set in multiple stages, and there are differences in the winning probabilities for child roles depending on the setting. The number of wins of child roles with different winning probabilities according to the setting is accumulated and stored in the game information storage means, and the server calculates the appearance rate of the child roles per a predetermined number of games. However, it may be configured so that it can be displayed by the portable display means.

  In addition, as “a selection effect for selecting an effect by an operation of the operation means by a player”, a plurality of stages are provided so that a background image, an appearance character, and the like on the display means are changed, and the operation is performed during a normal game state. In a configuration in which the stages are sequentially changed by operating the means, each stage constitutes a selection effect. In this case, as game information, for example, how many times the variable display is performed at which stage. (It is not counted as selection information just by changing the stage by operating the operating means.) In addition, during normal game conditions (for example, when Super Reach is being developed on a pachinko machine) or when a special game condition occurs, the player can select from several production patterns for the development of the production and the production in the special game state. In a possible configuration, the plurality of effect patterns constitute a selection effect, and the game information in this case includes information such as which effect pattern is selected and executed. In addition, when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, a predetermined effect is derived as a response, and in some cases, the operation means is changed in a configuration in which the effect changes depending on the number of operations. The effects that can be derived by operating constitute a selection effect. In this case, the game information includes, for example, information on whether or not the player has operated the operation means within a predetermined period, or a plurality of operation means. Information such as how many times the player has operated the operating means (how many times the player has operated) is given when an announcement is made such that it is operated more than once.

  The address information is information such as a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) for the mobile communication terminal to access the server, and it is sufficient that the IP address of the server is finally obtained. In addition, “code information” includes not only two-dimensional codes and one-dimensional codes, but also symbols arranged in the form of symbols such as URIs, and those composed of symbols (combinations). is there. In addition, “when the mobile communication terminal reads the server address information from the code information displayed on the display means and accesses the server, the game information and the selection information included in the code information are displayed. It is good also as outputting to the said server.

  Means A-2. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The gaming machine according to means A-1, wherein only the gaming information until it is displayed on the display means is stored.

  According to the means A-2, the data storage capacity of game information in the gaming machine can be suppressed as much as possible.

  Means A-3. The selection information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The gaming machine according to means A-1 or A-2, wherein not only the time until display on the display means but also the selection information in other periods is stored.

  According to the means A-3, selection information other than the player who sent the data is also sent. Thereby, more selection information can be obtained in the server. In the case of a configuration in which individual player selection information is not stored separately, it is possible to blur specific player selection information, and it will be highlighted without knowing the individual's hobbies / preferences. It is possible to suppress such a situation that it is known and it is offended.

  The code information may be configured to include all selection information accumulated on the day of the gaming machine, or may be configured to include selection information up to several days ago (divided by day). May be. In addition, the server is configured to be capable of storing personal selection information separately from the total selection information of the gaming tables on which the player has played, and only when the player agrees to store personal selection information. You may comprise so that personal selection information may be accumulate | stored.

  Means A-4. The memory content of the game information storage means is erased when the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means, whereas the memory content of the selection information storage means is The gaming machine according to means A-3, wherein the game information storage means remains even after the stored contents are erased.

  According to the means A-4, more selection information can be sent to the server (selection information for other players is also sent together) while suppressing the data storage capacity of the gaming information in the gaming machine as much as possible. It becomes possible. Further, for example, when the code information is displayed on the display means, the stored information of the selection information storage means is erased. For example, when the player finishes the game, the code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine. When the code information is read but not sent to the server, the selection information of the player is not sent to the server and does not remain on the gaming machine side. On the other hand, according to this means, since the stored contents of the selection information storage means remain even after the code information is displayed, there is a possibility that other players will be sent to the server. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information is more reliably achieved.

  Note that the gaming machine may be configured to erase selection information that has passed a predetermined period (predetermined time, predetermined number of days, etc.) after being stored in the selection information storage means, and will not be deleted (erase) (There is no program).

Means A-5. Provided with input means that can input information by the player's operation,
When a password is input using the input means, a state in which the game information of the individual player is stored in the game information storage means is started,
In the password, when the information according to the game information and the selection information stored in the server is included, processing according to it (when the information according to the game information and the selection information is not included, Any one of means A-1 or A-4, characterized in that the game information and the selection information stored in the server are configured to execute different processing) The gaming machine described.

  Note that “the server responds to a player's request via the mobile communication terminal that is accessing the password according to the contents stored in the host-side game information storage means and the host-side selection information storage means. It is good also as providing the password issuing means which issues.

  According to the means A-5, not only the game information stored and stored in the host-side game information storage means but also the selection information stored and stored in the host-side selection information storage means can be reflected in the game. For example, analyzing the trend of hobby preference for the player's game, making it easy to derive a suitable production, or grasping the trend of the hobby preference of the entire player, that is, whether each production is popular, A popular performance can be easily derived. Therefore, it is possible to improve the gameability as a retrofit according to the tendency of hobbies and preferences of the individual player or the entire player. In addition, since the production balance also changes according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rut.

  Note that at least a part of the input means may be constituted by the operation means, or may be provided completely separately. In addition, “the presentation table that is referred to when deriving the selection effect is configured to be changeable by inputting the password to the gaming machine when starting the game of the gaming machine” It is good. In addition, “a player's request via a mobile communication terminal that is accessing” is not only an operation corresponding to password issuance by a mobile communication terminal on a web page, but also, for example, a mobile communication terminal In the case where it is programmed that the password is issued to the web page when the information indicating that the game is the first game is received via the, the first access is included.

  Means A-6. In the case where the password includes the game information of the individual player stored in the server and the information corresponding to the selection information of the individual player, processing corresponding to the information (in the game information and the selection information) Means A-, which is configured to be able to execute processing different from the case where the corresponding information is not included, or the storage contents of the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different. 5. The gaming machine according to 5.

Incidentally, “the host-side game information storage means of the server includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players,
The host-side selection information storage means includes a personal selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of individual players.
The password issuing means may issue the password according to the storage content of the corresponding personal game information storage area and the storage content of the corresponding personal selection information storage area.

  According to the means A-6, it is possible to reflect the selection information accumulated by the individual player so far, that is, the player's hobbies and preferences in the game. For example, in a configuration in which a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, the appearance character, etc. on the display means change, and the stages are sequentially changed by operating the operation means during the normal gaming state. For example, by entering a password, it is possible to automatically switch to a stage where the player's selection rate is high (the number of selections is large). In addition, for example, in a configuration in which the player can select the development destination of the production and the production in the special game state during the normal game state (for example, in the case of super reach development in a pachinko machine) or when the special game state occurs For example, by inputting a password, a cursor for selecting an effect can be configured so as to be aimed from the beginning to a position for selecting an effect with a high player selection rate so far. Further, for example, in a configuration in which a player produces a predetermined effect as a response when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, and in some cases the effect changes depending on the number of operations, for example, a password In response to a player who does not operate the operation means very much, the effect using the operation means is not often performed (replaced with other effects), or the number of operations of the operation means is essentially the reference number When a specific effect is performed by reaching, the specific effect can be derived by performing a predetermined number of operations less than the reference number. Therefore, the player can feel the feeling that the gaming machine becomes familiar with the player as the game is repeated, and can play the game with good mood. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation where the same operation must be performed every time in order to bring the gaming machine into a desired state within a range that can be selected by the player.

  Means A-7. In the case where the password includes information corresponding to the player's individual game information stored in the server, and information corresponding to the selection information of the entire player, processing corresponding thereto (in the game information and the selection information) Means A-, which is configured to be able to execute processing different from the case where the corresponding information is not included, or the storage contents of the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different. 5. The gaming machine according to 5.

Incidentally, “the host-side game information storage means of the server includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players,
The host side selection information storage means includes an entire selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of the entire player,
The password issuing means may issue the password according to the storage content of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the storage content of the overall selection information storage area ”.

  According to the means A-7, it is possible to reflect in the game a total of the selection information of all the players so far, that is, statistics of hobbies and preferences of all the players who are playing the game machine of the corresponding model. . For this reason, for example, for a player who plays for the first time, he / she first recommends and enjoys a popular performance etc., and increases the possibility of attracting the player's interest at the earliest possible stage. It is possible to actively appeal the goodness of the gaming machine, such as having a player who has selected only the production choose a popular production to try and discover a new goodness. . Therefore, depending on the development of the game, etc., it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the gaming machine cannot be drawn out well and the game cannot be played. Note that the hobby preference of the entire player may be reflected when the gaming experience of the gaming machine is small, and the hobby preference may not be reflected when a certain amount of gaming experience is accumulated.

  Means A-8. In the case where the password includes information corresponding to the player's individual game information stored in the server, and information corresponding to the selection information of the individual player or / and the entire player, the processing corresponding to the information (the game When the information corresponding to the information and the selection information is not included, or when the game information stored in the server and the storage contents of the selection information are different from each other) The gaming machine according to A-5, which is characterized.

Incidentally, “the host-side game information storage means of the server includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players,
The host-side selection information storage means includes a personal selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of individual players, and a whole selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of all players.
The password issuing means responds to at least one of the storage content of the corresponding personal game information storage area, the storage content of the corresponding personal selection information storage area, and the storage content of the overall selection information storage area It is good also as issuing the said password.

  According to the means A-8, it becomes possible to reflect the hobby preference of the individual player or the hobby preference of the entire player, and is basically the same as the above means A-6 and A-7. The effect of is produced. In addition, you may comprise so that a player can reflect an individual's hobby preference, or whether to reflect the hobby preference of the whole player (or not reflect at all). Furthermore, such selection may be performed when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page, but it is used for a password by setting it on the web page (server side). The total number of words can be reduced, and the processing related to password issuance, the storage capacity can be simplified, and the effort related to password input can be reduced.

Means A-9. If the password includes information corresponding to a specific amount of game information stored in the server in a predetermined amount or more, the player's personal information stored in the server included in the password is included. Processing according to the game information and the selection information of the individual player,
When the password does not include information corresponding to the fact that the specific game information is accumulated in a predetermined amount or more in the server, the personal information of the player stored in the server included in the password The gaming machine according to means A-8, wherein processing according to the gaming information and the selection information of the entire player is executed.

  "If the password issuance means determines whether or not the specific game information is accumulated in a predetermined amount or more in the host-side game information storage means when issuing a password, and a negative determination is made. Is issued with the password according to the storage contents of the personal selection information storage area and the overall selection information storage area, and if determined positive, the personal selection information storage area and the personal selection information storage area It is good also as issuing the said password according to the memory | storage content.

  According to the means A-9, in a state where the gaming experience is shallow with respect to the corresponding gaming machine and the data amount of the hobby preference of the individual player is not so much acquired, the hobby preference of the entire player is reflected in the game, The appeal of the gaming machine can be positively appealed. Furthermore, when the player has accumulated a certain amount of gaming experience of the corresponding gaming machine (for example, when the number of fluctuations and the number of winnings exceeds the reference value), the player's personal taste preference is reflected in the game, The player can play the game more comfortably. Accordingly, it is possible to provide a suitable game property corresponding to the situation.

  Further, on the server side, the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information are determined in order to determine which of the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information storage area is to be reflected in the game (to be included in the password). Compared with the case where both stored contents of the storage area are included in the password, the number of pieces of information identified from the password, and hence the total number of password patterns, can be reduced. For this reason, the password can be shortened as much as possible, or the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Accordingly, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and labor related to password input.

  Means A-10. The gaming machine according to any one of means A-5 to A-9, wherein the player can select whether or not to reflect the accumulated selection information in the game.

  According to the means A-10, the accumulated selection information can be prevented from being reflected in the game. Accordingly, even for a player who has a good balance as it is, a mobile linked game using the mobile communication terminal and the server can be comfortably performed.

  It should be noted that individual player selection information storage means and host-side selection information storage means (personal selection information storage area) that store and store selection information only in the mobile-linked gaming state are provided to indicate that the player does not reflect it. In the case where (the corresponding operation / setting has been made), the selection information is not stored and stored in the means for storing the selection information for the individual player (a configuration that asks whether or not to participate each time may be used, or participation only for the first time) It may be configured to reflect the result, and the result may be reflected below), or may be configured to be accumulated but not reflected.

Means A-11. It is configured to be able to conduct a questionnaire that can be answered by operating the input means,
The gaming machine according to any one of means A-5 to A-10, characterized in that the contents of the questionnaire can be changed in accordance with information on the selection information included in the input password.

  According to the means A-11, by conducting a questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped simply by counting selection of selection effects. For example, it is possible to ask for a disliked (uninteresting) production or to ask why a particular production is liked. Accordingly, more information can be collected, and a situation in which a gaming machine that does not meet the player's needs can be more reliably avoided.

  Further, in this means, the contents of the questionnaire can be changed according to the selection information included in the password input to the gaming machine. That is, for example, in correspondence with the means A-6, when the player himself has selected many effects such as effects A in the selection effects in the past, the display means “why do you like the effects A? Tell me, 1; easy to win, 2; I like characters, 3; I like sound. " Therefore, a more detailed survey can be performed, and higher-quality questionnaire data can be obtained. In addition, even if the number of questions is reduced or the number of questions is reduced, it is possible to make an efficient transition to a detailed question, and as a player, the survey is relatively smooth (without feeling much stress). I can answer.

  If a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, there is a risk that the questions may be biased or questions that are inappropriate for the player's hobbies. Can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be conducted efficiently, a more favorable answer can be obtained, the number of derivation of the questionnaire production can be reduced, and the player is disgusted by the questionnaire production being derived many times during the game. The situation of feeling can be suppressed.

  Means A-12. The questionnaire is displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed (when an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed or there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period) Does not display the contents of the questionnaire). The gaming machine according to means A-11,

  According to the means A-12, it is possible to respect the intention of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. In addition, despite the fact that the player does not intend to participate in the questionnaire, the display shifts to the contents of the questionnaire, and no operation is performed here, or the player does not confirm the contents of the question. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire result is significantly reduced due to making different selections.

Means A-13. It is configured to rank according to the number of executions of specific game information, and to change the contents of the production according to the rank,
The game information storage means executes the number of executions of specific game information in a mobile linked game state from when the password is input until the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. Game information counting means for storing
In order to update the password to the next rank set when the number of executions of the specific game information for updating to the next rank is less than a predetermined allowable value together with the rank information indicating the rank. Means A-5 to A- are configured to be able to execute processing according to the rank information and the remaining information when the remaining information indicating the number of times of execution of the specific game information is included in The gaming machine according to any one of 12 above.

In addition, “The server
Host-side game information counting means, which is provided in the host-side game information storage means and stores and stores the number of executions of the specific game information received via the mobile communication terminal;
Rank determining means for determining the rank based on the number of execution times of the specific game information stored in the host-side game information counting means;
Calculating means for calculating how many times the number of executions of the specific game information is necessary for updating to the next rank;
An allowable value determining means for determining whether or not the value calculated by the calculating means is less than a predetermined allowable value;
When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is less than the allowable value, the password is calculated by the calculating means together with rank information indicating the rank for the password. It is good also as including the remaining information which shows a value.

  According to the means A-13, when the number of executions of the specific game information is equal to or greater than the prescribed number, the rank is updated, and the change in the production according to the new rank can be enjoyed. In addition, determination of rank update and accumulation of game information of a plurality of games are performed in a server. Therefore, in order to update the rank, it is necessary to repeat the mobile-linked game, so that the player actively participates in the mobile-linked game, and therefore, more selection information is provided. it can.

  In addition, since the total game information is stored and stored on the server side, even if the rank update condition is cleared in the game, the rank is not updated unless information indicating that is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

  However, the game starts from a short time before the number of executions of specific game information reaches the specified number of times that is predetermined as the rank update condition, and even if the specified number of times is reached early, the game is once ended Without considering the steps of displaying the code information, accessing the server, and entering the issued password, there is a concern that the change in production corresponding to the new rank cannot be fully enjoyed. For this reason, a player who has achieved the rank update condition and wishes to fully enjoy the corresponding performance will have the extra time of temporarily ending the game as described above. In addition, even after the conditions for rank update are achieved, the number of execution times of specific game information is accumulated without accessing the server, so that the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be enjoyed is significantly shortened. Or a situation in which the condition for jumping up to the next higher rank and updating to the second higher rank is achieved, and the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the upper rank is lost. There is a risk of inviting.

  In this regard, according to the present means, in the server, when it is determined that the difference between the total number of executions of specific game information and the predetermined number of times predetermined as the rank update condition is less than the allowable value, The password is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of execution times of specific game information up to the specified number of times. For this reason, it is possible to change the production corresponding to the rank update without once ending the game. Therefore, as long as the conditions for rank update are cleared in the game, it is possible to derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without causing the player to spend extra time. Furthermore, it is possible to give a sufficient opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to each rank.

  Note that the gaming machine is referred to when determining the pattern of the selection effect, and the game is being played without the password being input (no mobile linked gaming state) or at the initial rank. It is not selected or selected in a state where a game is played without entering a normal table and a normal table that is selected or easy to select, or in a state where a game is played at the initial rank. A special table that is difficult to use, and a use permission flag that is individually provided for each special table. When determining the pattern of selection effects, the use permission flag is checked and the table to be referenced is determined. Accordingly, the corresponding use permission flag may be set based on the rank information included in the input password.

  In addition, in a configuration in which a rank can be raised in two stages in a game of the day, the number of times up to the nearest rank up is memorized, and the number of times to jump over two stages on that day is achieved. It is also possible to set up to one level (the next start is from a two-level up state), and the number of times up to the first level and the number of times up to the second level are stored. May be. However, the number of ranks that can be updated in one day is preferably at most about three levels so that the performance corresponding to each rank can be fully enjoyed or the processing can be simplified.

  Means A-14. The gaming machine according to means A-13, wherein when the remaining information is not included in the password, the process according to the rank information can be executed.

  It should be noted that “the remaining information indicating the value calculated by the calculating unit for the password when the allowable value determining unit determines that the value calculated by the calculating unit is greater than or equal to the allowable value. May not be included ".

  According to the means A-14, since the remaining information is not necessarily included in the password, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, the combination of words constituting a password when entering a password requires not only combinations that allow entry but also combinations that do not allow entry. If the total number of combinations of password words is large, the password It is necessary to lengthen the password or increase the number of words that can be selected when entering the password. Therefore, by reducing the total number of password patterns as much as possible, the password can be shortened or the number of words that can be selected when entering the password can be reduced as much as possible, improving the operability when the player enters the password. Etc. can be achieved. As a result, since the password input operation is difficult, the input work is avoided, and the game cycle through the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there (and there is an opportunity to obtain data (selection information) about the player). Can be suppressed.

Means A-15. Remaining number storage means for storing the number of executions of the remaining specific game information necessary until updating to the next rank,
When the first password issued when the mobile linked game is played for the first time is input, the specific game information until the remaining rank storage means can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank The game machine according to means A-13 or A-14, wherein the number of times of execution is set.

  According to the means A-15, even when the condition for updating to the next rank in the initial rank is achieved, the effect corresponding to the rank update is suitably changed without causing the player to spend extra time. be able to.

  Means A-16. Means A-13 to A- characterized in that the number of executions of the specific game information that can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of executions of the specific game information required for subsequent rank updates. 15. The gaming machine according to any one of 15.

  According to the means A-16, update conditions for updating from the initial rank to the next rank are set relatively loosely. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game condition via the mobile communication terminal and the server is not attractive and is subsequently avoided because the update condition cannot be achieved even once.

  B. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed to determine whether or not a big hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  By the way, recent gaming machines tend to have more variations in production and the like, and have been devised so as not to get bored as much as possible. However, depending on the development of the game and the like, there is a concern that the potential of the gaming machine cannot be drawn out well or that the player gets bored by playing the game several times.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that allows a player to more fully enjoy the game.

Means B-1. In a gaming system comprising a gaming machine and a server capable of acquiring information related to the player's game via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
The gaming machine is
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
An operation means operable by the player;
A selection effect derivation means capable of deriving a selection effect that causes the player to select an effect by operating the operation means;
Selection information storage means capable of accumulating and storing selection information which is information relating to selection by operation of the operation means;
Display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least address information of the server among address information of the server, game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage means. Information output means for displaying code information including;
And an input means capable of inputting information by the player's operation,
When a password is input using the input unit, a state in which the game information of the individual player is stored in the game information storage unit is started,
The mobile communication terminal is
Reading means capable of reading the code information displayed by the display means;
A communication means capable of communicating with the server;
Portable display means capable of displaying data supplied from the server,
The server
Host-side game information storage means for storing and storing the game information when the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is received via the portable communication terminal;
Host-side selection information storage means for storing and storing the selection information when the selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage means is received via the portable communication terminal;
The information output means of the gaming machine is stored in the selection information storage means when the game information stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means. Including the selected information,
The server issues the password according to the stored contents of the host-side game information storage means and the host-side selection information storage means in response to a player's request via the mobile communication terminal being accessed. A gaming system comprising a password issuing means.

  The game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is a history of the game played by the player, and may be useful as reference data when the player looks back on his own game. In addition, various services may be provided from a gaming machine manufacturer or the like that operates a server according to a game history. On the other hand, the game information stored and stored in the selection information storage means is information indicating preference of which one of the effects that the player can select, and is very important for grasping customer needs as a gaming machine manufacturer. Useful information.

  In this regard, according to the present means B-1, when the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, it is stored and stored in the selection information storage means. The information that the player wants to know or collect and the information that the gaming machine manufacturer wants to know are a set. For this reason, after a player reads code information with a portable communication terminal after a game and communicates with the server, information useful for both the player side and the gaming machine manufacturer side can be sent to the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and broad (so you can get a response from a larger number of players) to avoid situations where the information is out of date, off-target, or too biased. Can do. As a result, since fresh and accurate information can be obtained sequentially, such good information can be utilized to develop a new model that meets the player's expectations. In other words, while retaining the elements that are popular with the player, inheriting the previous goodness, the elements that are not popular are scraped for simplification, or replaced with another element to suppress the complexity. While making new attempts.

  Furthermore, according to the means B-1, not only the game information stored and stored in the host-side game information storage means but also the selection information stored and stored in the host-side selection information storage means can be reflected in the game. For example, analyzing the trend of hobby preference for the player's game, making it easy to derive a suitable production, or grasping the trend of the hobby preference of the entire player, that is, whether each production is popular, A popular performance can be easily derived. Therefore, it is possible to improve the gameability as a retrofit according to the tendency of hobbies and preferences of the individual player or the entire player. In addition, since the production balance also changes according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rut.

Means B-2. The host-side game information storage means includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players.
The host-side selection information storage means includes a personal selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of individual players.
The said password issuing means issues the said password according to the storage content of the said corresponding individual game information storage area, and the storage content of the said corresponding personal selection information storage area, The means B-1 characterized by the above-mentioned Gaming system.

  According to the means B-2, it is possible to reflect in the game the selection information that has been accumulated so far by the individual player, that is, the hobby preference of the player. For example, in a configuration in which a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, the appearance character, etc. on the display means change, and the stages are sequentially changed by operating the operation means during the normal gaming state. For example, by entering a password, it is possible to automatically switch to a stage where the player's selection rate is high (the number of selections is large). In addition, for example, in a configuration in which the player can select the development destination of the production and the production in the special game state during the normal game state (for example, in the case of super reach development in a pachinko machine) or when the special game state occurs For example, by inputting a password, a cursor for selecting an effect can be configured so as to be aimed from the beginning to a position for selecting an effect with a high player selection rate so far. Further, for example, in a configuration in which a player produces a predetermined effect as a response when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, and in some cases the effect changes depending on the number of operations, for example, a password In response to a player who does not operate the operation means very much, the effect using the operation means is not often performed (replaced with other effects), or the number of operations of the operation means is essentially the reference number When a specific effect is performed by reaching, the specific effect can be derived by performing a predetermined number of operations less than the reference number. Therefore, the player can feel the feeling that the gaming machine becomes familiar with the player as the game is repeated, and can play the game with good mood. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation where the same operation must be performed every time in order to bring the gaming machine into a desired state within a range that can be selected by the player.

Means B-3. The host-side game information storage means includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players.
The host side selection information storage means includes an entire selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of the entire player,
The game according to means B-1, wherein the password issuing means issues the password according to the storage content of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the storage content of the overall selection information storage area. system.

  According to the means B-3, statistics of selection information of all the players so far, that is, statistics of hobbies and preferences of all the players who play the game machine of the corresponding model can be reflected in the game. . For this reason, for example, for a player who plays for the first time, he / she first recommends and enjoys a popular performance etc., and increases the possibility of attracting the player's interest at the earliest possible stage. It is possible to actively appeal the goodness of the gaming machine, such as having a player who has selected only the production choose a popular production to try and discover a new goodness. . Therefore, depending on the development of the game, etc., it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the gaming machine cannot be drawn out well and the game cannot be played. Note that the hobby preference of the entire player may be reflected when the gaming experience of the gaming machine is small, and the hobby preference may not be reflected when a certain amount of gaming experience is accumulated.

Means B-4. The host-side game information storage means includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players.
The host-side selection information storage means includes a personal selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of individual players, and a whole selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of all players.
The password issuing means responds to at least one of the storage content of the corresponding personal game information storage area, the storage content of the corresponding personal selection information storage area, and the storage content of the overall selection information storage area The gaming system according to means B-1, wherein the password is issued.

  According to the means B-4, it becomes possible to reflect the hobby preference of the individual player and the hobby preference of the entire player, which is basically the same as the above means B-2 and B-3. The effect of is produced. In addition, you may comprise so that a player can reflect an individual's hobby preference, or whether to reflect the hobby preference of the whole player (or not reflect at all). Furthermore, such selection may be performed when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page, but it is used for a password by setting it on the web page (server side). The total number of words can be reduced, and the processing related to password issuance, the storage capacity can be simplified, and the effort related to password input can be reduced.

  Means B-5. The password issuing means determines whether or not the specific game information is accumulated in a predetermined amount or more in the host-side game information storage means when issuing a password, and if a negative determination is made, The password corresponding to the storage contents of the personal selection information storage area and the overall selection information storage area is issued, and if the determination is affirmative, the storage contents of the personal selection information storage area and the personal selection information storage area are stored. The game system according to means B-4, wherein the password is issued in response.

  According to the means B-5, in the state where the gaming experience is not related to the corresponding gaming machine and the data amount of the hobby preference of the individual player is not acquired so much, the hobby preference of the entire player is reflected in the game, The appeal of the gaming machine can be positively appealed. Furthermore, when a player has accumulated a certain amount of gaming experience of the corresponding gaming machine, the player's personal taste preference is reflected in the game, and the player can perform the game more comfortably. Accordingly, it is possible to provide a suitable game property corresponding to the situation.

  Further, on the server side, the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information are determined in order to determine which of the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information storage area is to be reflected in the game (to be included in the password). Compared with the case where both stored contents of the storage area are included in the password, the number of pieces of information identified from the password, and hence the total number of password patterns, can be reduced. For this reason, the password can be shortened as much as possible, or the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Accordingly, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and labor related to password input.

  Means B-6. The gaming system according to any one of means B-1 to B-5, wherein the player can select whether or not the accumulated selection information is reflected in the game.

  According to the means B-6, the accumulated selection information can be prevented from being reflected in the game. Accordingly, even for a player who has a good balance as it is, a mobile linked game using the mobile communication terminal and the server can be comfortably performed.

Means B-7. The gaming machine is configured to be able to perform a questionnaire that can be answered by operating the input means,
The gaming system according to any one of means B-1 to B-6, characterized in that the contents of the questionnaire can be changed in accordance with information on the selection information included in the input password.

  According to the means B-7, by conducting a questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped simply by counting selection effects. For example, it is possible to ask for a disliked (uninteresting) production or to ask why a particular production is liked. Accordingly, more information can be collected, and a situation in which a gaming machine that does not meet the player's needs can be more reliably avoided.

  Further, in this means, the contents of the questionnaire can be changed according to the selection information included in the password input to the gaming machine. That is, for example, in correspondence with the means B-2, when the player himself has selected many effects such as effects A in the selection effects in the past, the display means “why do you like the effects A? Tell me, 1; easy to win, 2; I like characters, 3; I like sound. " Therefore, a more detailed survey can be performed, and higher-quality questionnaire data can be obtained. In addition, even if the number of questions is reduced or the number of questions is reduced, it is possible to make an efficient transition to a detailed question, and as a player, the survey is relatively smooth (without feeling much stress). I can answer.

  In addition, if a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, the questions may be biased or questions that are inappropriate for the player's hobbies. Can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be conducted efficiently, a more favorable answer can be obtained, the number of derivation of the questionnaire production can be reduced, and the player is disgusted by the questionnaire production being derived many times during the game. The situation of feeling can be suppressed.

  Means B-8. The questionnaire is displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed (when an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed or there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period) Does not display the contents of the questionnaire), the game system according to means B-7.

  According to the means B-8, it is possible to respect the intention of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. Even if the player does not intend to participate in the questionnaire, the display shifts to the display of the contents of the questionnaire, and no operation is performed here, or the player does not check the contents of the question. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire result is remarkably lowered due to, for example, making a selection different from the true intention by repeatedly hitting.

Means B-9. It is configured to rank according to the number of executions of specific game information, and to change the contents of the production according to the rank,
The game information storage means of the gaming machine has a specific game in a mobile-linked game state from when the password is input until the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means. Game information counting means for storing the number of times information is executed,
The server
Host-side game information counting means, which is provided in the host-side game information storage means and stores and stores the number of executions of the specific game information received via the mobile communication terminal;
Rank determining means for determining the rank based on the number of execution times of the specific game information stored in the host-side game information counting means;
Calculating means for calculating how many times the number of executions of the specific game information is necessary for updating to the next rank;
An allowable value determining means for determining whether or not the value calculated by the calculating means is less than a predetermined allowable value;
When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is less than the allowable value, the password is calculated by the calculating means together with rank information indicating the rank for the password. The game system according to any one of means B-1 to B-8, characterized by including residual information indicating a value.

  According to the means B-9, when the number of executions of the specific game information is equal to or greater than the specified number, the rank is updated, and it is possible to enjoy the change in production according to the new rank. In addition, determination of rank update and accumulation of game information of a plurality of games are performed in a server. Therefore, in order to update the rank, it is necessary to repeat the mobile-linked game, so that the player actively participates in the mobile-linked game, and therefore, more selection information is provided. it can.

  In addition, since the total game information is stored and stored on the server side, even if the rank update condition is cleared in the game, the rank is not updated unless information indicating that is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

  However, the game starts from a short time before the number of executions of specific game information reaches the specified number of times that is predetermined as the rank update condition, and even if the specified number of times is reached early, the game is once ended Without considering the steps of displaying the code information, accessing the server, and entering the issued password, there is a concern that the change in production corresponding to the new rank cannot be fully enjoyed. For this reason, a player who has achieved the rank update condition and wishes to fully enjoy the corresponding performance will have the extra time of temporarily ending the game as described above. In addition, even after the conditions for rank update are achieved, the number of execution times of specific game information is accumulated without accessing the server, so that the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be enjoyed is significantly shortened. Or a situation in which the condition for jumping up to the next higher rank and updating to the second higher rank is achieved, and the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the upper rank is lost. There is a risk of inviting.

  In this regard, according to the present means, in the server, when it is determined that the difference between the total number of executions of specific game information and the predetermined number of times predetermined as the rank update condition is less than the allowable value, The password is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of execution times of specific game information up to the specified number of times. For this reason, it is possible to change the production corresponding to the rank update without once ending the game. Therefore, as long as the conditions for rank update are cleared in the game, it is possible to derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without causing the player to spend extra time. Furthermore, it is possible to give a sufficient opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to each rank.

  Means B-10. When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is greater than or equal to the allowable value, the password includes remaining information indicating the value calculated by the calculating means. The gaming system according to Means B-9, characterized in that there is no.

  According to the means B-10, since the remaining information is not necessarily included in the password, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, the combination of words constituting a password when entering a password requires not only combinations that allow entry but also combinations that do not allow entry. If the total number of combinations of password words is large, the password It is necessary to lengthen the password or increase the number of words that can be selected when entering the password. Therefore, by reducing the total number of password patterns as much as possible, the password can be shortened or the number of words that can be selected when entering the password can be reduced as much as possible, improving the operability when the player enters the password. Etc. can be achieved. As a result, since the password input operation is difficult, the input work is avoided, and the game cycle through the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there (and there is an opportunity to obtain data (selection information) about the player). Can be suppressed.

Means B-11. The gaming machine includes a remaining number storage means for storing the number of execution times of the specific game information remaining necessary for updating to the next rank,
When the first password issued when the mobile linked game is played for the first time is input, the specific game information until the remaining rank storage means can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank The game system according to means B-9 or B-10, wherein the number of times of execution is set.

  According to the means B-11, even when the condition for updating to the next rank in the initial rank is achieved, the effect corresponding to the rank update is suitably changed without causing the player to spend extra time. be able to.

  Means B-12. Means B-9 to B- characterized in that the number of executions of the specific game information that can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of executions of the specific game information required for subsequent rank updates. The game system according to any one of 11.

  According to the means B-12, update conditions for updating from the initial rank to the next rank are set relatively loosely. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game condition via the mobile communication terminal and the server is not attractive and is subsequently avoided because the update condition cannot be achieved even once.

  Means B-13. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game system according to any one of means B-1 to B-12, wherein only the game information until it is displayed on the display means is stored.

  According to the means B-13, the data storage capacity of game information in the gaming machine can be suppressed as much as possible.

  Means B-14. The selection information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The gaming system according to any one of means B-1 to B-13, wherein not only the time until display on the display means but also the selection information in other periods is stored.

  According to the means B-14, selection information other than that of the player who sent the data is also sent. Thereby, more selection information can be obtained in the server. In the case of a configuration in which individual player selection information is not stored separately, it is possible to blur specific player selection information, and it will be highlighted without knowing the individual's hobbies / preferences. It is possible to suppress such a situation that it is known and it is offended.

  Means B-15. The memory content of the game information storage means is erased when the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means, whereas the memory content of the selection information storage means is The gaming system according to means B-14, characterized in that the stored contents of the gaming information storage means remain even after being erased.

  According to the means B-15, more selection information can be sent to the server (the selection information for other players is also sent together) while minimizing the data storage capacity of the gaming information in the gaming machine. It becomes possible. Further, for example, when the code information is displayed on the display means, the stored information of the selection information storage means is erased. For example, when the player finishes the game, the code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine. When the code information is read but not sent to the server, the selection information of the player is not sent to the server and does not remain on the gaming machine side. On the other hand, according to this means, since the stored contents of the selection information storage means remain even after the code information is displayed, there is a possibility that other players will be sent to the server. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information is more reliably achieved.

  C. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed to determine whether or not a big hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In addition, by using a portable communication terminal carried by a player, exchange data between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer, thereby providing enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. A gaming system that can be used is known. In games of such a gaming system, in general, a rank is given each time a predetermined amount of gaming experience is established as a condition for updating the rank (for example, the number of fluctuations exceeds a specified number), and according to the rank, The production changes and new services are available.

  The determination of rank update is performed in the server. That is, since the player's personal game record is stored on the server side, even when the rank update condition is cleared in the game, the rank is not updated unless information indicating that is transmitted to the server side. Therefore, the update of the rank is reflected from the next game.

  However, the game starts from a short time before the rank update condition is cleared, and even if the condition is cleared quickly, the game is once ended and data is exchanged between the server and the gaming machine. Otherwise, the rank update is not reflected in the game, and the player who wants to reflect it immediately is forced to take extra time. In addition, even after achieving the rank update condition, by accumulating games without accessing the server, the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be fully enjoyed, or There is a possibility that the condition of jumping to the next higher rank and reaching the second higher rank will be achieved, and the opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to the upper rank will be lost. is there.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can have a player fully enjoy the state given according to gaming experience. is there.

Means C-1. In a gaming system comprising a gaming machine and a server capable of acquiring information related to the player's game via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
The gaming machine is
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
Display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying an image object;
In the display means, information output means for displaying code information including at least the server address information among the address information of the server and the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means;
And an input means capable of inputting information by the player's operation,
By entering a password using the input means, a state is started in which the game information of the individual player is stored in the game information storage means,
The mobile communication terminal is
Reading means capable of reading the code information displayed by the display means;
A communication means capable of communicating with the server;
Portable display means capable of displaying data supplied from the server,
The server
Host-side game information storage means for storing and storing the game information when the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is received via the portable communication terminal;
Password issuing means for issuing the password according to the stored contents of the host-side game information storage means in response to a player's request via the mobile communication terminal being accessed,
It is configured to rank according to the number of executions of specific game information, and to change the contents of the production according to the rank,
The game information storage means stores a number of executions of specific game information in a mobile-linked game state from when the password is input until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means. With information counting means,
The server
Host-side game information counting means, which is provided in the host-side game information storage means and stores and stores the number of executions of the specific game information received via the mobile communication terminal;
Rank determining means for determining the rank based on the number of execution times of the specific game information stored in the host-side game information counting means;
Calculating means for calculating how many times the number of executions of the specific game information is necessary for updating to the next rank;
An allowable value determining means for determining whether or not the value calculated by the calculating means is less than a predetermined allowable value;
When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is less than the allowable value, the password is calculated by the calculating means together with rank information indicating the rank for the password. A gaming system characterized by including remaining information indicating a value.

  According to the means C-1, when it is determined in the server that the difference between the total number of execution times of the specific game information and the predetermined number of times predetermined as the rank update condition is less than the allowable value, On the other hand, it is configured to include remaining information indicating the number of execution times of specific game information up to the specified number of times. For this reason, it is possible to change the production corresponding to the rank update without once ending the game. Therefore, as long as the conditions for rank update are cleared in the game, it is possible to derive an effect corresponding to the new rank without causing the player to spend extra time. Furthermore, even after achieving the rank update conditions, by accumulating games without accessing the server, the period during which the performance corresponding to the next updated rank can be fully enjoyed, or To avoid the situation where the condition to jump to the next higher rank and reach the second higher rank is achieved, and the opportunity to enjoy the performance corresponding to the upper rank is lost. It is possible to give a sufficient opportunity to enjoy the production corresponding to each rank.

  Means C-2. When the allowable value determining means determines that the value calculated by the calculating means is greater than or equal to the allowable value, the password includes remaining information indicating the value calculated by the calculating means. The gaming system according to Means C-1, which is characterized by being absent.

  According to the means C-2, since the remaining information is not necessarily included in the password, the total number of password patterns can be reduced as much as possible. In general, the combination of words constituting a password when entering a password requires not only combinations that allow entry but also combinations that do not allow entry. If the total number of combinations of password words is large, the password It is necessary to lengthen the password or increase the number of words that can be selected when entering the password. Therefore, by reducing the total number of password patterns as much as possible, the password can be shortened or the number of words that can be selected when entering the password can be reduced as much as possible, improving the operability when the player enters the password. Etc. can be achieved. As a result, since the password input operation is difficult, the input work is avoided, and the game cycle through the mobile communication terminal and the server stops there (and there is an opportunity to obtain data (selection information) about the player). Can be suppressed.

Means C-3. The gaming machine includes a remaining number storage means for storing the number of execution times of the specific game information remaining necessary for updating to the next rank,
When the first password issued when the mobile linked game is played for the first time is input, the specific game information until the remaining rank storage means can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank The game system according to means C-1 or C-2, wherein the number of times of execution is set.

  According to the means C-3, even when the condition for updating to the next rank in the initial rank is achieved, the effect corresponding to the rank update is suitably changed without causing the player to spend extra time. be able to.

  Means C-4. Means C-1 to C- are characterized in that the number of executions of the specific game information that can be updated from the initial rank to the next rank is the smallest compared to the number of executions of the specific game information required for subsequent rank updates. 4. The game system according to any one of 3.

  According to the means C-4, update conditions for updating from the initial rank to the next rank are set relatively loosely. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game condition via the mobile communication terminal and the server is not attractive and is subsequently avoided because the update condition cannot be achieved even once.

Means C-5. The gaming machine is
An operation means operable by the player;
A selection effect derivation means capable of deriving a selection effect that causes the player to select an effect by operating the operation means;
Selection information storage means capable of storing and storing selection information that is information relating to selection by operation of the operation means,
The server includes host-side selection information storage means for storing and storing the selection information when the selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage means is received via the portable communication terminal.
When the information output means includes the game information stored in the game information storage means in the code information displayed on the display means, the selection information stored in the selection information storage means The game system according to any one of means C-1 to C-4, characterized in that

  According to this means C-5, when the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is included in the code information displayed on the display means, the selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage means The information that the player wants to know (or collects) and the information that the gaming machine manufacturer wants to know are a set. For this reason, after a player reads code information with a portable communication terminal after a game and communicates with the server, information useful for both the player side and the gaming machine manufacturer side can be sent to the server. In particular, the selection information is fast, accurate, and broad (so you can get a response from a larger number of players) to avoid situations where the information is out of date, off-target, or too biased. Can do. As a result, since fresh and accurate information can be obtained sequentially, such good information can be utilized to develop a new model that meets the player's expectations. In other words, while retaining the elements that are popular with the player, inheriting the previous goodness, the elements that are not popular are scraped for simplification, or replaced with another element to suppress the complexity. While making new attempts.

  Means C-6. In response to a player's request via the mobile communication terminal that is accessing, the password issuing unit is configured to receive the rank information according to the stored contents of the host-side game information storage unit and the host-side selection information storage unit. The game system according to means C-5, wherein the password is issued.

  According to the means C-6, not only the game information (rank information) stored and stored in the host-side game information storage means but also the selection information stored and stored in the host-side selection information storage means can be reflected in the game. it can. For example, analyzing the trend of hobby preference for the player's game, making it easy to derive a suitable production, or grasping the trend of the hobby preference of the entire player, that is, whether each production is popular, A popular performance can be easily derived. Therefore, it is possible to improve the gameability as a retrofit according to the tendency of hobbies and preferences of the individual player or the entire player. In addition, since the production balance also changes according to the accumulation state of the selection information, it is possible to suppress rut.

Means C-7. The host-side game information storage means includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players.
The host-side selection information storage means includes a personal selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of individual players.
The said password issuing means issues the said password according to the storage content of the said corresponding individual game information storage area and the storage content of the said corresponding individual selection information storage area, The means C-6 characterized by the above-mentioned Gaming system.

  According to the means C-7, the selection information that has been accumulated so far by the individual player, that is, the hobby preference of the player can be reflected in the game. For example, in a configuration in which a plurality of stages are provided so that the background image, the appearance character, etc. on the display means change, and the stages are sequentially changed by operating the operation means during the normal gaming state. For example, by entering a password, it is possible to automatically switch to a stage where the player's selection rate is high (the number of selections is large). In addition, for example, in a configuration in which the player can select the development destination of the production and the production in the special game state during the normal game state (for example, in the case of super reach development in a pachinko machine) or when the special game state occurs For example, by inputting a password, a cursor for selecting an effect can be configured so as to be aimed from the beginning to a position for selecting an effect with a high player selection rate so far. Further, for example, in a configuration in which a player produces a predetermined effect as a response when the player operates the operation means within a predetermined period, and in some cases the effect changes depending on the number of operations, for example, a password In response to a player who does not operate the operation means very much, the effect using the operation means is not often performed (replaced with other effects), or the number of operations of the operation means is essentially the reference number When a specific effect is performed by reaching, the specific effect can be derived by performing a predetermined number of operations less than the reference number. Therefore, the player can feel the feeling that the gaming machine becomes familiar with the player as the game is repeated, and can play the game with good mood. In addition, it is possible to eliminate the situation where the same operation must be performed every time in order to bring the gaming machine into a desired state within a range that can be selected by the player.

Means C-8. The host-side game information storage means includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players.
The host side selection information storage means includes an entire selection information storage area capable of accumulating and storing the selection information of the entire player,
The game according to means C-6, wherein the password issuing means issues the password according to the storage content of the corresponding individual game information storage area and the storage content of the overall selection information storage area. system.

  According to the means C-8, statistics of selection information of all players so far, that is, statistics of hobbies and preferences of all players who play gaming machines of the corresponding model can be reflected in the game. . For this reason, for example, for a player who plays for the first time, he / she first recommends and enjoys a popular performance etc., and increases the possibility of attracting the player's interest at the earliest possible stage. It is possible to actively appeal the goodness of the gaming machine, such as having a player who has selected only the production choose a popular production to try and discover a new goodness. . Therefore, depending on the development of the game, etc., it is possible to reduce the situation in which the potential of the gaming machine cannot be drawn out well and the game cannot be played. Note that the hobby preference of the entire player may be reflected when the gaming experience of the gaming machine is small, and the hobby preference may not be reflected when a certain amount of gaming experience is accumulated.

Means C-9. The host-side game information storage means includes an individual game information storage area capable of storing and storing the game information of individual players.
The host-side selection information storage means includes a personal selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of individual players, and a whole selection information storage area capable of storing and storing the selection information of all players.
The password issuing means responds to at least one of the storage content of the corresponding personal game information storage area, the storage content of the corresponding personal selection information storage area, and the storage content of the overall selection information storage area The gaming system according to means C-6, wherein the password is issued.

  According to the means C-9, it becomes possible to reflect the hobby preference of the individual player and the hobby taste of the entire player, and basically the same as the above means C-7 and C-8. The effect of is produced. In addition, you may comprise so that a player can reflect an individual's hobby preference, or whether to reflect the hobby preference of the whole player (or not reflect at all). Furthermore, such selection may be performed when entering a password or issuing a password on a web page, but it is used for a password by setting it on the web page (server side). The total number of words can be reduced, and the processing related to password issuance, the storage capacity can be simplified, and the effort related to password input can be reduced.

  Means C-10. The password issuing means determines whether or not the specific game information is accumulated in a predetermined amount or more in the host-side game information storage means when issuing a password, and if a negative determination is made, The password corresponding to the storage contents of the personal selection information storage area and the overall selection information storage area is issued, and if the determination is affirmative, the storage contents of the personal selection information storage area and the personal selection information storage area are stored. The game system according to means C-9, wherein the corresponding password is issued.

  According to the means C-10, in the state where the gaming experience is not related to the corresponding gaming machine and the data amount of the hobby preference of the individual player is not so much acquired, the hobby preference of the entire player is reflected in the game. The appeal of the gaming machine can be positively appealed. Furthermore, when a player has accumulated a certain amount of gaming experience of the corresponding gaming machine, the player's personal taste preference is reflected in the game, and the player can perform the game more comfortably. Accordingly, it is possible to provide a suitable game property corresponding to the situation.

  Further, on the server side, the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information are determined in order to determine which of the personal selection information storage area and the whole selection information storage area is to be reflected in the game (to be included in the password). Compared with the case where both stored contents of the storage area are included in the password, the number of pieces of information identified from the password, and hence the total number of password patterns, can be reduced. For this reason, the password can be shortened as much as possible, or the number of types of words used in the password can be reduced. Accordingly, it is possible to simplify processing related to password issuance, simplification of storage capacity, and labor related to password input.

  Means C-11. 11. The gaming system according to any one of means C-6 to C-10, wherein the player can select whether or not the stored selection information is reflected in the game.

  According to the means C-11, the accumulated selection information can be prevented from being reflected in the game. Accordingly, even for a player who has a good balance as it is, a mobile linked game using the mobile communication terminal and the server can be comfortably performed.

Means C-12. The gaming machine is configured to be able to perform a questionnaire that can be answered by operating the input means,
The gaming system according to any one of means C-6 to C-11, characterized in that the contents of the questionnaire can be changed in accordance with information on the selection information included in the inputted password.

  According to the means C-12, by conducting the questionnaire, it is possible to obtain information that cannot be grasped simply by counting selection effects. For example, it is possible to ask for a disliked (uninteresting) production or to ask why a particular production is liked. Accordingly, more information can be collected, and a situation in which a gaming machine that does not meet the player's needs can be more reliably avoided.

  Further, in this means, the contents of the questionnaire can be changed according to the selection information included in the password input to the gaming machine. That is, for example, in correspondence with the means C-7, when the player himself has selected many effects such as effects A among the selected effects in the past, the display means “whether he / she likes the effects A”. Tell me, 1; easy to win, 2; I like characters, 3; I like sound. " Therefore, a more detailed survey can be performed, and higher-quality questionnaire data can be obtained. In addition, even if the number of questions is reduced or the number of questions is reduced, it is possible to make an efficient transition to a detailed question, and as a player, the survey is relatively smooth (without feeling much stress). I can answer.

  In addition, if a large number of questions are prepared and randomly derived, the questions may be biased or questions that are inappropriate for the player's hobbies. Can be derived. Therefore, the questionnaire can be conducted efficiently, a more favorable answer can be obtained, the number of derivation of the questionnaire production can be reduced, and the player is disgusted by the questionnaire production being derived many times during the game. The situation of feeling can be suppressed.

  Means C-13. The questionnaire is displayed only when an operation indicating participation in the questionnaire is performed (when an operation indicating non-participation in the questionnaire is performed or there is no corresponding operation within a predetermined period) Does not display the contents of the questionnaire), the game system according to means C-12.

  According to the means C-13, it is possible to respect the intention of the player who does not want to participate in the questionnaire. Even if the player does not intend to participate in the questionnaire, the display shifts to the display of the contents of the questionnaire, and no operation is performed here, or the player does not check the contents of the question. It is possible to suppress a situation in which the accuracy of the questionnaire result is remarkably lowered due to, for example, making a selection different from the true intention by repeatedly hitting.

  Means C-14. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. 14. The game system according to any one of means C-5 to C-13, wherein only the game information until it is displayed on the display means is stored.

  According to the means B-14, the data storage capacity of game information in the gaming machine can be suppressed as much as possible.

  Means C-15. The selection information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game system according to any one of means C-5 to C-14, wherein not only the time until display on the display means but also the selection information in other periods is stored.

  According to the means C-15, selection information other than the player who sent the data is also sent. Thereby, more selection information can be obtained in the server. In the case of a configuration in which individual player selection information is not stored separately, it is possible to blur specific player selection information, and it will be highlighted without knowing the individual's hobbies / preferences. It is possible to suppress such a situation that it is known and it is offended.

  Means C-16. The memory content of the game information storage means is erased when the code information including the game information and the selection information is displayed on the display means, whereas the memory content of the selection information storage means is The game system according to means C-15, characterized in that the game information storage means remains even after the stored contents are erased.

  According to the means C-16, more selection information can be sent to the server (selection information for other players can be sent together) while minimizing the data storage capacity of the gaming information in the gaming machine. It becomes possible. Further, for example, when the code information is displayed on the display means, the stored information of the selection information storage means is erased. For example, when the player finishes the game, the code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine. When the code information is read but not sent to the server, the selection information of the player is not sent to the server and does not remain on the gaming machine side. On the other hand, according to this means, since the stored contents of the selection information storage means remain even after the code information is displayed, there is a possibility that other players will be sent to the server. Therefore, the effect of obtaining more selection information is more reliably achieved.

  Means D-1. When the code information is read by the mobile communication terminal, it is converted into character string information in the URI format in the mobile communication terminal, and at least a part of the game information and the selection information are arranged between corresponding character strings. A gaming machine characterized in that the order is determined and that a delimiter character is interposed between character strings respectively indicating the game information and the selection information.

  According to the means D-1, the number of character strings indicating each information can be freely changed by determining the order in which character strings indicating game information and selection information are arranged and delimiters (denoting delimiters). can do. Thereby, when the amount of information is small, the number of characters can be reduced as much as possible, and communication time can be reduced (communication charge can be suppressed). In addition, in order to reduce the communication time (reduction of communication charges), when the upper limit of the amount of data to be transmitted at a time is set, when the amount of information is small, by cutting down the number of characters as much as possible, more information (of types) Can send. Thereby, more hot information can be obtained.

Means D-2. When the code information is read by the mobile communication terminal, it is converted into character string information in the URI format in the mobile communication terminal, and at least a part of the game information and the selection information are arranged between corresponding character strings. The order is determined, and at the beginning of the character string indicating each game information and selection information, an opening character indicating the beginning of the game information and the selection information is interposed,
A gaming machine, wherein if there is no storage and storage of the corresponding game information and selection information, only the corresponding initial character is left.

  According to the means D-2, the initial character will be present between the character strings indicating the game information and the selection information as a result, which is equivalent to the case where the separator of the means D-1 is interposed. An effect can be produced. In addition, when there is no accumulation and storage of the corresponding game information and selection information, that is, for example, when the value obtained by counting the establishment of the predetermined condition is game information, the predetermined condition is never satisfied, Only the first character is left, that is, it continues with the first character corresponding to the game information or selection information in the subsequent order, so that the server knows that there is no storage storage of the corresponding game information and selection information It becomes possible to do. Therefore, the number of characters can be further reduced as compared with a case where a character string other than the first character indicates that there is no storage storage of corresponding game information and selection information.

  Means D-3. When the player performs an operation in a state where the predetermined effect is derived in the display unit, an effect cancel operation unit that skips the predetermined effect or changes to a different effect is provided. The gaming machine according to means D-1 or D-2, wherein information when the effect is canceled by operating the canceling means is stored and stored as the selection information.

  According to the means D-3, for example, in the case where the effect displayed on the display means does not receive a favorable impression for the player, or when the expectation is too great and cannot be watched. It is possible to prevent a situation where the player is stressed, or to find new enjoyment using such a cancel function. Further, information indicating that the effect cancellation function by the effect cancellation operation means is used is accumulated and stored, and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, it can be used as a reference for the development of a gaming machine or reflected in a mobile linked game after the next time. This setting is preferably configured so that it can be restored to the original state by the player.

  Means D-4. When location information is sent from the mobile communication terminal to the server, a password corresponding to the location information is issued from the server, and when the password is input to the gaming machine, a local effect corresponding to the location information can be executed. The gaming machine according to any one of means D-1 to D-3, wherein:

  According to the means D-4, it is possible to derive a local effect by performing a mobile linked game. For this reason, it is possible to make mobile linked games more interesting and encourage participation in mobile linked games. In addition, you may comprise so that a different production | generation may be derived | led-out by the case where the place which played last time and the place which played this time are the same. Further, the number of times of playing the game at each location may be accumulated and stored, and this accumulated information may be reflected in the game effect.

  Means D-5. The data for local presentation can be derived not only in a mobile linked game in which a password is input but also in a non-mobile linked game, according to any one of means D-1 to D-4 Gaming machine.

  According to the means D-5, it is possible to increase the chances of enjoying the local production and to promote participation in the mobile linked game. It should be noted that the probability of occurrence of local effects may be lower in a no-mobile linked game than in a bile linked game. In mobile-linked games, local production data can be selected at the player's will, but in mobile-linked games, local production data is derived at random regardless of the player's intention. It is also good to do. By adopting these configurations, participation in mobile-linked games can be further encouraged (the occurrence of local effects in no-mobile-linked games can be used as a wake-up call for participation in mobile-linked games).

Means D-6. At least one of information indicating the game start time of the player, information indicating the game time, and information indicating the game end time is configured to be output by the information output means,
When the password set based on the information stored in the server indicating the game start time, the information indicating the game time, and the information indicating the game end time is input, an effect relating to the game time can be executed. The gaming machine according to any one of means D-1 to D-5.

  According to the means D-6, when the mobile linked game is performed, it is possible to derive an effect related to the game time. For this reason, it is possible to make mobile linked games more interesting and encourage participation in mobile linked games.

  E. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, whether or not to generate a big hit state is determined and a variable display device determines whether or not Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  By the way, in recent game machines, various effects are derived in order to suppress a monotonous feeling in the game. However, players have their own preference for the production, for example, they like most of the specs and motifs, but there are productions that they don't like or that the balance of the appearance of each production doesn't go down. For some reason, the player is less motivated to play a game, and some players stop playing the game.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that allows a player to more fully enjoy the game.

Means E-1. It is configured so that the player can set multiple production setting items related to production,
Setting storage means capable of storing the setting contents of the production setting items by the player;
Encoded selection information including the setting contents of the effect setting item by the player can be input, and information regarding the setting contents of the effect setting item by the player is combined among the input selection information. A gaming machine that is stored in the setting storage means.

  According to the means E-1, with respect to a plurality of effect setting items related to the effect, the gaming machine is provided by inputting encoded selection information (for example, a password or the like) including the setting contents of the effect setting item by the player to the gaming machine. The settings made outside the game and the settings made on the gaming machine in the previous game can be reflected in the current game. For this reason, it is not necessary to repeat the same setting from the beginning over and over, and the convenience can be improved. In addition, the player can make his own favorite performance, and the game can be made more comfortable and more attractive. Therefore, for example, I like most of the specs and motifs (concepts), but stop playing the game just because I don't like it or because the balance of the appearance of each effect doesn't fall into the trap (2 Such as not doing it again), so that the player can enjoy the gaming machine more fully.

  It should be noted that “the production setting item has a reference (original) setting, and if the player does not set the production setting item, the standard setting is performed”. In addition, “a reset unit that can reset the setting of the effect setting item by a player's operation is provided, and when the reset operation is performed, a reference is set for the effect setting item”. . In addition, when the reset operation is performed, the memory of the setting storage unit may be erased, or not erased by the reset operation, but erased by overwriting or turning off the power. It may be configured.

Means E-2. Via a mobile communication terminal operated by a player, game history information related to the player's game (for example, game information that is information related to a lottery performed at the time of the game, or selection by operation to an operation means operable by the player In a gaming machine that can transmit information such as selection information) to a server,
The gaming machine according to means E-1, wherein the selection information is a password issued at a server and including the setting contents of the production setting item (set on the server by a player).

  According to the means E-2, by inputting a password to the gaming machine in order to perform a game using a mobile communication terminal and a server (mobile linked game) (the player has already set the effect setting item) If so, the setting of the player's production setting items can be incidentally set in the gaming machine. Therefore, it is possible to change the settings relating to the effects of the gaming machine relatively smoothly.

  In addition, the setting contents of the production setting items are input to the gaming machine via the server. For this reason, the server can grasp the setting contents of the effect setting items of the entire player. Therefore, it is possible to publish the setting contents and exchange information on the setting contents (popular vote etc.), and by sharing information etc., the gaming system (mobile linked games) centered on gaming machines is more You can enjoy it. Furthermore, the gaming machine manufacturer can grasp the preferences (trends) of the entire player, and can make use of it for game machine development.

  The password may include at least information based on game history information. Further, “the effect setting item may be configured to be set on a server by a player”.

Means E-3. It has a date and time measuring means that can measure the date and time,
The gaming machine according to means E-2, wherein when a password including period information is input, corresponding processing is performed in consideration of the date and time measuring means.

  When the period is limited only on the server side, the distribution period is limited, but the period in which the corresponding effect appears on the gaming machine cannot be limited. In other words, once the password is obtained, the corresponding effects can be derived at any time in the gaming machine. On the other hand, by providing the date and time measuring means as in the means E-3, the period during which the corresponding effect can be derived can be limited. Therefore, the willingness to play a game during a limited period can be improved.

Means E-4. When at least an effect related to the effect setting item is performed, a good / bad input means capable of inputting an impression of likes and dislikes for the effect;
A preference information storage means capable of accumulating and storing preference information related to the likes and dislikes by operation of the preference input means;
The gaming machine according to any one of means E-1 to E-3, wherein the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means can be reflected in the setting contents of the effect setting item.

  According to the means E-4, it is possible to actually play a game, experience the effects related to the effect setting items, and input and reflect the likes and dislikes of the effects on the gaming machine. Therefore, a setting closer to the player's wish can be made, and the player can have a better game.

  In addition, the identification information display means for displaying the variation of the identification information that teaches the result of the predetermined lottery in a stop mode or the display corresponding thereto, and the sub display means provided separately from the identification information display means, The display relating to the good / bad information may be performed in the sub display means. In this case, in the identification information display means, for example, a display for guiding the input to the good / bad input means is performed, so that the fluctuation display of the identification information (or the display corresponding thereto) becomes difficult to visually recognize. It can be avoided.

Means E-5. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting game history information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Accumulation storage means capable of accumulating and storing the game history information;
Information output means capable of encoding and outputting the game history information accumulated and stored in the accumulation storage means (for example, two-dimensionally encoded and output to the display means);
The information output means is configured to be able to encode and output the good / bad information stored and stored in the good / bad information storage means together with the game history information stored and stored in the storage and storage means,
The production setting item that includes the setting contents of the production setting item changed on the server based on the good / bad information, and that reflects the good / bad information by inputting a password as the selection information issued by the server The game machine according to means E-4, wherein the setting contents are stored in the setting storage means.

  According to the means E-5, it is possible to change the settings relating to the effects of the gaming machine relatively smoothly while reflecting the good / bad information only by performing the mobile linked game.

  Note that the contents of the setting of the effect setting items stored in the setting storage means may be changeable without using a server based on the good / bad information stored and stored in the good / bad information storage means. In this case, the favorable / bad information can be immediately reflected in the gaming machine, and the player can play the game after that day more comfortably.

  It should be noted that “display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying image objects, server information on the display means, game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and Among the selection information stored and stored in the selection information storage means, there may be provided information output means for displaying code information that includes at least server address information and can be read by the mobile communication terminal.

  Means E-6. A password that is issued by the server and includes the setting contents of the effect setting item and does not include information based on the game history information (for example, a password indicating only the setting contents of the effect setting item, the setting contents of the effect setting item, and the gaming machine) It is configured to be able to input a password that shows only the information that identifies the model of the machine, the setting contents of the production setting items, and the password issuance date and time (in this case, the password is different even for the password to perform the same setting). A gaming machine according to means E-5, characterized by the above.

  If a player's personal information is included in the password issued by the server, other people cannot use the password. In this regard, according to the means E-6, a password including the setting contents of the effect setting item and not including information based on the game history information (only the setting contents of the effect setting item) is issued to the server, and the password is set. Corresponding processing such as inputting into the gaming machine and storing the setting contents of the effect setting items included in the password in the setting storage means can be executed. For this reason, if you find a production setting you like on the server, write down the corresponding password, and anyone can easily set the production setting items according to their favorite settings. You can play a game with the production settings. Therefore, it is possible to more easily enjoy the gameability, such as the ability to change the production according to the player's preference. can do.). In addition, since it is possible to try a combination of a plurality of performance setting items set by others relatively easily, it is possible to easily find a performance setting that suits oneself.

  In the server, the ranking of the effect setting may be announced, and the higher effect setting and the corresponding password (not including information based on the game history information) may be disclosed. In this case, it is possible to have more players enjoy the production settings that many players find interesting.

Means E-7. Random can be selected in the setting of the production setting item,
The gaming machine according to any one of means E-1 to E-6, wherein the setting contents set at random are stored in the setting storage means.

  According to the means E-7, it is possible to respond to a player's request that a change from the original is desired, but there is no setting that is particularly desired, or the user does not want to know the setting contents.

  In the case where the mobile linked game as in the above means A-6 is performed, the setting of the effect setting item by the player is performed on the server, and the setting content of the effect setting item by the player is also performed on the server side. In the configuration in which the server side setting storage means capable of storing is provided, when the player selects random in the setting of the effect setting item, unless the setting is changed from random, the setting is continued at random (server side setting storage means) The random setting of the server is not changed), or the server receives the information of the setting contents of the production setting item stored in the setting storage means via the mobile communication terminal, and accordingly the server side setting The storage (setting contents) of the storage means may be changed.

  In addition, it is good also as "it is comprised so that selection range in the case of setting the said production | presentation setting item at random" can be designated. In this case, for example, with respect to the appearance rate of a predetermined effect, it is possible to meet a player's request that the user wants to limit to some extent so that the desired effect setting is set, but does not want to know the set value itself. .

Means E-8. An identification information display means for performing a variation display of the identification information that teaches the result of the predetermined lottery in a stop mode, or a variation display of the sub-identification information corresponding to the variation display of the identification information,
8. The gaming machine according to any one of means E-1 to E-7, wherein the setting of whether or not the combination of effects derived during one variation display can be executed.

  In recent years, the presentation of variable display is derived by combining (continuous) multiple effects. However, when the effects are combined more and more, one variable display takes a long time. There are many players who trade for this. In addition, there may be duplicate productions having substantially the same significance. On the other hand, according to the means E-8, such a concern can be dispelled by making it possible to limit the combination of effects combined by the player in one variation display. It should be noted that a version effect that shortens the effect for a predetermined time may be derived and configured to be selectable by the player.

  Means E-9. The means according to any one of means E-1 to E-8, wherein a special effect that cannot be set independently can be derived by a combination of the effect setting items selected by the player. Gaming machine.

  According to the means E-9, it is possible to be interested by setting the production setting item, and it is possible to lead to the maintenance of the motivation for the game. For example, if there is an A effect, a B effect, and a C effect, and settings are made so that all of the A to C effects are performed, only the A to C effects are derived, but only the A and B effects are performed. If such a configuration is adopted that D effects not found in the settings are also derived, it is possible to give pleasure similar to treasure hunt such as deriving hidden effects.

  F. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In addition, the gaming machine produces effects according to the gaming experience such as playing a predetermined amount of a predetermined game or achieving a target effect or a game state within a predetermined period of time. There are things that change.

  However, even if a player wants to get an opportunity to fully enjoy the state of the stage that will be granted as the conditions are achieved, the game will not be realized until the achievement conditions are cleared. There is a concern that the above-mentioned opportunity will be carried over to the next and subsequent games.

  The present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problems and the like, and its purpose is to improve convenience for having the user enjoy the state of presentation given according to the gaming experience. It is to provide a game machine that can be used.

Means F-1. Game information storage means capable of storing game information that is information relating to the game,
According to the storage situation of the specific game information stored in the game information storage means, it is configured to shift to a specific effect state in which the selected effect changes.
A state transition condition (mission) for shifting to the specific performance state is set,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising near-achieving teaching means for teaching when the achievement of the state transition condition is near.

  According to the means F-1, even when a state transition condition (hereinafter referred to as a mission) is nearing achievement, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the player stops the game without noticing it. Accordingly, a player who wants to enjoy a new performance state (specific performance state) obtained by accomplishing a mission can make a selection to continue the mission for a while. For this reason, for players who are playing with the aim of achieving the mission status, they have come to the next step, but then stop and enjoy the bonus performance status. It is possible to avoid the situation that it is carried over from the next time onward, or that it is necessary to start again from the next time on its own judgment. As a result, it is possible to avoid the situation of feeling regretful after knowing that the game has been stopped in one step until the mission is achieved, and the player's own grace time and the opening time of the game hall etc. In addition, it becomes easier to make a schedule for the game, such as whether to accomplish the mission this time or the next time, and the convenience to have you enjoy the directing state given according to the gaming experience (achieved mission) Improvements can be made.

Means F-2. The game information storage means includes game information counting means for counting count game information as the specific game information,
The state transition condition includes a count-type mission that is achieved in response to the count game information counted by the game information counting means being executed a specified number of times,
Means F-, wherein when the remaining number of times up to the specified number of times becomes less than a predetermined allowable value, the near-achieving teaching means teaches that the state transition condition is almost achieved. The gaming machine according to 1.

  Note that the specified number of times is not constant, and it may be randomly selected from a certain range by lottery. That is, from the first effect state to the second effect state, one player may have been required five times, but another player will be required six times. When adopting the configuration, it is possible to improve the performance. Even if the mission achievement condition is satisfied, the mission achievement may be postponed within the selectable range of the specified number of times. For example, when the number of occurrences of a special gaming state that is advantageous to the player is counted, and there are multiple types of special gaming states, it is counted as the number of occurrences regardless of which type of special gaming state occurs However, if the mission achievement condition is established due to the occurrence of a special gaming state with relatively few benefits, a special feature with relatively many benefits without achieving the mission within the specified number of selectable ranges. If a gaming state occurs, or if a special gaming state with relatively few benefits occurs, a mission will be completed if the specified number of times exceeds the selectable range after waiting (for example, missions on a large scale) It is also possible to produce an achievement). In this case, the sense of accomplishment of the mission can be amplified.

  Means F-3. In means F-2, when the remaining number of times up to the specified number of times is less than a predetermined allowable value, the approaching instructing means teaches the remaining number of times until the specified number of times is reached. The gaming machine described.

  According to the means F-3, for example, the mission is achieved compared to a case where a specific performance is performed when the remaining count is less than 10 times (or is set at random among 15 times to 10 times) until the count type mission is achieved. The number of times until can be clearly grasped.

Means F-4. When winning in a lottery performed with the establishment of a predetermined condition, regarding the count system mission corresponding to the count game information counted in the game information counting means,
The gaming machine according to means F-2 or F-3, wherein the near-achieving teaching means teaches a count-type mission that can be achieved, and performs an effect suggesting an expectation degree for achievement of the count-type mission .

  According to the means F-4, it is possible to grasp what mission is achieved and to enjoy a new production such as suggesting how much the mission achievement expectation is.

Means F-5. The game information storage means includes limited system achievement information storage means for storing limited game information as the specific game information,
The state transition condition includes a limited mission that is achieved in response to the target limited game information being stored in the limited-system achievement information storage means within a predetermined time.
When the predetermined prescribed state is reached, the near-achievement teaching means teaches the limited game information to be the target (conditions necessary for storing the limited-system achievement information storage means). A gaming machine according to any one of means F-1 to F-4.

  According to the means F-5, it is possible to grasp that there is a chance to achieve the limited mission, and the player himself can select whether or not to use the chance. The approaching achievement teaching means may perform an effect suggesting the degree of expectation for achieving the limited mission.

  Means F-6. Means F-, wherein when the remaining time until the specified state is less than a predetermined allowable value, the near-achieving teaching means teaches the remaining time until the specified state is reached. 5. The gaming machine according to 5.

  According to the means F-6, it is possible to grasp that a chance to achieve the limited mission will come after a little more time.

Means F-7. The near-achieving teaching means includes a display unit,
The gaming machine according to any one of means F-1 to F-6, characterized in that it is configured to be able to display a list of state transition conditions that are almost achieved.

  According to the means F-7, it is possible to confirm a mission that has been settled and achieved more reliably. In this case, it is possible to prevent a situation in which it is difficult to grasp when the achievement of a plurality of missions is near.

  In addition to the display unit of the variable display unit that performs variable display for teaching the result of the lottery performed based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the near-achieving teaching unit may include a display unit. . In this case, for example, by displaying the mission display on the variable display means, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the user is mistaken for the lottery result.

Means F-8. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying an image object;
In the display means, information output means for displaying code information that includes at least the server address information and is readable by the mobile communication terminal among the server address information and the game information stored in the game information storage means. When,
An input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation,
In the mobile-linked gaming state from when the password issued by the server is input using the input unit until the game information storage unit displays the code information including the game information on the display unit, The gaming machine according to any one of means F-1 to F-7, characterized in that the game information of the individual player can be stored in the game information storage means.

Means F-9. In the count game information, information including a count value counted by the game information count means during the mobile linked game is displayed on the display means by the information output means at the end of the mobile linked game. There is first count information included in the code information and second count information not included,
The game machine including the description of means F-2 and F-8, wherein the near-achieving teaching means teaches at least the counting mission related to the second count information.

  Regarding the counting mission corresponding to the second count information, once the mobile linked game is stopped, the counting is started from 1 again. For this reason, like the means F-9, by applying the teaching by the near-achieving teaching means to the counting mission corresponding to the second count information, the game is stopped at a short time until the mission is achieved. The effect of being able to prevent the distance to the completion of the mission from being further reduced is achieved more remarkably.

  Note that the count-type mission related to the second count information may be configured to be able to derive an explanation that the current game count disappears when the mobile linked game is stopped. That is, it becomes easier for a player who aims to achieve the mission to determine whether or not to stop the game, and convenience can be improved.

  By the way, for players who do not play mobile linked games, this game information is stored in the server not only for count-related missions related to the second count information but also for count-related missions related to the first count information. At this time, since the previous game information cannot be reflected, the same way as when applying to the count-related mission related to the second count information when performing the mobile linked game, the path to the mission achievement will be further away. The effect that it can be prevented is more remarkably exhibited.

  In addition, as a count-related mission related to the second count information, for example, in one mobile-linked game, a predetermined special gaming state that is advantageous to the player is generated a predetermined number of times (10 times per first at a probable big hit, (5 consecutive big hits, etc.) In a single mobile-linked game, or during a predetermined number of variable presentations for displaying the result of a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special gaming state Generate more than 10 times (reach state is generated 10 times or more within 100 times of change display, change display where a predetermined sub character appears 3 times continuously, etc.), 707 to 777 rotations after the end of the special game state on its own It is possible to win a big hit with the fluctuation display.

  Means F-10. When an operation for ending a mobile linked game is performed, the state transition condition that is almost achieved can be taught at a stage before the code information is displayed on the display means. The gaming machine according to F-8 or F-9.

  According to the means F-10, when the mobile linked game is terminated, it is possible to confirm a mission that is close to achievement, so that the initial goal at the start of this mobile linked game is unexpectedly forgotten. It is possible to prevent a situation in which the mobile linked game is terminated without doing so.

  It should be noted that, when an operation for ending the mobile linked game is performed, the teaching of the mission that is almost achieved can be taught (the mobile linked game cannot be ended unless it is taught). . In this case, the effect of this means is more reliably exhibited. Furthermore, it is good also as returning to a mobile interlocking game from the state where the mission which is near achievement is taught, without ending a mobile interlocking game. In addition, teaching that the mission achievement is near by the near-achieving teaching means may be performed only at the end of the mobile linked game.

  G. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In addition, in a gaming hall where gaming machines are installed, a plurality of gaming machines are arranged side by side (the height and the position of the front are aligned, and gaming value can be supplied between adjacent gaming machines in the horizontal direction. Island facilities are provided that can be installed (at suitable intervals, such as between pedestal devices). Generally, when a plurality of gaming machines of the same model are introduced, the gaming machines of the same model tend to be installed together on the same island facility. Furthermore, in recent years, there are some machines in which the same production (simultaneous production) is started at the same time in a plurality of gaming machines of the same model installed in the island facility.

  By the way, such simultaneous effects are limited to appreciating the same moving images at present, and it is expected that the game performance will be further improved by using such simultaneous effects.

  The present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problems and the like, and its purpose is to make it possible to further improve gameability by using effects performed simultaneously by a plurality of gaming machines. Is to provide a machine.

Means G-1. Specific production execution means for executing the specific production;
Achievement detection means for detecting that the specific condition is achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
Achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
In a gaming machine comprising fast storage means capable of storing a value (which serves as an index) indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific performance,
A gaming machine comprising information output means capable of outputting information relating to storage in the fast storage means and information including player information for identifying a player to the outside of the gaming machine.

  According to the means G-1, information relating to the storage of the fast storage means capable of storing a value indicating an index indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific effect, and the player capable of specifying the player By providing information output means that can output information including information to the outside of the gaming machine, it is possible to add up the results of the player's specific effects. For this reason, when a specific production is started simultaneously with a plurality of gaming machines of the same model, new game characteristics such as “compete who quickly achieved a specific condition among the players who experienced the specific production” are added. can do. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the game performance by using a specific effect performed simultaneously with a plurality of gaming machines.

  In addition, in general, in game halls where gaming machines are installed, in order to achieve an efficient and functional layout of gaming machines, island facilities that can install multiple gaming machines are provided, improving space efficiency. Securing functional traffic lines, improving visibility for crime prevention and service improvement, sharing of incidental equipment related to gaming machines, and improving management. Further, in recent island facilities, there is provided a device (central power source) that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines installed in the island facility all at once. Etc. are based on such a device.

  In addition, as “a value indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific effect”, the “value indicating the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition” or the specific condition When the achievement is set to the winning in the predetermined lottery, “value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific performance until the achievement of the specific condition” is listed.

Means G-2. Game information storage means capable of storing game information which is information relating to the game;
An input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation,
In gaming machines that can exchange information with servers,
The information provided from the server is input by the input means, and the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect is configured to be reflected in the current game (specific effect). A gaming machine according to G-1.

  According to the means G-2, the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect (for example, relatively determined on the server side based on the information regarding the storage of the fastness storage means sent from the player) Since this is reflected in the game (specific effect), it is possible to have a stronger interest in the specific effect. In addition, in order to reflect the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect, it is necessary to participate in a game (mobile linked game) in which information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the server. , You can increase the opportunity to participate in mobile linked games. As a result, a gaming machine manufacturer that manages and operates a server can obtain more gaming information as development material for the gaming machine.

  The “setting based on the result of the previous specific effect” can be appropriately set for each model. For example, for the player who has achieved the most specific condition in the previous specific effect, The right to be able to set the type of specific condition in the specific effect, the back music, the main characters appearing on the predetermined display device, the sound effect (when operating the predetermined operation means, etc.), and the name to be given to the next specific effect Is granted, and the right to set a sub-character appearing on a predetermined display device at the time of the next specific performance is granted to the player who has finally achieved the specific condition, and the above setting is made by the target player. In such a case, information indicating the setting is included in the information provided from the server, and the setting by the target player is performed by inputting the information to the gaming machine. It may be configured to reflect. Also, it is not limited to a configuration that reflects the setting by the player's (will), for example, to the game record so far of the player who has achieved the specific condition first in the previous specific production Accordingly, the server may make settings related to the next specific performance, and information indicating such settings may be included in the information provided from the server. Further, the setting of a predetermined player may not be configured to be reflected in another player's game, for example, when a specific condition is achieved at a time faster than a time set in advance by the player In addition, in the next game of the player, the setting of the player may be reflected (the target or number of items reflected may be changed according to time).

  Note that a general mobile-linked game includes a game using a game system in which information can be exchanged between a gaming machine and a server via a portable communication terminal operated by a player. In addition, for example, “a display unit that is provided at a position visible to the player and can display an image object is provided, and the information output unit stores the server address information and the game information storage unit in the display unit. And information output means for displaying code information that can be read by a portable communication terminal, including information relating to storage in the fastness storage means, and player information that can identify the player. Also good. Further, “in the game information storage means, a mobile link from when a password issued by the server using the input means is input until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means. In the gaming state, the gaming information storage means may be configured to store the gaming information of the individual player ”.

Means G-3. According to the information related to the storage of the Hayashi storage means, the right to determine the setting related to the next specific effect is given,
After the setting related to the next specific performance is performed by the decision-making authority, information reflecting the setting is provided from the server,
As described in means G-2, the information provided from the server is input by the input means, so that the setting related to the specific effect by the right-of-decision authority is reflected in the specific effect of the current game. Gaming machine.

  According to G-3, when the right to determine the setting related to the next specific performance is given, it affects not only one's own game but also another person's game. For this reason, the value of a specific effect can be improved dramatically and the interest and participation willingness to a specific effect can be raised further. In addition, since the setting by the decision-making authority is limited to the one related to the specific effect, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the player's game is affected by the settings of other players.

Means G-4. An input presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not the information provided from the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect;
In the case of a positive determination by the input presence / absence determination means, the specific effect is executed,
The gaming machine according to means G-3, wherein if the negative determination is made by the input presence determination means, the specific effect is not executed.

  According to the means G-4, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a separate specific effect in a plurality of gaming machines arranged in the island facility. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a sense of unity due to a specific effect being performed simultaneously on a plurality of gaming machines is lost. In addition, participation in mobile linked games can be encouraged.

Means G-5. An input presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not the information provided from the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect;
If the negative determination is made by the input presence / absence determining means, the sound volume during the execution period of the specific effect is reduced, silenced, or only sound effects are configured. A gaming machine according to G-3 or G-4.

  According to the means G-5, when not participating in the mobile linked game, the volume during the execution period of the specific effect is reduced, or the output sound is limited. For this reason, it is possible to avoid obstructing the specific performance of the player participating in the mobile linked game. In addition, participation in mobile linked games can be encouraged.

Means G-6. A regrettable number storage means for storing the number of times of the specific effect that could not obtain the right to determine the setting related to the next specific effect;
Means that the probability that the specific condition is achieved is set higher when the number of times stored in the unfortunate number storage means is equal to or greater than the specified number of times, compared to a case where the number is less than the specified number of times. The gaming machine according to any one of G-3 to G-5.

  According to the means G-6, it becomes easier to achieve the specific condition by playing more games, so it is possible to suppress giving up the achievement of the specific condition from the beginning. Can work on. In addition, players who are playing a lot of games will be more advantageous in achieving certain conditions, so they can feel that they were happy to play a lot of games, and in turn, they will feel attached to gaming machines. be able to. It should be noted that “when the right to determine the setting relating to the next specific performance is obtained, the memory of the unfortunate number storage means is reset”.

Means G-7. A success / failure lottery means for performing a success / failure lottery on whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, with the establishment of a predetermined condition;
It is configured to be able to display the identification information in a variable manner, and comprises variable display means capable of teaching the result of the lottery lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information.
A special gaming state is generated when it is taught in the variable display means that the winning lottery has been won,
The specific condition of the specific effect includes teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state,
The gaming machine according to any one of means G-1 to G-6, wherein during the specific performance, the variation time of the variation display that teaches that the winning is determined by the winning / losing lottery is shortened.

  According to the means G-7, the possibility of achieving the specific condition can be increased. It should be noted that there are a mode in which the variable display is set to a relatively long time and a mode that is set to a relatively short time, and a mode that is set to a relatively long time only for a period during which a specific effect is performed. If the setting related to the variation time of the variable display performed in is close to the mode set to a relatively short time or is configured to be performed with the same content, it is not acceptable in the mode set to a relatively long time Lottery opportunities can be increased, and the possibility of achieving a specific performance can be increased. Furthermore, it is possible to correct an unfair feeling related to the achievement of the specific performance due to the length of the variable display.

Means G-8. A success / failure lottery means for performing a success / failure lottery on whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, with the establishment of a predetermined condition;
It is configured to be able to display the identification information in a variable manner, and comprises variable display means capable of teaching the result of the lottery lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information.
When winning in a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when a variable display for teaching the occurrence of a special gaming state is started during the specific performance, the specific condition is achieved,
There are a first gaming state in which a winning / losing lottery is won with a first probability and a second gaming state in which a winning / failing lottery is won with a second probability higher than the first probability,
The winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery that has become the specific effect in the first gaming state and can be executed by starting the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state in the specific effect is,
The specific effect in the second gaming state, and higher than the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed by starting the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state in the specific effect A gaming machine according to any one of means G-1 to G-7.

  According to the means G-8, in a situation where it is difficult to start a variable display for teaching the occurrence of a special gaming state during a specific performance, it is relatively easy to win in a condition-satisfied lottery compared to a situation where it is easy to do so. Has been. For this reason, it is possible to reduce unfairness due to the difference in the situation at the start of the specific performance.

Means G-9. Provided with operation means provided so that the player can operate,
The condition establishment lottery for determining whether or not to achieve the specific condition is performed with the operation of the operation means in an operation effective period set in a predetermined period during the specific performance as a trigger,
In the effective period, an upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operation means as a trigger of the condition establishment lottery,
The winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed between the start of the effective period and the lapse of a specified time is:
It is configured to be lower than the winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed between the start of the effective period and the expiration of the specified period A gaming machine according to any one of means G-1 to G-8.

  According to the means G-9, the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery can be increased in exchange for the passage of time in the effective period. In other words, in order to achieve a good result in a specific performance, it is necessary to win the condition fulfillment lottery by operating the operation means as soon as possible, but the probability of winning the condition fulfillment lottery by delaying the timing of operating the operation means Therefore, the probability of success is relatively low, but the operating means is operated at the earliest possible timing aiming for faster winning, or it is relatively slow aiming for winning with a high probability carefully for certainty You can enjoy bargaining such as whether to operate the operating means at the timing.

  In addition, “a failure determination means for determining whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to the player with the establishment of a predetermined condition, and a determination of whether or not to determine whether or not the identification information can be displayed in a variable manner. The variable display means capable of teaching the result of the lottery determination and the operation means provided so as to be operable by the player and capable of causing a change in the aspect of the variable display means when operated. When the winning display is performed in a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when a variable display for teaching the occurrence of a special gaming state is started during the performance, the specific condition is achieved, and the condition is established The lottery is an operation valid period set in a predetermined period from the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state during the specific performance until the special gaming state is started. In the effective period, an upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operating means as the trigger of the condition fulfillment lottery until the specified time elapses from the start of the effective period. The winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed during the period is the time between the start of the effective period and the expiration of the effective period It may be configured to be lower than the winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means.

Means G-10. Real-time grasping means to grasp the current time,
A measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
G-1 comprising start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means. Thru | or the game machine in any one of G-9.

  There is a concern that the real-time grasping means mounted on the gaming machine may deviate from the actual time as time passes. For this reason, even if it is going to match the timing of a specific production using a real-time grasping means, there is a possibility that it will shift. On the other hand, when a plurality of target gaming machines are turned on all at once and a startup time measuring means for measuring the time since the power is turned on in each gaming machine is used, a specific effect is started simultaneously. Can be made.

  However, it is practically impossible to synchronize the power-on timing by simply turning on the power of a plurality of target gaming machines at once and measuring the time from power-on by the activation time measuring means. There is also a concern that the start timing (start time) of the specific effect may be significantly shifted from another game hall. In particular, after performing a specific effect at store A, if it is possible to move to store B and perform a specific effect at store B, a player aiming for the specific effect performs a specific effect at store A. After that, by moving to the B store and performing a specific effect at the B store, the store A leads to the outflow of customers, which may cause trouble.

  On the other hand, according to means G-10, the real-time grasping means grasps at least what time it is now, even if the time grasped by the real-time grasping means is slightly different from the actual time. Is possible. In addition, by providing a measurement means that starts measurement when the power is turned on, the measurement time of the measurement means matches between gaming machines that are turned on at the same time. Can be started. For this reason, the current time is grasped using the real-time grasping means, and when the scheduled time is reached, the specific effect is performed at the timing based on the measurement by the measuring means, and the gaming machine with the power turned on at the same time. The specific effects can be started at the same time, and a significant shift in the start timing of the specific effects can be prevented even with a gaming machine whose power is turned on at different timings. Therefore, for example, after a player who is aiming for a specific effect performs a specific effect at the A store, the player can move to the B store and perform the specific effect at the B store. It is possible to prevent the player from leaking for the specific effect due to the time difference between the start times of the specific effects.

  In addition, for example, when there is no real-time grasping means and a specific effect is performed after a specified time from power-on, only those related to the game hall who turned on the power can grasp when the specific effect is performed. However, in this means, it is possible to specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed even by a person other than those related to the game hall based on the setting at the time of manufacturing the gaming machine. In other words, for example, on a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer or a gaming machine, as a future plan, it may be announced that a XX movie (as a specific production) will be released around 0:00 It becomes possible. By such notification, it is possible to widen the chance of having the user enjoy the following specific performance. In particular, since the time can be specified, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game hall has been passed on the designated day to see the specific effect, but the time for the specific effect has already passed.

  Furthermore, for example, even if it is not configured so that the deviation of the real-time grasping means can be corrected, it is possible to prevent a significant deviation in the start timing of the specific effect between the gaming machines that are turned on at different timings. Therefore, the situation of the real-time grasping means of a plurality of gaming machines can be grasped, and the configuration can be corrected by comparing with the actual time, resulting in complexity of island facilities and an increase in cost. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the possibility that the resistance to unauthorized input is weakened due to an increase in the number of input paths from the outside of the gaming machine. In addition, when only the measuring means is provided, when a power failure occurs, there is a concern that the specific effect already performed before the power failure may be executed again unintentionally after the power failure. Like this means, by using the real-time grasping means together, it is possible to proceed with the game in the same way as in the case where there is no power outage with respect to the specific effect.

  In addition, a radio clock may be installed as a real-time grasping means, but the game machine should be installed in an environment where standard radio waves cannot be received well (the game hall is located in the basement of the building or near high-voltage power lines). In such an environment, there is a concern that the start timing of the specific effect varies even if the specific effect is performed using the radio clock. On the other hand, according to the structure of this means, the said effect can be exhibited reliably irrespective of the installation place of a game machine.

  In addition, in recent island facilities, a device (central power source) that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines installed in the island facilities at once is provided. Etc. are based on such a device. In addition, the gaming machine includes power storage means that can supply power to the real-time grasping means even when the power is turned off.

Means G-11.1 When the time is divided every predetermined number of minutes and the power is turned on, the time closest to the time grasped by the real-time grasping means among the time taken as the break in the one hour. Approximate selection means to select;
Comparing the time selected by the approximate selection means with the scheduled time at which the specific effect is scheduled to be performed, and a remaining time calculating means for calculating the time until the specific effect is executed,
11. A gaming machine according to means G-10, wherein a calculated value by the remaining time calculating means is set for the measuring means, and a time until the specific effect is executed is measured by the measuring means.

  According to the means G-11, when the power is turned on, the current time is confirmed, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated, and the count is started. The “current time” used is not the time itself grasped by the real-time grasping means, but the current time grasped by the real-time grasping means among the times divided by dividing the hour into predetermined minutes. The closest time is assigned to the “current time”. This corrects the “current time” so that the remaining times up to the scheduled time match even when there is a shift in the real-time grasping means of a plurality of gaming machines that are turned on at the same time. As a result, the start timings of the specific effects can be matched. Furthermore, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched with a gaming machine whose power is turned on at another timing.

  More specifically, for example, the maximum error of the real-time grasping means is ± 2 minutes. In addition, the hour is divided every 10 minutes, and the time of the break is set to 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, 50 minutes, and the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated by the real-time grasping means. For example, if the real-time grasping means at the time of power-on is 5 to 14 minutes, the “current time” is set as 10 minutes and the real-time grasping is performed. When the means is 15 minutes to 24 minutes, the “current time” is set to 20 minutes. Further, the actual time is set to one of 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. And, for example, when the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10 o'clock and the power is turned on at 8: 0 am of the actual time, the real-time grasping means of the predetermined gaming machine at that time is 8: 1 In the calculation of the remaining time until the scheduled time, the “current time” is corrected to 8:00:00, and if the real-time grasping means of another gaming machine is 7:58, the remaining time until the scheduled time When calculating the time, the “current time” is corrected to 8:00:00. In this case, all the gaming machines that are turned on at the same time have two hours remaining until the scheduled time (start of the specific effect), and the specific effect starts at 10:00. In another game hall, the remaining time until the scheduled time (10 o'clock) is calculated, and a specific effect is started simultaneously at 10 o'clock.

  By adopting the configuration as described above, it is possible to match the start times of specific effects not only with gaming machines that are simultaneously turned on, but also with gaming machines that are turned on at different timings. Therefore, the above-described effects such as prevention of the outflow of the player aiming at the specific effect due to the time difference between the start times of the specific effects can be achieved more reliably. Also, when an announcement of a specific production schedule in the future is made, the date and time when the specific production will be performed is not information with a certain range of about ** month ** day ** Can be specified. In addition, since the start time of the specific performance can be adjusted to the scheduled time as scheduled, the player arrives at the game hall at the scheduled time soon while checking his own clock (for example, a radio clock). Even if the completion of the mobile linked game procedure (password entry, etc.) is almost at the scheduled time, it will surely be in time for the specific performance. In other words, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the real-time grasping means is shifted to the advancing side, and the player is not in time when he / she thinks that he / she has confirmed his / her clock.

  Furthermore, data related to specific effects can be output to the outside of the gaming machine, and by inputting the data to a server or the like managed by a gaming machine manufacturer, various services such as publication of data obtained by collecting the data are performed. In the case of the configuration, when the start and end timings of the specific effects are aligned, it is possible to relatively easily perform the tabulation / management work on the data related to the specific effects on the server side.

  In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, have the person in charge of the gaming hall thoroughly turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it on the island equipment as a gaming system including a gaming machine. It is necessary to introduce an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines simultaneously at a specified time.

Means G-12. The measuring means is configured to measure the time since the power is turned on,
Each time a predetermined time elapses in the measuring means, the real time grasping means is referred to, and a scheduled time excess judging means for judging whether or not a scheduled time for which the specific effect is scheduled to be passed has passed,
The gaming machine according to means G-10, wherein the specific effect executing means executes the specific effect when the scheduled time excess determining means determines that the scheduled time has passed.

  According to the means G-12, it is determined whether or not the time grasped by the real-time grasping means has passed the scheduled time for every predetermined time based on the measurement by the measuring means, and at the timing when it is determined that the time has passed. Production is to be performed. That is, if the gaming machines are started to measure at the same time, the timing for referring to the real-time grasping means is the same every predetermined time, and at the timing when the real-time grasping means is first referred to after the scheduled time. A specific performance will be performed. As a result, a specific effect can be started simultaneously with a game machine that is turned on at the same time, and a significant shift in the start timing of the specific effect can be prevented even with a game machine that is turned on at different times. can do.

  More specifically, for example, assume that the error of the real-time grasping means is ± 2 minutes at the maximum. In addition, the minute portion of the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is set to 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes. Further, the actual time is set to one of 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. Then, it is set to determine whether or not the scheduled time has passed by the scheduled time excess determining means every 10 minutes from 5 minutes after the power is turned on. In this case, the determination by the scheduled time excess determination means is executed at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes, 35 minutes, 45 minutes, and 55 minutes of the actual time. When the scheduled time for executing the specific performance is 10:00, considering that the error of the real-time grasping means is ± 2 minutes, any gaming machine is scheduled in the determination by the scheduled time excess determining means at 9:55. The time does not exceed 10 o'clock (the real-time grasping means is distributed within the range of 9:53 to 9:57), and a negative determination is made. On the other hand, in the discrimination by the 10: 5 scheduled time excess discriminating means, all gaming machines exceed the scheduled time of 10:00 (the real-time grasping means is distributed within the range of 10: 3-10: 07). ) The specific effect starts at 10:05.

  By adopting the configuration as described above, it is possible to reliably perform powerful effects such as simultaneously starting a specific effect in a gaming machine that is turned on at the same time, and with a gaming machine that is turned on at a different timing. The start times of specific productions can be roughly aligned even between. Therefore, the above-described effects such as prevention of the outflow of the player aiming at the specific effect due to the time difference of the start time of the specific effect are surely exhibited.

  In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, have the person in charge of the gaming hall thoroughly turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it on the island equipment as a gaming system including a gaming machine. It is necessary to introduce an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines simultaneously at a specified time.

  Means G-13. Means G-10 to G- that start measurement of the measurement means at a stage before performing a discrimination process for executing different processes according to the state of the gaming machine when the power is turned on. The gaming machine according to any one of 12 above.

  According to the means G-13, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the measured value of the measuring means is shifted for each gaming machine due to the presence of the discrimination process before starting the measurement of the measuring means. it can.

  H. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In addition, in a gaming hall where gaming machines are installed, a plurality of gaming machines are arranged side by side (the height and the position of the front are aligned, and gaming value can be supplied between adjacent gaming machines in the horizontal direction. Island facilities are provided that can be installed (at suitable intervals, such as between pedestal devices). Generally, when a plurality of gaming machines of the same model are introduced, the gaming machines of the same model tend to be installed together on the same island facility. Furthermore, in recent years, there are some machines in which the same production (simultaneous production) is started at the same time in a plurality of gaming machines of the same model installed in the island facility.

  In addition, some gaming machines are provided with real-time grasping means for grasping (for example, measuring) the current time. However, there is a concern that the real-time grasping means may gradually deviate from the actual time as time passes. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to perform the simultaneous effect using the real-time grasping means, the start timing may be deviated and the simultaneous effect may not be achieved.

  In contrast, a startup time measurement means that measures the time from when the power is turned on is provided, and the simultaneous presentation is started after a specified time has elapsed after turning on the power of multiple gaming machines all at once. It is possible to establish

  By the way, as described above, even when the start timing of the simultaneous performance is adjusted using the activation time measuring means, the start timing of the simultaneous performance cannot be adjusted for gaming machines that cannot be turned on all at once. There is concern. For example, it is virtually impossible to synchronize the start timing of a simultaneous performance with a game machine of the same model installed in another game hall, and in some cases, there is a concern that the start timing of the simultaneous performance may be significantly shifted. The Therefore, for example, there is a concern that a player who is aiming for a specific effect will be able to move to the B store and perform the specific effect at the B store after performing the specific effect at the A store. In this case, since it leads to the outflow of customers for the store A, there is a risk of causing trouble.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and its purpose is to simultaneously start a specific effect with a gaming machine that is turned on at the same time, and to power the power at different timings. An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can prevent a significant shift in the start timing of a specific performance even with a gaming machine in which is turned on.

Means H-1. Specific production execution means for executing the specific production;
Real-time grasping means to grasp the current time,
A measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
A gaming machine comprising start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on a time grasped by the real-time grasping means and a time measured by the measuring means.

  According to the means H-1, the real-time grasping means can grasp at least what time it is now even if the time grasped by the real-time grasping means is slightly deviated from the actual time. In addition, by providing a measurement means that starts measurement when the power is turned on, the measurement time of the measurement means matches between gaming machines that are turned on at the same time. Can be started. For this reason, the current time is grasped using the real-time grasping means, and when the scheduled time is reached, the specific effect is performed at the timing based on the measurement by the measuring means, and the gaming machine with the power turned on at the same time. The specific effects can be started at the same time, and a significant shift in the start timing of the specific effects can be prevented even with a gaming machine whose power is turned on at different timings. Therefore, for example, after a player who is aiming for a specific effect performs a specific effect at the A store, the player can move to the B store and perform the specific effect at the B store. It is possible to prevent the player from leaking for the specific effect due to the time difference between the start times of the specific effects.

  In addition, for example, when there is no real-time grasping means and a specific effect is performed after a specified time from power-on, only those related to the game hall who turned on the power can grasp when the specific effect is performed. However, in this means, it is possible to specify the date and time when the specific effect is performed even by a person other than those related to the game hall based on the setting at the time of manufacturing the gaming machine. In other words, for example, on a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer or a gaming machine, as a future plan, it may be announced that a XX movie (as a specific production) will be released around 0:00 It becomes possible. By such notification, it is possible to widen the chance of having the user enjoy the following specific performance. In particular, since the time can be specified, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game hall has been passed on the designated day to see the specific effect, but the time for the specific effect has already passed.

  Furthermore, for example, even if it is not configured so that the deviation of the real-time grasping means can be corrected, it is possible to prevent a significant deviation in the start timing of the specific effect between the gaming machines that are turned on at different timings. Therefore, the situation of the real-time grasping means of a plurality of gaming machines can be grasped, and the configuration can be corrected by comparing with the actual time, resulting in complexity of island facilities and an increase in cost. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the possibility that the resistance to unauthorized input is weakened due to an increase in the number of input paths from the outside of the gaming machine. In addition, when only the measuring means is provided, when a power failure occurs, there is a concern that the specific effect already performed before the power failure may be executed again unintentionally after the power failure. Like this means, by using the real-time grasping means together, it is possible to proceed with the game in the same way as in the case where there is no power outage with respect to the specific effect.

  In addition, a radio clock may be installed as a real-time grasping means, but the game machine should be installed in an environment where standard radio waves cannot be received well (the game hall is located in the basement of the building or near high-voltage power lines). In such an environment, there is a concern that the start timing of the specific effect varies even if the specific effect is performed using the radio clock. On the other hand, according to the structure of this means, the said effect can be exhibited reliably irrespective of the installation place of a game machine.

  In addition, in general, in game halls where gaming machines are installed, in order to achieve an efficient and functional layout of gaming machines, island facilities that can install multiple gaming machines are provided, improving space efficiency. Securing functional traffic lines, improving visibility for crime prevention and service improvement, sharing of incidental equipment related to gaming machines, and improving management. Further, in recent island facilities, there is provided a device (central power source) that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines installed in the island facility all at once. Etc. are based on such a device. In addition, the gaming machine includes power storage means that can supply power to the real-time grasping means even when the power is turned off.

Means H-2.1 Divides the time into predetermined minutes, and when the power is turned on, the time closest to the time grasped by the real-time grasping means among the times divided in the one hour. Approximate selection means to select;
Comparing the time selected by the approximate selection means with the scheduled time at which the specific effect is scheduled to be performed, and a remaining time calculating means for calculating the time until the specific effect is executed,
The gaming machine according to means H-1, wherein a calculation value by the remaining time calculating means is set for the measuring means, and a time until the specific effect is executed is measured by the measuring means.

  According to the means H-2, when the power is turned on, the current time is confirmed, the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated, and the counting is started. The “current time” used is not the time itself grasped by the real-time grasping means, but the current time grasped by the real-time grasping means among the times divided by dividing the hour into predetermined minutes. The closest time is assigned to the “current time”. This corrects the “current time” so that the remaining times up to the scheduled time match even when there is a shift in the real-time grasping means of a plurality of gaming machines that are turned on at the same time. As a result, the start timings of the specific effects can be matched. Furthermore, the start timing of the specific effect can be matched with a gaming machine whose power is turned on at another timing.

  More specifically, for example, the maximum error of the real-time grasping means is ± 2 minutes. In addition, the hour is divided every 10 minutes, and the time of the break is set to 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, 50 minutes, and the remaining time until the scheduled time is calculated by the real-time grasping means. For example, if the real-time grasping means at the time of power-on is 5 to 14 minutes, the “current time” is set as 10 minutes and the real-time grasping is performed. When the means is 15 minutes to 24 minutes, the “current time” is set to 20 minutes. Further, the actual time is set to one of 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. And, for example, when the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is 10 o'clock and the power is turned on at 8: 0 am of the actual time, the real-time grasping means of the predetermined gaming machine at that time is 8: 1 In the calculation of the remaining time until the scheduled time, the “current time” is corrected to 8:00:00, and if the real-time grasping means of another gaming machine is 7:58, the remaining time until the scheduled time When calculating the time, the “current time” is corrected to 8:00:00. In this case, all the gaming machines that are turned on at the same time have two hours remaining until the scheduled time (start of the specific effect), and the specific effect starts at 10:00. In another game hall, the remaining time until the scheduled time (10 o'clock) is calculated, and a specific effect is started simultaneously at 10 o'clock.

  By adopting the configuration as described above, it is possible to match the start times of specific effects not only with gaming machines that are simultaneously turned on, but also with gaming machines that are turned on at different timings. Therefore, the above-described effects such as prevention of the outflow of the player aiming at the specific effect due to the time difference between the start times of the specific effects can be achieved more reliably. Also, when an announcement of a specific production schedule in the future is made, the date and time when the specific production will be performed is not information with a certain range of about ** month ** day ** Can be specified. In addition, since the start time of the specific performance can be adjusted to the scheduled time as scheduled, the player arrives at the game hall at the scheduled time soon while checking his own clock (for example, a radio clock). However, it will surely be in time for the specific performance. In other words, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the real-time grasping means is shifted to the advancing side, and the player is not in time when he / she thinks that he / she has confirmed his / her clock.

  Furthermore, data related to specific effects can be output to the outside of the gaming machine, and by inputting the data to a server or the like managed by a gaming machine manufacturer, various services such as publication of data obtained by collecting the data are performed. In the case of the configuration, when the start and end timings of the specific effects are aligned, it is possible to relatively easily perform the tabulation / management work on the data related to the specific effects on the server side.

  In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, have the person in charge of the gaming hall thoroughly turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it on the island equipment as a gaming system including a gaming machine. It is necessary to introduce an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines simultaneously at a specified time.

Means H-3. The measuring means is configured to measure the time since the power is turned on,
Each time a predetermined time elapses in the measuring means, the real time grasping means is referred to, and a scheduled time excess judging means for judging whether or not a scheduled time for which the specific effect is scheduled to be passed has passed,
The gaming machine according to means H-1, wherein the specific effect executing means executes the specific effect when the scheduled time excess determining means determines that the scheduled time has passed.

  According to the means H-3, it is determined whether or not the time grasped by the real-time grasping means has passed the scheduled time at predetermined time intervals based on the measurement by the measuring means, and at the timing determined to have passed. Production is to be performed. That is, if the gaming machines are started to measure at the same time, the timing for referring to the real-time grasping means is the same every predetermined time, and at the timing when the real-time grasping means is first referred to after the scheduled time. A specific performance will be performed. As a result, a specific effect can be started simultaneously with a game machine that is turned on at the same time, and a significant shift in the start timing of the specific effect can be prevented even with a game machine that is turned on at different times. can do.

  More specifically, for example, assume that the error of the real-time grasping means is ± 2 minutes at the maximum. In addition, the minute portion of the scheduled time for executing the specific effect is set to 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, or 50 minutes. Further, the actual time is set to one of 0 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 40 minutes, and 50 minutes. Then, it is set to determine whether or not the scheduled time has passed by the scheduled time excess determining means every 10 minutes from 5 minutes after the power is turned on. In this case, the determination by the scheduled time excess determination means is executed at 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes, 35 minutes, 45 minutes, and 55 minutes of the actual time. When the scheduled time for executing the specific performance is 10:00, considering that the error of the real-time grasping means is ± 2 minutes, any gaming machine is scheduled in the determination by the scheduled time excess determining means at 9:55. The time does not exceed 10 o'clock (the real-time grasping means is distributed within the range of 9:53 to 9:57), and a negative determination is made. On the other hand, in the discrimination by the 10: 5 scheduled time excess discriminating means, all gaming machines exceed the scheduled time of 10:00 (the real-time grasping means is distributed within the range of 10: 3-10: 07). ) The specific effect starts at 10:05.

  By adopting the configuration as described above, it is possible to reliably perform powerful effects such as simultaneously starting a specific effect in a gaming machine that is turned on at the same time, and with a gaming machine that is turned on at a different timing. The start times of specific productions can be roughly aligned even between. Therefore, the above-described effects such as prevention of the outflow of the player aiming at the specific effect due to the time difference of the start time of the specific effect are surely exhibited.

  In addition, when using the configuration of this means accurately, have the person in charge of the gaming hall thoroughly turn on the central power supply of the island equipment, or install it on the island equipment as a gaming system including a gaming machine. It is necessary to introduce an activation timer device that can turn on the power of a plurality of gaming machines simultaneously at a specified time.

  Means H-4. Means H-1 to H- characterized in that, when the power is turned on, measurement by the measurement means is started at a stage before performing a discrimination process for executing a different process depending on the state of the gaming machine. 4. The gaming machine according to any one of 3.

  According to the means H-4, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the measured value of the measuring means is shifted for each gaming machine due to the presence of the discrimination process before starting the measurement of the measuring means. it can.

Means H-5. Achievement detection means for detecting that the specific condition is achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
Achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
In a gaming machine comprising fast storage means capable of storing a value (which serves as an index) indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific performance,
Means H-1 to H comprising information output means capable of outputting information relating to storage of the fastness storage means and information including player information that can identify a player to the outside of the gaming machine A gaming machine according to any one of -4.

  According to the means H-5, information relating to the storage of the fast storage means capable of storing an index indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific performance, and the player capable of specifying the player By providing information output means that can output information including information to the outside of the gaming machine, it is possible to add up the results of the player's specific effects. For this reason, when a specific production is started simultaneously with a plurality of gaming machines of the same model, new game characteristics such as “compete who quickly achieved a specific condition among the players who experienced the specific production” are added. can do. Therefore, it is possible to further improve the game performance by using a specific effect performed simultaneously with a plurality of gaming machines.

  In addition, as “a value indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific effect”, the “value indicating the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition” or the specific condition When the achievement is set to the winning in the predetermined lottery, “value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific performance until the achievement of the specific condition” is listed.

Means H-6. Game information storage means capable of storing game information which is information relating to the game;
An input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation,
In gaming machines that can exchange information with servers,
The information provided from the server is input by the input means, so that the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect is configured to be reflected in the current game (specific effect). The gaming machine according to H-5.

  According to the means H-6, since the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect is reflected in the next game (the specific effect), it is possible to have a stronger interest in the specific effect. In addition, in order to reflect the setting based on the result of the previous specific effect, it is necessary to participate in a game (mobile linked game) in which information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the server. , You can increase the opportunity to participate in mobile linked games. As a result, a gaming machine manufacturer that manages and operates a server can obtain more gaming information as development material for the gaming machine.

  The “setting based on the result of the previous specific effect” can be appropriately set for each model. For example, for the player who has achieved the most specific condition in the previous specific effect, The right to be able to set the type of specific condition in the specific effect, the back music, the main characters appearing on the predetermined display device, the sound effect (when operating the predetermined operation means, etc.), and the name to be given to the next specific effect Is granted, and the right to set a sub-character appearing on a predetermined display device at the time of the next specific performance is granted to the player who has finally achieved the specific condition, and the above setting is made by the target player. In such a case, information indicating the setting is included in the information provided from the server, and the setting by the target player is performed by inputting the information to the gaming machine. It may be configured to reflect. Also, it is not limited to a configuration that reflects the setting by the player's (will), for example, to the game record so far of the player who has achieved the specific condition first in the previous specific production Accordingly, the server may make settings related to the next specific performance, and information indicating such settings may be included in the information provided from the server. Further, the setting of a predetermined player may not be configured to be reflected in another player's game, for example, when a specific condition is achieved at a time faster than a time set in advance by the player In addition, in the next game of the player, the setting of the player may be reflected (the target or number of items reflected may be changed according to time).

  Note that a general mobile-linked game includes a game using a game system in which information can be exchanged between a gaming machine and a server via a portable communication terminal operated by a player. In addition, for example, “a display unit that is provided at a position visible to the player and can display an image object is provided, and the information output unit stores the server address information and the game information storage unit in the display unit. And information output means for displaying code information that can be read by a portable communication terminal, including information relating to storage in the fastness storage means, and player information that can identify the player. Also good. Further, “in the game information storage means, a mobile link from when a password issued by the server using the input means is input until the code information including the game information is displayed on the display means. In the gaming state, the gaming information storage means may be configured to store the gaming information of the individual player ”.

Means H-7. According to the information related to the storage of the Hayashi storage means, the right to determine the setting related to the next specific effect is given,
After the setting related to the next specific performance is performed by the decision-making authority, information reflecting the setting is provided from the server,
The means H-6 according to means H-6, wherein the information provided from the server is input by the input means, so that the setting relating to the specific effect by the decision-making authority is reflected in the specific effect of the current game. Gaming machine.

  According to H-7, when the right to determine the setting related to the next specific performance is given, it affects not only one's own game but also another person's game. For this reason, the value of a specific effect can be improved dramatically and the interest and participation willingness to a specific effect can be raised further. In addition, since the setting by the decision-making authority is limited to the one related to the specific effect, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the player's game is affected by the settings of other players.

Means H-8. An input presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not the information provided from the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect;
In the case of a positive determination by the input presence / absence determination means, the specific effect is executed,
The gaming machine according to means H-7, wherein when the negative determination is made by the input presence determination means, the specific effect is not executed.

  According to the means H-8, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a separate specific effect in a plurality of gaming machines arranged in the island facility. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a sense of unity due to a specific effect being performed simultaneously on a plurality of gaming machines is lost. In addition, participation in mobile linked games can be encouraged.

Means H-9. An input presence / absence determining means for determining whether or not the information provided from the server is input by the input means when starting the specific effect;
If the negative determination is made by the input presence / absence determining means, the sound volume during the execution period of the specific effect is reduced, silenced, or only sound effects are configured. The gaming machine according to H-7 or H-8.

  According to the means H-9, when the mobile linked game is not participated, the volume during the execution period of the specific effect is reduced or the output sound is limited. For this reason, it is possible to avoid obstructing the specific performance of the player participating in the mobile linked game. In addition, participation in mobile linked games can be encouraged.

Means H-10. A regrettable number storage means for storing the number of times of the specific effect that could not obtain the right to determine the setting related to the next specific effect;
Means that the probability that the specific condition is achieved is set higher when the number of times stored in the unfortunate number storage means is greater than or equal to the prescribed number The gaming machine according to any one of H-7 to H-9.

  According to the means H-10, it is easy to achieve the specific condition by playing more games, so it is possible to suppress giving up the achievement of the specific condition from the beginning. Can work on. In addition, players who are playing a lot of games will be more advantageous in achieving certain conditions, so they can feel that they were happy to play a lot of games, and in turn, they will feel attached to gaming machines. be able to. It should be noted that “when the right to determine the setting relating to the next specific performance is obtained, the memory of the unfortunate number storage means is reset”.

Means H-11. A success / failure lottery means for performing a success / failure lottery on whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, with the establishment of a predetermined condition;
It is configured to be able to display the identification information in a variable manner, and comprises variable display means capable of teaching the result of the lottery lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information.
A special gaming state is generated when it is taught in the variable display means that the winning lottery has been won,
The specific condition of the specific effect includes teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state,
11. The gaming machine according to any one of means H-5 to H-10, wherein during the specific performance, the fluctuation time of the variable display for teaching that the winning is determined by the winning / losing lottery is shortened.

  According to the means H-11, the possibility of achieving the specific condition can be increased. It should be noted that there are a mode in which the variable display is set to a relatively long time and a mode that is set to a relatively short time, and a mode that is set to a relatively long time only for a period during which a specific effect is performed. If the setting related to the variation time of the variable display performed in is close to the mode set to a relatively short time or is configured to be performed with the same content, it is not acceptable in the mode set to a relatively long time Lottery opportunities can be increased, and the possibility of achieving a specific performance can be increased. Furthermore, it is possible to correct an unfair feeling related to the achievement of the specific performance due to the length of the variable display.

Means H-12. A success / failure lottery means for performing a success / failure lottery on whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, with the establishment of a predetermined condition;
It is configured to be able to display the identification information in a variable manner, and comprises variable display means capable of teaching the result of the lottery lottery according to the stop mode of the identification information.
When winning in a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when a variable display for teaching the occurrence of a special gaming state is started during the specific performance, the specific condition is achieved,
There are a first gaming state in which a winning / losing lottery is won with a first probability and a second gaming state in which a winning / failing lottery is won with a second probability higher than the first probability,
The winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery that has become the specific effect in the first gaming state and can be executed by starting the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state in the specific effect is,
The specific effect in the second gaming state, and higher than the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed by starting the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state in the specific effect A gaming machine according to any one of means H-5 to H-11.

  According to the means H-12, in a situation where it is difficult to start a variable display for teaching the occurrence of a special gaming state during a specific performance, it is relatively easy to win in a condition-satisfied lottery compared to a situation where it is easy to do so. Has been. For this reason, it is possible to reduce unfairness due to the difference in the situation at the start of the specific performance.

Means H-13. Provided with operation means provided so that the player can operate,
The condition establishment lottery for determining whether or not to achieve the specific condition is performed with the operation of the operation means in an operation effective period set in a predetermined period during the specific performance as a trigger,
In the effective period, an upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operation means as a trigger of the condition establishment lottery,
The winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed between the start of the effective period and the lapse of a specified time is:
It is configured to be lower than the winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed between the start of the effective period and the expiration of the specified period A gaming machine according to any one of means H-5 to H-12.

  According to the means H-13, the winning probability in the condition fulfillment lottery can be increased in exchange for the passage of time in the effective period. In other words, in order to achieve a good result in a specific performance, it is necessary to win the condition fulfillment lottery by operating the operation means as soon as possible, but the probability of winning the condition fulfillment lottery by delaying the timing of operating the operation means Therefore, the probability of success is relatively low, but the operating means is operated at the earliest possible timing aiming for faster winning, or it is relatively slow aiming for winning with a high probability carefully for certainty You can enjoy bargaining such as whether to operate the operating means at the timing.

  In addition, “a failure determination means for determining whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to the player with the establishment of a predetermined condition, and a determination of whether or not to determine whether or not the identification information can be displayed in a variable manner. The variable display means capable of teaching the result of the lottery determination and the operation means provided so as to be operable by the player and capable of causing a change in the aspect of the variable display means when operated. When the winning display is performed in a condition fulfillment lottery that can be executed when a variable display for teaching the occurrence of a special gaming state is started during the performance, the specific condition is achieved, and the condition is established The lottery is an operation valid period set in a predetermined period from the start of the variable display for teaching the occurrence of the special gaming state during the specific performance until the special gaming state is started. In the effective period, an upper limit is set for the number of operations of the operating means as the trigger of the condition fulfillment lottery until the specified time elapses from the start of the effective period. The winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means performed during the period is the time between the start of the effective period and the expiration of the effective period It may be configured to be lower than the winning probability in the condition-satisfied lottery triggered by the operation of the operation means.

  I. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In addition, by using a mobile communication terminal carried by a player and exchanging data between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer, etc., enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. There are known gaming systems that can be provided. A game (mobile linked game) using such a game system is performed by a plurality of players, so that information (game information) related to the games of the plurality of players can be aggregated in the server. Thereby, the player side can enjoy the production according to the totaled information, and the gaming machine manufacturer side that operates the server can perform marketing research. For example, it is possible to determine, for example, who has achieved the most specific condition in a predetermined specific effect, and an effect corresponding to this (for example, who has achieved the most specific condition in a predetermined specific effect) Etc.) can be performed.

  By the way, by having the above-mentioned mobile linked game be performed, the player can receive services that cannot be received by a player who is not performing the mobile linked game (for example, a specific effect is derived), and the server For game machine manufacturers that operate, there are various merits that can be used to develop new models with reference to the collected game information. However, players do not necessarily play mobile linked games, and an increase in the number of participants is desired.

  Also, if a player who is not engaged in mobile-linked games performs the above specific effects and happens to have a good result, a player who has been interested in mobile-linked games for a long time or usually performs mobile-linked games. However, there is a concern that a player who happened to have not played a mobile-linked game may feel regretful if he should have played a mobile-linked game. Therefore, it is desired to improve the convenience of mobile linked games and to make mobile linked games more comfortable.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of comfortably performing a mobile linked game. It is another object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can facilitate participation in mobile linked games.

Means I-1. A player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information used when specifying a player;
Specific production execution means for executing the specific production;
Achievement detection means for detecting that the specific condition is achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
Achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
A quickness measuring means for measuring how quickly the specific condition has been achieved from the start of the specific performance;
When there is a detection by the achievement detection means, a value storage means for storing the value measured by the speed measurement means;
In a gaming machine comprising information relating to storage of the fastness storage means, and information output means capable of outputting the player identification information to the outside of the gaming machine,
Regardless of whether or not the player specifying information is stored in the player specifying information storage means, when the measurement by the fastness measuring means is performed and the detection by the achievement detecting means is detected, the fastness measuring means The gaming machine is characterized in that the value measured in (1) is stored in the Hayashi storage means.

  According to the means I-1, by providing information output means capable of outputting information relating to a value indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved from the start of the specific effect and the player specific information to the outside of the gaming machine, The result of the specific performance of the person can be tabulated. For this reason, it is possible to give new game characteristics such as “compete who has achieved the specific condition quickly among the players who have experienced the specific effect”.

  In addition, according to the means I-1, a game (hereinafter referred to as “game”) that is performed while exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server or the like operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player. Forgetting to input the player identification information, which is a process for starting mobile linked games), or to enter the player identification information with a light feeling, such as trying to do it for a short time today. For example, when a game is started without a good result, for example, when an unexpectedly good result is obtained, information indicating the result can be taken in later to be reflected in the mobile linked game. Therefore, it should give a good result in a specific performance, and it should be a happy feeling if it was originally, but because it does not play mobile-linked games and cannot capture that information, it becomes a feeling of disappointment, regret, etc. Can be avoided. Therefore, the convenience of the mobile linked game is improved, and the mobile linked game can be performed with good feeling.

  In addition, for players who had a sense of resistance, such as having trouble with mobile-linked games, “Because a good result was produced in a specific production, let's take this opportunity to start mobile-linked games.” Relatively strong motivation to participate in linked games can be performed. Therefore, by giving the opportunity to participate in the mobile linked game at a perfect timing, it is possible to dramatically increase the possibility that the player will participate in the mobile linked game.

  In addition, for example, even when the arrival to the game hall is just before the start of the specific effect, or the specific effect has already been started, and the player specific information is input, the remaining period of the specific effect is reduced. For the time being, if a specific effect is performed and then player specifying information is input later, the result of the current specific effect can be surely stored. Therefore, due to the fact that the player specifying information must be input immediately before or after the start of the specific effect, the remaining time of the specific effect is reduced, or the player specifying information is input with impatience. It is possible to prevent giving a feeling and to fully enjoy the specific production.

  In addition, “the value measured by the quickness measuring means indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific effect” indicates “the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition” Value ”or“ value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific performance to the achievement of the specific condition ”or the like when the achievement of the specific condition is set to the winning in the predetermined lottery.

Means I-2. Real-time grasping means to grasp the current time,
A measuring means for starting measurement when the power is turned on;
Based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means, a start setting means for setting the timing for starting the specific effect,
In a state where the power of the gaming machine is turned on, when the timing for starting the specific effect is set by the start setting means regardless of the state of the game, and when the timing for starting the specific effect is reached The gaming machine according to means I-1, wherein the measurement by the fastness measuring means is started.

  According to the means I-2, the timing for starting the specific effect is set even when the game is not being performed by the player, and when the timing arrives, the specific condition is quickly reached from the start of the specific effect. Measurement to determine whether or not is achieved. For this reason, it becomes possible to participate in the specific effect on the way, and even if it is not in time for the start of the specific effect, if the game is started during the period of the specific effect, the specific effect can be enjoyed. In particular, for example, when the specific effect is an effect that is started simultaneously by a plurality of gaming machines, the user wants to participate in the specific effect, but participates in the specific effect because it was not in time for the start of the specific effect. It is possible to avoid a disappointing situation in which the player cannot simply watch a specific performance of the surrounding gaming machine.

  Also, at the start of a specific performance, you can just take your seat off the toilet, call or drink, or if the gaming machine is in a predetermined error state or door is open, or borrow a game medium Even if it takes time, the specific effect can be surely derived if the game is resumed during the specific effect period. Therefore, for example, when adopting a configuration in which the specific effect is not performed unless the game is played at the start timing of the specific effect, it becomes difficult to remove the seat when such timing approaches. When returning to the seat to play a game, it is possible to avoid situations such as being unable to participate in the specific performance alone, although the surroundings are performing the specific performance.

Means I-3. Comprising operating means operated by the player to advance the game;
In the configuration that shifts to a dedicated standby state when the operation with respect to the operation means is not performed for a certain period of time,
When it is time to start the specific effect in a state other than the standby state, measurement by the speed measuring unit is started, and an effect mode corresponding to the specific effect is derived by a predetermined effect unit,
When it is time to start the specific effect in the standby state, while the measurement by the speed measuring unit is started, an effect mode corresponding to the specific effect by the predetermined effect unit is not derived. A gaming machine according to feature I-2.

  According to the means I-3, when the timing for starting the specific effect is reached in the standby state generally provided for suppressing power consumption, the measurement of the fastness measuring means is started, while the effect means An effect mode or the like corresponding to a specific effect by a predetermined display device (such as a predetermined display device or an audio output device) is not derived, that is, in a standby state (the illumination of the display device becomes dark, various lamps become dark or the lamps that are turned on) The number is reduced, the audio output is stopped, etc.). Therefore, it is possible to maintain the standby state as much as possible, and to contribute by suppressing power consumption. Of course, the start timing of the specific effect arrives in the standby state, and although there is no change on the surface, it is a specific effect internally (the state where the specific effect can be started at any time). By releasing the state, it is possible to immediately participate in the specific performance.

Means I-4. Comprising operating means operated by the player to advance the game;
In the configuration that shifts to a dedicated standby state when the operation with respect to the operation means is not performed for a certain period of time,
When the timing for starting the specific effect is reached, the measurement by the quickness measuring unit is started regardless of whether or not it is in the standby state, and an effect corresponding to the specific effect by the predetermined effect unit The gaming machine according to means I-2, wherein:

  As shown in I-2 above, the same model is provided by including start setting means for setting the timing for starting a specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means. The specific effects can be started simultaneously on the plurality of gaming machines. Under such a configuration, according to the means I-4, even if the gaming machine is not played by the player, the specific effect by the predetermined effect means is automatically provided at the timing of starting the specific effect. An effect mode corresponding to is derived. Therefore, even when a plurality of gaming machines of the same model are provided side by side, and there are vacant seats in the gaming machines, the specific effects are started simultaneously on all the gaming machines. Therefore, it is possible to surely enjoy a powerful production such that the same production is performed simultaneously on a plurality of gaming machines.

  When the specific effect is started without the player, the specific effect may be configured to be a demonstration mode different from the case where the player is playing. That is, although the player is not participating, a mode in which the computer of the gaming machine is participating may be derived.

Means I-5. An input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation;
In a state where the player specifying information is not stored in the player specifying information storage means, and the value measured by the Hayashi measuring means is stored in the Hayashi storage means, after the end of the specific effect, Any one of means I-1 to I-4 comprising an announcement executing means capable of executing an announcement asking whether or not there is an intention to store the player specifying information in the player specifying information storing means The gaming machine described in Crab.

  According to the means I-5, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the user forgets to reflect the measurement value obtained by the speed measurement means temporarily stored in the speed storage means in the mobile linked game.

The main control means for performing a lottery on whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to the player based on a predetermined opportunity, and generating the special gaming state based on the result of the lottery,
A variable display device capable of variably displaying identification information;
In the variable display device, the gaming machine includes display control means for variably displaying the identification information and stopping the identification information based on a result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
When the lottery is performed during the variation display of the identification information, the variation display of the identification information corresponding to the result of the lottery is performed after the variation of the identification information being varied is stopped. In the configuration in which information related to the lottery performed during the variation display of the identification information is stored on hold,
In a state where the player specifying information is not stored in the player specifying information storage means, and the value measured by the Hayashi measuring means is stored in the Hayashi storage means, the value is stored on hold. When there is no information related to the lottery, the announcement may be executed by the announcement execution means.

  In this case, the announcement is made at the timing when the variation display of the identification information is interrupted, that is, when the player may end the game. Therefore, the situation of forgetting to reflect the measured value by the fastness measuring means temporarily stored in the fastness storage means in the mobile linked game can be further suppressed.

  Further, for example, when the achievement of the specific condition in the specific effect is associated with the special game state that is advantageous to the player, the start timing of the announcement by the announcement execution means is “special game state “In the middle” or “at the end of the special gaming state”. In other words, it is desirable to make an announcement at a time when the player is in front of the gaming machine.

  Means I-6. When the announcement is made by the announcement execution means, and the input means indicates that there is no intention to store the player identification information in the player identification information storage means, and the announcement period is The gaming machine according to means I-5, characterized in that the value stored in the fast storage means is erased when it is finished.

  According to the means I-6, when the player determines that the measured value by the fastness measuring means temporarily stored in the fastness storage means is unnecessary by the player, or when the player finishes the game When the next player may start the game, it will be erased. This prevents the previous player's game information (measured by the fastness measuring means) from being mixed when the player finishes the game and the next player plays the mobile linked game. Can do. By the way, even when the announcement period ends, the value stored in the fast storage means is erased, so that the player ends the game without performing the corresponding input during the announcement period. Even if it is a case where it returns, it can avoid that the value memorize | stored in the quick memory | storage means remains and it is reflected in another player.

  In addition, when an input indicating that there is an intention to store the player specifying information in the player specifying information storage means by taking advantage of the announcement, a game that has not been performed in a mobile linked game in the same type of gaming machine For the player, the process proceeds to the procedure for the initial registration of the mobile linked game (from the gaming machine, the information corresponding to the initial registration is attached with the value of the fast storage means via the portable communication terminal, In addition, when information is output in this way, the value of the fast storage means is deleted.) For a player who has played a mobile linked game, the player specific information is stored. The procedure proceeds to a procedure for starting a mobile linked game, such as having the means store player specifying information.

  Means I-7. The announcement execution means stores the player specifying information in the player specifying information storage means (at this timing) when making an announcement asking whether to output information by the information output means. The gaming machine according to means I-5 or I-6, characterized in that guidance for teaching a privilege that may be given to a person is executable.

  According to the means I-7, it is possible to appeal at a perfect timing what kind of merit there is when participating in the mobile linked game. Accordingly, participation in mobile linked games can be further promoted. Also, if you do not care about mobile-linked games at all (or have no knowledge of mobile-linked games) and somehow produce a good result in the specific direction of the game machine that started the game, It is possible to suppress a situation such as knowing a privilege when a good result is obtained by a specific performance and regret not participating in the mobile linked game.

  In addition, you may comprise not only the privilege at the time of participating in a mobile interlocking game but the past data of a specific production, the more detailed conditions for obtaining a predetermined privilege, etc. can be taught. For example, when a specific effect is an effect such as a time trial and a privilege is granted when it reaches the top, it is the highest time in the past (to the extent that the gaming machine can grasp) or the top in the past A certain time or the like may be taught, so that it can be generally determined whether or not a privilege can be granted at his / her own time. In this case, the player compares it with his own result, “It seems that a good result was obtained with a specific effect” → “It seems that an interesting effect can be seen if this result is reflected.” It's easy to get into the flow of “Let's participate in the game”. Accordingly, it is possible to more actively encourage participation in mobile linked games at the current timing.

  Means I-8. Even if the specific effect is started in a state where the specific information is stored in the player specific information storage unit, and information is output by the information output unit during the specific effect period, 8. The gaming machine according to any one of means I-1 to I-7, wherein the measurement by the fastness measuring means is continuously performed during the period of the specific performance.

  According to the means I-8, for example, even when a player ends a game during a specific performance period and another player plays a game machine immediately after that, the specific performance can be surely enjoyed. it can. Therefore, the opportunity to participate in a specific effect can be increased. For example, the user wanted to participate in a specific effect, but the target gaming machine could not be fully occupied and before the start of the next specific effect. Convenience can be improved when it takes a relatively long time.

  Note that the server may be configured to store and store information such as abstention and non-participation regarding the specific performance.

  J. et al. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In addition, there is a case where a specific effect whose timing of occurrence is predetermined is performed. However, although I was looking forward to the specific effect, if the inconvenience just got worse at the timing when the specific effect occurs, there is a concern that the specific effect must be given up.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can be performed comfortably.

Means J-1. Condition establishment detection means for detecting that a condition for generating a specific performance is established;
A specific effect executing means capable of executing the specific effect when a condition for generating the specific effect is established by detection by the condition establishment detection means;
A gaming machine, wherein the specific effect execution means is configured to be able to change a timing at which the specific effect is generated.

  According to the means J-1, since the generation timing of the specific effect can be changed, for example, the specific effect is started, but it is necessary to remove the seat a little (I want to go to the toilet, a phone call etc.) Therefore, it becomes possible to postpone the specific performance. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of stress that the specific effect cannot be fully enjoyed even though the specific effect is started, and the game can be performed comfortably. In addition, since the player can change the timing of starting the specific effect, it becomes possible to raise the mood for the specific effect, and the specific effect can be further enjoyed.

  In addition, as the specific effects, those that have a predetermined start time or period, for example, a simultaneous effect that the effects of the same content start simultaneously at the same time on a plurality of gaming machines, or a variable display is specified. An effect that is performed when the number of times is performed (when the number of times of variable display to which a predetermined game mode is given is eliminated) can be given.

Means J-2. Condition establishment detection means for detecting that a condition for generating a specific performance is established;
A specific effect execution unit capable of executing the specific effect when a condition for generating the specific effect is satisfied by detection by the condition establishment detection unit;
An operation means operable by a player,
A gaming machine characterized in that the timing at which the specific effect execution means generates the specific effect can be changed by an operation on the operation means.

  According to the means J-2, it is possible to change the generation timing of the specific effect by the operation of the operation means by the player. For this reason, although the specific effect is started, it is necessary to remove the seat a little (I want to go to the toilet, a phone call, etc.), so the specific effect can be postponed. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of stress that the specific effect cannot be fully enjoyed even though the specific effect is started, and the game can be performed comfortably. In addition, since the player can change the timing of starting the specific effect, it becomes possible to raise the mood for the specific effect, and the specific effect can be further enjoyed.

  In addition, as the specific effects, those that have a predetermined start time or period, for example, a simultaneous effect that the effects of the same content start simultaneously at the same time on a plurality of gaming machines, or a variable display is specified. An effect that is performed when the number of times is performed (when the number of times of variable display to which a predetermined game mode is given is eliminated) can be given.

Means J-3. Condition establishment detection means for detecting that a condition for generating a specific performance is established;
A specific effect execution unit capable of executing the specific effect when a condition for generating the specific effect is satisfied by detection by the condition establishment detection unit;
Priority state generating means for generating a priority state to be prioritized over executing the specific performance;
A gaming machine characterized in that when the period during which the specific effect is executed overlaps with the priority state, the timing at which the specific effect executing means generates the specific effect can be changed.

  According to the means J-3, the timing for generating the specific effect can be changed. Therefore, although the specific effect is to be started, the specific effect is not started because it is in the priority state, and when the priority state ends, the specific effect has ended, or the remaining period of the specific effect It is possible to avoid a situation where there is a small amount that cannot be fully enjoyed.

  Note that the priority state is not limited to one, and a plurality of priority states may be set. For example, when the start timing of the specific effect arrives during the special game state advantageous to the player as the priority state, the specific effect may be started (from the head) after the special game state ends.

Means J-4. At least one of a real-time grasping means for grasping the current time and a measurement means for starting measurement when the power is turned on; and
Start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on at least one of the time grasped by the real-time grasping means and the time measured by the measuring means; A gaming machine according to any one of means J-1 to J-3.

  According to the means J-4, it is possible to postpone a simultaneous production that starts all at a predetermined time if it is not convenient.

  In addition, it may be configured to be reset to a timing after a specified time (for example, after 10 minutes) by passing the current timing of the specific effect, or the operation is performed by rejecting the current timing You may comprise so that a specific effect may be started at the timing by the player's intention using a means.

Means J-5. Achievement detection means for detecting that the specific condition is achieved within the execution period of the specific effect;
Achievement storage means for storing that the specific condition has been achieved;
A quickness measuring means for measuring how quickly the specific condition has been achieved from the start of the specific performance;
When there is a detection by the achievement detection unit, the storage unit stores a value measured by the speed measurement unit,
Any of the means J-1 to J-4, wherein the speed measuring means measures the time from the start of the specific effect regardless of whether the timing of the start of the specific effect is changed or not. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to means J-5, the time from the start of the specific effect is measured both when the specific effect is started as scheduled and when it is changed and started. For this reason, for example, when a specific effect (trial effect) is started at a timing slightly later than the normal timing, the delayed start is not incorporated exactly, but the player is It becomes the measurement from when the specific production is started. Therefore, the handicap to the changed player can be eliminated.

  In addition, “the value measured by the quickness measuring means indicating how quickly the specific condition has been achieved since the start of the specific effect” indicates “the time required from the start of the specific effect to the achievement of the specific condition” Value ”or“ value indicating the number of lotteries performed from the start of the specific performance to the achievement of the specific condition ”or the like when the achievement of the specific condition is set to the winning in the predetermined lottery.

Means J-6. A player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information used when specifying a player;
Predetermined information relating to the game of the player (in the above means J-5, information relating to the storage of the fastness storage means) and information output means capable of outputting the player identification information to the outside of the gaming machine,
Means J-, wherein when the player specifying information is stored in the player specifying information storage means, the timing at which the specific effect executing means generates the specific effect can be changed. The gaming machine according to any one of 1 to J-5.

  According to the means J-6, a game (hereinafter referred to as a mobile game) that is performed while exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server or the like operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player. By performing a linked game), it is possible to improve the willingness to participate in a mobile linked game because a privilege that the timing of a specific effect can be changed is obtained.

  By providing the information output means, it becomes possible to add up the results of the player's specific effects. For this reason, when adopting the above-mentioned means J-5, it is possible to impart new game characteristics such as “compete who has achieved the specific condition quickly among the players who have experienced the specific effect”.

Means J-7. Comprising condition establishment storage means for storing that the condition for generating the specific effect is established by detection by the condition establishment detection means;
The specific effect execution means is configured to be able to execute the specific effect when it is stored in the condition establishment storage means that a condition for generating the specific effect is stored,
The gaming machine according to means J-6, wherein when the player identification information is erased from the player identification information storage means, the stored information in the condition establishment storage means is also erased.

  According to the means J-7, the act of performing the specific effect using the right to perform the specific effect obtained by another player is prevented. Thereby, the value of a specific effect can be raised, the willingness to participate in a specific effect can be improved, and a game hall can be visited at the time of the start of a specific effect.

Means J-8. Main control means for performing a lottery on whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to the player based on a predetermined opportunity, and generating the special gaming state based on the result of the lottery;
A variable display device capable of variably displaying identification information;
In the variable display device, the gaming machine includes display control means for variably displaying the identification information and stopping the identification information based on a result of the lottery after a predetermined time,
When the lottery is performed during the variation display of the identification information, the variation display of the identification information corresponding to the result of the lottery is performed after the variation of the identification information being varied is stopped. In the configuration in which information related to the lottery performed during the variation display of the identification information is stored on hold,
If the player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means, the specific effect in the condition establishment storage means even if there is no information on the lottery stored on hold. The gaming machine according to means J-7, characterized in that the memory of the fact that the condition for generating is satisfied is maintained without being erased.

  According to the means J-8, even if the variable display is interrupted, the right to execute the specific effect is not lost if the mobile linked game is not ended, and the specific effect can be executed after the game is resumed. Therefore, the operational effect of the means J-1 such that the convenience can be improved and a comfortable game can be performed is more reliably achieved.

  K. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the result of the lottery is performed (see, for example, JP-A-2003-154110).

  By the way, when a gaming machine manufacturer produces a new model or the like, it aims to make a gaming machine that pleases a player with reference to evaluations of conventional gaming machines.

  However, for example, when marketing is conducted by voluntarily cooperating with a questionnaire on a website or by requesting a survey company, a satisfactory number of responses cannot be obtained or the accuracy is questionable. May occur and result reporting may be delayed.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can quickly and widely collect information on games.

Means K-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of storing and storing game information which is information relating to a predetermined lottery performed at the time of the game;
A specific measurement means for measuring the number of occurrences of a specific event in a specific period, or the time until the specific period ends,
Display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least server address information among server address information, game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and specific measurement information measured by the specific measurement means, and includes mobile communication Information output means for displaying code information readable by the terminal,
The information output means also includes the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means when including the game information stored in the game information storage means in the code information displayed on the display means. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  According to the means K-1, when performing a mobile linked game in which information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the server via the mobile communication terminal, the code information displayed on the display means is stored in the game information storage means. When game information (history / experience) or the like of a player stored and stored can be included, the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means is also included. For this reason, the gaming machine manufacturer operating the server collects and analyzes not only gaming information but also specific measurement information, and at the site where the gaming machine is actually installed and played (such as a gaming hall) It is possible to quickly and accurately grasp usage conditions and the like. Therefore, development of a better gaming machine can be promoted with reference to such information.

  For example, regarding an operation effect performed using an operation means that can be operated by a player, for operation effect A, the operation means is operated with a relatively high probability during the operation effect as a specific period. As for the effect B, it can be understood that the operation means is not operated much (easily ignored, that is, an effect that is not popular), and the operation of the operation means in the operation effect A in the state C is relatively high. Although executed with probability, it may be understood that the operation of the operation means in the operation effect A in the state D is relatively not performed.

  This means includes the case where a part of the game information is targeted as the specific event, and the specific event can occur in a period other than the specific period. In addition, the specific measurement means is configured to measure the number of occurrences of a specific event when the number of occurrences of the specific event is not included in the end condition of the specific period, and the number of occurrences of the specific event is included in the end condition of the specific period. If included, the number of occurrences of the specific event or the time until the end of the specific period may be measured.

In this means, the information output method by the information output means is embodied as displaying the code information, but other methods are also conceivable. For example,
“In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of storing and storing game information which is information relating to a predetermined lottery performed at the time of the game;
A specific measurement means for measuring the number of occurrences of a specific event in a specific period, or the time until the specific period ends,
Of the server address information, the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and the specific measurement information measured by the specific measurement means, information including at least the server address information is stored in a predetermined mobile communication terminal. And an information output means capable of outputting as an aspect that can be identified or recognized by
When the information output means outputs the game information stored in the game information storage means, the information output means may output the information including the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means.

Means K-2. A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means is guided;
Variable entry means for changing the state between an open state in which a game ball moving in the game area can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
Variable entry detecting means for detecting a game ball entering the variable entry means;
Special game state generation means for performing a lottery determination as to whether or not to generate a special game state in which the variable pitching means is opened based on establishment of a predetermined condition,
(In the special game state, the upper limit of the number of game balls entering the variable ball entry means and the upper limit of the time of the variable ball entry means in the open state are determined.)
The specific period is set corresponding to the special gaming state,
The specific measuring means counts the number of game balls fired in the game area in the special game state (with the game event being fired into the game area as the specific event). A gaming machine according to K-1.

  According to the means K-2, it is possible to grasp how many game balls have been fired until the special game state ends in the special game state in which the game ball is launched aiming at the variable entry means. . In other words, since the special game state has a fixed period (it will end when the upper limit number of game balls are entered into the variable entry means), the total number of game balls fired in the special game state (special game state) By counting the total number of game balls fired until the game state is finished, it is possible to grasp the ease of entering the game balls into the variable ball entry means.

  For example, the time until the special game state is completed (the time required to end the special game state) is measured, and based on this, the ease of entering the game ball into the variable ball entry means is measured. It is also conceivable to configure it so that it can be guessed. However, there is a possibility that it cannot be handled when an error state occurs in the special gaming state. For this reason, as in this means, it is desirable to estimate (understand) the ease of reaching the game ball to the variable entry means by the number of game balls fired.

  For example, in the specific gaming state, a specified time elapses after a predetermined number of game balls enter the variable ball entry means after the variable ball entry means is opened, or after the variable ball entry means is opened. It is good also as performing a predetermined | prescribed multiple round by making 1 round into 1 round. Further, regarding the interval period in which the variable pitching means is closed between the round periods, it may be configured not to count the released game balls. In this case, the time of the special game state is almost the same between the player who keeps firing the game ball even during the interval period and the player who stops firing the game ball during the interval period or the timing corresponding thereto. , Which can suppress a situation in which a relatively large difference occurs in the total number of shots to be counted, and the information on the number of shots in the special game state is a material for determining the ease of reaching the game ball to the variable entry means It is possible to more reliably prevent the situation that it will not become. Further, in a special game state, for a ball entry means (for example, a start ball entry means) that may be entered in a stage before the game ball guided to the game area reaches the variable ball entry means Count the number of game balls that have entered in the special game state (subtract this number from the total number of shots), or the number of game balls that have not entered any of the entry means in the special game state By counting the number, it is possible to further improve the estimation accuracy of the ease of reaching the game ball to the variable ball entry means.

  “A game ball that moves in the game area can enter” means not only when the game ball that has entered the ball is discharged out of the game area, but also when the ball that has entered returns to the game area again (passing through) It is intended to include the case.

Means K-3. A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means is guided;
Opening and closing ball entry means capable of changing the state between an open state where a game ball moving in the game area can be entered or easily opened, and a closed state where entry is impossible or difficult to enter,
An opening / closing entrance detecting means for detecting a game ball entering the opening / closing entrance means,
The open / close ball entry means is in the open state, or a high ball entry state that makes it easy to perform,
Compared to the high entrance state, the open / close entrance means is less likely to be in the open state, or is configured to be changeable to a low entrance state in which the closed state is maintained,
The specific period is set corresponding to the high pitching state,
The specific measuring means counts the number of game balls launched into the game area in the high entrance state, and counts the number of game balls entered into the open / close entrance means in the high entrance state. A gaming machine according to the means K-1 or K-2.

  According to the means K-3, the ratio of the number of game balls that enter the open / close entrance means to the total number of game balls that are launched in the high entrance state, that is, the entrance to the open / close entrance means in the high entrance state. It will be possible to grasp the ease of making a ball. More specifically, the specific period is a period for launching a game ball aiming at the open / closed ball entering means that is in the open state, and the total number of game balls fired during the specific period, By counting the total number of entered balls, the situation of the ease of reaching the opening / closing entrance means of the game balls at the site (game hall etc.) where the gaming machine is actually installed and played, for example, It is possible to grasp the situation of surrounding game nails.

  It should be noted that the length (time) of the period in which the high ball entering state (for example, so-called probability variation mode or time reduction mode) and the number of game balls entering the open / close ball entry means are measured. Based on this, it is conceivable that the ease of entering a game ball into the open / close ball entry means can be estimated. However, if a game ball is continuously fired in a high pitched state and a period in which the game ball is not fired in a high pitched state (for example, a break etc.) is compared, Even though the ball is launched, the latter has a relatively large decrease in the proportion of game balls entering the opening / closing entrance means, and is used as a material for determining the ease of reaching the opening / closing entrance means of the game balls. There is a risk of becoming lost. For this reason, as in this means, it is desirable to estimate (understand) the ease with which the game ball reaches the opening / closing entrance means by the number of shots of the game ball.

  In addition, “as a starting ball entry means as the opening and closing ball entry means that can enter the game ball moving in the game area, and as the opening and closing ball detection means for detecting the game ball that has entered the start ball entry means And a special game state generation means for performing a lottery determination as to whether or not to generate a special game state advantageous to the player based on the detection by the start ball detection means. It is good also as. In this case, it is possible to grasp the ease of entering the starting entrance detecting means in the high entrance state.

  When the starting ball entry means is openable and the game ball can be entered even in the closed state, the specific measurement means is in the low ball entry state (for example, so-called normal mode or latent probability mode). It is also possible to count the number of game balls that have been launched and the number of game balls that have entered the starting ball entry means in a low ball entry state. In this case, it is possible to grasp not only the ease of reaching the starting ball in the high pitched state but also the ease of reaching the starting ball in the low pitched state. As a result, it is possible to more accurately grasp the situation of the game nails and the like around the starting and entering means. Further, when both the opening and closing type starting ball entering means and the non-opening and closing type starting ball entering means are provided, the specific measuring means is not the opened game ball and the opening and closing type in the low entry state. The number of game balls that have entered the start ball entry means may be counted, and in the high ball entry state, the number of game balls that have been launched and the number of game balls that have entered the open / close type start ball entry means may be counted. . In this case, the ease of reaching the game ball to the opening-and-closing start-and-start means (a situation in which the game can proceed relatively smoothly and advantageously for the player), and the start-and-start means that is not the opening and closing type It is possible to grasp both the ease of reaching the game ball (generally, the situation in the normal state and the longest staying time).

  It should be noted that the ease of reaching the game ball to the open / close ball entry means (the variable ball entry means) is counted by counting the number of game balls that have not entered any of the ball entry means in the high ball entry state. The estimation accuracy can be further improved. It should be noted that the variable entry means of the means K-3 can be applied as the opening / closing entry means of the means K-4.

Means K-4. A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means is guided;
A starting ball entry means for changing the state between an open state in which a game ball moving in the game area can be entered or is easy to enter, and a closed state in which entry is impossible or difficult to enter;
Start detecting means for detecting a game ball that has entered the start entering means;
Triggered by detection by the start detection means, special gaming state generation means for performing a lottery determination as to whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to the player,
A support entrance means that allows a game ball moving in the game area to enter (or pass through);
Support detection means for detecting a game ball that has entered (or passed through) the support entry means;
Triggered by the detection of the support detection means, it includes a pitch support state generating means for performing a pitch support lottery for determining whether or not the start pitching means is in the open state,
Compared to the high entrance state, the open / close entrance means is configured to be changeable to a low entrance state where it is difficult to be in the open state,
The specific period is set corresponding to the high pitching state,
The specific measuring means counts the number of game balls that have been launched into the game area in the high entry state, and the number of game balls that have entered (or passed through) the support entry means in the high entry state. The gaming machine according to any one of means K-1 to K-3, wherein the number is counted.

  According to the means K-4, the ratio of the number of game balls that have entered (or passed) the support entry means to the total number of game balls that have been launched in the high entry state, that is, the support entry in the high entry state. It is possible to grasp the ease of entering (or passing) the means. More specifically, the specific period is a period in which a game ball is launched aiming at a starting ball entry means that is in an open state or a support ball entry means that triggers a ball entry support lottery that opens the ball. Yes, by counting the total number of game balls fired during the specified period and the total number of balls entered into the support entry means, the game balls at the site where the game machine is actually installed and played (game hall, etc.) It is possible to ascertain the status of ease of reaching the support entry means, for example, the situation of game nails around the support entry means.

Means K-5. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means is guided;
A specific measuring means for counting the number of game balls guided to the game area (in a specific period);
Display means provided at a position visible from the player and capable of displaying an image object;
The display means includes at least server address information among server address information, game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and specific measurement information measured by the specific measurement means, and includes mobile communication Information output means for displaying code information readable by the terminal,
The information output means also includes the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means when including the game information stored in the game information storage means in the code information displayed on the display means. A gaming machine characterized by that.

  As a measure (guideline) for measuring how much a predetermined player has played a predetermined game machine so far, for example, the number of occurrences of a special game state advantageous for the player, whether to generate a special game state The number of times that the winning / losing lottery was performed or the number of occurrences of events that trigger the winning / failing lottery (for example, the number of balls entered into the starting pitching means), etc. (Luck) and the situation of the game nails of the gaming machine that the player is playing can change greatly. On the other hand, like this means 5, by counting the number of game balls that have been launched into the game area, and using it as a ruler for measuring how much a predetermined game machine has been played so far, A more impartial evaluation will be conducted. For this reason, for example, it is not interesting because it is not evaluated compared to a player who has the same number of game times but has a large number of occurrences of the special game state, and it is possible to suppress a situation in which the player is away from the game due to this.

  In addition, the number of specific measurement means itself is not specifically limited, and when a plurality of specific periods are set, a plurality of specific measurement means are provided. In addition, “providing an input means capable of inputting information by a player's operation, and storing the game information of the individual player in the game information storage means by inputting a password using the input means. And when the password includes information corresponding to the game information and the selection information stored in the server, processing corresponding thereto (according to the game information and the selection information). In the case where the stored information is not included or the stored contents of the game information and the selection information stored in the server are different), depending on the number of times the specific game information is executed It is configured to perform ranking and change the content of the production according to the rank, and the specific game information to be evaluated for ranking includes at least the specific meter It may be "included specific measurement information about the number of guided game ball in the game area, which is counted by means. In this case, since the evaluation obtained according to the number of times the game ball is fired becomes clearer, the effect of this means is more remarkably exhibited.

Means K-6. A guide passage for guiding the game ball fired by the launching means to the game area;
A launch detection means that is provided in the guide passage and detects a game ball fired by the launch means in a stage before reaching the game area;
The game according to any one of means K-2 to K-5, wherein the specific measuring means counts the number of game balls launched into the game area based on detection by the launch detection means. Machine.

  Even if the launching means performs the operation of firing the game ball in the state where the game ball is not set in the launching means, the game ball is not fired. There is a concern that the ball count may be inaccurate. In this regard, according to the means K-6, since the number of game balls launched into the game area is counted based on the detection by the launch detection means for detecting the game balls launched by the launch means, such inconvenience is eliminated. Can be wiped off. In addition, by providing the launch detection means in the game area, the action of the game ball is hindered by the launch detection means, or the launch detection means is visually recognized in the game area, causing a decrease in designability, etc. Can be prevented.

Means K-7. A missed ball return passage that is launched by the launching means, but does not reach the game area and flows back through the guide passage, and returns the game ball to the player side,
The game machine according to K-6, further comprising a return ball detection unit that is provided in the miss ball return path and detects a game ball passing through the miss ball return path.

  According to the means K-7, it is possible to prevent a game ball that has been launched by the launching means but has not reached the game area from being included in the count of game balls that have been launched into the game area. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably grasp the number of game balls that have been launched into the game area. The miss ball return passage is connected below the guide passage, the game ball launched by the launching means jumps over the miss ball return passage and moves to the game area side, and the game ball flowing backward through the guide passage is It may be configured to enter the missed ball return passage.

  Means K-8. The gaming machine according to means K-7, wherein the firing detection means is provided on the firing means side of the guide passage with respect to the connecting portion with the missed ball return passage.

  According to the means K-8, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the game ball that has flowed back through the guide passage is detected by the launch detection means. Further, by providing the launch detection means as close as possible to the launch means, it is possible to simplify the configuration for ensuring detection while avoiding a collision between the launch detection means and the game ball. .

  It should be noted that “the launching ball guiding means for guiding the game ball while being aligned toward the launching means, and a position that can be operated by the player, and being operated, are aligned with the firing ball guiding means. And a ball removal operation means for returning the game ball to the player side, and when the ball removal operation means is operated, the game ball set in the launching means is also returned to the player side. In the possible configuration, the launch detection means may be provided at a position where the game ball set in the launch means is not detected (on the game area side with respect to the game ball).

Means K-9. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game information until it is displayed on the display means is stored,
The specific measurement means receives the code information including the game information and the specific measurement information after an operation for starting accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. Any one of means K-1 to K-8, wherein not only the specific measurement information until it is displayed on the display means but also the specific measurement information in a period other than that is stored. Game machines.

  According to the means K-9, the specific measurement information other than the player who sent the data is also sent. Thereby, more specific measurement information can be obtained in the server.

  Note that “the specific measurement means has been operated after the game machine has been turned on and the operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. May be stored separately from the specific measurement information. Further, the specific measurement means is configured to be able to store specific measurement information up to several days ago, and the specific measurement information of the specific measurement means is deleted by outputting the code information, or the specific measurement information of the day The specific measurement information up to the previous day may be deleted while leaving the information.

  L. As a kind of gaming machine, there is a rotating type gaming machine, for example, a slot machine. The slot machine has a variable display device having a plurality of reels with a plurality of symbols, and the winning state is determined based on operating the start lever in a state where a gaming value such as a medal is inserted (bet). A lottery for determining whether or not to generate the reels is performed, and each reel starts to rotate. Thereafter, by operating a stop button corresponding to each reel, each reel is sequentially stopped in a manner according to the lottery (see, for example, JP-A-2003-126337).

  By the way, there is a case where an effect composed of a plurality of effect groups in which the effect progresses sequentially by operating the start lever and the stop button. However, since the production proceeds according to the player's operation, if an operation that triggers the start of the next production is performed in the middle of the individual production, the current production is immediately terminated. (The effect is canceled), and the next effect is started. For this reason, even if it takes time and cost to create an effect, there is a concern that it will not make any sense if it is not seen by the player at all.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can collect information for effectively producing effects.

Means L-1. Variable display means for variably displaying the identification information;
Input means for inputting game media;
Input detection means for detecting a game medium input to the input means;
Credit storage means for storing the number of game media detected by the input detection means as electronic data;
Betting operation means for betting the number required to start the game from the game medium stored in the credit storage means when starting the game;
Start operation means for starting the variable display of the identification information in the variable display means;
A stop operation means for stopping the variable display of the identification information in the variable display means;
Production operation means in which production contents change depending on whether or not to operate when a predetermined production occurs,
Lottery means for performing a lottery determination of winning combination with the operation of the start operation means in a state where a game medium is bet;
The variation display of the identification information is started based on the operation of the start operation unit in a state where the game medium is betted, and the variation display of the identification information is stopped based on the operation of the stop operation unit and the result of the success / failure lottery. Identification information control means to be displayed;
When the identification information stopped and displayed by the identification information control means is a combination corresponding to the winning combination, a game medium providing unit that provides a number of game media corresponding to the winning combination;
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information that is information relating to the lottery determination
Information output means capable of outputting the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means as an aspect that can be identified or recognized by a predetermined mobile communication terminal;
An effect that starts based on the operation of the start operation means or the bet operation means, and an effect that starts based on at least two operations of the effect operation means, the stop operation means, and the bet operation means Operation linked production consisting of a group of productions is performed,
With regard to the operation-linked effect, in the middle of each component effect that constitutes the operation-linked effect, when the opportunity to start the next component effect is reached, the component effect that was in the middle ends (cancelled), The next composition production starts,
An individual production time measuring means for measuring the time of each component production in the operation-linked production;
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measurement means. Machine.

  According to the means L-1, by measuring the time of each constituent effect constituting the operation interlocking effect, whether or not each constituent effect has been terminated (cancelled in the middle) and from the start If it is within the range, it is possible to grasp whether the player is visually recognizing. In this way, it is not effective to derive the predetermined stage when it is effective to produce the predetermined stage based on the specific measurement information on how much each stage stage is foreseen and how much is canceled. It is possible to grasp the timing when there is no, or the production that is not very popular, to reduce the useless production, and to derive the production of effective content at the effective timing in the development of the gaming machine Can be configured.

  In addition, when the player performs a mobile linked game in which information is exchanged between the gaming machine and the server via the mobile communication terminal, the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measuring means is also transmitted to the server. Therefore, the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measuring means can be obtained more smoothly on the server side.

  It should be noted that “provided with a decorative display means provided at a position visible to the player and capable of displaying an image object, the information output means stores the server address information and the game information storage means in the decorative display means. Among the stored game information and the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measurement means, at least the server address information is displayed and the code information that can be read by the mobile communication terminal is displayed. When the game information stored in the game information storage means is included, the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measurement means may also be included. In this case, in the configuration in which the operation interlocking effect is derived also in the decorative display device, such an effect becomes more remarkable.

Means L-2. It is provided corresponding to at least one of the start operation means, the effect operation means, the stop operation means, and the bet operation means, and an operation time from the operation state to the non-operation state is set. It has an operation time measuring means to measure,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including the specific measurement information of the operation time measurement means,
The specific measurement information of the operation time measuring means is output by the information output means in a manner associated with the effect that was executed when the operation time was measured. Game machines.

  As a habit when a player strongly desires that the game should move in a good direction for the player, the player does not release the operation means immediately, but keeps the pressed state for a while and then releases it (so-called twisting). Some people do that. Therefore, according to the means L-2, the operation time of the operation means (time that is turned on) is measured, and the operation time is further associated with the effect when the operation means is operated. Thus, it is transmitted to the mobile communication terminal and eventually to the server. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which timing at which stage the player feels (popular).

  The information output means includes a pressure measurement means capable of measuring the pressure acting on the predetermined operation means or a force proportional thereto, and the specific measurement information of the pressure measurement means and the corresponding performance are associated with each other. It is good also as being comprised so that output is possible. Also in this case, it is possible to grasp the heat input of the player.

Means L-3. Provided with at least one of the start operation means, the effect operation means, the stop operation means, and the bet operation means, and includes an operation number measurement means for counting the number of operations.
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, it is output as information including the specific measurement information of the operation count measurement means,
The means L-1 or L-2 is characterized in that the operation count measuring means stores the appearance count associated with the operation count and the effect state that was executed when the operation count was measured. The gaming machine described.

  According to the means L-3, the number of operations of the operation means is measured, and the number of operations is further associated with the effect state when the operation of the operation means is performed. Will be sent to. Therefore, it is possible to grasp which timing at which stage the player feels (popular). In addition, the production state that is the target of counting the number of operations of the operation means is not limited to the production that enhances the player's expectation, and the production that particularly increases the expectation is performed. It also includes the state that is not. Further, the number of changes after the end of the special gaming state and the number of changes after the end of the specific effect may be output in association with information such as the number of times of measurement. In this case, in a configuration in which a plurality of effect modes can be changed by the player himself at normal times, it is possible to grasp at what timing the effect mode is changed.

Means L-4. A special gaming state generating means for performing a lottery determination as to whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to the player based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and generating a special gaming state when winning in the winning lottery With
The winning probability in the winning / losing lottery is set in a plurality of stages, and a setting operation means capable of changing the setting is provided at a position where the player cannot operate,
With a specific element measuring means that measures the number of occurrences of elements that change according to the setting,
When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, the information L is output as information including the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means. A gaming machine according to any one of -1 to L-3.

  According to the means L-4, it is possible to estimate a setting that will greatly affect the game based on the number of occurrences of an element that changes according to the setting. Thereby, if it participates in a mobile interlocking game, it can be made to participate actively by a mobile interlocking game by setting it as the structure which can guess a setting comparatively easily.

  The elements that change according to the settings include winning special gaming status (bonus, assist time, assist replay time, etc.), winning a child role (not fulfilled (when no corresponding game value was added) Child counts are also counted), and when the special gaming state and the child role are won at the same time, if the combination is different for each setting, the simultaneous win is given.

  Note that the accuracy of setting suggestion may be changed according to game information stored and stored in the server by the player. For example, the setting is divided into six stages, and a player with 1000 points only suggests the top three or the bottom three of the settings, but a player with 10,000 points has the possibility of each setting Suggested, 50,000-point players may make a setting guess / judgment based on more information, such as factors that will cause the setting to be finalized or judgment criteria that have not been published, and so on. Good.

Means L-5. Provided with input means that can input information by the player's operation,
When a password is input using the input means, a state in which the game information of the individual player is stored in the game information storage means is started,
In the password, when information according to the game information accumulated in the server is included, it is configured to be able to execute processing according to the information,
When the password includes information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means, the decoration display means provided at a position visible to the player displays information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means. The gaming machine according to means L-4, which is configured to be capable of being used.

  According to the means L-5, the effectiveness of the mobile linked game can be improved, and the mobile linked game can be contacted by participation. In addition, since information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means can be confirmed on the gaming machine, it is possible to improve convenience and perform the current game while recollecting the previous game. Furthermore, if the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means can only be seen on the gaming machine, it becomes easier for the player to go to the gaming machine again.

  Depending on the settings, if the special game state and the probability of establishment of a child role differ, the probability of establishment of a special game state or child role in the actual game played by the player as information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means May be displayed, and in order to improve convenience, the special gaming state or the probability of establishment of a child role according to the setting may be displayed. In addition, in addition to or in addition to the configuration, a display that suggests a setting (a highly likely setting) estimated in the server or the gaming machine based on information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement unit is displayed in a decorative manner. It may be possible to display by means.

  In addition, even if the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means is transmitted to the server, the password including the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means is set to be issued only after the end of business hours of the day such as a game hall. (In general, since it ends around 11:00 pm, for example, it may be set at 12:00 pm). Alternatively, “a date grasping means capable of grasping a date is provided, and the information output by the information output means includes a date or information related thereto, and a date included in the password input to the input means or related thereto. Based on the information, the decoration display means is configured to determine whether or not to display the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means. That is, the specific element measurement means is specified on the server. Even if the measurement information is transmitted, a password including information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means is accepted only on the next day on the gaming machine side (for example, a real-time clock is provided and date information included in the password is included) It is also possible to determine whether or not to display information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means). In the case of adopting the configuration, it is possible to suppress the setting estimation using the mobile linked game and deciding whether to stop or continue the game based on the setting estimation.

Means L-6. The game information storage means stores the code information including the game information and the selection information after an operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage means. The game information until it is displayed on the display means is stored,
After the operation for starting the accumulation of the game information of the individual player is performed on the game information storage unit, the specific element measurement unit performs the game information and the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement unit. In addition to the number of occurrences of the element that changes according to the setting until the information including the output is output, the number of occurrences of the element that changes according to the setting in other periods is also stored. The gaming machine according to L-4 or L-5.

  According to the means L-6, data including not only the player but also the data of the player who played before the player on that day (the number of occurrences of elements that change according to the setting) is obtained. Can do. Therefore, it is possible to obtain more information regarding elements that change according to the setting, and it is possible to further improve the accuracy of setting estimation and the like. For example, when a game is played after another player plays a game, the setting guess including the information of the game played by the previous player is possible, so the reliability of the setting guess is improved.

  Even if the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means is transmitted to the server, the information related to the specific measurement information of the specific element measurement means cannot be viewed within the business hours of the day such as a game hall, or the day Can be viewed within the business hours, but if the player's number of games today does not exceed the specified number of times, it is configured so that it cannot be viewed (for example, the number of games is 2000 rotations or more, It is desirable that the number of games of the player himself can be seen if it is more than a majority of the total number of games of the gaming machine today). In other words, setting judgment based on factors that change according to settings including other people's information using mobile linked games with only a little game play, and deterring the act of moving to another table if it is not good Can do.

Means L-7. From the start of variable display of identification information to the stop display in the variable display means, one game time (one game),
Game number counting means for counting the number of played games;
Bet number counting means for counting the total number of game media bet;
Grant number counting means for counting the total number of granted game media;
A plurality of winning combination counting means for counting the number of winning times of each winning combination,
The specific measurement information of the game number counting means, the bet number counting means, the awarded number counting means, and the winning combination counting means is output together with the specific measurement information of the individual effect time measuring means. A gaming machine according to any one of means L-1 to L-6.

  According to the means L-7, the specific measurement information of the game number counting means, the bet number counting means, the awarded number counting means, and each winning combination counting means, which is useful information for both the player and the machine manufacturer. Since it is configured to be able to output from a gaming machine to a portable communication terminal, and eventually to a server, it is possible to advance a mobile linked game based on such information and to grasp the situation of the gaming machine in more detail. it can.

  M.M. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player provides an enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. A game system (mobile linked game) that can be played is known.

  By the way, at present, the information output from the gaming machine to the portable communication terminal is displayed on the display device of the gaming machine because of the convenience of not having to connect wires and the security aspect that does not require the use of radio waves. The code information such as the two-dimensional code is read by a portable communication terminal.

  However, some players are troublesome to read the code information displayed on the display device of the gaming machine with the mobile communication terminal, or they have tried before but can read it well. There are also things that refrain from mobile-linked games for reasons such as not having. Furthermore, in order to end the mobile linked game, it is necessary to read the code information displayed on the display device of the gaming machine with the mobile communication terminal, so that it is difficult to quickly end the game and return. Or, even if you think that your current situation regarding the game is not good (if you move to another game machine, the situation may turn around), you will become heavier and continue to play without moving the table There is a risk of continuing.

  The present invention has been made in order to solve the above-described problems and the like, and its purpose is to improve workability when the mobile communication terminal reads code information, and to make mobile linked games smooth and easy. The object is to provide a gaming machine that can be performed comfortably.

Means M-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
Display means (provided at a position visible to the player);
The display means includes information output means for displaying address information of the server and game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and displaying code information that can be read by the mobile communication terminal,
The information output means is configured to be capable of changing the display position of the code information on the display means.

  When ending a mobile linked game that is exchanged between a gaming machine and a server via a portable communication terminal, the code information including game information played by the player and displayed on the display means of the gaming machine It will be read by the terminal. On the other hand, according to the means M-1, in order to read the code information displayed on the display means, the photographing unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information among the mobile communication terminals arranged in front of the display means. Even if the position is slightly deviated from the display position of the code information displayed on the display means, the code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal by shifting the display position of the code information. That is, it is possible to perform alignment by displacing the code information side of the display means, instead of performing alignment by displacing the mobile communication terminal by the player. For this reason, it is possible to read the code information of the display means simply by placing the mobile communication terminal in front of the display means, and the positioning of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal and the code information of the display means The burden on the player can be reduced. As a result, the player's work when ending the mobile linked game is facilitated, and the mobile linked game can be ended relatively smoothly.

  In addition, I think that the current situation is not good (the situation may be better if you move to another game machine) because the task of ending mobile linked games is difficult However, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that they are not in an advantageous situation for themselves → Preventing the flow of losing → hating games can do. As a result, it is possible to have the player perform a mobile-linked game with good feeling.

Means M-2. In front of the display means, the portable communication terminal is provided (for example, in a posture in which the photographing unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information is facing back),
The gaming machine according to means M-1, wherein the code information displayed on the display means is read by the portable communication terminal by installing a portable communication terminal in the installation section.

  According to the means M-2, if the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section, the mobile communication terminal can read the code information of the display means without the player directly touching the mobile communication terminal and shifting the position. it can. Accordingly, the mobile linked game can be completed more easily and smoothly.

  It should be noted that “the installation unit may be configured to install a portable communication terminal in a portrait orientation”. In this case, the position of the photographing unit of the reading device of the mobile communication terminal can be limited to some extent as compared with the case where the mobile communication terminal can be installed vertically or horizontally. As a result, the display area of the display means is minimized. You can do it.

Means M-3. When the mobile communication terminal is installed in front of the display means (the installation section corresponding to the means M-2), the position of the photographing unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information among the mobile communication terminals is determined. It is equipped with an optically detectable shooting position detection means,
The game machine according to means M-1 or M-2, wherein the information output means determines a position at which the code information is displayed based on detection information by the shooting position detection means.

  According to the means M-3, since the photographing position detecting means for detecting the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, even if the position of the photographing unit is different for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information Can be displayed at a position read by the photographing unit at the position detected by the photographing position detecting means. Therefore, the code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal more reliably.

  As the reading position detection means, for example, a camera may be used, and when the movement path of the mobile communication terminal is relatively clear like the means M-2, on the path, for example, In means M-2, an infrared sensor is installed at the entrance of the installation section so as to extend to the full width of the installation section, and the reflected state of the output infrared light is discriminated (bright and dark to distinguish between the photographing section and its surroundings, When the position is also specified, the position of the photographing unit may be specified by measuring the distance from the lower end of the mobile communication terminal by measuring time or the like. Further, while adopting the configuration of the means M-3, another configuration for specifying the position of the imaging unit, for example, the configuration of the unit M-4 described later regarding the specification of the vertical position of the imaging unit is used in combination. Also good.

  Means M-4. The gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-3, wherein the information output means is configured such that the position where the code information is displayed on the display means can be regularly and sequentially displaced. .

  According to the means M-4, the position where the code information is displayed on the display means is regularly and sequentially displaced, so that the code information is read when the position of the displaced code information matches the position of the photographing unit. It will be. Therefore, even if the position of the photographing unit is different for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information is moved so that the code information is not overwritten by the mobile communication terminal (the range in which the photographing unit can be located is possible). Code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal more reliably.

  “The code information is assumed to be a range where the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal can be located in advance, and is configured to be displaceable so as to cover the range of the display means set correspondingly. It is good also as. Further, if the range in which the photographing unit of the distributed mobile communication terminal can be located is associated with the display area of the display unit, useless enlargement of the display unit can be avoided. Further, “the code information is continuously displayed on the display device so as to be slid, and the code information is slid from end to end in the vertical direction and then shifted in the horizontal direction from the end in the vertical direction. There is a case where the code information is slid to the end and a case where the code information is slid in the horizontal direction from end to end and then shifted in the vertical direction and is slid in the horizontal direction from end to end. If the information is not read, the other may be executed ". In this case, the trajectory of the code information displacement increases, and the imaging unit deviates from the code information trajectory, that is, no matter how much the code information is displaced, the position of the code information matches the position of the imaging unit. It is possible to more reliably prevent the failure to occur.

  When combined with the means M-3, for example, first, when the position of the photographing unit is attempted by the photographing position detecting means and the position of the photographing part cannot be specified by the photographing position detecting means, the display is displayed. The display position of the code information may be sequentially displaced in the means. Further, for example, after the position of the photographing unit is specified to some extent by the photographing position detection means, the code information is displayed so as to be displaced around the position, and the code information and the position of the photographing unit are more reliably matched. May be. In other words, when used together, more reliably and lessen the burden on each shooting position detection means and information output means (the function of directly detecting the position of the shooting section may not be perfect, and the range of positions to search for Can be reduced). Of course, it is not necessary to provide both the photographing position detection means and the function of sequentially shifting the display position of the code information.For example, when only one of them is provided and reading cannot be performed successfully. Announcement may be made on a display device or the like other than the display means that the user wants to try again.

  Means M-5. Any one of means M-1 to M-4, comprising: a reading cue detection means for detecting a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. Game machines.

  According to the means M-5, it can be confirmed by a reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the code information of the display means can be displayed at a position where it can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, it is more accurate than the case where the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal is specified only by the judgment on the gaming machine side (the only assumption is that it may have been made). It can be carried out.

  Furthermore, it is possible for the gaming machine side to know that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified without delay, and keep the state where the code information is displayed at that position, and the code information by the mobile communication terminal Reading can be performed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the position of the photographing unit cannot be identified, the countermeasure (such as making an announcement such as re-installing the mobile communication terminal because the photographing unit position cannot be identified) is relatively quick. Can be done.

  In particular, in correspondence with the above-mentioned means M-4, the display position of the code information is displayed on the display means by enabling detection of a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. When it was sequentially displaced, it reached a position corresponding to the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal, but the staying time was short, and before the reading was completed, the code information was displaced to another position (passed by) Can be prevented. In other words, the displacement speed of the code information can be increased, and the code information can be read more quickly by the mobile communication terminal.

  As a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information, it is generally possible to use a change in the light emission mode of the light emitting means provided adjacent to the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. Can be mentioned. In addition, when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information, for example, when a mobile linked game related to a predetermined game machine is started from 1, a dedicated application is provided to the mobile communication terminal. It is possible to download.

  Means M-6. Any of means M-1 to M-5, comprising: a reading cue detecting means for detecting a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal completes reading of the code information. Game machines.

  According to the means M-6, it can be confirmed by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the reading of the code information on the display means is completed by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, the completion of the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal can be performed more accurately than in the case where only the judgment on the gaming machine side can be completed.

  Furthermore, it is possible for the gaming machine side to know that the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal has been completed without delay, and the process of displaying the current code information is immediately terminated, and the process proceeds relatively smoothly to the next process. Can be made. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the reading of the code information cannot be completed, it is necessary to deal with it (because the reading of the code information does not work well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal, the shooting mode, etc. Announcement such as not to take out from the installation section etc.) can also be made relatively quickly.

  As a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal completes reading of the code information, it is generally possible to use a change in the light emission mode of the light emitting means provided adjacent to the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. Can be mentioned. Further, in order to configure so that a signal is derived when the mobile communication terminal completes reading of the code information, for example, when a mobile linked game related to a predetermined game machine is started from 1, a dedicated application is provided to the mobile communication terminal. It is possible to download.

  Means M-7. Installation detection for detecting the presence of a mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal is arranged in front of the display means (when a mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation unit corresponding to the means M-2) A gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-6, comprising means.

  According to the means M-7, mobile linked games, in particular, preparation for causing the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal to read the code information can be smoothly performed without delay. Moreover, when the installation part of the means M-2 is provided, it is possible to take measures to prevent a situation in which the mobile communication terminal is left behind in the installation part when the mobile linked game is terminated. For example, when the mobile linked game is finished, when the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, an announcement display such as “Please do not forget to carry the mobile phone” is performed on a display device different from the display means, The announcement display or the like may be terminated when the installation detection means is no longer detected.

  When the reading signal detecting means (refer to the means M-6) detects that the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal has been completed (in the effect display means different from the display means, or When the installation detection means detects that the mobile communication terminal is taken out from the installation unit by displaying an announcement that the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation unit) The announcement display may be terminated.

Means M-8. In front of the display means, provided with an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal,
The gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-7, further comprising driving means for displacing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit.

  According to the means M-8, by providing a function of displacing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section (see the above means M-2), the code displayed on the photographing section of the mobile communication terminal and the display means A mobile phone installed in the installation unit automatically or without operation of a predetermined operation means provided in the gaming machine (without touching the mobile communication terminal) when the position does not necessarily match the information It is possible to try reading again by shifting the position of the communication terminal, or to move the portable communication terminal installed in the installation section to a position where it can be seen as easily as possible.

  Note that it is only necessary that the relative positional relationship between the display unit and the mobile communication terminal is changed by the drive of the drive unit. For example, the mobile communication terminal is relative to the installation unit as the drive unit is driven. You may comprise so that it may displace, and you may comprise so that installation part itself may displace with a mobile communication terminal.

Means M-9. In front of the display means, provided with an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal,
The installation unit is configured to be able to install a portable communication terminal in a portrait orientation,
The gaming machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-8, wherein the display area of the display means is configured to be smaller than the area of the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

  According to the means M-10, the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal can be limited to some extent as compared with the case where the mobile communication terminal can be installed vertically or horizontally with respect to the installation unit. The display area of the means can be minimized. In this way, by reducing the display area of the display unit to be smaller than the area of the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, it is possible to reduce costs related to the display unit of the gaming machine, simplify control, and the like.

Means M-10. In a gaming machine capable of inputting information from a server via a portable communication terminal operated by a player,
Reading means capable of reading the mediation information (password) which is displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal (installed in the installation unit corresponding to the unit M-2) and is encoded information including information from the server; ,
The information included in the mediation information is stored, and reflection information storage means referred to when the information is reflected in the game is provided. Any one of means M-1 to M-9 Game machines.

  According to the means M-10, since the mediation information (password) displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is configured to be readable by the reading means of the gaming machine, when the mobile linked game is started, A password can be input to the gaming machine without performing manual input work or the like. In particular, in the case where an installation unit is provided as in the means M-2, a password can be input simply by installing a portable communication terminal that displays mediation information on the display unit in the installation unit of the gaming machine. . For this reason, it becomes possible to input a password quickly without trouble, and mobile linked games can be started smoothly. Therefore, password entry is cumbersome, and it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have refrained from mobile-linked games will also be able to participate in mobile-linked games. While controlling stress, you can start playing quickly. As a result, it is possible to have the player feel comfortable performing mobile linked games.

  In addition, it was difficult to start mobile-linked games, and I thought that my current situation was not good (if I moved to another game machine, the situation might improve) However, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that they are not in an advantageous situation for themselves → Preventing the flow of losing → hating games can do.

  In addition, since the password is not manually input by the player, a password (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) that has been difficult to input manually (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) 2D code etc.) can be input easily. Thus, the amount of information that can be sent to the gaming machine at a time from the server via the mobile communication terminal can be increased without increasing the time and effort of the player (reversely simplifying). Therefore, it is possible to realize a more diverse and interesting mobile linked game.

  Note that the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is intended to have the same form as the code information (for example, a two-dimensional code) displayed on the display means. The names are different for the purpose of facilitating the distinction between those displayed on the machine and those displayed on the mobile communication terminal.

  When the media information displayed on the display unit of the portable communication terminal is read by the reading unit of the gaming machine as in the means M-10, the display unit of the portable communication terminal is read by the reading unit of the gaming machine. It is installed in a posture facing to the side (for example, a posture facing back), and the code information displayed on the display unit of the gaming machine is read by the photographing unit of the reading device of the portable communication terminal as in the above-described unit M-1. In the case of performing the operation, the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal may be installed in a posture facing the display means side of the gaming machine (for example, a posture facing back). Further, in view of the improvement of convenience, even if the installation unit of the means M-2 is one, if the orientation of the mobile communication terminal is changed and installed, the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal is read by the reading means, and The mobile communication terminal may be configured to be able to both read the code information of the display means. In this case, when starting the mobile linked game, the mobile communication terminal display unit is installed in the installation unit with the display unit facing backward, and the mobile communication terminal display unit is directed forward after the intermediary information reading operation is completed. It is conceivable that the mobile communication terminal is taken out from the installation section after the communication terminal is turned over and reinstalled to end the mobile linked game.

  Further, when the means M-1 and the means M-10 are provided, the code information is displayed at a position that can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit when the mobile linked game is started. When the mobile linked game is started, it is necessary to read the media information displayed on the display unit of the portable communication terminal installed in the installation unit by the reading unit. Therefore, when providing the installation unit of the means M-2, for example, when the display unit is provided in the entire range facing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit, the installation position of the reading unit is a position away from this. In this case, it is necessary to change the position of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit between the start of the mobile linked game and the end of the mobile linked game.

  In this regard, “By installing the mobile communication terminal on the installation unit, the imaging unit of the mobile communication terminal is within the display area of the display unit in the vertical direction, and the reading unit is within the display area of the mobile communication terminal. If the mobile-linked game is started and the mobile-linked game is ended, the position of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit is changed. There is no need to provide a configuration, and therefore, the configuration and control can be simplified, the risk of failure can be reduced, and the like.

Means M-11. In front of the display means, provided with an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal,
In the installation part, or a peripheral part thereof, a mark is provided as a guide for getting the center of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation part,
The gaming machine according to means M-10, characterized in that, in the left-right direction, the position of the mark coincides with the position of the reading means.

  According to the means M-11, if the mediation information is displayed in the left-right direction central portion of the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, the player can determine the center of the mobile communication terminal in the left-right direction, Just by having the mobile communication terminal installed on the installation unit so that the two match, the position of the reading device of the gaming machine and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be matched. Therefore, even if the size of each mobile communication terminal, in particular, the width is different, the position in the left-right direction of the reading device of the gaming machine and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be reliably matched, After that, it is only necessary to align the reading device of the gaming machine and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal in the vertical direction, and the configuration for aligning the gaming machine reading device and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal Can be simplified.

  Means M-12. The gaming machine according to means M-10 or M-11, wherein the reading means is configured to be displaceable.

  According to the means M-12, even when the display position of the media information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal differs depending on the shape of the mobile communication terminal and the installation condition, the media information of the mobile communication terminal It is possible to read the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal by displacing the reading means to a position where it can be read.

  As a method of displacing the reading means and aligning the position with the mediation information, it is only necessary to move the reading means up and down as long as the structure of the means M-11 is provided. Further, the position of the mediation information may be detected using the photographing position detection means of the means M-3, and the reading means may be moved based on the detection information, or described in the means M-4. Like the code information, the position of the reading means may be regularly and sequentially displaced.

Means M-13. In front of the display means, provided with an installation part capable of installing a mobile communication terminal,
The installation unit is configured so that the display unit of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit can be viewed from the front,
The information output means outputs not only the code information including the game information but also at least one of a display unit, a speaker, and a vibration device of the mobile communication terminal to the mobile communication terminal. The game machine according to any one of means M-1 to M-12, characterized in that it is configured to be capable of displaying effect code information that is executed in response to an effect in the gaming machine.

  According to the means M-13, it is possible to borrow a portable communication terminal that belongs to the player and execute an effect, an announcement, or the like. For this reason, the number of places where the production can be performed simply increases and the function of the mobile communication terminal is used (the vibration of the vibration device not provided in the gaming machine is used for the production or downloaded to the mobile communication terminal). Application can be performed with a little information from the gaming machine), and more diverse and more complicated effects can be derived. In addition, the user can enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal that is still installed in the installation unit, for example, by holding the mobile communication terminal in the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, etc. You can also see the derived performance (for example, see it magnified, the moment you pick it up (away from the installation section) or the display mode changes after a predetermined time), etc. You can enjoy.

  In particular, when providing supplementary explanations such as each gaming state and production, if such supplementary explanation is performed on the main display device etc., presentation performance will be reduced (emotion transfer becomes difficult or design characteristics are difficult) However, it is also possible to eliminate such a concern by performing it on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

  In this means M-13 as well, it is necessary to read the effect code information of the display means of the gaming machine by the photographing unit of the portable communication terminal, but the positioning is performed by the means M-3 to M-6. It is possible to carry out using the configuration described in the above. In addition, when the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation unit and the mobile linked game is performed, the effect code information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, and the mobile communication terminal performs output according to the information. Thus, when mobile linked gaming is not performed, or when the mobile communication terminal is not installed in the installation unit, the sign information for presentation is not displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, and an alternative display is performed. You may comprise.

  N. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player provides an enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. A game system (mobile linked game) that can be played is known.

  By the way, at present, when inputting information from a server to a gaming machine via a mobile communication terminal, for convenience such as no need to connect wiring and security aspects that do not require the use of radio waves, This is done by manually inputting a password such as a character string displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal that has accessed the server and issued by the server into the gaming machine.

  However, some players may find it difficult to enter passwords into gaming machines, or they have tried before but took a lot of time and effort. There is something to avoid. Furthermore, in order to start a mobile linked game, it is necessary to manually enter the password issued by the server, so it is difficult to start the game early, or the current situation regarding the game Even if you think that it is not good (if you move to another game machine, the situation may turn around), you may become heavier and continue playing without moving the table.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and its purpose is to improve workability when reading information from a mobile communication terminal, and to make mobile linked games smooth and comfortable. An object is to provide a gaming machine that can be used.

Means N-1. In a gaming machine capable of inputting information from a server via a portable communication terminal operated by a player,
Reading means capable of reading the mediation information (password) which is displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal and is code information including information from the server;
A gaming machine comprising: information included in the mediation information; and a reflection information storage means that is referred to when the information is reflected in the game.

  When starting a mobile linked game in which a game machine and a server communicate with each other via a mobile communication terminal, the game information displayed (issued) on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal that accessed the server and played by the player The password set according to the above will be input to the gaming machine. On the other hand, according to the means N-1, since the mediating information (password) displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is configured to be readable by the reading means of the gaming machine, when starting the mobile linked game In addition, the password can be input to the gaming machine without performing other manual input operations. For this reason, it becomes possible to input a password quickly without trouble, and mobile linked games can be started smoothly. Therefore, password entry is cumbersome, and it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have refrained from mobile-linked games will also be able to participate in mobile-linked games. While controlling stress, you can start playing quickly. As a result, it is possible to have the player feel comfortable performing mobile linked games.

  In addition, it was difficult to start mobile-linked games, and I thought that my current situation was not good (if I moved to another game machine, the situation might improve) However, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that they are not in an advantageous situation for themselves → Preventing the flow of losing → hating games can do.

  In addition, since the password is not manually input by the player, a password (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) that has been difficult to input manually (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) 2D code etc.) can be input easily. Thereby, the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the gaming machine at a time can be increased without increasing the time and effort of the player (reversely decreasing) through the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, it is possible to realize a more diverse and interesting mobile linked game.

Means N-2. In front of the reading means, the mobile communication terminal is provided with an installation part that can be installed (with a predetermined attitude, for example, with the display part facing backward),
The gaming machine according to means N-1, characterized in that the mediating information displayed on the display section of the mobile communication terminal is read by the reading means by installing the mobile communication terminal in the installation section.

  According to the means N-2, it becomes easy to understand where the mobile communication terminal can be used due to the presence of the installation unit, and the mobile communication terminal having the display of the mediation information is displayed on the display unit. A password is entered simply by installing it in the installation section.

  Note that the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is intended to have the same form as the code information displayed on the display means, and is displayed on the gaming machine for convenience. The names are different for the purpose of facilitating the distinction from those displayed on the mobile communication terminal.

  Means N-3. The gaming machine according to means N-1 or N-2, wherein the reading means is configured to be displaceable.

  According to the means N-3, the display position of the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal differs depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal, the cover of the mobile communication terminal, the installation condition of the mobile communication terminal, etc. Even if the mobile communication terminal itself is not moved or the display position of the mediation information is displaced, on the gaming machine side, the reading means is displaced to a position where the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be read, The mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be read. Therefore, the above-described effects such as causing the reading means to read the media information (password) of the mobile communication terminal relatively smoothly and starting the mobile linked game smoothly can be reliably achieved.

Means N-4. In front of the reading means, an installation unit capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-3, comprising driving means for displacing the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation section.

  According to the means N-4, the display position of the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal differs depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal, the cover of the mobile communication terminal, the installation condition of the mobile communication terminal, etc. Even when the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit is displaced, the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be moved to a position where it can be read by the reading means. Therefore, the mediation information (password) of the mobile communication terminal can be reliably read by the reading means.

  In addition, when taking out the mobile communication terminal from the installation unit to make it easier to move forward or to leave the mobile communication terminal in the installation unit for a while, the orientation of the mobile communication terminal and the predetermined member You may comprise so that it may operate | move so that adjustment of a feeling of distance or the fall of a mobile communication terminal may be prevented.

  Means N-5. When the mobile communication terminal is installed in front of the reading unit (the installation unit corresponding to the unit M-2), the position of the code information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal can be optically detected. A gaming machine according to means N-3 or N-4, characterized in that it comprises a suitable photographing position detecting means.

  Incidentally, in correspondence with the means N-3, “the reading means may be moved based on the detection information by the photographing position detecting means”, or in correspondence with the means N-4, “the above-mentioned The driving unit may be configured to displace the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit based on detection information from the photographing position detection unit.

  According to the means N-5, since the photographing position detecting means for detecting the position of the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, the outer shape and size differ depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal. Even if it is, the reading means is displaced to a position where the medium information at the position detected by the photographing position detecting means can be read, or the portable communication terminal is displaced by the driving means to a position where the medium information can be read by the reading means. Can be. Therefore, the mediation information can be read more reliably by the reading means. As the reading position detecting means, for example, a camera, an infrared sensor, or the like can be used.

  Means N-6. The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-5, wherein the reading means is configured to be regularly and sequentially displaceable.

  According to the means N-6, the position of the reading means is regularly and sequentially displaced, so that the mediation information is read when the position of the displaced reading means matches the position of the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal. It becomes. Therefore, even if the body shape (size) differs depending on the model of the mobile communication terminal and, as a result, the position of the media information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal varies, By moving the code information so as not to be read over (the reading unit moves as much as possible within the range in which the intermediate information is supposed to be located), the intermediate information can be read more reliably by the reading unit.

  It should be noted that “the reading means is configured to be displaceable so as to cover a range set in correspondence with a range in which the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be located in advance”. . Further, if the range in which the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be located corresponds to the moving area of the reading means, it is possible to avoid useless enlargement of the mechanism for displacing the reading means. Further, “the reading unit may slide in the vertical direction and then shift in the horizontal direction and slide in the vertical direction, and may slide in the horizontal direction and then shift in the vertical direction and slide in the horizontal direction. Yes, on the other hand, when the reading means has not read the mediation information, the other may be executed. " In this case, the displacement trajectory of the reading means increases, and the mediation information deviates from the trajectory of the reading means, that is, the mediation information position matches the position of the reading means no matter how much the reading means is displaced. It is possible to more reliably prevent the failure to occur.

  In combination with the means N-5, for example, first, when the position of the mediating information is attempted by the shooting position detecting means and the position of the mediating information cannot be specified by the shooting position detecting means, the reading is performed. You may comprise so that a means may be displaced sequentially. In addition, for example, after the position of the mediation information is specified to some extent by the photographing position detection means, the reading means is displayed so as to be displaced around it, and the mediation information and the position of the reading means are more reliably matched. May be. In other words, the combined use reduces the burden on the mechanism for displacing each photographing position detection means and reading means (the function of directly detecting the position of the media information may not be perfect, The range can also be reduced). Of course, both the photographing position detecting means and the function for sequentially displacing the reading means do not have to be provided. For example, when only one of them is provided and reading cannot be performed successfully, the operation is performed again. It is also possible to make an announcement to request that

Means N-7. In front of the reading means, an installation unit capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
In the installation part, or a peripheral part thereof, a mark is provided as a guide for getting the center of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation part,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-6, wherein the position of the mark and the position of the reading means coincide in the left-right direction.

  According to the means N-7, if the mediation information is displayed in the center in the left-right direction of the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, the player can determine the center in the left-right direction of the mobile communication terminal, Just by having the mobile communication terminal installed on the installation unit so that the two match, the position of the reading device of the gaming machine and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be matched. Therefore, even if the size of each mobile communication terminal, in particular, the width is different, the position in the left-right direction of the reading device of the gaming machine and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal can be reliably matched, After that, it is only necessary to align the reading device of the gaming machine and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal in the vertical direction, and the configuration for aligning the gaming machine reading device and the mediation information of the mobile communication terminal Can be simplified.

Means N-8. In front of the reading means, an installation unit capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to M-7, further comprising installation detection means for detecting the presence of the mobile communication terminal when a mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section. .

  According to the means M-8, it is possible to smoothly prepare without delay for mobile linked games, in particular, for causing the reading means of the gaming machine to read the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal. In addition, it is possible to take measures to prevent a situation in which the portable communication terminal is left behind in the installation unit.

Means N-9. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to the player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
Display means (provided at a position visible to the player);
The display means includes information output means for displaying address information of the server and game information stored and stored in the game information storage means, and displaying code information that can be read by the mobile communication terminal,
The gaming machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-8, wherein the information output means is configured to change a display position of the code information on the display means.

  When ending a mobile linked game that is exchanged between a gaming machine and a server via a portable communication terminal, the code information including game information played by the player and displayed on the display means of the gaming machine It will be read by the terminal. On the other hand, according to the means N-9, in order to read the code information displayed on the display means, the photographing unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information among the mobile communication terminals arranged in front of the display means. Even if the position is slightly deviated from the display position of the code information displayed on the display means, the code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal by shifting the display position of the code information. That is, it is possible to perform alignment by displacing the code information side of the display means, instead of performing alignment by displacing the mobile communication terminal by the player. For this reason, it is possible to read the code information of the display means simply by placing the mobile communication terminal in front of the display means, and the positioning of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal and the code information of the display means The burden on the player can be reduced. As a result, the player's work when ending the mobile linked game is facilitated, and the mobile linked game can be ended relatively smoothly.

  In addition, I think that the current situation is not good (the situation may be better if you move to another game machine) because the task of ending mobile linked games is difficult However, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that they are not in an advantageous situation for themselves → Preventing the flow of losing → hating games can do. As a result, it is possible to have the player perform a mobile-linked game with good feeling.

Means N-10. The display means is provided adjacent to or close to the reading means,
In front of the display unit and the reading unit, an installation unit capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The code information displayed on the display means is displayed by the portable communication terminal by installing the portable communication terminal with respect to the setting unit in a posture in which the photographing unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information faces backward. Read,
Means N-9, characterized in that the media information displayed on the display unit is read by the reading unit by installing the mobile communication terminal with the display unit facing backward with respect to the installation unit. The gaming machine described.

  According to the means N-10, if the portable communication terminal is installed in the installation section with the photographing section facing backward, the player can carry the code information of the display means without touching the portable communication terminal and shifting the position. It can be read by the communication terminal. Accordingly, the mobile linked game can be completed more easily and smoothly. Further, if the mobile communication terminal is installed on the installation unit with the display unit facing backward, the mediation information can be read by the reading unit. Therefore, the mobile linked game can be started more easily and smoothly.

  Means N-11. A gaming machine according to means N-9 or N-10, comprising a reading cue detection means for detecting a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information .

  According to the means N-11, it can be confirmed by a reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the code information of the display means can be displayed at a position where it can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal can be specified more accurately than in the case where only the determination on the gaming machine side is completed.

  Furthermore, it is possible for the gaming machine side to know that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified without delay, and keep the state where the code information is displayed at that position, and the code information by the mobile communication terminal Reading can be performed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the position of the photographing unit cannot be identified, the countermeasure (such as making an announcement such as re-installing the mobile communication terminal because the photographing unit position cannot be identified) is relatively quick. Can be done.

  Means N-12. Any of means N-9 to N-11, comprising: a reading cue detecting means for detecting a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal completes reading of the code information. Game machines.

  According to the means N-12, it can be confirmed by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the reading of the code information on the display means is completed by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, the completion of the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal can be performed more accurately than in the case where only the judgment on the gaming machine side can be completed.

  Furthermore, it is possible for the gaming machine side to know that the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal has been completed without delay, and the process of displaying the current code information is immediately terminated, and the process proceeds relatively smoothly to the next process. Can be made. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the reading of the code information cannot be completed, it is necessary to deal with it (because the reading of the code information does not work well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal, the shooting mode, etc. Announcement such as not to take out from the installation section etc.) can also be made relatively quickly.

Means N-13. In front of the reading means, an installation unit capable of installing a mobile communication terminal is provided,
The installation unit is configured so that the display unit of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit can be viewed from the front,
The information output means outputs not only the code information including the game information but also at least one of a display unit, a speaker, and a vibration device of the mobile communication terminal to the mobile communication terminal. The game machine according to any one of means N-1 to N-12, characterized in that it is configured to be able to display effect code information that is executed in response to an effect on the gaming machine.

  According to the means N-13, it is possible to borrow a portable communication terminal that belongs to the player and execute an effect, an announcement, or the like. For this reason, the number of places where the production can be performed simply increases and the function of the mobile communication terminal is used (the vibration of the vibration device not provided in the gaming machine is used for the production or downloaded to the mobile communication terminal). Application can be performed with a little information from the gaming machine), and more diverse and more complicated effects can be derived. In addition, the user can enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal that is still installed in the installation unit, for example, by holding the mobile communication terminal in the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, etc. You can also see the derived performance (for example, see it magnified, the moment you pick it up (away from the installation section) or the display mode changes after a predetermined time), etc. You can enjoy.

  In particular, when providing supplementary explanations such as each gaming state and production, if such supplementary explanation is performed on the main display device etc., presentation performance will be reduced (emotion transfer becomes difficult or design characteristics are difficult) However, it is also possible to eliminate such a concern by performing it on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

  O. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, there are many things that provide a movable accessory, but when the movable accessory is a member that is electrically controlled, for example, a liquid crystal display device, etc. In view of this, there is a concern that the operating range is limited, and the merit of displacing cannot be obtained so much.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine provided with display means capable of effect display and freely displaceable.

Means O-1. Display means;
Information output means for displaying code information on the display means;
Movable display means comprising: a reading device having an imaging unit capable of reading the code information displayed on the display means; and a display unit on which an effect display corresponding to the code information read by the reading device is performed. And a driving means for displacing (within a range including a position visible to the player).

  According to the means O-1, the movable display means is configured to read the code information displayed on the display means and derive a corresponding effect display according to the code information. For this reason, it is unnecessary to directly control the display of the movable display means by the control means on the gaming machine main body side, and thus to connect the control wiring. Therefore, the movable display means can be moved freely, and a novel effect can be derived. For example, the movable display means is configured such that the code information is displaced on the liquid crystal display device as the display means in accordance with the operation of the movable display means, or a plurality of rotating bodies are provided as the display means on which the code information is printed. It is also possible to change the effect display on the display unit while displacing. Further, for example, a frame indicating that the movable display means is previously installed in the gaming machine is removed, and a portable communication terminal owned by the player can also be used. As a result, the degree of freedom in game design is improved and a novel game machine can be proposed.

Means O-2. The information output means is configured to be able to change the position of the code information,
The gaming machine according to means O-1, wherein the position of the code information is changed according to the displacement of the movable display means displaced by the driving means.

  According to the means O-2, the effect display on the display unit of the movable display means is changed flexibly while the movable display means is displaced (the timing at which the movable display means is displaced is changed to the timing at which the effect display branches). Can also be set inside). Therefore, while the variable display means is operated, it is possible to diversify the production such as branching the story into some parts in the middle of the production and to enhance the content of the production.

  Means O-3. The gaming machine according to means O-1 or O-2, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to change a pattern of the code information displayed at a predetermined position.

  According to the means O-3, it is possible to change the display mode of the display section of the movable display means at the initiative of the gaming machine main body while keeping the movable display means at a predetermined position.

  Means O-4. The code information is provided with a start code including information for starting a predetermined series of effects and an end code including information for ending a predetermined series of effects. The gaming machine according to any one of O-3.

  According to the means O-4, although the display control of the display unit of the movable display means is performed not on the game machine main body but on the movable display means side, the story of each production is assembled on the game machine main body side and is movable In the configuration that is executed by the display means, the effect on the movable display means can be accurately and smoothly advanced at the initiative of the gaming machine main body side.

  Means O-5. The movable display means has a reading position where the code information displayed on the predetermined display means can be read, and the predetermined display means until the code information displayed on the predetermined display means cannot be read. The gaming machine according to any one of means O-1 to O-4, wherein the gaming machine is configured to be displaceable between an effect position located on the outer peripheral side of the game.

  According to the means O-5, more dynamic operation of the movable display means can be enjoyed. If there is a first display means and a second display means capable of displaying code information, and the movable display means is in a position where the code information of the second display means can be read, the movable display means is the first display means. It can be said that the display means is in the effect position, and when the movable display means is in a position where the code information of the first display means can be read, the movable display means is in the effect position with respect to the second display means. I can say that.

  Means O-6. The gaming machine according to any one of means O-1 to O-5, characterized in that a mobile communication terminal owned by a player is used as the movable display means.

  According to the means O-6, it is possible to rent a mobile communication terminal belonging to the player and execute an effect, an announcement, or the like. For this reason, the number of places where the production can be performed simply increases and the function of the mobile communication terminal is used (the vibration of the vibration device not provided in the gaming machine is used for the production or downloaded to the mobile communication terminal). Application can be performed with a little information from the gaming machine), and more diverse and more complicated effects can be derived. In addition, the user can enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal that is still installed in the installation unit, for example, by holding the mobile communication terminal in the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, etc. You can also see the derived performance (for example, see it magnified, the moment you pick it up (away from the installation section) or the display mode changes after a predetermined time), etc. You can enjoy.

  If there is a function capable of changing the position of the code information described in the means O-2, even if the position of the photographing unit (camera) of the reading device is different for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information or The position of the effect code information can be shifted and matched.

  One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player provides an enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. A game system (mobile linked game) that can be played is known.

  By the way, at present, as the exchange of information between the gaming machine and the portable communication terminal, the two-dimensional code displayed on the gaming machine when the mobile linked game is terminated is read by the portable communication terminal, or the portable communication terminal The password displayed on the screen is simply entered into the gaming machine through the player's hand. In other words, the exchange of information between the gaming machine and the portable communication terminal is merely a connection of information exchange between the gaming machine and the server. Therefore, there was no interest in exchanging information between the gaming machine and the mobile communication terminal.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can make the exchange of information with a mobile communication terminal interesting.

Means O-7. Display means (provided at a position visible to the player);
The display means comprises information output means for displaying code information readable by a portable communication terminal operated by a player,
In front of the display means, the portable communication terminal comprises an installation part that can be installed so that the display part can be viewed from the front,
The information output means corresponds to an effect on the gaming machine by using the display means to output to the portable communication terminal using at least one of the display unit, the speaker, and the vibration device of the portable communication terminal. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the gaming machine is configured to be able to display code information (production code information) for execution.

  According to the means O-7, it is possible to rent a portable communication terminal belonging to the player and execute an effect, an announcement, or the like. For this reason, the number of places where the production can be performed simply increases and the function of the mobile communication terminal is used (the vibration of the vibration device not provided in the gaming machine is used for the production or downloaded to the mobile communication terminal). Application can be performed with a little information from the gaming machine), and more diverse and more complicated effects can be derived. In addition, the user can enjoy watching and listening to the display mode and sound mode of the mobile communication terminal that is still installed in the installation unit, for example, by holding the mobile communication terminal in the display unit of the mobile communication terminal, etc. You can also see the derived performance (for example, see it magnified, the moment you pick it up (away from the installation section) or the display mode changes after a predetermined time), etc. You can enjoy.

  In particular, when providing supplementary explanations such as each gaming state and production, if such supplementary explanation is performed on the main display device etc., presentation performance will be reduced (emotion transfer becomes difficult or design characteristics are difficult) However, it is also possible to eliminate such a concern by performing it on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal.

  In addition, even in a configuration in which mobile linked gaming can be executed, during mobile linked gaming, an effect that is related to the effect on the main body side of the gaming machine is derived in the portable communication terminal through the exchange of information between the gaming machine and the portable communication terminal. It becomes possible. Therefore, the mobile communication terminal can be used not only as a connection for exchanging information between the gaming machine and the server but also as an effect medium, and the potential of mobile linked gaming can be fully exhibited.

  Means O-8. 8. The gaming machine according to means O-7, wherein the information output means is configured to be able to change a position at which the code information is displayed on the display means.

  According to the means O-8, even if the position of the photographing unit (camera) of the reading device is different for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the position of the code information can be shifted and matched.

Means O-9. When the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation unit, the mobile communication terminal comprises an imaging position detection means capable of optically detecting the position of the imaging unit of the reading device capable of reading the code information.
The gaming machine according to means O-8, wherein the information output means determines a position for displaying the code information based on detection information by the photographing position detection means.

  According to the means O-9, since the photographing position detecting means for detecting the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal is provided, even if the position of the photographing unit is different for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information Can be displayed at a position read by the photographing unit at the position detected by the photographing position detecting means. Therefore, the code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal more reliably.

  Means O-10. The game machine according to means O-8 or O-9, wherein the information output means is configured such that a position where the code information is displayed on the display means can be regularly and sequentially displaced.

  According to the means O-10, the position at which the code information is displayed on the display means is regularly and sequentially displaced, so that the code information is read when the position of the code information to be displaced matches the position of the photographing unit. It will be. Therefore, even if the position of the photographing unit is different for each model of the mobile communication terminal, the code information is moved so that the code information is not overwritten by the mobile communication terminal (the range in which the photographing unit can be located is possible). Code information can be read by the mobile communication terminal more reliably.

  Means O-11. Any one of means O-7 to O-10, comprising: a reading cue detecting means for detecting a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. Game machines.

  According to the means O-11, it can be confirmed by a reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the code information of the display means can be displayed at a position where it can be read by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, it is more accurate than the case where the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal is specified only by the judgment on the gaming machine side (the only assumption is that it may have been made). It can be carried out.

  Furthermore, it is possible for the gaming machine side to know that the position of the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal has been specified without delay, and keep the state where the code information is displayed at that position, and the code information by the mobile communication terminal Reading can be performed reliably and smoothly. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the position of the photographing unit cannot be identified, the countermeasure (such as making an announcement such as re-installing the mobile communication terminal because the photographing unit position cannot be identified) is relatively quick. Can be done.

  In particular, in correspondence with the means O-10, the display means can display the display position of the code information by enabling detection of a signal derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal starts reading the code information. When it was sequentially displaced, it reached a position corresponding to the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal, but the staying time was short, and before the reading was completed, the code information was displaced to another position (passed by) Can be prevented. In other words, the displacement speed of the code information can be increased, and the code information can be read more quickly by the mobile communication terminal.

  Means O-12. Any one of means O-7 to O-11, comprising a reading cue detecting means for detecting a cue derived by the mobile communication terminal when the mobile communication terminal completes reading of the code information. Game machines.

  According to the means O-12, it can be confirmed by the reaction from the mobile communication terminal that the reading of the code information of the display means is completed by the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal. For this reason, the completion of the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal can be performed more accurately than in the case where only the judgment on the gaming machine side can be completed.

  Furthermore, it is possible for the gaming machine side to know that the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal has been completed without delay, and the process of displaying the current code information is immediately terminated, and the process proceeds relatively smoothly to the next process. Can be made. In addition, since it is possible to reliably grasp that the reading of the code information cannot be completed, it is necessary to deal with it (because the reading of the code information does not work well, please check the orientation of the mobile communication terminal, the shooting mode, etc. Announcement such as not to take out from the installation section etc.) can also be made relatively quickly.

  Means O-13. The unit according to any one of means O-7 to O-12, further comprising holding means for holding the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit (for example, approaching a constituent wall of the installation unit). Gaming machine.

  According to the means O-13, the angle of the mobile communication terminal is unified, and the display unit can be easily seen. In addition, it is possible to prevent the mobile communication terminal from dropping from the installation unit.

  Note that the portion of the holding means that contacts and supports the mobile communication terminal is a rotating body whose axial center extends in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the mobile communication terminal is taken out from the installation portion (left and right if it is taken out upward). It is good also as comprising. In this case, when the player tries to take out the mobile communication terminal held by the holding means, the rotating body will follow and rotate, so the mobile communication terminal should be taken out without any load on the mobile communication terminal. Can do. Further, the holding means may be configured to be automatically displaceable between the holding position and the release position, or may be configured to be manually displaceable between the holding position and the release position by the player. Furthermore, it is desirable that the portion of the holding means that contacts the mobile communication terminal is made of a material (sponge material or rubber material) that is not as hard as possible.

  Means O-14. The gaming machine according to any one of means O-7 to O-13, wherein the installation unit itself is configured to be displaced together with the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit.

  According to the means O-14, an impact that the player's mobile communication terminal is displaced is given, and the operation of the mobile communication terminal is linked with the effect corresponding to the read code information, thereby making the operation more dynamic. Can produce a variety of performances. In addition, regarding the operation of the installation unit, and hence the mobile communication terminal, as described in the means O-7, the mobile communication terminal reads the code information displayed on the display means and derives an effect corresponding to the code information. Therefore, it is not necessary to directly control the display of the mobile communication terminal by the control means on the gaming machine main body side, and thus it is not necessary to connect the control wiring, and the wiring is not restricted. Therefore, the mobile communication terminal can be moved relatively freely, and as a result, the degree of freedom in game design is improved and a novel gaming machine can be proposed.

  Means O-15. The information output means is configured to change a position for displaying the code information in accordance with the displacement of the movable display means displaced by the driving means. Gaming machine.

  According to the means O-15, the effect display on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal is also changed flexibly while the installation unit and the mobile communication terminal are displaced (the timing of branching to a plurality of effect patterns is changed by the movable display means). Can be set even during Therefore, more diverse and dramatic effects can be derived.

  In addition, when the mobile communication terminal is installed on the installation unit, the position of the imaging unit is specified, and thereafter, the code information is displayed in a displaced manner following the operation of the mobile communication terminal so as to be within the imaging range of the imaging unit. Alternatively, the display position may be switched as appropriate so that the image capturing unit captures the image when the mobile communication terminal moves. Further, for example, display means capable of displaying code information may be provided at a plurality of locations in the movement range of the mobile communication terminal.

  Means O-16. The gaming machine according to any one of means O-7 to O-15, further comprising installation detection means for detecting the presence of the mobile communication terminal when a mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation section .

  According to the means O-16, mobile linked games, in particular, preparation for causing the photographing unit of the mobile communication terminal to read the code information can be smoothly performed without delay. In addition, it is possible to take measures to prevent a situation where the mobile communication terminal is left behind in the installation section when the mobile linked game is terminated. For example, when the mobile linked game is finished, when the reading of the code information by the mobile communication terminal is completed, an announcement display such as “Please do not forget to carry the mobile phone” is performed on a display device different from the display means, The announcement display or the like may be terminated when the installation detection means is no longer detected.

Means O-17. In a gaming machine configured to be capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information that is information relating to a lottery performed during a game,
The information output means is configured to be able to display the code information including server address information and game information stored and stored in the game information storage means in the display means. The gaming machine according to any one of O-7 to O-16.

  According to means O-17, the address information of the server used (exchanged) for mobile linked games and the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means are also encoded information used for production. As with (code information for production), since it is displayed in the form of code information on the display means, if the mobile communication terminal is installed in the installation unit with the photographing unit facing backward, the address information of the server, and The game information can also be read almost automatically by the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, the player's work when ending the mobile linked game is facilitated, and the mobile linked game can be ended relatively smoothly. As a result, it is possible to increase the possibility that more players will participate in mobile linked games.

  In addition, I think that the current situation is not good (the situation may be better if you move to another game machine) because the task of ending mobile linked games is difficult However, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that they are not in an advantageous situation for themselves → Preventing the flow of losing → hating games can do. As a result, it is possible to have the player perform a mobile-linked game with good feeling.

Means O-18. In a gaming machine capable of inputting information from a server via a portable communication terminal operated by a player,
Reading means capable of reading mediation information (password) which is displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal installed in the installation unit and is code information including information from the server;
One of means O-7 to O-17, characterized in that it includes information included in the mediation information and a reflection information storage means referred to when the information is reflected in the game. Gaming machine.

  According to the means O-18, since the mediation information displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal can be read by the reading means of the gaming machine, it is used, for example, when starting the mobile linked game, and at the server If the issued password is issued in a format that can be read directly by the reading means of the gaming machine, the portable communication terminal is displayed on the setting part of the gaming machine with the password displayed on the display part of the portable communication terminal. By simply installing it, a password can be input to the gaming machine without any other manual input work.

  For this reason, it becomes possible to input a password quickly without trouble, and mobile linked games can be started smoothly. Therefore, password entry is cumbersome, and it is possible to increase the possibility that players who have refrained from mobile-linked games will also be able to participate in mobile-linked games. While controlling stress, you can start playing quickly. As a result, it is possible to have the player feel comfortable performing mobile linked games.

  In addition, it was difficult to start mobile-linked games, and I thought that my current situation was not good (if I moved to another game machine, the situation might improve) However, it is possible to prevent the disadvantageous game from being continued more than necessary without moving the table. Therefore, it is possible to play mobile-linked games with light footwork, playing games in vain while thinking that they are not in an advantageous situation for themselves → Preventing the flow of losing → hating games can do.

  In addition, since the password is not manually input by the player, a password (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) that has been difficult to input manually (for example, a combination of about 10 alphanumeric characters) 2D code etc.) can be input easily. Thereby, the amount of information that can be sent from the server to the gaming machine at a time can be increased without increasing the time and effort of the player (reversely decreasing) through the mobile communication terminal. Therefore, it is possible to realize a more diverse and interesting mobile linked game.

  P. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player provides an enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. A game system (mobile linked game) that can be played is known.

  By the way, when ending the game, there is a concern that the mobile linked game information may be forgotten.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing forgetting to take information.

Means P-1. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
(Player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information used when specifying a player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery performed at the time of the game, when at least player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means;
The game information stored and stored in the game information storage means can be output so that it can be acquired or identified by the portable communication terminal (when the player specification information is stored in the player specification information storage means) Information output means,
A gaming machine comprising a forgetting prevention means capable of deriving a guidance mode corresponding to the fact that game information is stored in the game information storage means.

  According to the means P-1, the player can grasp that the game information is stored in the game information storage means by visually recognizing the guidance mode. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a situation in which game information used for mobile linked games is forgotten from the gaming machine.

  The guidance mode preferably includes “characters” so that the game information storage means can clearly communicate that the game information is stored. Of course, a sound effect for alerting may be added, or the light emitting means built in the predetermined operation means may be caused to emit light so as to prompt the player to operate the predetermined operation means. .

Means P-2. A main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, and to generate the special gaming state based on a result of the lottery;
Variable display means for displaying a variation of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery determination (,
The variable display means includes display control means for displaying the identification information in a variable manner and stopping the identification information after a predetermined time based on the result of the success / failure lottery).
Even when the variable display means is performing a variable display of the identification information, the pre-guide mode as the guide mode is configured to be derived (and
The mode is different between the guidance mode derived when the variable display means does not perform the variable display of the identification information and the pre-guide mode derived when it is performed. A gaming machine described in the means P-1.

  According to the means P-2, since the guidance mode (pre-guidance mode) is derived even when the variable display means is performing the variable display of the identification information, the player finishes the game and completes from the gaming machine. It is possible to have the user recognize the guidance mode before leaving. Therefore, the player can be alerted more reliably.

  Note that the different modes of guidance include not only the case where the content and shape of words, graphics, etc. are different, but also the inclusion of patterns in which the size and display position of the same content are different.

  Means P-3. (The guide mode is prepared in a plurality of patterns.) The guide mode is changed according to game information stored in the game information storage unit. The gaming machine described.

  According to the means P-3, the type and amount of game information stored in the game information storage means can be grasped or estimated by visually recognizing the guidance mode. Therefore, it is possible to make a stronger impression that the game information is stored, and as a result, the effect of preventing forgetting can be improved.

  Means P-4. In the guidance mode, means P-1 to P-12 are configured to be able to derive a display that teaches at least a part of the contents of the game information stored in the game information storage means. A gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  According to the means P-4, the stored game information is disclosed (special game state has occurred ○ times, variable display has been performed ○ times, a specific premium effect has been derived, etc.) The player can be more impressed that there is game information stored and stored in the machine. It should be noted that “(variable display means (the same as the variable display means of the means P-2) for displaying the variation of the identification information for teaching the result of the success / failure lottery is provided)” In the pre-guidance mode derived in a state where the display is being performed, a display suggesting game information stored in the game information storage means may be derived.

Means P-5. The forgetting prevention means is configured to determine whether to derive the guidance mode according to various gaming situations,
A plurality of specific game situations that are targets for deriving the guidance mode are set,
The forgetting prevention means determines whether the current gaming situation is in the specific gaming situation, and derives the guidance mode when it is determined that the particular gaming situation exists. A gaming machine according to any one of means P-1 to P-4.

  According to the means P-5, the game situation is associated with the possibility of the player ending the game, and the player who is performing the mobile linked game is likely to end the game, that is, By setting a situation where the necessity of deriving the guidance mode is high as a specific game situation, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode is excessively derived (continuously derived). Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in performance, design, and gameability due to the excessive guidance mode being derived.

Means P-6. A first ball tray that can store a game ball as a game value paid out to the player;
When the game balls are full in the first ball tray, the game balls that are to be paid out to the first ball tray are guided, and a second ball tray that can store the game balls;
A ball removal operation section that is operated when discharging the game balls stored in the first ball receiving tray from the first ball receiving tray to the second ball receiving tray;
A ball removal operation detecting means capable of detecting that the operation of the ball removal operation unit has been performed,
The means for preventing forgetting uses means P-5 for determining whether or not the guidance mode is to be derived, based on the determination result of whether or not the detection by the ball removal operation detecting means has been performed. The gaming machine described.

  According to the means P-6, for example, when the player is highly likely to finish the game, such as when the game ball in the first ball tray is discharged, the guidance mode is immediately derived. Thus, it becomes possible for the player to recognize the guidance mode before the game ball in the first ball tray is discharged.

Means P-7. A launching means for launching a game ball;
A game area provided on the front side of the game board and guiding a game ball fired by the launching means;
A ball lending operation means electrically connected to a ball lending device provided in the gaming machine, and a return operation means;
When the return operation means is operated, the mobile phone stores a value corresponding to the number of game balls as a game value owned by the player (borrowed from the game hall where the game is performed) Type game value storage medium is returned from the ball lending device,
When the operation of the ball lending operation means is performed, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out (rented out) to the player within the range of the storage content of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device. In
A balance grasping means capable of grasping the storage content of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine;
The forgetting prevention means is:
When it is determined whether an effective operation of the return operation means has been performed, and when it is determined that the operation has been performed,
The game according to means P-5 or means P-6, wherein the result of determination as to whether or not a game ball is being fired by the launching means is used to determine whether or not to derive the guide mode. Machine.

  According to the means P-7, the operation of the return operation means is performed, and the situation where the guidance mode is derived simply by returning the game value storage medium from the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine. It can be avoided.

  In addition, the situation where the return operation means is operated and the game value storage medium is returned is not only when the game is ended, or when the user temporarily removes his / her seat from the purchase of a beverage or a toilet, etc. There are sufficient game balls (there is no need to pull out the game balls from the game value storage medium for at least a while). In addition, “effective operation of the return operation means” means that a value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than a prescribed number (for example, “1”, etc.) is stored in a ball lending device provided in the gaming machine. It is intended to be operated in a state where a certain game value storage medium is inserted.

  Means P-8. Whether or not the game ball is being fired by the launching means is determined by detection by the launch detection means capable of detecting the game ball fired by the launching means (not whether or not the launching means is being driven). The game machine according to means P-7, which is performed by determining whether or not there is a game machine.

  According to the means P-8, it is possible to reliably grasp that the game ball is not being fired even when the launching means is driven (so-called “empty shot”). In other words, “empty” is a phenomenon that is likely to occur when a game starts or ends, and in particular, the return operation means has already been operated and the game value storage medium is returned from the ball lending device. Taking into account the fact that the game is over, the possibility of being in a situation where the game ends is very high. Therefore, it is possible to more reliably prevent a situation in which the state in which “empty shot” is being performed is a state in which a game ball is being fired and the timing for deriving the guidance mode is missed. it can. In particular, the game machine is operated by operating the return operation means in order to end the game, and by continuing to fire the game ball until there is no remaining game ball, as in the case of shifting to the idle state as it is. It is possible to derive the guidance mode at a perfect timing such that the player is present but immediately before the game ends.

Means P-9. The forgetting prevention means is:
Determining whether or not the variable display of the identification information is performed in the variable display means (see means P-2);
When it is determined that the variation display of the identification information is performed, whether or not the specific variation display indicating that the expectation of the occurrence of the special gaming state is high is performed as the variation display of the identification information. When it is determined that the specific variation display is performed, the guidance mode is not derived, and when it is determined that the specific variation display is not performed, the guidance mode is derived. A gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to means P-8.

  Means P-9 suggests that the degree of expectation of occurrence of the special gaming state is high, and the guidance mode is derived in the specific variation display that the player will see with particular interest. Thus, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the interest is reduced.

Means P-10. The forgetting prevention means is:
The player's operation relating to the payout of the game ball is not performed (the ball removal operation detecting means of the means P-6 is not detected, the return operation means of the means P-7 is not operated) )
A determination as to whether or not variable display of identification information is being performed in the variable display means (see means P-2); and
Perform one of the determination of whether or not the firing means is driven,
If the negative determination is made on the one hand, the other determination is also made, and if the negative determination is made on both, the guidance mode is derived (or if the positive determination is made on either side, the guidance mode is not derived). A gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to P-9.

  According to the means P-10, whenever the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means ends (if the variable display can be suspended, every time the variable display is interrupted), as a player, It is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode is derived one by one despite the fact that the game is progressed by continuing to fire.

  On the other hand, when the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means is finished and the driving of the launching means is also stopped, the guidance mode is derived. In other words, if these two conditions are satisfied, the player is likely to end the game, and the guidance mode is derived after a lapse of a specified time after the variable information display unit displays the variable information. Even so, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the player no longer makes sense after leaving the front of the gaming machine.

  As for the determination of “whether or not the firing means is driven” in this means P-10, “whether or not the player is operating the firing operation means for driving the firing means”. This may be determined as

Means P-11. A first game mode that is won with a first probability in a privilege grant lottery in which a predetermined privilege is awarded by winning, and a second game mode that is won with a higher probability than the first probability in the privilege grant lottery is set. And
There is a first stage taught to be in the first gaming mode and a second stage taught to be in the second gaming mode;
The gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to means P-10, wherein the guidance mode is not derived in the second stage.

  According to the means P-11, since the second stage teaches that the second game mode is advantageous to the player, when the second stage is derived, the player ends the game. The possibility is low. Furthermore, there are many cases where the game progresses relatively quickly. Therefore, in such a state, by refraining from deriving the guide mode, it is possible to make the game proceed relatively smoothly without causing a decrease in design properties due to the deriving of the guide mode.

  The “privilege grant lottery” is intended to be embodied as the above-mentioned lottery decision. In addition to the first game mode and the second game mode, a third game mode that suggests the possibility of the second game mode may be set. Furthermore, it may be configured such that the guidance mode is not derived also in the third stage, or may be configured to derive the guidance mode at a lower derivation frequency than in the first stage.

Means P-12. In the variable display means, a standby display is derived when a specified time has passed without the identification information fluctuating display on the variable display means after the variable information fluctuating display on the variable display means. The configuration is
The forgetting prevention means determines whether or not the standby display is derived in the variable display means, and if it is determined that it is derived, erases the guidance mode. A gaming machine according to any one of means P-5 to means P-11.

  According to the means P-12, the game information is not yet stored in the game information storage means when the game is started by adopting a configuration in which the guidance mode is not derived when the standby display is derived. Nevertheless, it is possible to avoid a situation in which processing for deriving a guidance mode corresponding to the fact that game information is stored in the game information storage means is performed. Furthermore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode continues to be unnecessarily derived any time after the previous player's game ends.

  In a configuration in which the standby display is not derived, a post-stop elapsed time measuring means that can grasp the time since the fluctuation display of the identification information is stopped is provided, and the specified time has elapsed since the stop of the fluctuation display of the identification information. In this case, the guidance mode may be deleted. Of course, even in a configuration in which a standby display is derived, such a configuration can be adopted.

  Means P-13. The gaming machine according to any one of means P-1 to means P-12, wherein the guidance mode is derived with a voice mode of a pattern according to the selection of the player.

  According to the means P-13, for example, at the same time as the end of the variable display or just before the end, in a state in which the player has forgotten to take the game information, the player has taken his gaze off the gaming machine to leave the spot Even in this case, the player can be stopped by the guidance mode based on the voice mode. In particular, since the voice mode corresponds to the pattern selected by the player himself, it can be easily noticed by calling to the player.

  It should be noted that “(with variable display means (the same as the variable display means of means P-2) on which the identification information is variably displayed to teach the result of the success / failure lottery is provided)” In the state where the player specifying information is stored, the sound mode generated when a predetermined effect is derived in the variable display means is derived in a pattern according to the player's selection, and at least the Regarding the guidance mode derived in a state where the variable display means does not display the variation of the identification information, the guidance mode may be derived with a voice mode of a pattern according to the player's selection. In addition, “when a voice mode is derived as the guidance mode that is derived in a state where the variable display means does not display the variation of the identification information, the volume of the voice other than the voice related to the guidance mode is reduced. Alternatively, the sound may be silenced.

Means P-14. Variable display means for performing variable display of identification information;
Input means for inputting game media;
Input detection means for detecting a game medium input to the input means;
Credit storage means for storing the number of game media detected by the input detection means as electronic data;
Start operation means for starting the variable display of the identification information in the variable display means;
A stop operation means for stopping the variable display of the identification information in the variable display means;
In order to start the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means, to bet the number necessary to start the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means from the game medium stored in the credit storage means Betting operation means,
Production operation means in which production contents change depending on whether or not to operate when a predetermined production occurs,
Lottery means for performing a lottery determination of winning combination with the operation of the start operation means in a state where a game medium is bet;
The variation display of the identification information is started based on the operation of the start operation unit in a state where the game medium is betted, and the variation display of the identification information is stopped based on the operation of the stop operation unit and the result of the success / failure lottery. Identification information control means to be displayed;
When the identification information stopped and displayed by the identification information control means is a combination corresponding to the winning combination, a game medium providing unit that provides a number of game media corresponding to the winning combination;
Credit operation means for paying out the number of game media stored in the credit storage means,
The gaming machine according to means P-1, wherein the forgetting prevention means derives the guidance mode when the credit operation means is operated.

  According to the means P-14, the player can recognize the guidance mode by paying out the credited game medium and leaving the gaming machine.

  Means P-15. The forgetting-preventing means includes the betting operation means in a state where the number of game media stored in the credit storage means is less than the number necessary for starting the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means. The game machine according to means P-14, wherein the guide mode is derived when any one of the start operation means and the effect operation means is performed.

  According to the means P-15, the player who may end the game can recognize the guidance mode.

Means P-16. The forgetting prevention means is:
In a state where there is a possibility of winning by the winning / losing lottery, and after winning a prize, a special winning combination which is given a special gaming state advantageous to the player is not won.
Means P for deriving the guidance mode when the stop operation means is operated so that the identification information in the variable display means is stopped at a position corresponding to the winning of the specific winning combination. The gaming machine according to -14 or means P-15.

  According to the means P-16, a player who may end the game can be made to recognize the guidance mode.

  Q. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine. For example, in a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting ball entry means provided in a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a variable display device Fluctuation display for teaching the lottery result is performed (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).

  In recent years, when a player plays a game, a portable game value memory that stores the number of game values (such as game balls) owned by the player (borrowed from a game hall or the like where a game is performed) The medium is often used, and the player takes out the game value storage medium storing the remaining number of game values at the end of the game.

  By the way, when ending the game, there is a concern that the game value storage medium may be forgotten. In addition, for example, it may be possible to perform a display for alerting about forgetting to take out the game value storage medium every time the winning state ends, but the display at such timing deteriorates the flow of the game, and directing performance and design There is concern that it will cause a significant decrease in sex and the like.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing forgetting to take a gaming value storage medium.

Means Q-1. A launching means for launching a game ball;
A game area provided on the front side of the game board and guiding a game ball fired by the launching means;
In a gaming machine comprising a ball lending operation means electrically connected to a ball lending device provided in the gaming machine, and a return operation means,
When the return operation means is operated, the mobile phone stores a value corresponding to the number of game balls as a game value owned by the player (borrowed from the game hall where the game is performed) Type game value storage medium is returned from the ball lending device,
When the operation of the ball lending operation means is performed, in a configuration in which a predetermined number of game balls are paid out (rented out) to the player within the range of the storage content of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device. ,
A balance grasping means capable of grasping the storage content of the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine;
A first ball tray that can store a game ball as a game value paid out to the player;
When the game balls are full in the first ball tray, the game balls that are to be paid out to the first ball tray are guided, and a second ball tray that can store the game balls;
A ball removal operation section operated when discharging the game balls stored in the first ball receiving tray from the first ball receiving tray to the second ball receiving tray;
A ball removal operation detecting means capable of detecting that the operation of the ball removal operation unit has been performed;
This corresponds to the insertion of a game value storage medium in which a value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than a specified number (for example, “1” or the like) is inserted in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine. Forgetting prevention means capable of deriving a guide mode,
The forgetting prevention means is configured to determine whether or not the detection of the ball removal operation detection means has been performed, and to be able to derive the guidance mode when it is determined that the detection has been performed. A gaming machine.

  According to the means Q-1, the player visually recognizes the guidance mode, so that a value corresponding to the number of game balls equal to or greater than the prescribed number is stored in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine ( It can be understood that a game value storage medium having a balance is inserted. In particular, for example, when the player is highly likely to end the game, such as when the game ball in the first ball tray is discharged, the first ball is immediately derived by deriving the guidance mode. Until the game ball in the tray is discharged, the player can recognize the guidance mode. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the game value storage medium is forgotten from the ball lending device.

  The guidance mode preferably includes “characters” so that it is possible to clearly communicate that the game value storage medium is inserted into the ball lending device. Of course, a sound effect for alerting may be added, or the light emitting means built in the predetermined operation means may be caused to emit light so as to prompt the player to operate the predetermined operation means. .

Means Q-2. A main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, and to generate the special gaming state based on a result of the lottery;
Variable display means for displaying a variation of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery determination (,
The variable display means includes display control means for displaying the identification information in a variable manner and stopping the identification information after a predetermined time based on the result of the success / failure lottery).
Even when the variable display means is performing a variable display of the identification information, the pre-guide mode as the guide mode is configured to be derived (and
The mode is different between the guidance mode derived when the variable display means does not perform the variable display of the identification information and the pre-guide mode derived when it is performed. A gaming machine according to the means Q-1.

  According to the means Q-2, since the guidance mode (pre-guidance mode) is derived even when the variable display means displays the variation of the identification information, the player finishes the game and completes from the gaming machine. It is possible to have the user recognize the guidance mode before leaving. Therefore, the player can be alerted more reliably.

  Note that the different modes of guidance include not only the case where the content and shape of words, graphics, etc. are different, but also the inclusion of patterns in which the size and display position of the same content are different.

Means Q-3. The forgetting prevention means is:
When it is determined that the detection of the ball removal operation detection means has been performed,
Determining whether or not the variable display of the identification information is performed in the variable display means (see means P-2);
When it is determined that the variation display of the identification information is performed, whether or not the specific variation display indicating that the expectation of the occurrence of the special gaming state is high is performed as the variation display of the identification information. Discriminate,
When it is determined that the specific variation display is performed, the guidance mode is not derived, and when it is determined that the specific variation display is not performed, the guidance mode is derived. A gaming machine described in means Q-2.

  Means Q-3 suggests that the degree of expectation of the occurrence of the special gaming state is high, and the guidance mode is derived at the time of the specific variation display that the player will see with particular interest. Thus, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the interest is reduced.

Means Q-4. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
(Player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information used when specifying a player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery performed at the time of the game, when at least player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means;
The game information stored and stored in the game information storage means can be output so that it can be acquired or identified by the portable communication terminal (when the player specification information is stored in the player specification information storage means) Information output means,
The forgetting prevention means derives the guidance mode when the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means. Means Q-1 to Q- 4. The gaming machine according to any one of 3.

  According to the means Q-4, a game system (mobile linked game) for exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player is used. When a player who is playing a game has a high possibility of ending the game, it is possible to have the player recognize the guidance mode by deriving the guidance mode.

Means Q-5. A main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, and to generate the special gaming state based on a result of the lottery;
Variable display means for performing a variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery determination,
A first game mode that is won with a first probability in a privilege grant lottery in which a predetermined privilege is awarded by winning, and a second game mode that is won with a higher probability than the first probability in the privilege grant lottery is set. And
There is a first stage taught to be in the first gaming mode and a second stage taught to be in the second gaming mode;
The forgetting prevention means is (when there is no detection by the ball removal operation detection means of means Q-1 and no game information is output by the information output means of means Q-4).
A determination as to whether or not a variable display of identification information is performed in the variable display means; and
It is determined whether or not the firing means is driven, and when both are determined to be negative,
It is determined whether or not it is the second stage, the guidance mode is derived when it is determined that it is not the second stage, and the guidance mode is not derived when it is determined that it is the second stage. A gaming machine according to any one of means Q-1 to means Q-4.

  According to the means Q-5, whenever the variable display of the identification information in the variable display means ends (if the variable display can be suspended, the variable display is interrupted), It is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode is derived one by one despite the fact that the game is progressed by continuing to fire.

  On the other hand, when the variable display of the identification information on the variable display means is finished and the driving of the launching means is also stopped, the guidance mode is derived. In other words, if these two conditions are satisfied, the player is likely to end the game, and the guidance mode is derived after a lapse of a specified time after the variable information display unit displays the variable information. Even so, it is possible to suppress a situation in which the player no longer makes sense after leaving the front of the gaming machine.

  However, in the state where the second stage is derived, the guide mode is not derived even if the firing means is not driven. That is, since the second stage teaches that the second game mode is advantageous for the player, when the second stage is derived, the player is unlikely to end the game. It has become. Furthermore, there are many cases where the game progresses relatively quickly. Therefore, in such a state, by refraining from deriving the guide mode, it is possible to make the game proceed relatively smoothly without causing a decrease in design properties due to the deriving of the guide mode.

  The “privilege grant lottery” is intended to be embodied as the above-mentioned lottery decision. In addition to the first game mode and the second game mode, a third game mode that suggests the possibility of the second game mode may be set. Furthermore, it may be configured such that the guidance mode is not derived also in the third stage, or may be configured to derive the guidance mode at a lower derivation frequency than in the first stage. In addition, the determination of “whether or not the shooting means is driven” may be a determination of “whether or not the player is performing an operation on the shooting operation means for driving the shooting means”. .

Means Q-6. A main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, and to generate the special gaming state based on a result of the lottery;
Variable display means for performing a variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery determination,
In the variable display means, a standby display is derived when a specified time has passed without the identification information fluctuating display on the variable display means after the variable information fluctuating display on the variable display means. The configuration is
The forgetting prevention means determines whether or not the standby display is derived in the variable display means, and if it is determined that it is derived, erases the guidance mode. A gaming machine according to any one of means Q-1 to means Q-5.

  According to the means Q-6, the game information is not yet stored in the game information storage means when the game is started by adopting a configuration in which the guidance mode is not derived when the standby display is derived. Nevertheless, it is possible to avoid a situation in which processing for deriving a guidance mode corresponding to the fact that game information is stored in the game information storage means is performed. Furthermore, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the guidance mode continues to be unnecessarily derived any time after the previous player's game ends.

  In a configuration in which the standby display is not derived, a post-stop elapsed time measuring means that can grasp the time since the fluctuation display of the identification information is stopped is provided, and the specified time has elapsed since the stop of the fluctuation display of the identification information. In this case, the guidance mode may be deleted. Of course, even in a configuration in which a standby display is derived, such a configuration can be adopted.

Means Q-7. A gaming machine comprising any one of means Q-1 to Q-6 in any one of means P-1 to means P-15,
A main control means for performing a lottery to determine whether or not to generate a special gaming state advantageous to a player, and to generate the special gaming state based on a result of the lottery;
Variable display means for performing variable display of identification information for teaching the result of the lottery determination;
In the variable display means, the identification information is variably displayed, and after a predetermined time, display control means for stopping and displaying the identification information based on the result of the success / failure lottery,
Information guide storage means for storing that the derivation of the guidance mode relating to game information stored in the game information storage means is determined by the forgetting prevention means;
A storage medium guidance storage means for storing that the derivation of the guidance mode relating to the gaming value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine is determined by the forgetting prevention means,
The display control means refers to the information guide storage means and the storage medium guide storage means, and generates a forgotten guidance display as the guidance mode displayed on the variable display means. Machine.

  According to the means Q-7, contents that summarize the guidance mode related to the game information stored in the game information storage unit and the guidance mode related to the game value storage medium inserted in the ball lending device provided in the gaming machine It is possible to derive the guidance mode (forgotten guidance display) and to simplify the control related to the generation of the mode.

  R. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine, for example. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (see, for example, JP-A-2003-154110).

  In addition, there are some which include a time counting means for counting with time, such as a real time grasping means for grasping the current time, and a specific effect is started at a predetermined timing (time).

  However, there is a concern that the real-time grasping means and the like may gradually shift with time (from the actual time). In particular, with respect to real-time grasping means for measuring time even when no power is supplied from an external power source to the gaming machine (the power is off), the gaming machine is stored in a warehouse for a while, etc. If the power storage means that supplies power to the real-time grasping means or the like does not operate in a power-off state, the concern that the time will shift becomes more prominent. Therefore, even if a plurality of gaming machines installed side by side using real-time grasping means or the like are used to start specific effects at the same time, there is a risk that the start timing may be shifted.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can eliminate the deviation of the time counting means.

Means R-0. Specific production execution means for executing the specific production;
Time counting means for counting over time (at least in a power-on state where power is supplied from an external power source);
Start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on the count information by the time counting means;
A first operating means provided at a position operable by the player;
A second operating means provided at a position where the player cannot operate (a position that cannot be operated),
When the pre-setting performed by operating the second operating means is performed, the first operating means is operated from the count setting invalid state where the count value of the time counting means cannot be set. The gaming machine is configured to be able to change to a count setting valid state in which the count value of the time counting means can be set.

  According to the means R-0, the count value of the elapsed time counting means can be set, and when a deviation occurs in the count of the elapsed time counting means, it can be corrected. Also, the count value of the time counting means can be set using the first operation means by operating the second operation means provided at a position where the player is not operable (a position) and performing the presetting. Count setting valid state. Accordingly, it is impossible for the player to physically perform the presetting (to make the count setting valid state). For example, the player can use the first operation means by inputting the password using the first operation means. As compared with the configuration in which the setting of the time counting means is permitted, it is possible to more reliably prevent the situation where the player sets the time counting means by operating the first operation means. As a result, for example, in a gaming machine installed side by side, due to the fact that the player sets the time counting means without permission, so that it becomes a time zone in which the effect of his / her preference is derived Players who are no longer able to derive dynamic effects across multiple gaming machines, such as when the same specific effects start all at once, or who know the time setting method (not disclosed) of real-time grasping means However, by immediately deriving the specific effect, it is possible to prevent an unknown player from receiving discomfort or the like or reducing the value of the specific effect.

  Further, the time counting means can be substantially set by using the first operating means provided at a position (possible position) that can be operated by the player. Therefore, since the fine time setting of the time counting means can be performed using the first operation means, the second operation means is simple, and only for setting the time of the time counting means (the player can Although it is not used, it is possible to avoid a situation in which a complicated (admirable) second operation means or a display means for displaying the set time is provided.

  In addition, for example, in a configuration in which setting of the time counting means using the first operation means is permitted by inputting the password using the first operation means, for example, in the menu screen, It is necessary to provide a selection item corresponding to the password input when starting the setting of the counting means. In this respect, since this means does not need to provide such a selection item, for example, a player who notices such a selection item cannot be a player (cannot know what is actually being done) It is possible to avoid a situation in which the selection item to be set has a sense of incongruity or distrust.

  It should be noted that “including power storage means for supplying power to the elapsed time counting means in a power-off state in which power is not supplied from an external power source to the gaming machine, the elapsed time counting means is connected to an external power source for the gaming machine. It is also possible to perform counting over time in both the power-on state where power is supplied from and the power-off state. In the case of adopting this configuration, since the probability that the counting of the time counting means will be shifted is relatively increased, the effect of providing a function that can set (correct) the count value of the time counting means is more effective. It will be played effectively.

  Next, a configuration in the case where the real-time grasping means is embodied as the time counting means will be described. In the means R-1, “time setting valid state” corresponds to “count setting valid state”. However, the “time counting means” is not limited to the “real time grasping means”, and for example, the elapsed time from a predetermined timing may be measured regardless of the time. Further, the means subsequent to the means R-2 is also embodied in the real-time grasping means, but can be applied to other time counting means.

Means R-1. Specific production execution means for executing the specific production;
Real-time grasping means to grasp the current time,
Start setting means for setting a timing for starting the specific effect based on the time grasped by the real-time grasping means;
A first operating means provided at a position operable by the player;
A second operating means provided at a position where the player cannot operate (a position that cannot be operated),
When the prior setting performed by operating the second operation means is performed, the time setting invalid state where the time setting of the real-time grasping means cannot be performed, the first operation means is operated to operate the first operation means. A gaming machine, characterized in that the state can be changed to a time setting valid state in which the time of the real-time grasping means can be set.

  According to the means R-1, the time of the real-time grasping means can be set, and when the time of the real-time grasping means is shifted, it can be corrected. In addition, the time at which the player can set the time of the real-time grasping means using the first operating means by operating the second operating means provided at a position where the player cannot operate (preliminary position). The setting can be made valid. Therefore, it is impossible for the player to physically perform the presetting (to make the time setting valid state), for example, by using the first operating means by inputting the password using the first operating means. Compared to the configuration in which the time setting of the real-time grasping means is permitted, it is possible to more reliably prevent the player from setting the time of the real-time grasping means by operating the first operating means. it can. As a result, for example, a plurality of gaming machines installed side by side due to the fact that the player sets the time of the real-time grasping means without permission so that it becomes a time zone in which the player's favorite performance is derived Games that know how to set the time (which is not publicly available) for real-time grasping means, such as the fact that the same specific effects are started all at once, etc. By allowing the player to immediately derive the specific performance, it is possible to prevent an unknown player from receiving discomfort or the like.

  Furthermore, the real time grasping means can be substantially set by using the first operating means provided at a position that can be operated by the player. Therefore, since the detailed time setting of the real-time grasping means can be performed using the first operating means, the second operating means is simple and only for the time setting of the real-time grasping means (the player can Although it is not used, it is possible to avoid a situation in which a complicated (admirable) second operation means or a display means for displaying the set time is provided.

  In addition, for example, in a configuration in which the time setting of the real-time grasping means using the first operation means is permitted by inputting the password using the first operation means, for example, in the menu screen, It is necessary to provide a selection item corresponding to the password input when starting the time setting. In this respect, since this means does not need to provide such a selection item, for example, a player who notices such a selection item cannot be a player (cannot know what is actually being done) It is possible to avoid a situation in which the selection item to be set has a sense of incongruity or distrust.

  The second operation means that “the player is provided so as not to be operated” is not only a case where the player is provided at a position where the player cannot be operated, but also a specific that the player cannot have. It is intended to include a case where the device cannot be operated unless a tool is used (for example, a lock is operated in a predetermined direction with a key of a gaming machine).

  Means R-2. After setting the time of the real-time grasping means by operating the first operating means, the state changes to the time setting invalid state by performing post-setting that is performed by operating the first operating means. A gaming machine according to means R-1, characterized in that.

  According to the means R-2, for the subsequent setting, for example, compared with the configuration in which the player is forced to operate the operation means (second operation means, etc.) provided at the inoperable (incapable position). The improvement of property etc. can be aimed at.

  Means R-3. The gaming machine according to means R-2, characterized in that effective state teaching means for teaching that the time setting is in an effective state is provided.

  According to the means R-3, a situation in which a person concerned such as a gaming hall in which a gaming machine is installed remains in the time setting valid state, and the player plays a game in the time setting valid state Can be suppressed. Not only teaching but also a state in which a normal game cannot be performed (for example, the display on the display means becomes an error display).

  Means R-4. The gaming machine according to means R-3, wherein the effective state teaching means is provided at a position where a player can visually recognize the effective state.

  For example, if the effective state teaching means and the second operation means are on the rear surface side of the door provided in the gaming machine, how effective it is when the operator closes the door quickly after operating the second operation means. Even if the teaching by the state teaching means is performed, there is a possibility that it may not be noticed. In this respect, according to the means R-4, since the effective state teaching means is in a position where the player can visually recognize it, the effective state teaching is performed after the work is completed or when the business operation is started after that. Easy to notice teaching by means. Therefore, the operational effect by providing the effective state teaching means is more reliably achieved.

Means R-5. Game status storage means for storing the game status;
A backup power supply means for storing power in a state where the power of the gaming machine is turned on and supplying power to the gaming status storage means in a state where the power of the gaming machine is turned off,
By performing an operation on the second operation means, the stored contents of the game status storage means are erased, and the prior setting is performed and the state changes to the time setting valid state. A gaming machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-4.

  According to the means R-5, the presetting is performed using the second operation means for erasing the stored contents of the game situation storage means. Therefore, the operation means can be shared and the configuration can be simplified.

  Further, since the preset operation is also performed by operating the second operation means in order to erase the storage contents of the game situation storage means, the second purpose is to erase the storage contents of the game situation storage means. There is also a concern that when the operating means is operated, the time setting is valid without being noticed. In this respect, the occurrence of such a problem can be suppressed by adopting the configuration of the means R-3.

Means R-6. It is equipped with a liquid crystal display device at a position where the player can visually recognize it,
When an operation is performed on the second operation means,
An image creation process for creating an image to be derived in the game in the liquid crystal display device as the stored contents of the game status storage means are erased;
As the prior setting, a time setting permission process for changing the state to the time setting valid state is performed,
When the time setting permission process is performed, the liquid crystal display device derives a time setting screen for setting the time of the real-time grasping means,
In the liquid crystal display device, an image created based on the image creation process is derived when the time setting screen is erased (and
The gaming machine according to means R-5, characterized in that the image creation process is performed in a state where the time setting screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device).

  Generally, when an image for gaming on a liquid crystal display device is created from the beginning, such as when the power of a gaming machine is turned on at the start of business such as a game hall, the image of the entire display screen of the liquid crystal display device is completed. It takes a relatively long time (for example, about 30 seconds). Therefore, if the time setting screen is created and displayed after such an image is completed, there is a concern that workability may be reduced.

  In this regard, according to the means R-6, when the operation of the second operation means is performed, the time setting screen is created and derived first. For this reason, it is possible to set the time immediately after the operation of the second operation means, and to improve the work efficiency.

Means R-7. Regarding the display state in the liquid crystal display means, a drawn state capable of deriving a target display mode and a target display mode are being prepared. A part of the display mode is different from the target display mode. A state in which a ready state derived as a temporary display aspect that is an aspect exists,
The data amount of the time setting screen is about the same as the data amount of the temporary display mode (for example, the difference is 20% or less, 10% or less), or less. The gaming machine described.

  In general, when a display mode having a relatively large amount of information is generated in the liquid crystal display means, a relatively large amount of processing is required, and in order to derive the target display mode correspondingly, a comparison is required. May require a long preparation time. Therefore, when the preparation time until the target display mode can be derived is relatively long, the target display mode is displayed on the liquid crystal display means during the preparation time until the target display mode is completed. A temporary display mode is derived that is different from the mode (the same is transmitted for the suggested content) and that is different from the state in which the gaming machine is turned off. Such a temporary display mode is a simple display mode that has a relatively small amount of data and can be generated relatively quickly. In this regard, according to the means R-7, the data amount of the time setting screen is approximately the same as or less than the data amount of the temporary display mode. For this reason, for example, in a state where many processes are required, such as when the gaming machine is activated, it is possible to reliably derive the time setting screen and to proceed with other processes.

  The data used on the time setting screen may be used for screen display other than the time setting screen. In this case, the ROM capacity can be reduced.

  Means R-8. The gaming machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-7, characterized in that it can be changed to the time setting invalid state after a lapse of a specified time from the time setting valid state. .

  According to the means R-8, a time limit is provided in the time setting valid state. In other words, the time can be set if it is within the specified time after the time setting is enabled, and the time cannot be set after the specified time. Therefore, the player forgets to return from the time setting valid state to the time setting invalid state, and the player plays a game in a state where the time setting of the real-time grasping means based on the operation of the first operating means is possible (such as a game hall). This can prevent a situation in which business is started. In particular, the second operation means is used in addition to the input operation for setting the time setting valid state (for example, the stored contents of the game situation storage means are erased by the operation of the second operation means as in the means R-5 described above). In such a case, there is a concern that the user may forget that the presetting is performed, and thus the above-described effects are more remarkably exhibited.

Means R-9. After performing the pre-setting by operating the second operating means,
By performing a predetermined input operation by operating the first operation means within a specified time, the state changes from the time setting invalid state to the time setting valid state, or (the presetting is performed) The gaming machine according to any one of means R-1 to R-8, characterized in that the time setting valid state (changed in state) is continued.

  According to the means R-9, in order to set the time setting valid state, not only the second operation means is operated and preset, but also a predetermined input operation of the first operation means is essential. That is, the right to set the time setting valid state (or continue the time setting valid state) if the predetermined input operation of the first operating means is not performed within a specified time after the second operating means is preset. Will be lost. As a result, the player does not notice that he / she has changed the state to the time setting valid state or forgets that the player can set the time of the real-time grasping means based on the operation of the first operating means. It is possible to prevent a situation in which a game is performed (a business such as a game hall is started). In particular, the second operation means is used in addition to the input operation for setting the time setting valid state (for example, the stored contents of the game situation storage means are erased by the operation of the second operation means as in the means R-5 described above). In such a case, there is a concern that the user may forget that the presetting is performed, and thus the above-described effects are more remarkably exhibited.

  Note that the “predetermined input operation” means that a password is input by operating the first operation means, or when the first operation means includes a plurality of input operation sections, the input operation section is specified. In addition to performing input operations in order (command input), simply performing an operation on the first operating means (for example, pressing once, or twice in consideration of wrong pressing, or 3 This also includes that of pressing a second time. Further, as in the former case, by requiring an input operation in a password or in a prescribed order, it is possible that only the related person can set the time of the real-time grasping means.

Means R-10. In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
(Player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information used when specifying a player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information, which is information relating to a lottery performed at the time of the game, when at least player identification information is stored in the player identification information storage means;
The game information stored and stored in the game information storage means can be output so that it can be acquired or identified by the portable communication terminal (when the player specification information is stored in the player specification information storage means) Information output means,
By setting the password issued by the server by the first operation means, the settings based on the game information up to the previous game are reflected in the current game R-1 to R The gaming machine according to any one of -9.

  According to the means R-10, when starting a mobile linked game in which information is exchanged between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player, In the configuration in which the password is input to the machine, the password is input by the first operation means. Accordingly, when the first operation means is configured to enable relatively various inputs suitable for password input, the time setting of the real-time grasping means is performed using the first operation means. Thus, the time setting can be performed relatively smoothly.

  Means R-11. The gaming machine according to any one of means R-1 to means R-10, characterized in that the display means is provided at a position visible to the player and the time can be displayed on the display means.

  According to the means R-11, since the time can be confirmed in the gaming machine, the player can save time to watch the wall clock of the game hall or watch the wristwatch. In addition, since the time of the real-time grasping means can be set as described above, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the time displayed on the gaming machine continues to be displayed even though it is far from the actual time. can do. In other words, by providing the game machine with a time setting function, it is possible to display the time to the player on the assumption that no significant deviation occurs. In other words, for example, a clock function installed in a gaming machine has malfunctioned and the time has shifted, and a player who has relied on such a clock function (who used the wrong time as a reference) has shifted in time. It is possible to prevent situations such as feeling uncomfortable due to the fact.

  In addition, it is good also as providing the time display operation means by which time is displayed in the said display means by performing pressing operation once (one touch).

Means R-12. A target time storage means capable of storing a target time set based on an operation of the first operation means by a player;
Target time determination means for determining whether or not the target time has arrived with reference to the real-time grasping means;
Any one of means R-1 to means R-11, comprising: timer means comprising: target time teaching means for teaching that the target time has arrived when the target time has arrived The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the means R-12, for example, since there is a schedule at 18:00, if you want to stop the game at 17:00 and return home, if you set the timer function at 17:00, the gaming machine will notify you at 17:00 Thus, until then, there are effects such as being able to concentrate on the game without worrying about the watch. Furthermore, since the time can be grasped on the gaming machine side by the real-time grasping means, for example, the target time can be set directly instead of setting the timer after two hours from now. In addition, it is possible to avoid a situation where the user is inadvertently aware that the scheduled time has been reached, as in the case where there is no timer means and self-management is performed. In addition, by providing the gaming machine with a time setting function, it is possible to prevent the time from being significantly shifted.

  There is a concern that the teaching by the timer means may be annoying to other players around. In particular, such a concern becomes more prominent when the teaching by the timer means is activated when the player who set the timer is away. For this reason, for example, the teaching may be performed by a predetermined display unit, or may be performed by the operation unit operated by the player. In addition, when the teaching by the timer means is activated while the player is away, if the teaching is finished before the player returns, the player will not notice the teaching at all. You may comprise so that the said teaching may be complete | finished by operation to the predetermined operation means (for example, 1st operation means) of a player. Further, for example, if the timer means is set again (the setting that the timer is not set) or the mobile linked game is not ended, the teaching by the timer means is repeated (as in the snooze function of the alarm clock). It may be configured to be performed. In this case, it is possible to improve the convenience for the player that the timing is just bad for ending the game and he wants to play a little more but the schedule is important. In addition, the end of the teaching by the timer means, by resetting the timer means or the end of the mobile linked game, someone else has ended the teaching by the timer means while the player is away, It is possible to suppress a situation in which the corresponding player does not notice (in the case of the snooze function, it notices after one cycle).

  S. One type of gaming machine is a pachinko machine, for example. In a pachinko machine, when a game ball launched by a launching device enters a starting pitching means provided on a game board, a lottery is performed as to whether or not a hit state is generated, and a lottery is performed using a variable display device. Fluctuation display for teaching the result is performed (see, for example, JP-A-2003-154110).

  In recent years, exchanging information between a gaming machine and a server operated by a gaming machine manufacturer via a portable communication terminal carried by the player provides an enjoyment that cannot be enjoyed simply by playing a gaming machine. A game system (mobile linked game) that can be played is known.

  Some have a clock function that can grasp the date and time in order to derive a specific effect at a predetermined time.

  However, it is equipped with a clock function that keeps measuring continuously even when the power of the gaming machine is turned off, so that it can continue to supply power even when the power is turned off, or to cope with a time lag caused by long-term use, etc. There is a concern that this processing may be performed and the installation of the clock function itself may be costly.

  If the clock function is omitted, it is impossible to derive an effect reflecting the date and time (for example, an effect that gives a sense of the season). In this case, in particular, among players, those who are performing mobile-linked games that have a relatively strong interest and commitment to production, etc., make them feel unsatisfactory compared to other gaming machines. There is a concern that it may be difficult to improve the willingness to play the gaming machine.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of deriving an effect related to time information while simplifying the configuration. .

Means S-1. (In a gaming machine capable of transmitting information related to a player's game to a server via a portable communication terminal operated by the player,
Game information storage means capable of accumulating and storing game information which is information relating to a lottery performed in the game;
Information output means capable of outputting the game information stored and stored in the game information storage means so that the mobile communication terminal can acquire or identify the game information;
Input means (and) capable of inputting linked game information output from the server (based on the game information output from the information output means and transmitted to the server via the mobile communication terminal);
When the linked game information is input, a process corresponding to the input linked game information is started (in addition to starting the state where the game information of the individual player is stored in the game information storage means). Which can execute
Time information storage means capable of storing time information included in the linked game information (having at least one of date and time);
A gaming machine comprising: a specific effect executing means capable of executing a specific effect corresponding to the time information based on the time information stored in the time information storage means.

  According to the means S-1, even when a gaming machine does not have a clock function for continuously measuring 24 hours a day, when the mobile linked game is started, linked game information including time information is input to the gaming machine. By doing so, a specific effect using time information can be provided. Therefore, in order to manage the clock function that keeps measuring even when the gaming machine is turned off, it will continue to supply power even when the power is turned off, or perform processing to cope with the time lag caused by long-term use, etc. Or the installation of the clock function itself (for example, a real-time clock, a power storage unit, an integrated circuit or a wiring for controlling these, etc.) can be avoided.

  Furthermore, among players, a specific effect using time information is provided to a player who is performing a mobile linked game that has a relatively strong interest and commitment to the effect, etc. It is possible to avoid a situation in which the player feels unsatisfactory compared to the gaming machine, and the gaming motivation for the gaming machine can be improved. In addition, if the mobile linked game is not performed, it is not possible to enjoy a specific effect using such time information, so that it is possible to improve the willingness to participate in the mobile linked game.

  When the time information includes at least time information, the time information storage means is provided with time measuring means for measuring time. When the linked game information is input, the time included in the linked game information is included. Based on the information (time information), the time measuring means is set.

  It should be noted that “a player specifying information storage means capable of storing player specifying information as a part of linked game information used when specifying a player is provided, and at least the player specifying information storing means has a player specifying information. It may be configured such that when information is stored, a state in which the game information of the individual player is stored in the game information storage means is started.

Means S-2. The linked game information is a password displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal accessing the server, and the password is a word corresponding to the time information as time elapses even when being displayed. Is configured to change over time,
A display means capable of displaying a password input screen for inputting the password;
The gaming machine according to means S-1, wherein the password entry screen defines the order in which words constituting the password are entered.

  If a relatively long time lag occurs between the time when the linked game information is output from the server (after the password is issued) and the time when the linked game information is input to the gaming machine, the time included in the linked game information There is a concern that the time information of the information may be inaccurate. In this regard, according to this means S-2, the word corresponding to the time information in the password is updated in real time while the player is visually recognizing. Information) and the actual time can be prevented from being relatively large.

  In addition, when the player inputs the password to the gaming machine, if the word corresponding to the time information is input first in the password, the above-described effect is not achieved. For this reason, the password entry order is defined so that the word corresponding to the time information is last (for example, the next word cannot be entered unless the previous word is entered), thereby eliminating such concerns. can do.

  In addition, for example, when a specified time has passed after a password is issued, the password is forcibly enforced so that there is no large gap between the time information included in the password and the actual time. It is conceivable that the time information is deleted from the game machine (time information far from the actual time is not input to the gaming machine). However, in this case, the trouble of entering the password halfway is wasted, or a player who is not good at manual entry cannot enter the password until the end, or always Since the password disappears in the middle, if you write down the password and enter it later, there is a concern that the time will end up being significantly different. In this respect, by adopting the configuration of the means S-2, such a concern can be eliminated.

Means S-3. The linked game information is a two-dimensional code displayed on a display unit of a mobile communication terminal that is accessing a server, and the two-dimensional code is displayed as the time information even if it is being displayed. The aspect of the portion corresponding to is configured to change with the passage of time,
The gaming machine according to means S-1, further comprising reading means as the input means capable of reading the two-dimensional code.

  According to the means S-3, it is possible to omit the trouble of manually inputting the password by the player, thereby improving workability and the like. Even if it takes some time (for example, 1 minute or more) from issuing the two-dimensional code to allowing the gaming machine to read the two-dimensional code, the aspect of the portion corresponding to the time information in the two-dimensional code Since time changes with the passage of time, the time lag can be prevented.

  Instead of the two-dimensional code, another function that enables input of linked game information in a short time may be provided. For example, receiving means as input means capable of receiving radio waves and infrared rays output from a mobile communication terminal, or listening means capable of listening to an audio signal output from an audio output unit of the mobile communication terminal as input means. It is good also as providing. In addition, the server may have a function of creating a two-dimensional code and various signals, and the mobile communication terminal may have a function (download a dedicated application to the mobile communication terminal at the first registration of the mobile linked game). It is also good. The time information may be provided from a server or may be provided from a mobile communication terminal.

Means S-4. When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, the game information stored in the game information storage means is erased,
The time information stored in the time information storage means is not erased when the game information is output by the information output means, and is erased when the power of the gaming machine is turned off. A gaming machine according to any one of means S-1 to S-3.

  According to the means S-4, even when the player who has played the mobile linked game stops the game, the time information is stored in the time information storage means in the gaming machine. For this reason, even if the player who plays the game machine next time does not play the mobile linked game, he can enjoy the specific effect corresponding to the time information. In this way, by increasing the chances of trying specific productions corresponding to time information, it is possible to increase interest in such specific productions, and in turn, mobile-linked games. Improvements can be made.

  Also, when the gaming machine is turned off, the time information is erased. In other words, since the time measurement at the gaming machine is stopped by turning off the power supply of the gaming machine, even if the time information is stored in the time information storage means, the time information storage means after the power is turned on The accuracy of time information will be insufficient. For this reason, when the power is turned off, it is possible to avoid using incorrect time information by deleting the time information. Therefore, a situation where the player is confused or misunderstood can be prevented by deriving a specific effect based on incorrect time information.

  If there is power outage information when the power is turned on, “If time information is lost, if you want to derive a specific effect corresponding to the time information, once you have finished the mobile linked game, It may be configured to derive guidance such as “Enter game information (password etc.)”.

Means S-5. The time information includes at least time information,
The game information storage means includes generation time storage means for storing at least one of occurrence of a specific gaming state and occurrence of a specific effect in association with the time of occurrence,
The information output means is configured to be capable of outputting the game information stored in the game information storage means including the storage contents of the generation time storage means. S-1 to S-4 A gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  According to the means S-5, it is possible to keep a finer record of the game by performing the mobile linked game. It should be noted that a schedule function may be provided in a server or a portable communication terminal that has downloaded a dedicated application, and mobile linked game recording may be automatically added. As the record of the mobile linked game, for example, the date, the start time, the end time, the number of times of a predetermined special game state, the number of times of display of the identification information, the number of acquired game values, and the specific effects are derived. (Premium production has occurred, mission has been completed, etc.).

  Means T-1. Any one of the above means A-1 to A-16 includes any one of the above means D-1 to D-6.

  Means T-2. Any one of the means B-1 to B-15 includes any one of the means D-1 to D-6.

  Means T-3. Any one of the above means C-1 to C-16 includes any one of the above means D-1 to D-6.

  Means T-4. In any one of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the above-mentioned means D-1 thru | or D-6 is provided, The game machine characterized by the above-mentioned.

  Means T-5. In any one of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the above means D-1 to D-6 and any one of the above means E-1 to E-9.

  Means T-6. In any one of the above means G-1 to G-13, any one of the above means A-1 to A-16, any of the above means B-1 to B-15, or any of the above means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, or any of the means F-1 to F-10. A gaming machine.

  Means T-7. In any one of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, or any of the means F-1 to F-10. A gaming machine.

  Means T-8. In any one of the means I-1 to H-8, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13 or any one of the above means H-1 to H-13.

  Means T-9. In any one of the above means J-1 to J-8, any of the above means A-1 to A-16, any of the above means B-1 to B-15, or any of the above means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13. A gaming machine comprising any one of the means 13, any one of the means H-1 to H-13, or any one of the means I-1 to H-8.

  Means T-10. In any one of the above means K-1 to K-9, any one of the above means A-1 to A-16, any of the above means B-1 to B-15, or any of the above means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13 or any one of the above means H-1 to H-13, any of the above means I-1 to I-8, and any of the above means J-1 to J-8. A gaming machine characterized by

  Means T-11. In any one of the above means L-1 to L-7, any one of the above means A-1 to A-16, any of the above means B-1 to B-15, or any of the above means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13 or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- A gaming machine comprising any one of 1 to K-9.

  Means T-12. In any one of the above means M-1 to M-13, any of the above means A-1 to A-16, any of the above means B-1 to B-15, or any of the above means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13 or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- A gaming machine comprising any one of 1 to K-9 and any one of the above means L-1 to L-7.

  Means T-13. In any one of the above means N-1 to N-13, any one of the above means A-1 to A-16, any of the above means B-1 to B-15, or any of the above means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13 or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- A gaming machine comprising any one of 1 to K-9, any one of the means L-1 to L-7, and any one of the means M-1 to M-13.

  Means T-14. In any one of the means O-1 to O-18, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G- 13 or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K- 1 to K-9, any of the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, and any of the means N-1 to N-13. A gaming machine characterized by

  Means T-15. Any of the means P-1 to P-16, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G -13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K. -1 to K-9, any of the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, any of the means N-1 to N-13, or any of the above. A gaming machine comprising any one of means O-1 to O-18.

  Means T-16. Any of the means Q-1 to Q-6, any of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G -13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K. -1 to K-9, any of the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, any of the means N-1 to N-13, or any of the above. Any one of means O-1 to O-18 and any of the above means P-1 to P-16 are provided. Game machine and said.

  Means T-17. In any one of the means R-1 to R-12, any one of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G -13, or any of the means H-1 to H-13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, or the means K. -1 to K-9, any of the means L-1 to L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, any of the means N-1 to N-13, or any of the above. Any of the means O-1 to O-18, any of the means P-1 to means P-16, or the means Q 1 to the game machine characterized by comprising any means Q-6.

  Means T-18. In any one of the means S-1 to S-5, any one of the means A-1 to A-16, any of the means B-1 to B-15, or any of the means C-1 to C-16. Any one of the means D-1 to D-6, any of the means E-1 to E-9, any of the means F-1 to F-10, any of the means G-1 to G -13, any of the means I-1 to I-8, any of the means J-1 to J-8, any of the means K-1 to K-9, or the means L-1 To L-7, any of the means M-1 to M-13, any of the means N-1 to N-13, any of the means O-1 to O-18, or the means P -1 to means P-16, or any one of the means Q-1 to means Q-6. Gaming machine and butterflies.

  The basic configuration of various gaming machines to which the above means are applied is shown below.

  a. The gaming machine in each of the above means is a ball game machine. As a more detailed mode example, “an operation means (game ball launching handle) operated by a player, a launching means (shot motor, etc.) for playing and launching a game ball based on an operation of the operation means, A ball ball game machine including a game area where a game ball is guided and each ball entry means (general prize opening, variable prize winning device, operation opening, etc.) arranged in the game area.

  b. The gaming machine in each of the above means is a bullet ball gaming machine having a gaming area extending in a substantially vertical direction. As a more detailed mode example, “an operation means (game ball launching handle) operated by a player, a launching means (shot motor, etc.) for playing and launching a game ball based on an operation of the operation means, The game balls are guided and extended along a substantially vertical direction (for example, the game area is constituted by a game board surface), and each ball entry means (general winning mouth, And a ball game machine configured to be able to visually recognize the behavior of a game ball flowing down the game area.

  c. The gaming machine in each of the above means or each of the above ball game machines is a pachinko machine or a gaming machine equivalent to a pachinko machine.

  d. The gaming machine in each of the above means is a revolving type gaming machine such as a slot machine. As a more detailed mode example, “a discriminating information string (a symbol string; specifically a rotating body such as a reel or a belt with a symbol) made up of a plurality of identification information (symbols) is variably displayed (specifically, a reel Variable display means (specifically, a rotating unit such as a reel unit) that stops and displays the identification information sequence after the rotation of the starting information means. The identification information (symbol) starts to fluctuate and the identification information (symbol) fluctuates due to the operation of the stop operation means (specifically, the stop button). A spinning-type gaming machine configured to be given game value on condition that the information is specific identification information.

  e. The gaming machine in each of the above means is a gaming machine of a type in which a slot machine and a pachinko machine are fused (especially a gaming machine of a slot machine specification that uses a gaming ball as a gaming medium). As a more detailed mode example, “a discriminating information string (a symbol string; specifically a rotating body such as a reel or a belt with a symbol) made up of a plurality of identification information (symbols) is variably displayed (specifically, a reel Variable display means (specifically, a rotating unit such as a reel unit) that stops and displays the identification information sequence after the rotation of the starting information means. The identification information (symbol) starts to fluctuate and the identification information (symbol) fluctuates due to the operation of the stop operation means (specifically, the stop button). The game value is provided on the condition that the information is specific identification information, and a ball receiving tray (upper plate or the like) is further provided, taking-in means for taking the game ball from the ball receiving tray, and the ball receiving tray Payout means for paying out game balls Comprising a configuration and gaming machine "and the like as starting condition of the game is satisfied by the game ball is captured by the capturing means.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine, 32 ... Variable winning device, 33 ... Starting winning unit, 33a ... First starting winning device, 33b ... Second starting winning device, 42 ... Decoration symbol display device, 43L, 43R ... Special display device, 46 ... Hold lamp, 125 ... production button, 126 ... cross button, 224a, 224b ... start winning switch, 261 ... main controller, 262 ... sub-controller.

Claims (3)

It has an input means that can input linked game information output from the server,
When the linked game information is input, the process according to the input linked game information can be executed,
Time information storage means capable of storing time information included in the linked game information;
A gaming machine comprising: a specific effect executing means capable of executing a specific effect corresponding to the time information based on the time information stored in the time information storage means. The linked game information is a password displayed on the display unit of the mobile communication terminal accessing the server, and the password is a word corresponding to the time information as time elapses even when being displayed. Is configured to change over time,
A display means capable of displaying a password input screen for inputting the password;
2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the password input screen defines an order of inputting words constituting the password. When the game information stored in the game information storage means is output by the information output means, the game information stored in the game information storage means is erased,
The time information stored in the time information storage means is not erased when the game information is output by the information output means, and is erased when the power of the gaming machine is turned off. The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2.

Images